PD/November/2010/788

EDITOR

Mahendra Jain

REGISTERED OFFICE

2/11-A, Swadeshi Bima NagarAgra–282 002

ADMINISTRATIVE AND EDITORIAL OFFICE

1, State Bank ColonyOpp. Van Chetna KendraAgra-Mathura Bye pass, Agra–282 005Tel. : 2531101, 2530966, 4053333Fax : (0562) 4031570, 4053330Website : www.pdgroup.in

E-mail : Editorial : publisher@pdgroup.in Customer Care : care@pdgroup.in

BRANCH OFFICE

Delhi4845, Ansari RoadDaryaganj, New-Delhi–2Tel. : 23251844, 23251866

Hyderabad

1-8-1/B, R. R. Complex(Near Sundaraiah Park,Adjacent to Manasa Enclave Gate),Bagh Lingampally,Hyderabad-44Tel. : 66753330

To Our ReadersTo Our Readers

WHERE EXCELLENCE GUIDES THE SUCCESS

All rights reserved. No part of this Magazine may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means, Electronic,Mechanical, Photocopying, Recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher. While every effort has been made toensure accuracy of the information published in this edition, neither publisher nor any of its employees accept any responsibility for any error oromission. Articles that cannot be used are returned to the authors if accompanied by a self addressed and sufficiently stamped envelope. But noresponsibility is taken for any loss or delay in returning the material. Pratiyogita Darpan assumes no responsibility for statements and opinionsadvanced by the authors nor for any claims made in the advertisements published in the Magazine.

Year 5 Issue 53 November 2010

Dear Readers,

It gives us immense pleasure and a great sense ofsatisfaction in presenting to you the November issue of yourfavourite magazine ‘Pratiyogita Darpan’. The present issuehas been made extremely useful for the competitiveexaminations and also for general reading. Those of youwho will go through it intelligently will be highly benefitedin any competitive examination.

It has become a tradition with us to reach our readersdirectly to know their requirements in view of changingpatterns of their examinations and set our magazineaccordingly. This has made our magazine so useful and hasendeared to them.

This issue of the magazine contains a number of corearticles on important world events contributed by ourillustrious and well informed authors. Some of the importantand representative articles are : West Asian Peace Talk andthe United States, Discrimination against Girl Child andWomen Empowerment, SAARC at 25 and US withdrawal fromIraq, etc.

The most important section of the magazine contains anumber of question papers selected from various competitiveexaminations. These are fully solved with relevant hintsand explanations. Our authors make all efforts for givingtheir error-free solutions. We are glad that we maintain thisunique speciality of our magazine. This has made itunparalleled and has endeared to all its readers. The column‘Compendium’ in the magazine has been widely acclaimedas a trusted tool for help of the readers. An intelligent studyand understanding of the contents of the magazine is sureto be useful in solving question papers of any futureexamination.

Our constant touch with the toppers and other successfulcandidates has proved, beyond any doubt, that plannedhardwork, strong self-conf idence and right guidance are allindispensable for success in an y examination. You can wishfor but cannot achieve success with out anyone of these. Ifyou are determined, ‘Pratiyogita Darpan’ is ready to giveyou the best guidance to sublime your career.

Read Pratiyogita Darpan regularly and intelligently. Itgives you the power to master your career and shape yourdestiny.

With best wishes for your brilliant success and brightfuture.

Sincerely yours,

MAHENDRA JAIN

(Editor)

PD/November/2010/789

Regulars

788 To Our Readers791 Editorial

News and Events

793 Colourful Inauguration of 19th CommonwealthGames in Delhi

794 Nation this Month805 World this Month815 Regional News819 National and International Updates

Career News

831 Employment and Career News832 Forthcoming Competitive Examinations

Current Affairs

834 Sports World838 Science and Technology840 Memorable Points842 Economic Scenario

World Panorama

851 (i) Sochi Summit : A New Strategic Move inSouth-Central Asia

854 (ii) India-China Relations : Confusion andUncertainty

Personality Development

857 Get out of your GrooveInspiring Youth : Interviews

859 Narayana Bharath Gupta Topper—Civil Services 2009 (17th Rank)

862 Sharadwati Chowdhury Topper—West Bengal, Civil Services Exam., 2009 (1st Rank)

Civil Services Examination

865 Ethical Decision-Making and AdministrativeLeadership

Articles

International Diplomacy Article

866 West Asian Peace Talk and the United StatesInternational Relations Articles

869 US Withdrawal from Iraq872 SAARC at 25

Public Administration Article

874 Do we Need Technocrats in Civil Service ?

Diplomacy Article

875 SPY WARS : A History of Soviet/Russian Espionagein the United States

Women Empowerment Article

877 Discrimination against Girl Child and WomenEmpowerment

Environment Article

880 Green Banking : An Overview

Vividha

883 Compendium

Countries of the World : At a Glance

886 Indonesia

Miscellaneous Fact : Annual Report 2009-10

888 Research, Development and Initiatives in Ferti-lizers Sector : Scaling New Heights

Profile : International Organisation

891 Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technicaland Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC)

893 Current Questionnaire895 Trade and Industry

Question Papers

Optional Papers

897 U.P. PCS (Pre.) Exam., 2010 : Political Science905 U. P. GIC Lecturer Screening Exam., 2009 : Physical

Education and General Studies

Other Papers

912 Uttarakhand PCS (J) (Pre.) Exam., 2009 : GeneralKnowledge and Law

923 NABARD Bank Officers Exam., 2010 : GeneralAwareness

926 Himachal Pradesh PSC Tehsil Welfare Officers Exam.,2009 : General Knowledge

929 Haryana School Teachers Eligibility Test for Lecturer,2009 : Awareness and Aptitude

938 Bank of Baroda P.O. Exam., 2010 : Reasoning947 State Bank of India P.O. Exam., 2010 : Data Analysis

and Interpretation

Your Pages

954 Essay Contest955 Debate Contest957 Results958 Concentric Quiz961 Test Your Knowledge

Year 5

Issue 53

November 2010

PD/November/2010/790

ESSAY COMPETITIONTopic : Human Rights through the Ages

Last Date : November 25, 2010

Prizes : 1st : Rs. 1,200/- ; 2nd : Rs. 800/- ;3rd : Rs. 600/-

DEBATE COMPETITIONTopic : Power Resides in Righteousness

Last Date : November 25, 2010

Prizes : Rs. 1,000/- Each (For 2 best entries)

Rules and Regulations :● Participation is open to students and competitors only.

● Only one complete and consolidated entry on essay ordebate competition will be accepted from one participant.

● Writings on essays and debates should be strictly to the pointand in simple, intelligible but forceful language.

● Essays and Debates should be written in own hand andshould be duly signed by the candidate. Printed and unsignedentries will not be accepted.

● Irrelevant details are to be avoided at all costs.

● The Essay/Debate should not exceed a word limit of 1500.

● The Essay/Debate accompanied by a passport sizedphotograph must be sent by mail or courier.

● The selection committee will decide best entries and they willbe awarded.

● The winners in Essay Contest will also receive an awardcertificate from Pratiyogita Darpan. The prize winning entrieswill be published in the forthcoming issues of PratiyogitaDarpan.

● A certificate should invariably be given under the scripts tothe effect that ‘this is my original work and is unpublishedelsewhere’.

MEMORY RETENTION CONTEST

Win Attractive Prizes :Are you appearing or want to appear in States’ Civil

Services Exams., SSC Combined Examination, Banking ServiceExam., Indian Insurance Corporation’s Administrative OfficersExam., Forest Service, Sub-Inspector, Hindi Translator, M.B.A.,CPMT, CBSE, B. Ed. Entrance Exam., Railway etc. ? If Yes ! thenyou can win attractive prizes.

What you have just to do is to send to us the questions,along with the answers, asked in objective type papers—basedon your memory. We will include all the entries and will rewardthe persons whose answers are found to be most correct.

(i) The first three participants who will send the mostcorrect answers will get Rs. 600, 400 and 250 respectively.

(ii) Less than 75% correct answers will not deserve any prizefrom us.

MEMORY RETENTION CONTESTPratiyogita Darpan 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-2

Subscription RatesSubscription RatesPRATIYOGITA DARPAN

● Please send your membership fee by MoneyOrder or Bank Draft only. Cheques will not beaccepted.

● Write your address clearly; also inform themonth (from which month to which month) forwhich you are intending to be our customer.

● Old customers should invariably write theircustomer number.

● Money Order or Bank Draft only in the nameof ‘Pratiyogita Darpan’ will be accepted.

I want to become a yearly/two yearly regular cus-tomer. Please send my copy of the magazine onthe following address :

Name……………………………………………………

Address…………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………

Pin Code

I am sending Money Order/Bank Draft for

Rs.……………….…………………………………………

……………… ……………...……

Date Sender’s Name

Order Form

PRATIYOGITA DARPAN2/11A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2

Phone : 4053333, 2530966, 2531101 Fax : (0562) 4053330, 4031570

One Copy Rs. 55/-

One Year By Ordinary Post Rs. 495/-

By Registered Post Rs. 725/-

Two Years By Ordinary Post Rs. 890/-

By Registered Post Rs. 1340/-

PD/November/2010/791 “Take time to deliberate; but when the time for action arrives, stop thinking and go in.”

When the T.V. shows planesdropping bombs, who sees and listensand understands ? A mind that haslearnt or a mind that is learning whensomeone brushes against me in themarket place or speaks rudely to me,what responds ? A mind that haslearnt or a mind that is learning.

We have easily learnt humanbeings. This means we have certain-ties and are sure about things we aredefinite about how another shouldbehave, how I should behave, aboutwhat is important—money, status,security. Then we apply these cer-tainties in our daily life, and a patternof life emerges. We have lived the lifeof programmed creatures, lifeless tochange or modify our lives.

We live in an age in which thebyword in education and work in lifeis long learning. It is said that everyperson will have to learn new skills inthe working world of tomorrow.Knowledge about the external worldand the inner world will be necessaryto enable the mind to learn the so-called new skills.

Science is the quest for truth inthe external world and spirituality forthat in the inner world. They are notantagonistic, but supplementary. Thesearch for truth in the external worldleads to speculations about the innerworld, which in turn leads to a betterunderstanding of the external world.This realization is perhaps the mostimportant thing to learn and the mostsignificant contribution of science.

The beginning of the twentiethcentury witnessed two revolutions inthe field of science or to be moreprecise in the field of physics. Theyare the relativity theories of AlbertEinstein and the quantum hypothesisof Planck. They both deal with the

subatomic world—the plane of higherconsciousness. At the same time, theyrepresent true paradigm shifts on thesense of Thomas Kuhn, because theychanged our entire perspective ofthe subatomic world which we callAnupadak world or the sixth planeof consciousness. Relativity showedthat signals cannot travel faster thanlight thus questioning the meaning ofsimultaneity. The four dimensionalspace time fold, the equivalence ofinertia and gravitation and manyother results, explained a lot of things,but at the same time raised manyquestions about the nature of theuniverse. Without going into detailsof these two theories, we have to tellour young readers that in the eyes ofboth the theories, ‘you’, the observer,is the most important thing.

What are the philosophical ormetaphysical implications of this ?The very first factor to keep in mindis that you, the observer, are anintegral part of observation. Byobserving even for an experiment, heinfluences the whole experiment. Thisfact has raised many a difficulty inthe realm of atomic theory. There isnothing like a local phenomenon atthe subatomic level.

In short, howsoever high manhas looked his way in the sky, he isnot yet about to understand whatreality is through a study of theexternal world. Only a mind that isopen to learn will solve these pro-blems. Only the new and cominggenerations of our young men andwomen will do it. Do well toremember like Tantalus that theTruth is so near and yet so far, in thedazzling world of technologicaltriumphs.

We live in an age in which thebyword in education and work is life-

long learning. For this, openness tolearning will be required. It will be amatter of survival in the coming age.‘Learn and move on’ or stagnate isthe challenge thrown by the society.But what is meant for the mind to beopen.

When are we not learning ? Weare learning since before we are born,we are learning as we pass onthrough death. Every aspect of ourbeing, every aspect of nature, is alive,conscious and learning.

All of us want to be learned, butno one is willing to pay the price,since learning is not a child’s play, wecannot learn without pain. A mindthat can learn is daring and courage-ous, and receptive to insight, willingto hold its cherished concepts lightlyand is very familiar with its pre-judices, predispositions and condi-tions.

A mind that learns is not occu-pied, it makes many discoverieswhen it ponders on ethics and moralsand it will ascertain that universalrules are not literally universal. AsL. A. Seneca says—“More is experi-enced in the life of a learning manthan in the whole-life-time of anignorant man.”

Try to watch and listen to everything and every man and woman. Asyou do so, you are likely to discoversomething new.

Each day offers new opportuni-ties to learn. Looking around, with aneye for detail, amazed and always inintense admiration, you can build abasis for further growth. A mind thatlearns has but one aim, to model thehigher pattern in daily life. Keep toyour heart this Latin proverb—“Agood man is always a learner.”

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/793 “In the republic of mediocrity, genius is dangerous.”

India kicked off its 2010 Com-monwealth Games in New Delhi on

Logo of 2010Commonwealth

Games

October 3, 2010 atthe Jawahar LalNehru Stadiumwith a colourfulopening ceremonyfeaturing Bolly-wood Songs, Yogaand Rickshaws.Against a back-drop of an earlyOctober sunset,the sparkling newJawahar Lal Nehru

Stadium turned into a golden hue asthe Rs. 44 crore aerostat lifted into theskies and a bevy of puppets dancedand over 800 drummers heralded theevent by vibrating five minutes ‘TheRhythms of India’. India organisedthis major sports event 28 years afterit hosted the Asian Games in 1982.

The music production of Swaga-tam—a rendition of a blend of Hin-dustani and Carnatic that finallyclimaxed into a Qawwali was perfor-med by Hariharan, then a choreogra-phy of the Namaste sign presentingthe 22 officially recognised languagesof India through projections on theaerostat was performed by schoolchildren : the 619 member strongIndian contingent with AbhinavBindra as its flag-bearer drew loudestcheers when it entered the stadium.

At the inaugural ceremonyPrince Charles represented QueenElezabeth, the head of the Common-wealth. “I have much pleasure indeclaring the 19th CommonwealthGames Open”, Prince Chrles, Princeof Wales said reading a message fromthe Monarch. This was followed bythe address of President of IndiaPratibha Patil who concluded bysaying—“The 2010 CommonwealthGames in Delhi are now open. Let theGames begin” signalling the formalcommencement of the event. TheQueen’s Baton which traversedthrough all the 71 Commonwealthnations made a grand entry withBindra being given the honour.Badminton star Saina Nehwal, BoxerVijender Singh and Wrestler SushilKumar were the other prominent

The opening ceremony of the Commonwealth Games on October 3, 2010 in New Delhi

figures who carried the baton. Theceremony which set the stage for 12days of intense competition wouldsee over six thousand athletes from71 countries competing for the medalsin various categories. Finally theopening ceremony culminated withthe rendition of Oscar winning musiccomposer A. R. Rahman’s CWG 2010Anthem—Jeeyo, Utho, Badho, Jeeto(Live, Rise, Move, Win) to inspire allthe athletes towards victory. It isnoteworthy that the 2010 Common-wealth Games are the nineteenthCommonwealth Games, and ninth tobe held under that name.

Highlights of theInauguration of 19th

Commonwealth Games● Indian wrestler Shushil Kumar

handed the Queen’s Baton toBritain’s Prince Charles during theopening ceremony.

● The Queen’s Baton had travelledmore than one lakh seventy thous-and kilometres across all thenations and territories which com-pose the Commonwealth.

● The ceremony showcased India’srich and pluralistic culture.

● The Jawahar Lal Nehru Stadiumturned into a fortress with thedeployment of over 7,500 securitypersonnel.

● The grand finale featured musiccomposer A. R. Rehman.

19th Commonwealth Games

Shera, theMascot for

the 2010Commonwealth

Games

Host city New Delhi, India

Motto Come out and play

Nationsparticipating

71 CommonwealthTeams

Athletesparticipating

6081

Events 260 events in 17 disci-plines

Openingceremony

3 October, 2010

Closingceremony

14 October, 2010

OfficiallyInauguratedby

Prince Charles, Prince ofWales and Pratibha PatilPresident of India

Main Stadium Jawahar Lal NehruStadium

Mascot Shera

CWG 2010Anthem

Jeeyo, Utho, Badho, Jeeto(Live, Rise, Move, Win)

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/794 “The only reason for time is so that everything doesn’t happen at once.”

Allahabad High CourtVerdict on Ayodhya

Sixty years after the matter first went into litigationLucknow Bench of the High Court of Allahabad ruled in amajority judgement on September 30, 2010 that thedisputed land in Ayodhya where the Babri Masjid stooduntil it was demolished in 1992 shall be divided into threeparts :

● One-third part of the disputed land should be givento the Sunni Waqf Board.

● One-third part should be given to the NirmohiAkhara, and

● One-third part should be given to the party for RamLalla.

What Judges said Justice Khan Justice Agrawal Justice Sharma

1. On whether disputedsite is the birthplace ofRam.

Hindus (have been) treat-ing/believing the placebeneath central dome to beexact birthplace of Lord Ram.

Area covered under central domeis the birthplace of Lord Ram asper faith and belief of Hindus.

Disputed site is the birthplaceof Lord Ram. Place of birth is ajuristic person and is a deity.

2. On whether disputedstructure was a mosque.Who built it ?

Constructed as mosque… notproved that premises…belonged to Babur or personwho constructed…

Structure always…considered amosque…not proved that it wasbuilt during the reign of Babur…

Building constructed byBabur… built against the tenetsof Islam… It cannot havecharacter of mosque.

3. On whether the mosquewas built after demo-lishing a temple.

No Temple was demolished…Mosque was constructred overruins of temples lying there.

Building… constructed afterdemolition of nonIslamic reli-gious structure., i.e., a Hindutemple.

Constructed on site of oldstructure after demolition… ASIproved (it) was Hindu religiousstructure.

4. On whether idols wereplaced in building onnight of December22/23, 1949.

Idol was placed for the firsttime beneath central dome ofmosque in early hours of23.12.1949.

Idols were kept under centraldome of disputed structure on thenight of 22/23 December, 1949.

Idols were placed in middledome of disputed structureon intervening night of22/23.12.1949.

5. On whether any claimfor title is time-barred.

Response cannot be ascer-tained from summary ofverdict.

It is held that Suit-4 (filed bySunni Central Board of Waqfs) isbarred by limitation.

Suits filed by Sunni CentralBoard of Waqfs, NirmohiAkhara are barred by time.

6. On what is to be thestatus of the disputedsite.

All… three parties… aredeclared joint title holders…portion where…idol kept willbe allotted to Hindus…

(Area under) dome… to (…ShriRam), outer courtyard (to)Nirmohi Akhara, Share of Muslimparties… one third.

Property in suit is site ofJanambhumi of RamChandraji… Hindus in generalhad right to worship……

● Disputed site to be divided into three equal parts–onepart goes to Sunni Waqf Board, one to Nirmohi Akharaand one to party representing ‘Ram Lalla Virajman’.

● Portion falling below central dome where the Ram idolis kept at present in makeshift temple goes to Hindus infinal decree.

● Status quo to be maintained at disputed site for threemonths so that parties can go into appeal.

● Justice D. V. Sharma ruled that the disputed site was thebirthplace of Lord Ram and that the disputed buildingconstructed by the Mughals was against the tenets ofIslam and did not have the character of the mosque.

● Sunni Waqf Board says it will appeal against judgementin Supreme Court.

● RSS says verdict is nobody’s victory or loss. Says waypaved for construction of a ‘grand temple’ for Ram,Muslims should join effort.

The Court ruled that the place where the idol of Ramwas kept was the birthplace of the deity and the idolsshould not be removed.

The entire bench was of the view that the centraldome of the disputed structure goes to Hindu Mahasabha,where the idols were installed in 1949 and again in 1992after the demolition of the Babri Masjid. The Sita Rasoiand Ram Chabootara have been given to Nirmohi Akhara.

The Bench which delivered the much-awaited verdictconsisted of Justice Dharam Vir Sharma, Justice S. U.Khan and Justice Sudhir Agrawal.

PD/November/2010/796 “In good times and bad times, I’ll be on your side for ever more…that’s what friends are for.”

The Bench dismissed the suit filed by the Sunni WaqfBoard for possession of the Babri Masjid because it wastime-barred.

The Bench also directed maintenance of status quofor three months and invited suggestions from all theparties for demarcation of the land.

The Waqf Board said that it would file an appeal inthe Supreme Court against the judgement. The Ram-janambhumi Nyas President also said that the Hindu sidewas expected to approach the Supreme Court.

The Prime Minister of India appealed to the people ofIndia to maintain peace and communal harmony and saidthat any party which had objections to the judgementcould approach the Supreme Court.

President Pratibha Patil,s Visit to Laos and Cambodia

Indian President was on a ten days state visit toSouth East Asian countries Democratic Republic of Laosand Cambodia from September 9 to 18, 2010. Her visit tothese countries was undertaken to reinforce the deephistorical and cultural ties which India has with thesecountries dating back to more than 2000 years and tobuild a dynamic economic and developmental partner-ship on these foundations.

President Pratibha Patil and Laos PDRPresident Choummaly Sayasoneexchange greetings in Vientiane, Laoson September 13.

During her visitto Laos, which beganon September 9,India extended a lineof credit with USD72·55 million tofinance the twopower projects in thecountry. A culturalExchange Agree-ment for the year2011-13 was alsosigned between thetwo nations. Laos underlined its deep appreciation forIndia’s continued assistance and support for its deve-lopmental efforts through loans and assistance in the fieldof human resource development, hydro power andirrigation schemes in particular. The President stated thatshe was informed that the National Assembly of Laoshad already approved the Indian-ASEAN Agreement onTrade in Goods and only some administrative formalitiesremained prior to its notification.

Laos, a landlocked country in Southeast Asia, alsoindicated that it looked forward to investments fromthe Indian private sector. The Aditya Birla Group andKirloskar already had a big presence in Laos while theTata group was exploring possibilities of investment inthe mining sector. A 45-member business delegation,comprising members of CII, FICCI and ASSOCHAM,travelled with the President, and signed MoU with theIndian Chamber of Commerce in Laos. Ms. Patil and herLaotian counterpart President Choummaly Sayasonealso participated in a virtual inauguration of the 115 kV

Paksong-Jiangxi-Bangyo transmission line project inChampasak province of Laos, where the government ofIndia has provided a line of credit for USD 18 million.

The President had commenced her visit to Laos witha feeling of warmth and cordiality to the people andgovernment of Laos. She was accorded a ceremonialwelcome at the National Assembly in Vientiane, theLaotian Capital.

Cambodia—The Indian President and her husbandDevi Singh Shekhawat were accorded a warm welcome atCambodian capital Phnom Penh when they arrived onSeptember 13 in Cambodia for the second leg of the10-day tour.

The President, Smt. Pratibha DevisinghPatil addressing at the Banquet hostedby the King of Cambodia, HM PreahBat Samdech Preah BoromneathNorodom Sihamoni, at Royal Palace, inPhnom Penh, Cambodia on September14, 2010.

On September14, Patil was given aceremonial receptionby King NorodomSihamoni. A MoUfor cooperation bet-ween the comptrol-ler and Auditor-General and theNational AuditAuthority of Cam-bodia was signed.A USD 15 millioncredit Line Agree-ment between theEXIM bank on behalfof India and the Cambodian government was signed forphase II of the Stung Tassal Water Development Project.

The President announced a financial grant of USD246,000 for upgradation of the Cambodia-India Friend-ship School. T h e primary school in Santhor district inKhampong Chan province, which was given a grant ofUSD 300 in 1991, now provides education to 239 needystudents. Ms. Patil also attended the foundation layingceremony of the Asian Traditional Textiles Museum beingset up under the Mekong-Ganga Cooperation Programmebetween the two countries. She also extended a formalinvitation to King Sihamon to visit India, which the latteraccepted with thanks.

According to Ms. Patil there was unanimity betweenIndia and Cambodia for cooperation to combat terrorism,organised crime and illegal trafficking. She said that therewas great scope for tourism between the two countries astheir cultural ties go back to centuries. The President alsopaid a visit to the historical temple of Angkor Wat in SiemReap in Cambodia. “There is a need to enhance people topeople contact between the two countries” Ms. Patil said.

The President expressed regret that though trade andinvestment from India to Laos and Cambodia hadincreased under its Look East Policy, there has beenlimited progress. There was a need, she felt, to utilize thefull potential of economic and trade partnerships with thecountries of this region particularly Laos and Cambodia.The major achievement of Ms. Patil’s visit to thesecountries was that both Laos and Cambodia gave theirunconditional support for India’s candidature for per-manent membership of the UN Security Council.

PD/November/2010/798 “You can’t change the past, but you can ruin the present by worrying about the future.”

The Combined Commanders, Annual Conference Held in New Delhi

● Asia Pacific region needs greater attention.

● We must reciprocate these countries’ desire to enhancecooperation with us. —Prime Minister

The Annual Combined Commanders’ Conferencewas held in New Delhi on September 13, 2010. On thisoccasion the Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh in his

For Healthy Relations : Prime MinisterManmohan Singh with (from left)Navy Chief Admiral Nirmal KumarVerma, Air Chief Marshal P.V. Naik,Defence Minister A. K. Antony, andArmy Chief V.K. Singh, at the AnnualCombined Commanders’ Conferencein New Delhi on September 13, 2010.

speech underscoredthe gradual shift ofeconomic and poli-tical power to Asiaand asserted thatgreater attentionwould have to bepaid to the entireAsia-Pacific region.“The Asia-Pacificregion, includingSouth-East Asia,needs much moreattention by us, andthis must seep intoour defence andforeign policy planning as never before,” the ‘PrimeMinister told the Annual Combined Commanders’ Con-ference.

Without mentioning any country, he said that someof the country’s toughest challenges lay in its immediateneighbourhood. The nation cannot realise its growth ambi-tions without ensuring peace and stability in South Asia.

Natural PartnersThe Prime Minister described the countries of the

Gulf, West Asia and Central Asia as India’s naturalpartners. The country had tangible interests in theseregions with energy security being one of the mostimportant ones. He stressed the need to maintain healthyrelations with all major powers.

Defence Minister A. K. Antony said New Delhi couldnot lose sight of the fact that China was improving itsmilitary and physical infrastructure. He said that Indiawanted to develop friendly relations with China and thatboth countries had an equal stake in maintaining peaceand ensuring development. Both, the geo-political situa-tion and the history and geography posed a uniquechallenge.

In an obvious reference to Pakistan, he said one of thechallenges emanated from India’s neighbour, who“continues to dwell in the past and is keen on fomentingthreats to our national integrity.”

Both Dr. Singh and Mr. Antony mentioned the Maoistproblem among other internal security challenges thatneeded focussed attention. Dr. Singh reiterated thatNaxalism was a serious challenge to internal security.

“We will do all that is necessary to protect each andevery citizen of our country and deal firmly with thosewho resort to violence. This is a collective task involvingthe Centre and the States,” he said.

US, India Finalise VarsityPartnership Programme

With US President Barack Obama’s India visit tomaterialise in November, both countries have finalizedthe Obama-Singh 21st Century Knowledge Initiativewith both pledging $ 5 million each that will fund varsitypartnerships and faculty development.

The Obama-Singh Initiative (OSI) was announced inNovember 2009 to build an India-US strategic partner-ship in education. With the OSI in place it remains to beseen if the US-India joint council on education takes shapeor not before Obama’s visit.

In order to implement the initiative India’s HRDMinistry and the US embassy in India will establish theObama-Singh Joint Working Group (JWG) with threemembers each from both sides. The JWG will finalise thegoverning policy direction and provide final approval forall grants that will be given by the OSI. The OSI will alsoidentify areas for grants, determine the number andamount of grants, approve requests for proposals forgrants, and evaluate and award the grants. The entireprocess will be transparent and merit-based. Noinstitution will get more than one grant. The US embassyin India will contribute $ 5 million to The United States-India Educational Foundation that will draft the requestfor proposal announcement for US higher educationinstitutions. The US embassy will also administer grantsto US institutions whose university partnership progra-mmes are selected by the JWG.

On India’s side, the University Grants Commissionwill draft the request for proposal for Indian institutionsand draw on the Indian government’s $ 5 million. Like theUS embassy, the UGC will administer grants to Indianinstitutions after their proposals have been selected by theJWG.

The finalization of the agreement adds yet anotherdimension to India-US cooperation in the field of highereducation. The time has come when different countries goin for active cooperation to boost higher education inorder to realise in an effective way the fruits of Globa-lization. India-US cooperation in education is running onthe right track in the interest of both countries.

India, Russia to Set up Joint Venture to Co-develop Military Transport Aircraft

India and Russia on September 10, 2010 agreed to setup a joint venture company to co-develop and produce anew Multi-Role Transport Aircraft (MTA) for the ArmedForces of the two countries. The development cost of thenew aircraft is estimated to be $ 600 million which will beshared equally between India and Russia.

After the agreement, a joint venture will be formedbetween Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) and theRussian United Aircraft cooperation and Rosoboronexport to develop the aircraft that will be in the 15-20tonne pay-load capacity and will be designed to meet therequirements of both the Indian and Russian govern-ments.

PD/November/2010/800 “Don’t count every hour in the day, make every hour in the day count.”

The twin engine aircraft will have a maximum takeoff weight of 65 tons, a cruise speed of 800 km/hr and arange of 2,500-2,700 km. “The aircraft will have twoengines, state-of-the-art features such as fly-by-wire, fullauthority digital engine control, modern avionics andglass cockpit,” a Defence Ministry spokesperson said. Thetotal development cost is estimated at $ 600·70 million(approximately Rs. 2,900 crore) which will be sharedequally by both sides. The company so floated will haveits headquarters at Bangalore.

The two countries plan to manufacture 205 aircraftbut the number may go up as there are plans to export theaircraft to other nations.

While the timeline for the development of the newaircraft has not been revealed, the Indian Air Forceurgently requires new transport aircraft as the existingfleet of Russian origin planes are nearing the end of theirservice life. The IAF already has six C130 J Herculesaircraft on order and is planning to procure ten C17Globemaster transport planes. The An-32 fleet is alsobeing modernised.

Centre Clears Caste in Census 2011

● Head Count between June-September 2011.

● Last such survey took place in 1931.

A focussed, stand alone house-to-house caste headcount will be carried out between June and September2011, after the National Population Register (NPR) isready.

After consideringvarious optionsbased on the res-ponse of politicalparties, the cabinetdecided that aseparate house-to-house enumerationof caste will bedone from June toSeptember 2011.

On September 9, 2010, after fivemonths of wrangling among politicalparties, first on whether to undertakecaste enumeration or not, and then onthe method for doing it, the UnionCabinet, after considering the recom-mendations of the Group of Ministers(GoM) headed by Finance MinisterPranab Mukherjee gave its approval,paving the way for caste being inclu-ded in Census 2011.

Home Minister P. Chidambaramtold the journalists that “after consi-dering various options, that optionthat we have approved is based on theresponses of various political parties :that caste must be convassed and theintegrity of the head count must not be affected.” Headded that every point of view was accommodated andthe time table drawn up.

Sources in the government point out that this wouldbe a focussed exercise. He stated that since the enumera-tors would be working on a verified data base—TheNPR—the integrity of the data would be maintained.Those being enumerated would be asked to name theircaste, but they would have the option to say ‘No Caste’, ifthey so wish. Later, the raw data collected would beanalysed by an expert group, set up by the Centre.

The office of the Registrar General and Census Com-missioner would be legally empowered to collect castedata by putting in place a suitable legal regime and wouldhand over the details of the castes/tribes to the proposedexpert group.

It may be mentioned that India has not done anycaste-wise enumeration after Independence. The lastcostewise collection of data took place in the 1931census. Various political parties notably the SamajwadiParty, Rashtriya Janata Dal and Janata Dal-United, hadsought a caste-based census. The government had assuredParliament that a decision would be taken on the issuesoon.

The decision was described as a ‘victory’ of thepolitical parties which pressed for it.

There were different views within the Congress andthe BJP on the need for a caste headcount. A Group ofMinisters (GoM) headed by Finance Minister PranabMukherjee deliberated on the matter in three meetingsand gave its recommendations in August favouring casteenumeration.

(For a comment on caste-based politics please readthe PD October issue page 583.)

Justice Sen Case Committee Submits Report to Vice-President

The Justice B. Sudershan Reddy Committee thatprobed misappropriation charges against Calcutta HighCourt Judge Soumitra Sen in the removal proceedingsinitiated by Parliament submitted its report to Vice-President and Rajya Sabha Chairman Hamid Ansari onSeptember 10.

The Case● 1984 : Soumitra Sen, then a lawyer, appointed as a receiver

in a dispute between SAIL and SCI. He allegedly did notdeposit Rs. 33 lakh earned from a public auction.

● 2006 : A division bench of Calcutta high court cleared himof wrongdoings.

● 2007 : CJI Balakrishnan formed a judges committee toprobe allegations against him.

● 2008 : CJI recommends his impeachment to the PM.

● Feb. 2009 : 57 opposition MPs move an impeachmentmotion against him in the Rajya Sabha.

The committee which has Punjab and Haryana HighCourt Chief Justice Mudgal and jurist Fali Nariman asmembers had reserved its verdict after the final argu-ments, and it was scheduled to finalise the report byAugust 5. However the committee’s term was extendedby two months till October 5.

It may be recalled that the Committee was constitutedby Vice-President and Rajya Sabha Chairman Mr. Ansariunder section 3(2) of the Judges (Inquiry) Act, 1968, onMarch 20, 2009, for the purpose of making an investiga-tion into the grounds on which the removal of Justice Senof the Calcutta High Court is prayed for through a Motionby the member of Parliament Sitaram Yechury and 56

PD/November/2010/801 “Mediocrity requires aloofness to preserve its dignity.”

other members of the Rajya Sabha. As per the provisionsof the Act, the report will be laid before each House ofParliament in the next session. The charge against JusticeSen was that when he was a lawyer, he collected Rs.33,22,800 from the purchaser of goods and kept it in asavings bank account and misrepresented facts to theHigh Court.

The case is the second in the history of the country inwhich Parliament has initiated proceedings for removal ofa judge. The first one involved Justice V. Ramaswami.Though the charges did not pertain to Justice Sen’s judicialconduct, the question before the committee was whethersuch a person, who could not continue even as a lawyeras argued by counsel for the panel, was entitled to holdthe high office of judge.

Throughout the removal proceedings, Justice Sen didnot present himself before the committee and only hislawyer argued the case. When the committee wanted toknow the reasons for Justice Sen not presenting himselfbefore the committee, counsel claimed “right of silence”as valid defence.

It was argued that there was no obligation under thelaw for him to come to the witness box and give evidence,when the probe pertained to his conduct as a courtreceiver, and not as a judge.

Counsel for the committee, however, maintained thateven if Justice Sen had repaid the money retained by himas court receiver, it amounted to misappropriation andjudicial misconduct.

The preliminary inquiry carried out by the Committeeis a part of the impeachment proceedings against thejudges. The report will be discussed and debated in boththe Houses of Parliament and if both the House vote by atwo-thirds majority of those present and voting and themajority of the members of both the House against thejudge, he shall stand removed by the President. JusticeSen was earlier held guilty for misappropriation of publicfunds by a committee of three judges set-up by formerChief Justice of India K.G. Balakrishnan in 2007. A yearlater, Justice Balakrishnan recommended his impeachmentto the Prime Minister, following which a legal opinionobtained by the Law Ministry endorsed the judges’committee report.

India, South Korea SignTwo MoUs on Defence

India’s Defence Minister A. K. Antony visited SouthKorea in the first week of September. The visit was part ofIndia’s policy of strengthening bilateral relations with theSouth East Asian nations in the context of its Look-EastPolicy.

Mr. Antony held talk with his South Korean counter-part, Kim Tae-young on a wide range of regional andglobal security issues. He stated that India thought itselfas an integral part of east Asia and as a founder of theEast Asia Summit, looked at the emerging architecture ineast Asia as open and inclusive.

“That is why we welcome the decision of the Asso-ciation of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) ForeignMinisters to move towards the inclusion of the United

States and Russia as members of the east Asia Summit.We look forward to working closely with South Korea inthe emerging architecture in this part of the world”, Mr.Antony said.

The Two MoUsHeralding a new chapter in the history of defence

cooperation and boost the strategic partnerships, bothcountries signed two landmark Memoranda of Under-standing.

Defence Minister A. K. Antony ins-pects a guard of honour with his SouthKorean counterpart Kim Tae-young inSeoul on September 3.

The MoUs weresigned at the end ofdelegation level talksled by Mr. Antony,who became the firstIndian DefenceMinister to visitSouth Korea.

The first MoUenvisages exchangeof defence relatedexperience and in-formation; exchangeof visits by militarypersonnel andexperts, including civilian staff associated with defenceservices; military education and training; exchange ofvisits of ships and aircraft; and conduct of militaryexercises. It also envisages cooperation in humanitarianassistance and international peace keeping activities.

The other MoUbetween the DefenceResearch and Deve-lopment Organisa-tion (DRDO) andSouth Korea’sDefence Acquisitionand ProcurementAgency (DAPA) willbe operational underthe overarchingumbrella of India-South Korea DefenceAgreement. TheMoU aims at iden-tifying futuristicdefence technologyareas of mutualinterest and pur-suing R&D. It furtherenvisages co-deve-lopment and co-production ofdefence productswith Indian industrythrough the DRDO.

There will bejoint Intellectual Pro-perty Right (IPR)on all the productsdeveloped throughthis mechanism.Some areas ofimmediate interest

PD/November/2010/802 “Egotism is nature’s compensation for mediocrity.”

include developing marine systems, electronics and intel-ligent systems.

India Drops to 51st Position in Global Competitiveness

India has slipped by two places to 51st in the WorldEconomic Forum’s (WEF) global competitiveness rank-ings, while rival China has managed to improve itsstanding to 29th.

As per the WEF’s Global Competitiveness Report2010-11, released in the second week of September 2010,Switzerland is No. 1 in the world in terms of its ability toprovide the most competitive environment on severalfronts.

Sweden, another technology powerhouse in Europe,ranks 2nd, followed by Singapore and the United States,which both fell by two positions from their ranking lastyear. The African nation Chad figures at the bottom ofthe list of 139 countries.

The global competitiveness rankings are viewed as abarometer of the business climate in 139 countries andmirrors the assessments of leading businessmen on arange of political, social, and economic parameters.

Though Switzerland has “[state-supported] monopo-lies in key sectors, it maintains overall economic stabilityand largely open trade and investment policies,” saidMargareta Dryeniek Hanouz, senior economist anddirector of the WEF, who is also the co-author of thereport.

India has been pushed down to 51st position from49th due to its poor performance in a range of socialsector areas such as education, health and infrastructure.

Union Government Decides to Establish 12 Chairs to Commemorate

First War of Independence

As part of commemoration of the 150th anniversaryof India’s First War of Independence, the Union govern-ment has decided to establish 12 chairs in different uni-versities in memory of freedom fighters.

The Ministry of culture has set aside a corpus of Rs. 2crore for each university.

The chairs will be established in memory of ShaheedBhagat Singh at the Jawahar Lal Nehru University;Bahadur Shah Zafar, General Shah Nawaz and ShaheedKartar Singh Sarabha at the Indira Gandhi National OpenUniversity, and Saifuddin Kitchlew, A. M. Khwaja, M. A.Ansari and Rafi Ahmad Kidwai at the Jamia MilliaIslamia University.

The Delhi University will have chairs in memory ofAruna Asaf Ali and Tatia Tope.

The Vikram university at Ujjain will establish a chairto commemorate Chandra Shekhar Azad, while the VeerKunwar Singh University Arrah in Bihar is expected tocome up with a similar proposal.

The mandate of these chairs is related to research inbroader areas of the freedom struggle.

India Signs Pipeline Deal with Turkmenistan

India on September 20, 2010 signed initial agree-ments for laying a pipeline to wheel gas from Turkmenis-tan through Afghanistan and Pakistan, though there iscynicism around in the context of unstable politicalsituation in the region.

Energy security

The four coun-tries—India, Turk-menistan, Afghanis-tan and Pakistan—signed the GasPipeline FrameworkAgreement (GPFA)that will lead to theGas Sales PurchaseAgreement (GSPA),in Turkmenistan’s Capital Ashgabat. India’s Minister ofState for Petroleum Jitin Prasada led the Indian delegationat the signing.

The four countries signed the Gas Pipeline FrameworkAgreement (GPFA) and heads of agreements that will lead tothe gas sales purchase agreement in Turkmenistan’s capitalAshgabat. Minister of state for petroleum Jitin Prasada led theIndian delegation at the signing. As per the agreements gaswill be wheeled from Turkmenistan though Afghanistan andPakistan but it is unlikely that the project will get off theground soon given the unstable political situation in the region.

The Minister said that transit charges should be keptat minimum and all issues such as security of pipeline,gas price and mechanism to operate pipeline should besettled among the stakeholders. Actually these are theconcerns that have seen talks on the other transnationallifeline from Iran stalled repeatedly. India still hasn’tinked that deal for itself though Iran and Pakistan havedone so. The project has the backing of the US govern-ment in the form of the Asian Development Bank. It maybe mentioned that the US government is against any gaspipeline deal between India and Iran.

While outlining the significance of this project infulfilling the energy needs of India, Mr. Prasada said theCabinet has already given in-principle approval to theGPFA, however the final signing would be done onlyafter the Cabinet approved this document.

“To make this project successful, all stakeholdersshould recognise that the transit fee for the gas throughvarious countries must be kept at a minimum. Similarly,security issues must be properly addressed and thereshould be complete clarity on the institutional mecha-nisms for this,” he said.

Mr. Prasada added that before taking this projectfurther, the pricing and other GSPA issues should beresolved to the full satisfaction of all partner countries.The length of pipeline from Turkmenistan, Afghanistanand Pakistan up to the Indian border is 145 km, 735 kmand 800 km respectively. With the completion of theTurkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India (TAPI) gaspipeline India would get 38 mmscmd of gas.

PD/November/2010/803/2 “Only mediocrity can be trusted to be always at its best.”

India Third Most Powerful Nation in theWorld : Survey

Recognising India’s growing clout in the world, an officialUS report on global governance in Washington declared thecountry the fourth most powerful nation/ bloc behind the US,China, and the European Union.

The new globalpower line up for 2010compiling the world’smost powerful coun-tries/regions recogni-zed India as the thirdmost powerful coun-try behind the US andChina, and predictedthat its clout as well asthat of China andBrazil would furtherrise by 2025. Growing Clout

‘Global Governance 2025’—a follow-on to the NIC’s 2008report—was jointly issued by the National Intelligence Council(NIC) of the powerful Office of the Director of NationalIntelligence and the European Union’s Institute for SecurityStudies (EUISS). In 2010, the US tops the list of powerfulcountries/regions, accounting for nearly 22% of global power.

The US is followed by China (more than 12 per cent),European Union (more than 16 per cent), India (nearly eight percent), and less than five per cent each for Japan, Russia andBrazil. According to this international futures model, by 2025the power of the US, EU, Japan and Russia would decline whilethat of China, India and Brazil would increase, even thoughthere would be no change in this listing. By 2025, the UnitedStates would still be the most powerful country of the world,but it would have a little over 18% of the global power. The USwould be closely followed by China (nearly 16%), EuropeanUnion (14%) and India (10%).

Government Launches Pension Scheme for Unorganised

Sector Workers

The Union Finance Minister Pranab Mukherjee onSeptember 26, 2010 launched a pension scheme forworkers in the unorganised sector, who do not haveaccess to the social security net.

Union Finance Minister PranabMukherjee hands over, ‘Swabalam-ban’, a pension scheme for unorga-nised sector workers, to a woman inMurshidabad district, West Bengal onSeptember 26, 2010.

“I launched thescheme to coincidewith the 78th birth-day of Prime Minis-ter Dr. ManmohanSingh. This schemewill help those whoare not coveredunder any socialsecurity scheme,”Mr. Mukherjee saidafter unveiling theprogramme at afunction at Jangipur,in Murshidabaddistrict, West Bengal.

Under the scheme—which is named Swabalamban—subscribers would get Rs. 1,000 from the government each

year for a subscription amount of Rs. 12,000 per year. Thescheme will remain valid for this financial year and forthe next three consecutive fiscals.

Under the scheme named ‘Swabalamban’, the subscriberswill get Rs. 1,000 from the government each year for asubscription amount of Rs. 12,000 per year.

Mr. Mukherjee had already allocated Rs. 100 crore forthe scheme in the budget for 2010-11. It will be managedby the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Autho-rity of India.

A subscriber can enter the scheme at the age of 18years and will be eligible for pension after turning 60.

According to Mr. Mukherjee, 87 per cent of country’swork force would benefit from the Swabalamban scheme,adding that there were eight crore people above 60 whowere not getting pension. This figure would rise to 20crore over the next 17-18 years.

On turning 60, the pensioner can withdraw 60 percent of his contribution, while the balance will be given asa monthly annuity by the LIC. The LIC has been appointedone of the many aggregators who will collect subscriptionamount from subscribers.

News in a Nutshell

India, Japan Sign Economic AgreementsIndia and Japan

in second week ofSeptember conclu-ded the final roundof negotiations on acomprehensive eco-nomic cooperationagreement. It wasrevealed by Com-merce and IndustryMinister AnandSharma on Septem-ber 12, 2010.

Mr. Sharma saidthat his Ministry wasfor making a pre-sentation to DefenceMinister A. K.Antony on the needto raise FDI cap indefence sector to 49per cent.

Prithvi-II Failsto take off

The nuclearweapons capable,surface - to - surfaceballistic missilePrithvi-II failed totake off after it was

Continued on Page 817

PD/November/2010/805 “As soon as you trust yourself, you will know how to live.”

US, Russia Sign Defence Agreements

Once bitter rivals during the Cold War era, the USand Russia on September 16, 2010 signed two agreementsto enhance their military ties, as US Defence SecretaryRobert Gates said that the two countries now face similardifficulties and challenges.

The signing of the agreements is indicative of theawareness on the part of the two countries of worldrealities on the ground, particularly of the need to mounton cooperative endeavour on all burning issues facing theworld. It really augurs well for the forces of peaces takingupper hand over forces of confrontationist stands.

Cambodian Court Indicts Four Khymer Rouge Leaders

Four high-ranking leaders of Cambodia’s disgracedKhymer Rouge government of the 1970 were on Septem-ber 16, 2010 indicted for “crimes against humanity, warcrimes, and genocide”.

Khieu Samphanat a court hearingin Phnom Penhin this February12, 2010.

It may be recalled that the KhymerRouge government in Cambodia perpe-trated heinous crimes against the peoplein the 1970 when they were in power.Lakhs of persons were butchered andsubjected to tyrannies galore.

The four—Khieu Samphan (79),Nuon Chea (84), Ieng Sary (85) and IengThirith (78)—would continue to bedetained, according to the two Co-Investigating Judges of the Extra-ordinary Chambers in the Courts ofCambodia (ECCC).

The ECCC official Reach Sambath informed fromPhnom Penh, the capital of Cambodia, that the trial, nowordered by the judges, was expected to begin in the firsthalf of 2011. The internationally recognised Trial Cham-bers of the specialised ECCC would decide whether thefour accused should be prosecuted together or indivi-dually, said Mr. Reach Sambath.

For now, the decision to bring the surviving topleaders of the Khymer Rouge to justice was “significantnews for the people of Cambodia who have waited for[over] 30 years” for this day. The trial would begin a‘healing process’ for Cambodia’s future, he said. The casewould focus on some aspects of the Khymer Rouge’scrimes, which caused “an estimated 1·7 million to 2·2million deaths, of which approximately 800,000 wereviolent [killings].”

While a majority of democratic nations the worldover are critical of Myanmar’s military dictatorship andare backing the country’s well-known pro-democracyactivist, and Nobel Peace Prize winner Aung San Suu Kyi,Chinese leaders and Myanmarese military rulers aredemonstrating a bonhomie of sorts, thanks to their ownnational interests which are riding roughshod over princi-ples and values.

Chinese President Hu Jintao withMyanmar military ruler Gen. ThanShwe.

Seen in histo-rical context, half acentury ago whenChina’s place on theworld stage wassmaller, its relationswith Myanmar (thencalled Burma) were apriority. China’s firstcommunist PrimeMinister, Zhou Enlai,visited Burma at leastnine times between1954 and 1965. Sincethen, as China has grown, the pace of cross-borderdiplomacy has slowed. Yet Myanmar’s bountiful resour-ces and strategic location still command China’s attention,with the result that a new bonhomie between the twocountries seems to be in evidence. This is reflected fromthe warmth of welcome General Than Shwe, leader ofMyanmar’s ruling junta was accorded in Septemberduring the General’s four days’ visit of China.

The general’s trip came as economic activity betweenthe two countries is picking up. This year alone, China hasinvested over $ 8 billion in Myanmar—mostly in gas, oiland hydropower ventures—about two-thirds the total ofthe previous two decades combined. The volume ofbilateral trade has also surged.

As well as commerce and energy, the leaders almostcertainly discussed politics. Myanmar is preparing for itsfirst national elections in two decades in November,which may lead to a shift in leadership. Ensuring Chinesesupport for a process that many other outsiders willcondemn as far from legitimate is important for themilitary men who dominate Myanmar.

As the Economist Newspaper Limited writes.“China is likely to help. It has brushed away earlier

criticism of tolerance for its ally’s poor record on humanrights and economic management. Grumbles from HumanRights Watch, a pressure group, which frets that China‘risks burnishing its reputation as a patron of abusiveregimes’, will be shrugged off just as easily.”

PD/November/2010/806 “Trust yourself, then you will know how to live.”

The November elections in Myanmar are expected tobe just a window dressing, the real power will lie withthe dictators, whatever the poll results. In this scenarioChina feels little concerned since it is not interested inMyanmarês home politics or the so-called democraticprinciples and values. Besides, the party of the countryêsbest known pro. democracy activist, Aung San Suu Kyiwill not take part, though breakaway faction will. But, asthe said newspaper puts it : çBut stability is less assuredalong the lengthy border with China (see map) which ishome to anti-government ethnic militias. Violent clashes ayear ago pushed tens of thousands of refugees over theborder to the Chinese province of Yunnan.é

çAs important for China are military relations andthe development of several ports along Myanmarês coaston the Bay of Bengal. These promise China access to theIndian Ocean, which would be of great strategic interest.China insists it merely wants alternative shipping routesfor oil and other commodities, and it has no desire toproject naval power. India and others, remain uncon-vinced, not least because on August 29, a pair of Chinesewarships docked for five days at a port near Yangon, themain city. That trip was described by Beijing as èa friendlycallê.

Russia, Norway Sign Arctic Border Pact

Russia and Norway have signed an Arctic borderpact, ending a 40-year dispute over an energy-rich area inthe Barents Sea.

The Treaty on Maritime Delimitation and Coopera-tion in the Barents Sea and the Arctic Ocean was signedon September 15, 2010 in the Russian northern seaport ofMurmansk by the Russian and Norwegian ForeignMinisters in the presence of Russian President DmitryMedvedev and Norwegian Prime Minister Jens Stolten-berg.

Under the Treaty Russia and Norway will equallydivide the long-contested 1,76,000 sq. km zone that lies off

their Arctic coastlines and is believed to be rich in oil andgas.

It is the second most important border pact post-soviet Russia signed with its neighbours after the borderdelimitation treaty with China.

The establishment of a maritime boundary betweenNorway and Russia in the Barents Sea and the ArcticOcean culminated 40-years of border talks between thetwo countries and ended a 30-year moratorium ontapping oil and gas deposits in the area.

Mr. Medvedev said that the èhistoricê treaty openedthe way to joint energy projects between the twocountries. The Barents Sea contains 7Â6 billion so-calledètonnes of equivalent fuelê according to Russiaês NaturalResource Ministry.

French Senate Votes to Ban Veils

The French Senate voted almost unanimously onSeptember 14, 2010 to ban face-covering Islamic veils(Burqas) in public, clearing the final legislative hurdle fora bill whose supporters have been accused of stigmatizingthe countryês Muslim population.

Hitting a Roadblock : A woman in aniqab drives a car in Avignon,southern France. A ban on the burqa-style veil would affect only a tinyminority of Muslim women.

With 246 votesfor and just oneagainst, the Bill sailedthrough the upperHouse of the FrenchParliament afterhaving already beenpassed by the Assem-blee nationale (LowerHouse) in July.

Barring a last-minute challengefrom critics who believe it is unconstitutional, the banshould come into effect next year.

çThe full veil dissolves a personês identity in that of acommunity. It calls into question the French model ofintegration, founded on the acceptance of our societyêsvalues,é said justice minister Michele Alliot-Marie,presenting the law to the Senate.

A ban which goes farther than initial proposals toprevent women from wearing niqabs or burqas in publicservices, the law passed will make it illegal for anyone tocover their face, with certain exceptions, anywhere inpublic in French.No Mention of Islam

The text of the bill makes no mention of Islam, butPresident Nicolas Sarkozyês government promoted thelaw as a means to protect women from being forced towear Muslim full-faced veils.

Once in force, the law provides for a six-monthperiod of èeducationê to explain to women already wear-ing a face veil that they face arrest and a fine if theycontinue to do so in any public space.

A woman who chooses to defy the ban will receive afine of 150 euros ($ 195) or a course of citizenship lessons.A man who forces a woman to go veiled will be fined30,000 euros and serve a jail term.

PD/November/2010/807

“This is not about security or religion, but respectingour republican principles,” justice minister MicheleAlliot-Marie declared before the vote. “France, land ofsecularism, guarantees respect for all religions (but)hiding the face under a face-covering veil is against publicsocial order, whether it is forced or voluntary,” she said.

The vote comes when some of France’s otherpolicies—especially a drive to round up and expel RomaGypsies have led to accusations of racism, and the toughnew law is expected to draw further criticism from rightsgroups.

The policy also has the rare distinction of being con-demned in advance by both the United States and al-Qaeda, with both President Barack Obama and Islamistmilitant Ayman al-Zawahiri criticising it as an insult toMuslims.

While Sarkozy’s determination to half what some inParis see as the spread of the use of the niqab won enoughvotes in parliament, opponents argue it breaches Frenchand European human rights legislation.

The Bill defines public space very broadly, includingnot just government buildings and public transport, butall streets, markets and thoroughfares and private busi-nesses.

Saudi Arabia Clinches Mega Arms Dealwith the United States

● Washington and Riyadh ignore the post 9/11deterioration of relations.

● Iranian nuclear threat forces the US to mend fences withSaudi Arabia.

● Greater role of Saudi Arabia in West Asia peace process.

The US and Saudi Arabia have clinched a mega armsdeal despite the unpalatable history relating to the 9/11bomb attacks on the USA in which the role of SaudiArabian terrorists particularly that of Osama-bin-Ladenand his Al-Qaeda was well established.

The Arab Kingdom cannot afford to bypass the superpower as regards its defence. Arms purchases from the

Mega-Deal : The US isexpected to offer new F-15s (top) and Apachehelicopters.

US are central to the Saudikingdom’s strategy of assertingits military leadership in the Gulfand confronting Iran influence.The present US deal includessignificant offensive capabilitiesin the backdrop of the threatposed by Iranian nuclear pro-gramme.

In Public the Saudis andtheir partners in the Gulf Coope-ration Council support usingdiplomatic means to tackle Iran’salleged nuclear ambitions, butexpress greater concern behindclosed doors, diplomats say. Iraninsists it seeks only civilian nuclear power, not weapons.

Relations between Washington and Riyadh werebadly damaged by the 9/11 attacks and the identificationof the Saudi origins of Osama bin Laden and Al-Qaeda.But common strategic interests and pressures generatedby the arms industry and the recession helped smoothdifferences. US defence sales to the Gulf doubled from$ 19 bn in 2001-04 to $ 40 bn in 2005-08.

No Opposition from Pro-Israeli LobbiesIt is striking that this deal has met little opposition

from the pro-Israeli lobbies, which in the past haveworked to prevent the Saudis acquiring advancedequipment. Now-a-days Saudi Arabia also supports theArab-peace initiative, which offers to recognise Israel inexchange for a Palestinian State. King Abdullah isreported to have been convinced of the US sincerity ofcommitment to Riyadh and has pushed the arms requestdespite his air force wanting to divide sales between theUS and Europe. Recent months have seen mountingtensions between Saudi Arabia and Iran, with the Arab

PD/November/2010/808 “Just trust yourself, then you will know how to live.”

regimes pressing the US to adopt a tougher stance. In ameeting with Hillary Clinton in Riyadh in February,Foreign Minister Saudi al Faisal stated that the Iraniannuclear threat demands ‘a more immediate solution’ thansanctions. The package reflects the convergence of thestrategic views of the US, Israel and conservative Arabstates regarding Iran’s alleged nuclear ambitions and bidfor regional influence. But Saudi Arabia denies reports. Ithas secretly agreed to allow Israeli planes through itsairspace if they were sent to bomb nuclear sites in Iran.

Turkey Backs Constitutional Reforms

● 58 per cent of the voters in the referendum held onSeptember 12, 2010 approved the constitutional reformpackage of the government.

● Makes armed forces more accountable to civil courts.● Recognises the rights of civil servants and other state

employees to engage in collective bargaining.● It also promotes gender equality.

Turkish voters have backed a package to reform theConstitution which has so far favoured the military, theself-proclaimed guardian of Turkish secularism.

Shot in the Arm : Turkish PremierRecep Tayyip Erdogan in Istanbul.

The results of thereferendum held onSeptember 12, showedthat 58 per cent of thevoters approved theconstitutional reformspackage mooted by theJustice and Develop-ment Party (AKP) ledby Prime MinisterRecep Tayyip Erdogan.The amendments in-clude 26 articles, whichaim at curtailing the powers of the military by making thearmed forces more accountable to civil courts. Besides, itlifts the immunity over the plotters of the 1980 militarycoup following which Turkey’s current Constitution wasdrafted. The approval of the package will also open thedoor for key judicial reforms, including the restructuringof the constitutional court and the Supreme Board ofJudges and Prosecutors.

September 12’s referendum which saw a 78-per centturn out, also allows workers to join more than one union.Besides, it recognises the rights of civil servants and otherstate employees to engage in collective bargaining. It alsopromotes gender equality and bars discrimination againstchildren and the elderly.

Observers feel that the referendum has significantlyboosted Mr. Erodagan’s personal standing and is a majorstep forward for the AKP as it gears up for Turkey’sscheduled parliamentary elections next year. The AKP hasalso pledged that it would go all out for the adoption of abrand new Constitution after the 2011 polls in which itfeels sure of its victory. “The main message of the ballotboxes is that our nation said yes to advanced democracy,yes to freedoms, yes to the law of the superiority of law—

not the law of the superiors—and yes to the sovereigntyof national will”, said Mr. Erdogan in a televised address.The Turkish government says its amendments align withEuropean Union’s criteria for membership, which Turkeyaspires.

Observers say Turkey is likely to show greater asser-tion in its foreign policy in the wake of the referendum.Along with Brazil, it has already emerged as prominentplayer in nuclear diplomacy surrounding Iran. Turkey’spopularity in the Arab world has soared after Israelattacked a boat hired by a Turkish charity that wascarrying relief material for the besieged residents of theGaza-Strip.

[It Secretly marches to bottom of sea and plants its flag]

China Explores a Frontier in Deep Sea

According to an American journalist from New York,when three Chinese scientists plunged to the bottom ofthe South China Sea in a tiny submarine early thissummer, they did more than simply plant their nation’sflag on the dark seabed.

The Jiaolong submersible planted aChinese flag on the bottom of theSouth China Sea during a dive inJune.

The scientists,who descended morethan two miles in acraft the size of asmall truck, also sig-nalled Beijing’s inten-tion to take the leadin exploring remoteand inaccessible partsof the ocean floor,which are rich in oil,minerals and otherresources that theChinese would liketo mine. And manyof those resources happen to lie in areas where China hasclashed repeatedly with its neighbours over territorialclaims.

PD/November/2010/809

A Show of Bravado

After the flag planting, which was done in secret butrecorded in a video, China quickly turned the feat of tech-nology into a show of bravado. “It is a great achieve-ment”, Lin Feng, director of the dives, was quoted assaying by China Daily, an English language newspaper.

The global sea bed is littered with what experts say istrillions of dollars’ worth of mineral nodules as well asmany objects of intelligence value : undersea cablescarrying diplomatic communications, lost nuclear arms,sunken submarines and hundreds of warheads left overfrom missile tests. While a single small craft cannot reel inall these treasures, it does put China in an excellentposition to go after them.

Naval Craft Jiaolong’s Role“They’re in it for a penny and a pound,” said Don

Walsh, a pioneer of deep-ocean diving who recentlyvisited the submersible and its makers in China. “It’s avery deliberate programme.” The small craft that madethe trip—Jiaolong—was unveiled publicly late in Augustafter eight years of secretive development. It is designedto go deeper than any other in the world, giving Chinaaccess to 99·8 per cent of the ocean floor.

Technically, it is a submersible. These craft differfrom submarines in their small size, their need for amother ship on surface, and their ability to dive extra-ordinarily far despite darkness and crushing pressures.The world has only a few. Jiaolong is meant to go as deepas 7,000 metres. Japan’s Shinkai 6500 can go as deep as6,500 metres. Russia, France and the US lag farther behind.

Jiaolong’s sea trials began quietly last year and are tocontinue until 2012. However, China is already wavingflags. The move resembles how Russian scientists, in 2007,plunged through the ice pack at the North Pole and plan-ted their flag on the bottom of the ocean. The explorersdeclared that the feat had strengthened Moscow’s claimsto nearly half the Arctic seabed.

Wang Weizhong, a Chinese vice-minister of scienceand technology, said that the Jiaolong’s sea trials ‘markeda milestone’ for China and global exploration. WeichengCui, a professor at the China Ship Scientific ResearchCentre, which is building the submersible, said that thecraft’s sea trials had steered clear of contested islands ‘toavoid any diplomatic issues.’

Human Rights Watch is Set to Expand

● Human Rights Watch is an international organisationadvocating universal human rights.

● It keeps watch on the violations of human rights theworld over and takes steps in its own way to try to correctthe aberrations.

● It now gets a substantial donation from a billionaireraising hopes that it will function with greater verve andstrength. The gift will stand it in good stead by taking itout of its crippling funds crunch.

It is a good news, as published by the WashingtonPost that an American billionaire George Soros has ann-ounced a substantial donation of $ 100 million to HumanRights Watch. This Handsome gift will extend theoverseas presence of the influential American rightschampion and ensure its financial health for years.

George Soros’s $100 million giftto the group willensure its finan-cial health foryears.

But the goal of the gift is moreambitious in as much as it seeks to alterthe way human rights are promoted inthe 21st century, making rights advo-cacy less of an exclusively Americanand European cause.

The donation, the largest single giftever from the Hungarian-born investorand philanthropist, is premised on thebelief that US leadership on humanrights has been diminished by a decadeof harsh policies in the war onterrorism. Mr. Soros said that he hopedthe money would cultivate a much broader constituency

PD/November/2010/810 “Only mediocrity can be trusted to be always at its best.”

of foreign policy makers and philanthropists who embracethe notion that human rights should be observed univer-sally.

“Unfortunately, we lost the moral high ground duringthe Bush administration and the Obama administrationhas not done enough to regain it,” said Mr. Soros in aninterview. To be more efficient Human Rights Watch hasto be become a truly international organisation.

The rights group, which covers more than 90 coun-tries from 45 locations, will build its research capacity,adding more than 120 employees to an organisation of300.

The group will also set up regional headquarters inthe capitals of emerging political and economic powers,where leaders have frequently criticised human rightsadvocacy as a Western tool to impose their will on smallcountries.

“We need to be able to shape the foreign policies ofthese emerging powers, much as we have traditionallydone with Western powers,” said Kenneth Roth, executivedirector of Human Rights Watch. “Our aim is to enlistplaces like Brazil, South Africa, India and Japan, allgovernments that are democracies.”

South Asian University (SAU) Starts Ticking

What was conceptualised by leaders of SAARCcountries as an international university the South Asian

The batch of 50 has enrolled forMCA, MA (Economics).

University (SAU)started functioningfrom August 26, 2010in right earnest inNew Delhi with 14foreign students inSAARC varsity’s firstbatch besides about36 candidates fromIndian institutions.The SAU is the first joint venture of its kind by the eightSAARC countries.

SAU2 PG courses—MCA and MA (Economics).

Compulsory course on South Asia to help developregional consciousness.

50 Students, including 14 foreign nationals.

8 Faculty members, one from Bangladesh.

Operating from old JNU campus at present, it will have a100-acre campus near IGNOU.

A dream project of Prime Minister Dr ManmohanSingh, the SAU started its first academic session onAugust 26, with a batch of 50 students enrolled forcourses in Masters of Computer Application (MCA) orMA (Economics). While Indians form the bulk, there aretwo students from Pakistan, five from Bangladesh, fourfrom Nepal, two from Bhutan and one from Sri Lanka.

With Prof. C. K. Chadha as CEO SAU has filled eightof the 11 faculty positions so far. At present, the only onefrom outside India is assistant Professor Pranab KumarMuhiri from Bangladesh. SAU authorities say they willrecruit at least 50 faculty members next year. As incentive,SAU is offering tax-free salaries ranging from $ 15,000 to$ 45,000, besides 25 per cent house rent allowance.

“We will be going to each SAARC nation, meetingpeople and advertising SAU in a big way to draw bothstudents and faculty. While this year students have beenselected on the basis of their school and college scores, wewill hold entrance exams in each country next year. Wehope to start a number of courses. We have to ensure thatstudents from Afghanistan and Maldives also join us nexttime” says Prof. Rajiv K. Saxena, OSD, Academics andPlanning. The target is to have no less than four per centstudents from each SAARC nation.

As per the terms of agreement, India will bear theentire cost of setting up the varsity, and has alreadyprovided 100 acres of land free in Delhi. The operatingcost will be shared by all SAARC nations, with 50 per centbeing contributed by India. Sources said the funds fromother SAARC nations have already begun to come in.

The varsity will soon have its own governing bodywith the steering committee set to hand it over in thecoming week, just ahead of a formal launch, which isexpected to be attended by heads of states from otherSAARC nations.

Cambridge Tops World University Rankings

The University of Cambridge, where several topIndian leaders, including Prime Minister ManmohanSingh, have studied, has been named No. 1 university inthe world in the 2010 QS World University Rankings.Cambridge has edged over Harvard to become the firstnon-US university ever to top the list. QS World Univer-sity Rankings measure university research quality, gradu-ate employability, teaching commitment and internationalcommitment, using a combination of global surveys andaudited data. The university was voted the best forresearch quality, as selected by more than 15,000academics around the world.

China in, India out of Global CampusRankings

Four Chinese Universities have broken into the list ofthe world’s best 50 educational institutions, even asIndia’s sole representatives in the top 200—The IITs—have slid from their 2009 positions.

The rankings based on the grounds referred to abovewere published annually between 2004 and 2009 as theTop 500 World Universities’ by Quacquarelli Symonds(QS) and the Times Higher Education supplement. Thisyear, the rankings have been published by QS inde-pendently.

PD/November/2010/811

Symonds (QS) and The Times Higher Educationsupplement. This year, the rankings have been publishedindependently by QS.

China’s The University of Hong Kong is at No. 23, upone place from last year, and on top of the pile in Asia.The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology is

at No. 40, down from No. 35 last year. The ChineseUniversity of Hong Kong is up to No. 42 from No. 46, andPeking University is up to No. 47 from No. 52.

The first Indian institution, IIT Bombay, figures atNo. 187, behind two more Chinese universities—Tsinghuaat No. 54 and Fudan at No. 105. IIT-B has fallen from its209 rank of 163, and is the only Indian entity in the top200. IIT Delhi has slid from 181 last year to 202 this year.

The Convener of the Academic Advisory Board forthe QS World University Rankings, Martin Ince, said thatIITs apart, “the real story is the very modest showing ofall other Indian higher education in our rankings.”

“We have IITs at positions 187, 202, 249, 262, 311, and401-450… But there is more to higher education andresearch than technology. The top general university DelhiUniversity has fallen from 291 to 371. Mumbai, the onlyother one in the top 500, remains in the 450-500 bracket, inthe same league as Tehran”.

“Delhi scores well in our assessment of academic andemployer opinion but very poorly on our other measures :faculty/student ratio, citations, international staff, inter-national students. This is a very modest performance forthe flagship university of a very significant nation” thesurvey said.

HRD Minister Kapil Sibal, however, struck anoptimistic note :

“In the next ten years several of our institutes will beamong the top 100 in international rankings.”

International Conference on Global Warming, Climate Change, SustainableDevelopment and Secular Spirituality

at Thiruvananthapuram

At the inauguration of the International Conferenceon Global Warming, Climate Change, Sustainable Deve-lopment and Secular Spirituality at Thiruvananthapuram

PD/November/2010/812 “Put not your trust in money, but put your money in trust.”

in Kerala on September 9, 2010, the East Timor Presidentand Nobel Peace Prize winner Jose Ramos-Horta said thatIndia and China should join hands for drawing a roadmap to combat climate change and tackle extreme povertywithout waiting for western assistance.

East Timor President Jos Ramos-Horta (second from left) withSwami Navananma Jnana Thapaswi, director, SanthigiriAshram (left), Shashi Tharoor, MP, and Corinna Ybarra Arnold,head of Cultural Affairs, American Consulate Chennai, at theinauguration of an international conference on “Global War-ming, Climate Change, Sustainable Development and SecularSpirituality” in Thiruvananthapuram on September, 9, 2010.

Asia had the resources and capability to address thechallenge. “The question is whether we have the visionand political will power.”

“Scientists, scholars and technocrats in Asia shouldtake steps and do, what they can do without looking tothe west for assistance,” he said. “Fifty years back Asiawas poor. Today, however, it can lead the world.”

● Without looking to West, Asia can take on climate change,poverty.

● India can do more by building bridges of cooperationwith China, Japan, Korea to eliminate poverty.

● East Timor President and Nobel Peace Prize winner JosRamos-Horta delivered the inaugural address at theConference.

● The Santhigiri Ashram at Pothencode hosted the eventorganised in association with the UNESCO and theAmerican Centre.

Mr. Ramos-Horta was delivering the inauguraladdress at a three-day international conference on “GlobalWarming, Climate Change, Sustainable Development andSecular Spirituality” organised by the Santhigiri ResearchFoundation at Thiruvananthpuram.

The Nobel Peace prize winner said India could domore by building bridges of cooperation with other Asianpowers like China, Japan and Korea to eliminate poverty.

“Extreme poverty exists in many parts of the world.People lack excess to clean water, decent meals, shelterand basic education. If this is the balance of the 20thcentury, it is a collective failure,” he said. “The past 200years of human activities have also their impact on theenvironment. There is human pressure on land, environ-ment and other animals.”

Mr. Ramos-Horta suggested that the powers that be inAsia, regardless of what the US and Europe did, summonup the wisdom of thousands of years and mobilise theirsources to check global warming and tackle poverty.

Presiding, the former Union Minister and MP ShashiTharoor stressed the need for shared responsibility in the

China’s Longevity City has 255Centenarians

The Chinese city of Rugao, renowned for the longevity ofits residents, has 255 centenarians, as per statistics, by the city’scivil affairs bureau. The city, in east China’s Jiangsu Province,has a population of 1·45 million with more than 4,000 peopleabove 90 and 40,000 above 80. The average life expectancy ofthis city is 75·59—4·59 and 9·59 higher than that of China andworld average respectively. Regular and healthy eating andsleeping habits and a favourable environment are believed tobe the reasons for the people living long in Rugao.

effort to check greenhouse gas emissions. “Countries likeIndia and China are also contributing to greenhouse gasemissions. The victims of climate change are poor nationswho cannot insulate themselves from the impact.”

Mr. Tharoor reminded rich countries that it was theirresponsibility to help poor nations tackle the impact ofclimate change.

The Santhigiri Ashram at Pothencode hosted theevent organised in association with the UNESCO and theAmerican Centre.

Four Indian-Americans Among Richestin US

[Bill Gates tops the list of the 400 richest people in theUS for the 17th year in a row]

Four Indian-Americans, including Sun Microsystems co-founder Vinod Khosla, are among Forbes’ 400 Richest People inAmerica, a list topped by Microsoft founder Bill Gates.

Apart from Khosla, those who made the cut includeoutsourcing firm Syntel’s founder Bharat Desai, venturecapitalist Kavitark Ram Shriram and software king RomeshWadhwani.

While Khosla occupies the 308th spot on the list with afortune worth $ 1·3 billion, Desai ranks 252 with a net worth of$ 1·6 billion.

Shriram occupies the 288th position with assets worth$ 1·45 billion and Wadhwani is on the 290th spot in this year’slist with a total valuation of $ 1·4 billion.

The list is topped by Gates, who has retained his positionas the richest man in America with a net worth of $ 54 billion—for the 17th year in a row.

Desai earned his engineering degree from the IndianInstitute of Technology, Mumbai and moved to the US afterlanding a programming job for Tata Consultancy Services in1976. He founded outsourcing outfit Syntel in 1980 with wifeNeerja Sethi while earning his MBA from the University ofMichigan.

Shriram is the founding board member of Google and oneof the first investors in the company. “Shriram was one of thefirst people to write a cheque to Google co-founders SergeyBrin and Larry Page in 1998. “He would advise them one day aweek in their Menlo Park garage,” Forbes said.

The University of Madra alumnus is still a board memberand large shareholder of the search giant. The California-resident is now running his own investment firm, SherpaloVentures, which has big stakes in online outsourcer 24/7Customer.

PD/November/2010/813

Fonseka gets 3-year Term in Arms Case

A court Martial in Sri Lanka on September 17, 2010held the former Army Chief guilty on all four counts in acase related to the procurement of arms by the Army inviolation of the tender procedures, and reportedly recom-mended that he be jailed for three years.

It may be recalled that Gen. Fonsenka, now undermilitary detention after two separate court martialsproceedings against him, was stripped of all his ranks andpension in the month of August, 2010 by the first courtmartial that convicted him of the charge of dabbling inpolitics while being in uniform.

Director General of the Media Centre for NationalSecurity Lakshman Hulugalle said that Gen. Fonseka wasfound guilty of the charges of purchase of night visiondevices, generators, batteries and equipment for VHSdirection finders from a firm with which his son-in-lawwas associated.

Gen. Fonseka had successfully led the Sri Lankanmilitary in the war against the LTTE, which ended in May2009.

Pakistan Increases Defence Spending

As per Press sources, Pakistan has hiked itsdefence outlay by Rs. 110 billion over the budgetedallocation of Rs. 442 billion for major military operationsagainst the Taliban in the volatile tribal areas borderingAfghanistan.

The changes, listed in a country paper presented bythe government to the International Monetary Fund,include a reduction in the allocation for development byRs. 73 billion.

The projected defence expenditure has been increasedto Rs. 552 billion from the Rs. 442·2 billion in the 2010-11budget approved by Parliament.

China-Russia Energy Deal

Russian President Dmitry Medvedev on September27, 2010 signed a series of political and commercial dealson his second state visit to China, a sign of closer strategicties between the two world powers.

Mr. Medvedev held talks with his Chinese counter-part Hu Jintao in Beijing on September 27.

Gas Pipeline

They celebrated the completion of a long-awaitedChina-Russia oil pipeline, the largest bilateral project. The999 km pipeline runs from Angarsk in Russia to Daqing innortheast China. It is part of a bilateral loan for oil dealreached in 2009.

Under it, China makes a $ 25 billion long-term loan toRussia while Russia supplies China with 300 milliontonnes of oil through pipelines from 2011 until 2030.

“The smooth completion of the pipeline project is amodel for the two countries’ mutually beneficial win-wincooperation and a milestone for China-Russia energycooperation,” said Mr. Hu at the completion ceremony.

The two countries also signed 15 deals on cooperationcovering coal, gas supply, energy efficiency, renewableenergy, nuclear power, power grids and banking.

The Medvedev-Hu meeting in Beijing was their fifththis year. Mr. Medvedev also met top legislator Wu Bang-guo and Premier Wen Jiabao on September 27.

News in a Nutshell

Women in Majority in Swiss CabinetSwitzerland’s Parliament on September 22 gave women a

majority of Cabinet posts for the first time in the history of oneof Europe’s most conservative countries, in a vote hailed as atriumph for women.

Switzerland was the last European democracy to grantwomen the vote at national level in 1971 and the first womanMinister was only elected in 1984. Three of the sevenMinisterial posts in the current government, or FederalCouncil, were occupied by women before September 22 vote.

Parliamentarian Simonetta Sommaruga became the fourthwoman Minister after being elected into office with 159 votesout of 245 to replace retiring Transport Minister MoritzLeuenberger.

Afghanistan Women Join Army Ranks AfterDecades

Afghanistan’s army got its first female officers in decadeson September 23 when 29 women graduated in a class of new

Centrestage Fromthe Margins

recruits who hope to help take the lead rolein national security from foreign forces by2014. President Hamid Karzai, NATO andthe US have been pushing to expand andtrain Afghanistan’s army, police and othersecurity forces to allow them to take overduring a planned drawdown of foreigntroops.

The US had said it will start its with-drawal in July 2011, although the process

may take years. “I am fully committed to serving my country,the same way as my Afghan brothers currently serving in thearmy. That is why I decided to join,” said female officer MariSharifi after the graduation ceremony at the Kabul ArmyTraining Centre. The women will not be sent to the frontline ofthe fight against the insurgency, which is raging at its strongestsince the 2001 overthrow of the Taliban government, andinstead will largely be doing administrative work.

Women served in the army of Afghanistan’s communist-backed regime in the 1980s but retreated from military serviceduring the civil war and hardline Taliban rule that followedthe Soviet retreat from Afghanistan in 1989.

Continued on Page 817

PD/November/2010/815 “The only white man you can trust is a dead white man.”

BIHAR

Bihar Poll Schedule Announced : Polling inSix Phases

The Election Commission on September 6, 2010announced the Bill Poll Schedule 2010. As per the officialannouncement elections to the 243 member Bihar Legisla-tive Assembly will be heldin six phases on October 21,24, 28–November 1, 9 and20. The counting of votes isscheduled for November 24,2010. The notification forthe first phase was issuedon September 27 and thatfor the sixth phase wouldbe issued on October 27.

The election processwould end by November26 and the term of thepresent Assembly wouldexpire on November 27.

It is noteworthy thatthirty-eight seats werereserved for the ScheduledCastes and two for theScheduled Tribes.

In Bihar over 89 per cent of the voters were coveredin the photo electoral rolls and 82·65 per cent issuedElectoral Photo Identity Cards.

The by-election in the Banka Lok Sabha Constituencywill also be held on November 1, 2010. The constituency islying vacant following the death of former Union MinisterDigvijay Singh (Independent) on June 24, 2010.

World Bank Loan Worth $ 220 millionApproved

The World Bank on September 10, 2010 approved a$ 220 million credit for Bihar to support its rebuildingefforts in areas affected by 2008 Kosi floods. The loanunder the Bihar Kosi Flood Recovery Project will financeflood recovery efforts through reconstruction of about onelakh houses, 90 bridges and 290 km of rural roads. It maybe recalled here that the floods affected about 3·3 millionpeople in five districts Around one million people wereevacuated and 4,60,000 people were provided temporaryshelter in 360 relief camps. This project aims at reducingfuture risks by strengthening the flood managementcapacity restoring livelihoods and improving the emer-gency response capability of the State by providingcontingency funding.

DELHI

Metro Railway Linking Delhi with GurgaonOpened

The 12·53 Central Secretariat–Qutub Minar Corridorof the Delhi Metro-railway linking heart of the capitalwith Gurgaon was thrown open on September 3, 2010.The project is a part of the Jahangirpuri–HUDA CityCentre (Gurgaon) line. Nearly about 2 lakh passengers areexpected to travel on this line by 2011. With the openingof this line, commuting between Delhi and Gurgaon hasbecome quicker, comfortable and economical. There are34 stations from Jahangirpuri in North Delhi to HUDACity Centre in Gurgaon and 20 between CentralSecretariat and HUDA City Centre. The authorities planto run 36 to 40 trains on this corridor.

ABVP Wins Three Posts in DUSU Polls; NSUIBags Just One

The BJP backed Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad(ABVP) won three of the key posts in the Delhi Univer-sity’s Student’s Union recently held Elections while theCongress backed National Students Union of Indiabagged just one seat. ABVP bagged the posts of President,Vice-President and Secretary while NSUI could grab only

Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad candidates (from left)Neetu Dabas (Secretary), Jitender Chaudhury (President) andPriya Dabas (Vice-President) and (right) NSUI candidateAkshay Kumar (Joint Secretary) celebrating their victory in theDelhi University Students’ Union elections.

the joint secretary’s post. Jitender Chaudhury of ABVPdefeated Harish Chaudhury of NSUI to become the DUSUPresident. Priya Dabas of ABVP defeated NSUI’s VardhanChaudhury to be elected as Vice-President of DUSU. Thepost of secretary was also bagged by ABVP’s Neetu Dabasby trouncing Deepika Deshwal (NSUI). The lone con-solation for the NSUI came through the post of jointsecretary won by Akshay Kumar after defeating ABVPcandidate Saurabh Uniyal by 626 votes.

PD/November/2010/816 “Faith is a state of openness or trust.”

GUJARAT

Bill to Make Voting Compulsory Reintro-duced

The Gujarat Government on September 7, 2010reintroduced in the Assembly. The controversial theGujarat Local Authorities Laws (Amendment) Bill 2009which seeks to make voting compulsory in the elections tothe local self-government bodies. No change has beenmade in the bill despite recommendations made by thegovernor. It may be recalled here that Governor KamlaBeniwal returned the bill passed by the House in Decem-ber 2009 to the government for re-consideration, notingthat the bill violated Article 19(1)(A) of the Constitutionwhich guarantees freedom of expression that also includedthe right not to vote. The state government reintroducedthe bill in its original form with all the provisions includ-ing 50% reservation for women intact.

JHARKHAND

Arjun Munda takes over as Chief MinisterAgain

Bhartiya Janata Party leader Arjun Munda was swornin as Chief Minister of Jharkhand on September 11, 2010.

Arjun Munda :Chief Minister of

Jharkhand

Besides, All Jharkhand Students Unionleader Sudesh Mahto and JharkhandMukti Morcha (JMM) leader HemantSoren were sworn in as Deputy ChiefMinisters. It may be added here thatMr. Munda has the support of 45MLAs in the 81-member Assembly. TheBJP had withdrawn support to theShibu Soren government in May 2010and the JMM Chief was forced to resignon May 30, 2010 which led to theimposition of Presidents rule in June 2010.

JAMMU & KASHMIR

Massive Plantation Drive Launched inLadakh Region

A month long massive plantation drive was launchedin the entire Ladakh on September 12, 2010. The driveaims at developing thick forests in this arid region to helpcheck soil erosion and preserve environment. The drive isdedicated to a greener Commonwealth Games 2010. Thedrive will see followers and members of Drupka BuddhistSect plant 10 lakh saplings to develop at least eight forestin the region. These people also plan to set up a worldrecord of planting 40,000 trees in one hour on October 10,2010. The drive was initiated by Sachin Pilot—UnionMinister of State for Communications and IT near the 800year old Hemis monastery where members of young

Drupka Association planted 1016 trees—marking thebirth year of Drupka Lineage’s Indian guru Narepa—aproponent of Mahayana Buddhist philosophy.

Jammu and Kashmir High Court to have ChiefJustice from State

Reversing the nearly two decades old judicial transferpolicy the Supreme Court collegium has recommendedthat Nisar Ahmad Kakru who hails from Jammu &Kashmir should be posted as Chief Justice of the Jammuand Kashmir High Court. Before this recommendationwas made, the Chief Justice of the High Court of Jammu& Kashmir was from outside the state.

KERALA

Kuttanad Package Worth Rs. 1,840 croreLaunched

The Rs. 1,840 crore Kuttanad Package was launchedby Kerala Chief Minister V. S. Achuthanandan inAlappuzha on September 5, 2010. The project said to beamong the largest financial packages aims at ensuringoverall development of the region and its people. It wasdesigned by renowned agriculture scientist M. S.Swaminathan Union Minister for Water Resources PawanKumar Bansal inaugurated irrigation projects worth aboutRs. 150 crore which are part of the package. The projectwould conclusively deal with the flood threats that werefor long plaguing Kuttanad—the second place in theworld where cultivation was done below the sea level andensure overall development of the region. It may beadded here that the Kuttanad wetlands come under theconvention on Wetlands (Ramsar, Iran, 1971). It had theproposals for being declared Globally Important Agri-cultural Heritage Site by the United Nations Food andAgriculture Organisation (FAO). It was the only region inthe country that had cultivation of rice below the sealevel, a technology that was developed by farmers morethan 150 years ago.

NORTH-EAST

Sikkim has Highest Suicide Rate in IndiaAs per the recent revelation by World Health

Organisation Sikkim in India has the highest suicide rate.Thus Sikkim has dislodged Kerala in this regard. LakshmiVijaykumar—regional representative of WHO hasrevealed that Sikkim with a suicide rate of 48·2 per lakh ofpopulation and Puducherry with a rate of 46·9 per lakhpresents a new trend of an escalation of suicides in smallstates. Kerala dropped to the fourth position with asuicide rate of 25 per lakh while Andaman and NicobarIslands rank third with a rate of 34·5 per lakh. It may beadded here that India has a suicide rate of 10·8 on a parwith developed countries.

PD/November/2010/817 “The only white man you can trust is a dead white man.”

RAJASTHAN

Policy Initiative Award given to RajasthanRajasthan has bagged the prestigious “e-governance

policy initiative of the year” e-India Award-2010. Theaward has been given to it in recognition of its successfulinitiative for launching the pregnancy and child trackinghealth services management system in 2009.

It is noteworthy that the Union Ministry of Infor-mation Technology has been giving the award since 2005in the fields of e-governance, e-health, e-agriculture,e-municipal IT and tele-centre.

UTTARAKHAND

Subhash Kumar is New Chief Secretary

Subhash Kumar an IAS officer of the 1977 batch, tookover as the new Chief Secretary of Uttarakhand onSeptember 13, 2010 replacing N. S. Napalchiyal who hastaken voluntary retirement. Mr. Napalchiyal has beennominated to be the first Principal Advisor to the StatePlanning Commission.

NABARD Sanctions Rs. 285·5 crore for RuralInfrastructure

NABARD has approved an amount of Rs. 284·51crore under Rural Infrastructure Development Fund XVIto West Bengal. The projects sanctioned are for improvingrural infrastructure including roads and bridges. Anamount of Rs. 279·89 crore has been sanctioned for 100rural roads (68 village roads, 24 other district roads and 8major district roads), in 18 districts for improving ruralroad connectivity. A total road length of 702·34 km isexpected to be created under these projects. The projectsare likely to benefit 2083 villages.

An amount of Rs. 4·62 crore has been sanctioned for arural bridge project in South 24 Paraganas. The total spanof the bridge is 67·20 m. Non-recurring employmentgeneration is expected to be 1·73 lakh man days and theproject would benefit a population of 1·30 lakh in 14villages.

Since inception of the RIDF, NABARD has sanctioned32,998 projects with a loan component of Rs. 6600·75 croreto West Bengal.

Major projects which received financial support fromNABARD for creation of infrastructure in the Stateinclude rural connectivity Rs. 3463·89 crore (52 per cent),irrigation and flood protection Rs. 1490·42 crore (23 percent), social sector Rs. 325·86 crore (5 per cent) and othersectors Rs. 1320·58 crore (20 per cent). P.Darpan

Continued from Page 813

Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard FormsMinority Government in Australia

[Gillard’s Labour Party to govern with 76 seats in150-member House.]

Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard on September7 won a 17-day political marathon to lead a minoritygovernment in a hung Parliament.

Another Term : Australian PrimeMinister Julia Gillard is all smiles asOpposition leader Tony Abbottapplauds after she finally securedenough independents to form a newgovernment, at the Parliament Housein Canberra on September 7.

Ms. Gillard staysat the helm withsupport from threeIndependents and afirst-ever Greensmember in the Houseof Representatives,being formed afterthe August 21 snapgeneral election. Shehad called the elec-tion shortly after top-pling Kevin Rudd asPrime Minister in apolitical coup withinthe ruling Australian Labour Party.

South Korea Imposes Sanctions on Iran

South Korea has said that it will ban many financialdealings with Iran and impose other penalties as part ofUS-led campaign to enforce sanctions against the countryover its disputed nuclear enrichment programme. Themeasures annouced on September 8 by South Korea addto new, unilateral sanctions imposed by the US, Europeand others to pressure Iran to return to negotiations on itsnuclear programme. P.Darpan

Continued from Page 803

fired from a mobile launcher during a user trial atChandipur in Orissa on September 24, 2010.

The missile with a range of 350 km was fired bypersonnel of the Strategic Forces Command as part of atraining exercise. But the rocket engine stopped function-ing a few seconds after the launch command was givenand failed to provide the missile the necessary thrust toblast off.

The reasons for the failure were being looked into.

The nine-metre, single-stage missile has already beeninducted into the Indian Air Force and is capable ofcarrying payloads of 500-1000 kg.

Prithvi is the first missile to be developed under theIntegrated Guided Missile Development Programme andhas two variants—Prithvi-II for the Air Force andDhanush for the Navy. The Prithvi class of missiles haveso far been tested more than 50 times.

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/819/3 “Not everybody trusts paintings but people believe photographs.”

ACRONYMS

DASA—Direct Admission of Students Abroad

MCZMA—The Maharashtra Coastal Zone Mana-gement Authority.

MTA—Multirole Transport Aircraft

India and Russia have entered into an agreement toco-develop and produce a new Multirole TransportAircraft for the armed forces of the two countries.

NIAS—National Institute of Advanced Studies.

APPOINTMENTS/ELECTION

Justice Nissar AhmedIn a departure from its more than two decades’ old

practice, the Supreme Court has recommended theappointment of Justice Nissar Ahmed Kakru, who hailsfrom Jammu and Kashmir, as the Chief Justice of theState's High Court.

The decision was taken by the Supreme Court Colle-gium, of five seniormost judges of the apex court headedby Chief Justice S. H. Kapadia. At present, Justice Kakruis the Chief Justice of the Andhra Pradesh High Court. Inview of Justice Nissar Ahmed being shifted to Jammu andKashmir High Court the present incumbent, Justice AftabHussain Saikia would be shifted as the Chief Justice of theGauhati High Court. This arrangement has been made toaccommodate a Kashmiri as the Chief Justice of J&K HighCourt in the backdrop of the present political turmoilhitting the valley. Justice Kakru's appointment is just partof overall confidence building measures for the State.

P. J. ThomasP. J. Thomas was sworn in as Central Vigilance

Commissioner in the first week of September, 2010.Mr. Thomas, the Telecom Secretary till now, was admini-stered the oath of office by President Pratibha Patil atRashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi.

P. J. Thomas

A 1973 batch I.A.S. Officer of KeralaCadre, Mr. Thomas held importantassignments in Kerala as Secretary inFinance, Industry, Agriculture, Law andJustice and Human Resource Develop-ment. He became Kerala Chief Secretaryin 2007 and moved to the CentralGovernment as Secretary in the Ministryof Parliamentary Affairs in January 2009.

Later he went on to become the Telecom Secretary.

Mr. Thomas succeeded Pratyush Sinha, a 1969 batchIAS officer of Bihar cadre.

Kevin Rudd

The former Australian Prime Minister, Kevin Ruddhas got the Foreign Affairs portfolio in Julia Gillard's newMinority government in Australia.

Kevin Rudd

Mr. Rudd ceased to be PrimeMinister when Ms. Gillard toppled himin a political coup within the rulingAustralian Labour Party several weeksbefore seeking a mandate for herself in asnap general election on August 21,2010. The election produced the coun-try's first hung Parliament in nearlyseven decades. But she secured the

support of three Independents and a Green memberthrough negotiations and clinched by September 7 twoseats more than the opposition in the 150 member Houseof Representatives. Announcing her Cabinet line-up insuch unusual circumstances, Ms. Gillard placed Mr. Ruddin the third position behind Wayne Swan, who retainedhis place as Deputy Prime Minister and the Treasurer.

PD/November/2010/820 “Wise men put their trust in ideas and not in circumstances.”

Stephen Smith, who served as Foreign Minister in Mr.Rudd's Cabinet as also Ms. Gillard's first Ministry, wasnow shifted to Defence.

It may be recalled that as Prime Minister of Australia,Mr. Rudd had sought a big international role for himselfby proposing the creation of a new Asia Pacific Com-munity. He is also known for his fluency in Mandarin(Chinese).

Three Indian Origin Members in ObamaPanel

According to Indo-Asian News Service, PresidentBarack Obama has named three Indian-Americans to thePresident's Advisory Commission on Asian-Americansand Pacific Islanders, a body to help them get increasedaccess to and participation in federal programmes. Thepanel consists of 16 members including these threeIndian-origin Americans.

The three Indian-Americans are Farooq Kathwari,Sunil Puri and Amardeep Singh.

Kathwari, a Kashmir University graduate, is theChairman, President and Chief Executive officer of EthanAllen Interiors. He serves on many non-for-profit organi-sations, including the chair of the Kashmir Study Group.

Puri is the President and sole owner of First RockfordGroup, Inc., a real estate development firm he founded in1984.

The third Indian-American appointee, AmardeepSingh is the co-founder and presently the director ofprogrammes at the Sikh Coalition, the nation's largestSikh civil rights organisation. Prior to joining the SikhCoalition in 2002, Singh worked as a researcher.

V. N. TripathiThe General Manager of Eastern Railway, V. N.

Tripathi has taken over as Member staff of the RailwayBoard.

Mr. Tripathi, who joined the Indian Railway TrafficServices (IRTS), will continue as the GM, Eastern Railwayfor now.

Sushil KoiralaThe 12th convention of the Nepali Congress (NC) has

elected veteran leader Sushil Koirala, a member of theinfluential Koirala family, as its new President.

Sushil Koirala

More than 3,000 party delegatesvoted in the polls. Mr. Koirala bagged1,652 votes, defeating his nearest rival,the former Prime Minister, Sher BahadurDeuba, who obtained 1,317 votes. Thethird candidate Bhim Bahadur Tamangobtained 78 votes.

This was NC's first convention afterthe death of its President, Girija PrasadKoirala, last March and after the unification of NC and itssplinter group, NC (Democratic) led by Mr. Deuba, twoand-a-half years ago.

R. ChandrashekharR. Chandrashekhar has been appointed as the new

Telecom Secretary. Mr. Chandrashekhar who was till now

Secretary in the Department of Information and Tech-nology has been given the charge of Department ofTelecom, following the appointment of his predecessorP. J. Thomas as Chief Vigilance Commissioner (CVC).Mr. Chandrashekhar assumed charge on September 24,2010.

Shashikant SharmaThe current Director General in the Ministry of

Defence, will be the new secretary of the department ofInformation and Technology.

PERSONS IN THE NEWS

Indian Origin School Girl is America's TeenQueen

Anysha Panesar, a 16-year-old Indian origin teenagerhas been crowned America's Perfect Teen. The onlyproblem is that she is British. The teenager from Walesbeat a host of American beauties to win the contest whileon holiday in Florida and it has not gone down well withthe losing candidates. Parents of the American girls haveprotested to the organisers of the pageant, which has a $2,000 first prize, and an $ 18,000 scholarship to train as aTV broadcaster, reported Daily Mail online. But Anyshahas hit back, arguing the outcry is just sour grapes.

Philippe CroizonA frenchman, Philippe Croizon, whose arms and legs

were amputated swam across the English Channel in thesecond/third week of September 2010 using leg pros-theses that had flippers attached.

Croizon, 42, had expected the tough crossing to takeup to 24 hours and instead, he finished in only 13 and ahalf. This is perhaps a record time for a disabled swimmer.

Impossible is Nothing : Quadrupleamputee Philippe Croizon used legprostheses that have flippers attachedto swim across the channel.

Philippe Croizonset off from Folke-stone on the Britishside of the EnglishChannel and arrivednear the French townof Wissant. At thenarrowest point, thecrossing is about 34kms.

The swimmerlost his arms and legsafter suffering anelectric shock in 1994as a current surgedthrough him from anearby powerline ashe stood on a ladderadjusting his television antenna. Doctors were forced toamputate his limbs after the incident.

Philippe Croizon made headlines in 2007 for para-chuting from an airplane. He wrote a book about hisexperiences called ‘Jai decide de vivre’ (I decided to live).

PD/November/2010/821 “Trust your own instinct. Your mistakes might as well be your own, instead of someone else’s.”

DEATHS

V. NarayananV. Narayanan the former Chairman of Goodyear

India and Founder Trustee of Chennai Willingdon Cor-porate foundation, passed away on September 14, 2010.He was 92.

V. Narayanan

Born in 1918 in a small village nearChidambaram, Mr. Narayanan rose tobecome an elected member in the boardof directors of Goodyear India. Even-tually he became the Chairman andManaging Director.

On his retirement from Goodyearin 1988, he founded a family trustnamed Ashavaltha Charitable trust inChennai.

Among the many awards and accolades he earnedwas the Golden Award winner presented by HelpageIndia in 1999.

SwarnalathaNoted South Indian playback singer and National

Award winner Swarnalatha died at a private hospital inChennai on September 12, 2010 following lung infection.She was 37.

Born in Kerala's Palakkad district, Swarnalatha hadsung in various languages including Tamil, Kannada,Telugu, Hindi and Malyalam since 1989. She was the 1995National Film Award winner for best female playbacksinger for ‘Porale Ponnuthayi’ composed by A. R. Rehman.

Dr. Homi SethnaFormer Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission

Dr. Homi Nusserwanji Sethna, an important figure inIndia's nuclear programme, passed away in Mumbai onSeptember 12, 2010. He was 86.

Homi Sethna

Mr. Sethna has been suffering fromlung fibrosis for the last several years.

He played a keyrole in India's firstpeaceful nuclear explosion of May 18,1974, called the Smiling Buddha, orPokhran-I. He developed an interest inthe greening of the Kutch belt in the1980s or 1990s. He formed cooperativeswith the local people and horticulturistsfor planting Jojiba seeds. Even after retirement, he heldmany important positions and continued to contribute tothe task of nation building.

Dr. Sethna was opposed to the Indo-US nuclear dealand said that India would be better off signing theNuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty which permitted theexit of any signatory nation rather than the nuclear dealwith the USA that would bind the country in perpetuity.

Dr. Sethna pioneered reprocessing technology inIndia and played a crucial role in the designing and settingup of the first plutonium separation plant at BhabhaAtomic Research Centre (BARC). This plutonium wentinto the making of the nuclear device that was tested onMay, 18, 1974 at Pokhran.

Jefferson ThomasJefferson Thomas, a key figure in the anti-segregation

civil rights movement in the US. died in Columbus, Ohioon September 7, 2010. He was 67.

Jefferson Thomas

Mr. Thomas was most known forbeing a member of the so-called ‘LittleRock Nine’ group of students, whointegrated Central High School in LittleRock, Arkansas, back in 1957.

The fight of the Little Rock Ninewas a litmus test of the government'sintentions to implement a 1954 SupremeCourt order that banned racial segre-gation in the public school. Many schools especially in thesouth refused to end segregation, entailing not onlylawsuits but also violence.

In Arkansas, the use of force became the order of theday, with state Governor Orval Faubus sending NationalGuard troops to block Mr. Thomas and his friends fromentering the school in September 1957.

The nine African American students were caught inthe middle, “corralled by a spitting and rock-throwingmob of white protesters,” while soldiers occupied theschool halls and controlled student movements within theschool.

President Barack Obama said, “Michelle and I aresaddened by the passing of Jefferson Thomas..... He hadthe courage to risk his own safety, to defy a governor anda mob, and to walk proudly into his school even though itwould have been far easier to give up and turn back.”

PD/November/2010/822 “…in doubt a man of worth will trust to his own wisdom.”

Dilip Roy

Well-known Bengali actor and director Dilip Roydied in Kolkata on September 2, 2010 after a prolongedbattle with cancer. He was 79.

Coming to Kolkata in the mid-fifties with theintention of making it to the Bengali big screen, Mr. Roybegan his struggle in the studios of Tollygunge. His firstbreak came in Parivar, and he appeared in 44 films in acareer spanning over two decades.

Mr. Roy's directorial ventures include Neelkantha,Debdas, and Amrita Kumbher Sandhaney,. He was alsocinematographer of the Bengali film Bhalobasa Bhalobasa,besides Oriya films Tu Eka Aama Saha Bharasa, Mamata RaDori, and Chaka Bhaunri.

In his later years, Mr. Roy acted in a popular genre ofBengali theatre known as ‘Jatra.’

Claude Chabrol

French film maker Claude Chabrol, who helped startthe New Wave Movement in the 1950s and created someof the darkest portrayals on the silver screen, died inSeptember. He was 80.

Born in Paris on June 24, 1930, Mr. Chabrol becamefamous for his sombre portrayals of French provincialbourgeois life. Along with Francois Truffaut and Jean LucGodard, he was an icon of French New Wave cinema.

Mr. Chabrol authored dozens of films, from his firstwork, Le Beau Serge, made in 1958 and considered the firstfilm of the New Wave, to his last film, Bellamy, releasedlast year. As part of the New Wave movement, Mr.Chabrol joined a group of young directors, including EricRohmer and Jacques Rivette, who rejected classical Holly-wood cinema. Their work was steeped in the political andsocial upheavals of the time, and experimented with newtechniques in lighting, editing and narrative—anythingthat would break with conservative filmmaking practice.

Pope Singer Eddie Fisher Dies at 82

Pop Singer Eddie Fisher, whose clear voice broughthim a devoted following of teenage girls in the early 1950s

Elizabeth Taylor, Eddie Fisher andDebbie Reynolds in Las Vegas on June19, 1958.

before marriagescandals overshado-wed his fame diedat the age of 82 onSeptember 22, 2010in Los Angeles,U.S.A. In the early50s, Fisher soldmillions of recordswith 32 hit songs.His fame wasenhanced by his1955 marriage tomovie darlingDebbie Reynolds. Fisher divorced Reynolds and marriedElizabeth Taylor in 1959.

Jamuna DeviVeteran Congress leader Jamuna Devi, Leader of the

opposition in the Madhya Pradesh Assembly died onSeptember 24, 2010 at a private hospital in Indore She was81.

Silent Homage : Madhya PradeshCongress Committee President SureshPachouri and Deputy SpeakerHarwansh Singh paying homage toJamuna Devi at a condolence meetingat the Congress headquarters in Bhopalon Sept. 24.

Jamuna Deviwas elected leader ofthe opposition forthe first time in 2003and was again giventhe responsibility tolead the oppositionfor a second termlast year.

A veteran tribalwoman leader, sherepresented Kukshiin Dhar district inthe State Assembly.She had also been amember of the Lok Sabha earlier during 1962-67 and amember of the Rajya Sabha during 1978–81.

RESIGNATION

Lawrence H. SummersAccording to White House sources, the Chief

architect of President Barack Obama's economic policyLawrence H. Summers would leave the post at the endof 2010. His stepping down continues the exodus of toplevel advisers of President Obama at a time when hispopularity is dipping.

Ramchandra GowdaKarnataka Medical Education Minister Ramchandra

Gowda resigned on September 12, 2010 following allega-tion of his involvement in the illegal recruitment of 350people for two new medical colleges in the state. ChiefMinister B.S. Yeddyurappa was under intense pressurefrom the High Court to act in the matter.

AWARDS AND HONOURS

Irom Sharmila gets Tagore AwardIrom Sharmila was given the Rabindranath Tagore

Award 2010 on September 11, 2010. She was conferredthis award in recognition of her determination andcourage in her quest for peace. The award instituted bythe Indian Institute of Planning and Management (IIPM)carries Rs. 51 lakh in cash, a gold medal, a citation and ashawl.

M. S. Subbulakshmi Award InstitutedThe Hindu and Saregama instituted the Hindu

Saregama M. S. Subbulakshmi Award at a function titledRemembering M.S. Amma on September 15, 2010 inChennai. The award named after the legendary musicianwill be presented annually to a promising CarnaticVocalist.

PD/November/2010/823 “I know God will not give me anything I can’t handle. I just wish that He didn’t trust me so much.”

Dadasaheb Phalke Award 2009 for D.Ramanaidu

Veteran film maker D. Ramanaidu has been con-ferred the prestigious Dadasaheb Phalke Award 2009 bythe Government of India. The announcement was made

D. Ramanaidu

on September 9, 2010. D. Ramanaidu isIndia's most prolific film producer whohas entered the Guinness Book of WorldRecords for producing the maximumnumber of films (130) but also doing itin the maximum number of languages.Talking of this accompalishment, hesaid—“I have produced films in almostall major Indian languages, exceptPunjabi. I plan to do that soon.”

His debut Ramudu Bheemudu in the 60s withlegendary NTR, was a blockbuster.

Negeswara Rao-starrer Premnagar (1971) establishedhim in the industry : “If Ramudu Bheemudu was the seed(for my success), Premnagar was the tree,” he famouslysaid.

In 1986, he migrated to Hyderabad, where he builtthe eight-acre Rama Naidu Studio.

An ex-MP from Bapatala, Ramanaidu has beenhonoured by the AP state award committee's besidesIndian Panorama, and has won the LV Prasad GoldMedal. His Asukh (Bengali) won the National Award forthe Best Film in 1999.

It may be recalled that Ramanaidu was responsiblefor launching the careers of several well-known actors,including Tabu, Khushboo, Venkatesh and Harish.

The galaxy of stars he has worked with includes N.T.Rama Rao, A. Nageswara Rao, Sivaji Ganesan, ShobanBabu, Kamal Haasan, Jayaprada, Chiranjeevi, Rajnikanth,Rajesh Khanna, Hema Malini, Rekha, Jeetendra andSreedevi.

It is noteworthy that the Dadasaheb Phalke Awardinstituted in 1969, is the highest Cinema award of India.The award comprises a Swarna Kamal, a cash prize ofRs. 10 lakh and a shawl. The first awardee of this honourwas Devika Rani.

Surjit Patar Honoured with Saraswati SammanEminent Punjabi poet Surjit Patar has received the

prestigious Saraswati Samman 2009 for his collectionLafzan Di Dargah. The award has been instituted by theK. K. Birla Foundation and carries prize money of Rs. 7·5lakh. It was conferred on Mr. Patar by the Union HumanResource Development Minister Kapil Sibal in New Delhiin third week of September 2010. The Saraswati Sammanrecognises an outstanding literary work in any of the 22Indian languages and published during the last 10 years.

David Perlman Award for Pallav BaglaIndian journalist Pallav Bagla has been honoured

with David Perlman Award for Excellence in ScienceJournalism. The award is given annually by the AmericanGeophysical Union (AGU). This is for the time that anIndian journalist has been chosen for the prestigiousaward. Mr. Bagla has been selected for his two articles“No Sign of Himalayan Melt Down, Indian Report finds

and Himalayan Glacier Deadline wrong.” The report ofthe Perlman Award Selection Committee said the articlesserved as a reminder to journalists to question sources, tothink harder about the agendas and ideas of those peopleabout whom they are reporting.

57th National Film Awards Announced :Amitabh gets Best Actor Award

The 57th National Awards were announced onSeptember 15, 2010 by the Directorate of Film Festivals.Bollywood Shahanshah Amitabh Bachchan bagged theaward for the Best Actor for his portrayal of a teenagersuffering from Progeria in the film Paa while the BestActress Award was grabbed by Ananya Chatterjee for herperformance in the Bengali film Abohoman. Malyalamfilm Kutty Srank swept the 57th National Film Award for2009 by grabbing the Best Feature Film, Best Screen play.Best Costume Designer, Best Cinematography and SpecialJury Awards. Amir Khan's 3 Idiots has won the awardfor best Popular Film providing wholesome entertain-ment.

R. Balki

Best Film ‘Paa’Rupam IslamBest Singer for

‘Mahanagar@Kolkata’

Rakeysh Om Prakash MehraNargis Dutt Award for BestFeature Film on NationalIntegration for ‘Delhi 6’

Rituparno Ghosh

Best Director for ‘Abohoman’

Raj Kumar HiraniBest Film Providing

Wholesome Entertainment‘3 Idiots’

Swanand Kirkire

Best Lyrics for ‘Behti HawaSa Tha Woh’ (3 Idiots)

Amitabh BachchanBest Actor for ‘Paa’

Ananya ChatterjeeBest Actress for ‘Abohoman’

PD/November/2010/824 “When a man assumes a public trust he should consider himself a public property.”

57th National Film AwardsName of the Award Name of the Film

Best Feature Film Kutty Srank (Malayalam)Indira Gandhi Award for Best Debut Film of a Director Lahore (Hindi) : Director—Sanjay Puran Singh ChauhanBest Popular Film Providing Wholesome Entertainment 3 Idiots (Hindi)Nargis Dutt Award for Best Feature Film on National Integration Delhi 6 (Hindi)Best Film on Social Issues Well Done Abba (Hindi)Best Children’s Film Putaani Party (Kannda) and Keshu (Malayalam)Best Direction Abohoman (Bengali) : Rituparno GhoshBest Actor Paa (Hindi) : Amitabh BachchanBest Actress Abohoman (Bengali) : Ananya ChatterjeeBest Supporting Actor Lahore (Hindi) : Farooque SheikhBest Supporting Actress Paa (Hindi) : Arundhati NaagBest Child Artist Pasanga (Tamil) : Film Characters Jeeva and Anba KarasuBest Male Playback Singer Mahanagar@Kolkata (Bengali) : Rupam IslamBest Female Playback Singer Houseful (Bengali) : Neelanjana SarkarBest Cinematography Kutty Srak (Malayalam) : Cameraman : Anjuli ShuklaBest Screenplay Kutty Srank (Malayalam) Kanasemba Kudureyaneri (Kannada)

Pasanga (Tamil) : Screenplay Writer (Original) " P.F. Mathews andHarikrishna, Screenplay Writer (Adapted) : Dialogues : Pandiraj

Best Audiography Kaminey (Hindi), Kerala Varma Pazhassi Raja Malayalam),3 Idiots (Hindi)

Best Editing Abohoman (Bengali) : Arghyakamal MitraBest Production Design Delhi 6 (Hindi) : Samir ChandaBest Costume Designer Kutty Srank (Malayalam) : JayakumarBest Make-up Artist Paa (Hindi) : Christein Tinsley and Dominie TillBest Music Direction Dev D (Hindi), Kerala Verma Pazasi Raja : Music Director (Songs) :

Amit Trivedi Music Director (Background Score) : IlayarajaBest Lyrics 3 Idiots (Hindi) : Swanand Kirkire “Behti Hava Sa Tha Woh…”Special Jury Award Kaminey (Hindi) and Kutty Srank (Malayalam) and Kerala Verma

Pazhassi Raja (Malayalam) : Sreekar PrasadBest Special Effects Magadheera (Telugu) : R. Kamal KannanBest Choreography Magadheera (Telugu) : K. Siva ShankarBest Assamese Film BasundharaBest Bengali Film AbohomanBest Hindi Film PaaBest Kannada Film Kanasemba KudureyaneriBest Konkani Film Palatadcho MunisBest Malayalam Film Kerala Varma Pazhassi RajaBest Marathi Film NatarangBest Tamil Film PassangaSpecial Mention Padmapriya

Non-Feature FilmsName of Award Name of Film

Best Non-Feature Film The Postman : BilalBest Debut Non-Feature Film of a Director (Sharing) Vaishnav Jan Toh, Ekti Kaktaliyo Golpo)Best Compilation Film Pancham UnmixedBest Environment Film Including Agriculture In for MotionBest Film on Social IssuesSpecial Jury Award

Mr. IndiaKelkkunnundo : Child artisit—Aasna Aslam

Short Fiction Film BoondBest Cinematography Gaarud : Cameraman : Deepu S. Unni, Laboratory : AdlabsBest Audiography Gaarud : Re-recordist (final mixed trade) : Lipika Singh DaraiBest Editing In Camera—Tarun BhartiyaBest Narration/Voice Over In Camera : Ranjan PalitSpecial Mention VILAY—Cinematographer : Nitika Bhagat

Best Writing on CinemaName of Award Name of Film

Best Book on Cinema Cinemma Yaana (Kannada)—Publisher : Hasiru Prakashana,Author : Dr. K. Puttaswamy

Special Mention Eka Studioche Atmavrutta : Prabhakar PendharkarBest Film Critic C. S. Venkiteswaran (Malayalam)

PD/November/2010/825 “Trust in dreams, for in them is hidden the gate to eternity.”

Pride of India Award for UK's First AsianJudge

Sir Mota Singh

Sir Mota Singh, who is theUnited Kingdom's first Sikh and Asianjudge and was knighted by QueenElizabeth II earlier this year, receivedthe ‘Pride of India Award’ 2009,Instituted by the India InternationalFoundation (IIF).

Indian High Commissioner toBritain Nalin Surie presented the trophyat the 6th annual awards of the Foundation in London onSeptember 20, 2010.

Malayalam and Urdu Writers Selected forJnanpith Awards

Malayalam litterateur O.N.V. Kurup and Urdu poetAkhlaq Khan Shaharyar were on September 24, 2010selected for the Jnanpith Award for 2007 and 2008 res-

Akhlaq ShaharyarKhan

(Jnanpith Awardwinner for 2008)

pectively. ONV Kurup is a leadingvoice among contemporary Malayalampoets while Shaharyar is considered asan intellectual Urdu poet. The selectionboard chaired by Oriya writer andJnanpith winner Sitakant Mahapatramade these choices for the awards. Thetrust that presents the award notesabout ONV—“he began his career as aprogressive writer and matured into ahumanist though he never gave up hiscommitment to socialist ideology.”

ONV now has 20 collections of poetry and six works ofprose to his credit. The trust notes about Akhlaq KhanShaharyar (a leading urdu poet).

O.N.V. Kurup(Jnanpith Awardwinner for 2008)

“He is not concerned in his poetrywith messages or conclusions. Rather,he expresses the spiritual suffering andpsychological anguish of what heregards as the wounded modern man.”Shaharyar has played an importantrole in shaping Urdu poetry. He hasreceived many awards including theUttar Pradesh Urdu Akademi Award,the Sahitya Akademi Award, the DelhiUrdu Akademi Award and the Firaq Samman.

Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar Awards 2010Announced

Three women have figured in the list of nine scientistschosen for the prestigious Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar Prize2010. It is for the first time that three women have beennamed for these prestigious awards.

The award for S&T Innovations for Rural Develop-ment 2009 has been received by the Indian Oil Corpora-tion’s Research and Development Centre in Faridabad.

The awardees for Biological Sciences include SanjeevGalande of the National Centre for Cell Science, Pune

and Shubha Tole of the Tata Institute of FundamentalResearch, Mumbai.

The others awardees include Swapan K. Pati, Jawa-harlal Nehru Centre for Advanced Scientific Research,Bangalore; Sandeep Verma, Indian Institute of Techno-logy, Kanpur; G.K. Ananthasuresh, Indian Institute ofScience, Bangalore; Sanghamitra Bandyopadhyay, IndianStatistical Institute, Kolkata (Engineering Sciences); MitaliMukerji, Institute of Genomics and Integrative Biology,Delhi, Umesh Vasudeo Waghmare, Jawaharlal NehruCentre for Advanced Scientific Research, Bangalore andKalobaran Maiti, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research,Mumbai (Physical Sciences). This year no award is beinggiven in Earth, Atmosphere, Ocean and Planetary Scien-ces and Mathematical Sciences.

The awards were announced on September 26, 2010to mark the foundation day of the Council of Scientificand Industrial Research (CSIR).

Dicky Rutnagur gets Lifetime AchievementAward

Indian Journalist Association has conferred a LifetimeAchievement award on Dicky Rutnagur—veteran sports-writer and commentator. It may be added here that Dickyhas written for prestigious papers like Hindustan Times.The Mail (Chennai), the Hindu and Sports and Pastime.

PD/November/2010/826 “Love all, trust a few, do wrong to none.”

World Statesman Award for Dr. ManmohanSingh

The Appeals of Conscience Foundation based in theUSA has honoured Indian Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan

Dr. ManmohanSingh

Singh with the 2010 World StatesmanAward. He was honoured in absentia inSeptember 2010 in New York. UnderSecretary of State for Political AffairsBill Burns at an awards dinner in NewYork said—“More than anyone else, it isPrime Minister Singh who has led theway in building the U.S.—India par-tnership. There could truly be no better

choice and no better model of what integrity andstatesmanship are all about on the world stage ....... A manof uncommon decency and grace. Prime Minister Singhhas never lost sight of his responsibility to lead everyIndian.”

EDUCATION

Higher Education (Research Level) Scenarioin the Country● Delhi is also Ph.D Capital of the Country.

● West Bengal ranks second.● Maharashtra has highest number of universities but is 3rd

on the list.

Delhi may be home to only a few universities (19),but it occupies top position as regards Ph.D theseswritten. Hence it may correctly be called the Ph.D Capitalof the country.

In the last decade, from 1998 to 2007, Delhi hasproduced over 17% of the total doctorate theses in India.West Bengal is a distant second at 11.9%, followed byMaharashtra which despite having the largest number ofuniversities in the country (96), merely contributed 8% tothe Ph.D pool. These figures are based on a samplesurvey.

This is for the first time in India that researcherssifted through thousands of theses lying in universitylibrary vaults to tabulate and analyze the country's bodyof research. The paper—researcher by the NationalInstitute of Advanced Studies (NIAS) at Bangalore — is apointer to what thousands of doctoral fellows in thecountry have been exploring on producing on thickets ofbound paper.

As observed in the report, two thirds of all the Ph.Dshave been awarded to males; and across genders, theattrition rate stands at 50%—one-one of two people whoregister for the hallowed Ph. D. degree, manage to reachthe finishing line. Delhites contributed the mostproducing 2,381 Ph. Ds. in the field of medicine, followedby research in pure sciences.

Even in terms of the subjects chosen there has been anoticeable shift in trends. While the largest amount ofresearch has been carried out in pure sciences, in recentyears humanities are leading the pack to become the mostpopular discipline that is being currently explored.

There have been some other interesting changes inthe pecking order. “The growth in agriculture is seen fromthe year 2000, when it overtook other disciplines such asengineering and technology, and medicine. But theinterest in the field tapered off towards the end of theperiod, with the numbers falling below engineering andtechnology in 2007,” the report noted.

If one were to compare the research output to thelocal universities, Delhi again performs best in terms ofPh.Ds produced annually in each state (874.7), followedby Haryana (312.4) and Uttar Pradesh (285.3).

DEFENCE

Saudi Arabia, China Overtake India as BiggestRecipients of Foreign Arms : US

According to reliable sources, India has been replacedas the biggest recipient of foreign arms by China andSaudi Arabia. In this regard latest figures have been madeavailable by the US government.

While India topped the list of developing countriesthat imported Conventional weapons in 2008, the value offoreign arms received last year has come down to $ 1.2billion, taking the country down to no 5 in the list of topweapon importers of the world.

The new figures drawn up by the US governmenthave been made available in an annual report preparedby the US Congressional Research Service (CRS) whichtracks arms imports by all developing nations. The valuerefers to arms that have been actually delivered to theimporting nations and does not include weapon systemsthat are being manufactured within the country withforeign technology.

According to the report, India was the biggestrecipient of foreign arms in 2008 along with Saudi Arabiawith both nations receiving weapons systems worth $ 1.8billion from developed nations including US, Russia, UKand France. But the value has dropped sharply for 2009

PD/November/2010/827 “He who does not trust enough, will not be trusted.”

with India getting $ 1.2 billion worth of arms andcountries like China and South Korea overtaking it as theleading importers of weapon systems.

The numbers coincide with a all time low spendingon the military in the 2008–09 budget when defenceallocation slipped below two per cent of the GDP for thefirst time. While the allocation has since been increasedand is now above the 2 per cent mark, the DefenceMinistry returns millions of dollars allocated for freshpurchases every year. In 2009–10, the Ministry returned$ 1.5 billion that had been allocated for modernisation ofthe armed forces.

China, which received weapons worth $ 1.1 billion in2008, upped its standing on the list from No. 7 to No. 2 in2009 with imports worth $ 1.5 billion.

While Saudi Arabia is on top of the list with armsreceived worth $ 2.7 billion, other countries include SouthKorea ($ 1.4 billion) and Egypt ($ 1.3 billion).

The United States government report does notspecify what kind of weapons systems have been receivedby the nations.

Pakistan too has been shown as increasing the importof foreign arms. While the nation was at No. 10 in 2008with $ 700 million, Pakistan received foreign arms worth$ 1 billion in 2009, taking it to No. 7 on the list, belowIsrael and India (both at $ 1.2 billion).

ACCIDENT

Train Collision in Madhya PradeshA goods train rammed into a station passenger train

at Badarwas station in Shivpuri district in MadhyaPradesh on September 20, 2010 killing scores of peopleand injuring hundreds of them.

A damaged coach of the IntercityExpress lies atop the goods train at astation in Shivpuri district, MP, onSept. 20

The head oncollision took placewhen the Gwalior-Indore Intercity Exp-ress was waiting forthe goods train topass. Although thedrivers of both trainssurvived, the firstthree bogies of thepassenger train werebadly damaged withseveral people trap-ped in the mangledmetal.

The railway authoritiesordered an inquiry todetermine how both thetrains ended up on the sametrack. According to thesenior railway officials theaccident seemed to be a caseof human error.

The Badarwas stationwas not a scheduled halt for

Major Accidents of the Past DecadeJuly 19, 2010 : Speeding Sealdah-bound Uttarbanga

Express rams into the Vanachal Express at Sainthia station inBhirbhum, Bengal; 60 killed.

May 28, 2010 : Jyaneshwari Express derailed by Naxals; atleast 148 killed.

November 9, 2006 : About 40 killed and 15 injured in aBengal accident.

December 15, 2004 : The Ahmedabad-bound JammuTawi Express collided head-on with a local train about nearJalandhar, 34 persons died and 50 were injured.

June 22, 2003 : The Karwar—Mumbai Central HolidaySpecial train derailed after crossing Vaibhavwadi Station inMaharashtra, 53 were killed and 25 injured.

Sept. 10, 2002 : The Kolkata—New Delhi RajdhaniExpress derails over a bridge in Bihar. At least 120 peoplekilled.

September 9, 2002 : A bogie of Howrah-Delhi RajdhaniExpress plunged into Dhave river in Bihar's Aurangabaddistrict, killing 100 people and wounding 150 others.

June 22, 2001 : 40 people killed when the Mangalore—Chennai Mail fell into Kadalundi river near Kozhikode inKerala.

December 3, 2000 : Howrah-Amritsar Mail rams into aderailed goods train between Saraj Banjara and Sadhugarh inPunjab; 46 killed, 130 injured.

the passenger train but it was stopped to let the goodstrain pass. The Railway Minister Ms. Mamta Banerjeeannounced Rs. 5 lakh for the kim of the decreased alongwith a railway job to one family member and Rs. one lakhand Rs. 50,000 for those with serious and minor injuries,respectively.

PD/November/2010/828 “All I have seen teaches me to trust the creator for all I have not seen.”

LITERATURE

South Asian Writing Festival in U.K.Britain's first major literary festival devoted entirely

to South Asian writing represented by what theorganisers said would be a blend of established and newvoices from the region will be held in London fromOctober 15 to 25.

It will later travel to other cities. Announcing thedetails, co-directors of the DSC South Asian literatureFestival Jon Slack and Bhairt Mehta said that nothing soambitious had been attempted before.

With more than 30 parallel events spread acrossLondon it, would be the first outreach literary event of itskind Literary luminaries of the region are expected toparticipate in the festival.

ARCHAEOLOGY

Egypt Discovers Ancient Burial Chamber inLuxor

The Egyptian Minister of Culture Forouk Hosniannounced on September 15, 2010 the discovery of a 2800year old burial chamber which belongs to the priestKarakhamun from 25th Dynasty (755 BC).

More Discoveries : In this file photo,of 2007, Zahi Hawass is seen beforethe DNA tests on King Tut's remainswere to begin.

The Ministrysaid that theChamber wasuncovered duringconservation andrestoration work onthe west bank ofLuxor by anEgyptian-Americanexpedition. “Therestoration work ofthis tomb is part of amuch larger projectknown as the SouthAsasif ConservationProject (ACP), whichcontains nobles’tombs from the NewKingdom as well asthe 25th–26th Dynasties“, Mr. Hosni said. “The burialchamber was found at the bottom of an eight-metre deepburial shaft,” Zahi Hawass, Secretary General of theSupreme Council of Antiquities (SCA) said. Hawass saidthat the chamber is in very good condition and containsbeautifully painted scenes, adding that its entrance isdecorated with an image of Karakhamun and the ceilingis decorated with several astrological scenes, including adepiction of the sky goddess Nut. The leader of theexpedition, Dr. Elena Pischikova, said that the tomb ofPriest Karakhamun was discovered in the 19th Century ina dilapidated condition. It continued to deteriorate, andonly parts of it were accessible to visitors in the early1970s. Later it collapsed and was buried under the sand.

ENVIRONMENTALAWARENESS

1st Himalayan Day ObservedTo arouse environmental awareness among people

about the necessity of perserving the ecology of theHimalayas, September 9 was observed as the 1stHimalayan Day. The day was marked by rallies and publicmeetings in which NGOs, local government officials andactivists demanded that in the name of preservation of thehill ecology, local communities could not be displaced orisolated. Through a manifesto that the group preparedand will be debating over the course of the year theyasked for an immediate review be carried out of the hillyregion based on economic, social and ecological deve-lopment. In Delhi, a meeting was addresed by stalwartslike Sunderlal Bahuguna and Dr. Karan Singh whooutlined that unrestricted development of the hills on oneside and the government's greening policy under whichlocals were being displaced was leading to wide dis-content among the people. Dr. Anil Joshi, a Dehradun-based environmentalist said : Why is it that there hasnever been a public discussion on dams that have beencreated in the Himalayas. Why is it that the people whowould be most affected with such forms of developmentare never consulted. The Himalaya region is an extremelyimportant feature of our country and has sustainedseveral thousands of people, not only those who live therebut all across the continent.

“In India, the hills have been witness to numerouscultures and values, stretching as they do from Kashmirto the northeast and have to be justly preserved.”Pushpesh Tripathi, an MLA from Uttarakhand explainedthat a forest in isolation was not a solution.

Agra Clinic Delivers 1,000th Test Tube BabyAgra's well-known medical couple Narendra Malhotra

and Jaideep Malhotra say they have delivered the 1,000th testtube baby at their clinic, becoming one of the few IVF centresin India to achieve the feat.

SPACE

ISRO to Launch Eight Spacecraft AnnuallyIndian Space Research Organisation is gearing up to

launch eight spacecraft every year to increase revenue andmeet global technology demand. It was revealed by a topofficial of the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC) onSept. 14, 2010.

The VSSC director P. S. Veeraraghavan said “Rightnow, we have four launches including GSLVs and PSLVsper year. The process is on to launch eight spacecraft ayear to meet global demand.”

Mr. Raghavan spelled out the steps being taken todouble the number of launches. “We need to increasethroughout in getting various subsystems from industriesand then increase our own internal work.” On commercial

PD/November/2010/829 “Trust your instinct to the end, though you can render no reason.”

aspect, he said that currently India earns about Rs. 1,000crore through commercial satellite launches.

According to Mr. Veeraghavan, ISRO is also deve-loping GSLV Mk III to launch four tonne satellite intogeosynchronous transfer orbit.

SOCIETAL SCENARIO

Sikkim has the Highest Suicide RateAccording to a regional representative of the World

Health Organisation on suicide prevention and founder ofSNEHA, a non-governmental organisation, Sikkim hasdislodged the usual top ranker Kerala as the State withthe highest suicide rate in the country.

Sikkim, with a suicide rate of 48.2 per lakh of popu-lation, and Puducherry, with a rate of 46.9 per lakh,presented a new and worrying trend of an escalation ofsuicides in smaller States.

Kerala dropped to the fourth position with a suiciderate of 25 per lakh, while the Andaman and NicobarIslands ranked third with a rate of 34.5 per lakh.

Bangalore led the list among cities, with a rate of 42.1per lakh, followed by Rajkot (31.5), Jabalpur (24.4) andVijayawada (23.2).

Chennai (20.4) and Tamil Nadu (21.7) were rankedsixth among cities and States respectively.

“The data trends more or less perpetuate the status ofsouthern States having relatively higher suicide rates thanthe northern States,” she said.

● Data presents trend of rise in suicides in smaller states.

● Suicide rates found relatively higher in Southern States.

India has a suicide rate of 10.8 on a par withdeveloped countries. If one maps suicide trends from aneconomic standpoint, suicide rates seem to be higher intransitional economies. Statistical analysis shows thatwhile men are more prone to committing suicide thanwomen, Asian women had the highest suicide rateirrespective of the development status of their country.

According to the present WHO representative Dr.Lakshmi Vyayakumar a national suicide preventionstrategy was imperative for India, where an estimated 5million attempted suicides are carried out every year.

REPORT

India’s Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR)Declines, Yet it is on the Top

Women dying from complications during pregnancyand child birth fell 34 per cent from 5,46,000 in 1990 to3,58,000 in 2008, says a UN report released on September15, 2010.

Of these, 78,000 child birth related deaths took placein India.

The decline—about 2.3 per cent annually—fell shortof the 5·5 per cent needed to achieve the MillenniumDevelopment Goal (MDG) of reducing the maternalmortality ratio by 75 per cent between 1990 and 2015.

Every day in 2008, about 1,000 women died due tothese complications. Of the 1000, 570 lived in sub-SaharanAfrica, 300 in South Asia and five in high income coun-tries, said the report called Trends in Maternal Mortality,released by the World Health Organization, UNICEF, theUnited Nations Population Fund and the World Bank.

The risk of a woman in a developing country dyingfrom a pregnancy-related cause is 36 times higher thanthat of a woman in a developed country.

India's maternal mortality ratio declined to 254 per100,000 live births in 2004-06 from 301 per 100,000 livebirths during 2001-03, according to the Sample Registra-tion System of the Registrar General of India.

The number was 540 deaths per 1 lakh births in 1998–1999.

Janani Suraksha Yojana—the central governmentscheme to encourage women to deliver babies in hospitalsand clinics instead of at home—has led to 72.9 per centwomen giving birth in hospitals compared to 40.7 per centin 2005–06.

Among developing regions, the adult life time risk ofmaternal death is highest in sub-Saharan Africa (1 in 31),followed by Oceania (1 in 110) and South Asia (1 in 120).

PLACES IN THE NEWS

AyodhyaAyodhya once again became the topic of discussion

and debate and hogged the headlines of newspaperswhen the honourable the Lucknow bench of the AllahabadHigh Court pronounced the long-awaited judgement overthe vexed issue of the Ramjanambhoomi-Babri Masjid asite located in Ayodhya on September 30, 2010 on thecontending title claims to the disputed site made by theMuslim Waqf Board and Hindu Dharm Sansad.

New DelhiThis year Commonwealth Games are being organised

in New Delhi for the first time.

TembhliPrime Minister

Dr. ManmohanSingh and CongressPresident Smt. SoniaGandhi jointly laun-ched the ‘Aadhar’(base)—the country'smost tech savy initia-tive from Tembhlivillage in Nandurbardistrict of Maha-rashtra on September

PD/November/2010/830

29, 2010. Under the scheme Unique Identification Cardseach containing 12 digit number were provided to tribalsof the area.

ChristchurchA powerful 7.4 magnitude earthquake struck much of

New Zealand devastating Christchurch—the secondlargest city in first week of September 2010.

BOOKS AND AUTHORS

1. Climatopolis : How our Cities will Thrive in theHotter Future

—By Mathew Kahn, Basic Books

2. Turned out Nice : How the British Isles will Changeas the World Heats up

—By Marek Kohn Faber & Faber

3. Besieged—Voices from Delhi 1857.

—By Mahmood Farooqui New Delhi

4. The Grand Design

—By Stephen Hawking and Leonard Mlodinow

The main novelty in The Grand Design is theauthors’ application of a way of interpreting quan-tum mechanics, derived from the ideas of the lateRichard Feynman, to the universe as a whole. Accord-ing to this way of thinking, “the universe does nothave just a single existence or history, but ratherevery possible version of the universe exists simul-taneously.”

5. There is Power in a Union : The Epic Story of Laborin America —By Philip Dray

6. Of Thee I Sing : A Letter to My Daughters

—By Barack Obama

The children's book by US President Barack Obamacontains inspirational stories for children aboutAmerican pioneers. It is a tribute to 13 groundbreaking Americans, from the first President GeorgeWashington to baseball great Jachie Robinson to artistGeorgia O'Keeffe.

7. Obama's War —By Bob Woodward

The book paints a startling portrait of the strainedrelations between the White House and top U.S.generals. Divisions within the U.S. administrationduring an Afghanistan policy review last year havebeen well reported. What is new is the level ofpersonal acrimony that apparently accompanied thatdebate. The author claims that the infighting wasferocious and punctuated by remarkably snide andbitter remarks. The revelations leave the Presidentvulnerable to fresh attacks by Republicans.

8. State and Foreign Policy in South Asia

—Edited by Jivanta Schottli and Siegfried

O. Wolf, Published by Sanskriti, New Delhi

9. Muhammad : A Story of the Last Prophet

—By Deepak Chopra

It is a fictionalized biography of Prophet Mohammadthrough the eyes of those who played significantroles in the Prophet's life, his grand father, AbdulMuttalib, Halimah, his met nurse, his first wifeKhadijab, Ali, the first convent to Islam and Fatimah,his daughter. The author's note says : Among all thefounders of the great religions, Muhammad is themost like us. Muhammad saw himself as an ordinaryman.

IMPORTANT DAYS

NationalNovember 11 National Education Day

November 14 Children's Day

InternationalNovember 10 World Science Day For Peace

and Development

November 14 Diabetes Day

November 16 International Day for Tolerance

November 25 International Day for Eliminationof Violence Against Women.

P.Darpan

● E-mail : publisher@upkar.in● Website : www.upkar.inUPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA–2

ASSISTANTCOMMANDANTS

UPSC

(BSF/CRPF/ITBP/CISF/ SSB)

UPKAR’S

Central Police Forces

� Previous Years’ SolvedPapers � General Intelli-gence & Reasoning �GeneralAwareness � NumericalAbility � Comprehension� Precis Writing � Essay

HIGHLIGHTS

Hindi Edition Code 1057 220/-

By : Dr. Lal & JainCode No. 966 Price : Rs. 240/-

Exam. Date24 Oct., 2010

PD/November/2010/831 “The best way to find out if you can trust somebody is to trust them.”

Recruitment in 508 ArmyBase Workshop, Fort

Allahabad for Various Posts

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 15, 2010.

Total Vacancies—13.Educational Qualifications—

Matriculation for Lower DivisionClerk.

Age Limit—18 to 25 years.

See Employment News Septem-ber 18-24, 2010 for more details.

Recruitment in Indian Ordnance Factories for

Various Posts

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 15, 2010.

Total Vacancies—200.

Educational Qualifications—National Council for VocationalTraining (NCTVT) Certificate in therelevant trade.

Method of Selection—Therewill be a Trade in which a candidatehas obtained NCTVT or ITI orequivalent Diploma/Certificate.

How to Apply—As per theformat given in Employment NewsSeptember 18 to 24, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 18 to 24, 2010 for further details.

Recruitment in OrdnanceFactory Bhandara for

Various Posts

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 9, 2010.

Total Vacancies—235.

Educational Qualifications—Matriculation.

Selection Method—For differentpost, different test/exam will beconducted.

How to Apply—As per theformat given in Employment NewsSeptember 18-24, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 18 to 24, 2010 for more details.

Recruitment in Shri Ram College of Commerce (University of Delhi)

for Professors

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 9, 2010.

Total Vacancies—26.

Educational Qualifications—Masters Degree with 55% marks andPh. D. degree in respective subject.

Selection Procedure—Candi-dates should have qualified theNational Eligibility Test (NET) forAssistant Professor/Lecturer conduc-ted by the UGC.

See Employment News Septem-ber 18 to 24, 2010 for more details.

Recruitment in West Central Railway for

Sportspersons

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 10, 2010.

Total Vacancies—24.

Educational Qualifications—Matriculation.

Selection Procedure—Selectionwill be through trial and verificationof documents including for sportsachievements.

How to Apply—As per theformat given in Employment NewsSeptember 11-17, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 11 to 17, 2010 for more details.

Recruitment in Indian Army 10 + 2 Technical

Entry Scheme

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 30, 2010.

Total Vacancies—85.

Educational Qualifications—10 + 2 exam pass.

Selection Procedure—Short-listed candidates will be called forServices Selection Board (SSB) inter-view. Candidates will be put throughpsychological test group test andinterviews.

How to Apply—As per theformat given in Employment NewsSeptember 11-17, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 11 to 17, 2010 for more details.

B. Sc. (Nursing)/GeneralNursing and Midwifery

(GNM) Course-2011

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 11, 2010.

Educational Qualifications—Should have passed in the firstattempt the complete senior (10+2)/equivalent examination from arecognized University/Board withChemistry, Physics and Biology.

Selection Procedure—Objectivetype written test will cover GeneralEnglish, Biology, Physics, Chemistryand General Intelligence.

How to Apply—As per the for-mat given in Employment NewsSeptember 11-17, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 11-17, 2010 for more details.

Recruitment in VijayaBank for Various Posts

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 15, 2010.

Total Vacancies—670.

Educational Qualifications—As per the requirement of the posts.

Selection Procedure—Interviewfor Specialist/Generalist Officers inMMG-S-II to SMG-S-IV and WrittenTest + Interview for ProbationaryAsstt. Manager in JMG-S-I. Thewritten test will consist of Reason-ing, Quantitative Aptitude, GeneralAwareness and English Language.

Log onto www.vijayabank.comfor more details.

PD/November/2010/832 “When I get logical, and I don’t trust my instincts—that’s when I get in trouble.”

Recruitment in Asso-ciate Bank of SBI for

Clerical Staff

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 30, 2010.

Total Vacancies—6113.

Educational Qualifications—A degree (Graduation level from arecognized University or a minimum12th standard (10 + 2) or equivalentqualification thereof with a minimumof 60%.

Age Limit—18 to 28 years.Selection Procedure—All eligible

candidates should apply onlinebefore the last date for registration ofapplication. The written test will be

FORTHCOMING COMPETITIVE EXAMS.

Madhya Pradesh Assistant Engineer (Civil) Exam. (Oct. 10)Rajasthan Public Service Commission Teachers

Grade-II (Sanskrit-Edu. Deptt.) 08 (Sanskrit,Science, English and Maths Exams.) (Oct. 21-24)

UPSC Central Police Forces (AssistantCommandants) Exam., 2010 (Oct. 24)

Reserve Bank of India Executive Interns Exam. (Oct. 24)Punjab National Bank Agriculture Officers Exam. (Oct. 24)U.P. Assistant Prosecution Officers General

Selection (Mains) Exam., 2007 (Oct. 26-27)State Bank of India Specialist Management

Executives Recruitment Exam. (Oct. 31)Bank of India Probationary Officers Exam. (Oct. 31)Narmada Malwa Gramin Bank Clerk-cum-Cashiers

Recruitment Exam. (Oct. 31)M.P. PSC Assistant District Public Prosecution

Officers Exam. (Nov. 14)UCO Bank Clerical Cadre Exam. (Nov. 14)FCI Assistant Grade III Recruitment Exam.

(North Zone) (Nov. 14)United Bank of India Probationary Officers Exam. (Nov. 14)Narmada Malwa Gramin Bank Officers Scale-I

Exam. (Nov. 14)Recruitment of Postal Assistant, Sorting Assistant

in M.P. Postal Circle (Nov. 14)National Talent Search Examination/State Level

National Means-cum-Merit ScholarshipSelection Test 2010-11 (Nov. 21)

Vanrakshakas Direct Recruitment in RajasthanForest Department (Nov. 21)

(Closing Date : 25 Oct., 2010)SSC Combined Higher Secondary Level (10 + 2)

Exam., 2010 for Recruitment of Data EntryOperator and Lower Division Clerks (Nov. 27-28)

M.P. School Education Department, PrincipalHigher Secondary School Recruitment Exam. (Nov. 28)

United Bank of India Clerical Cadre RecruitmentExam. (Nov. 28)

FCI Assistant Grade III Recruitment Exam.(South Zone) (Nov. 28)

Punjab National Bank Management TraineesExam. (Nov. 28)

U.P. Combined State/Upper Subordinate Service (Mains) Exam., 2009 (Nov. 29-Dec. 14)

Federal Bank Clerks and Probationary OfficersRecruitment Exam. (Dec. 5)

(Online Closing Date : 20 Oct., 2010)Union Bank of India Customer Relation Executive

Recruitment Exam. (Dec. 5)SSC Junior Translator/Junior Hindi Translator

Exam., 2010 (Dec. 5)SSC Special Examination for Recruitment of SIs

& ASIs in CPOs, 2010 (Dec.12)Hadoti Kshetriya Gramin Bank, Kota Clerk-cum-

Cashiers Exam. (Dec.12)Vijya Bank Specialist/Generalist Officers

Recruitment Exam. (Dec. 12)(Closing Date : 15 Oct., 2010)

Hadoti Kshetriya Gramin Bank, Kota Officer(Scale-I) Exam. (Dec. 19)

FCI Assistant Grade III Recruitment Exam.(West Zone) (Dec. 19)

Rashtriya Military School Common Entrance Test(Class-VI) (Dec. 19)

Bank of Maharashtra Probationary Officers Exam. (Dec. 19)UPSC Special Class Railway Apprentices Exam.,

2010 (Dec. 19)U.P. Combined Lower Subordinate Service Special

Selection (Pre.) Exam., 2008 (Dec. 26)

2010

2011Clerical Recruitment Exam. in State Bank of

India’s Associate Banks (Jan. 16)(Online Closing Date : 1 Nov., 2010)

UPSC Combined Defence Service Exam. (I),2011 (Feb. 13)

(Closing Date : 25 Oct., 2010)

objective consisting of—(i) GeneralAwareness, General English, Quanti-tative Aptitude, Reasoning Abilityand Marketing Aptitude/ComputerKnowledge.

Log onto SBI website for moredetails.

Recruitment in Chittranjan Locomotive Works for Various Posts

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 27, 2010.

Total Vacancies—200.Educational Qualifications—

Matriculation/Secondary having 50%in the Matriculation or 10th class inthe 10+2 examination.

Age Limit—15 to 22 years.

Selection Procedure—Afterscrutiny of applications, all eligiblecandidates shall have to appear inwritten examination.

How to Apply—As per theformat given in Employment NewsSeptember 25–October 1, 2010.

See Employment News Septem-ber 25–October 1, 2010 for moredetails.

Recruitment in Indian Navy as Sailors

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 15, 2010.

PD/November/2010/833 “I trust no one, not even myself.”

Educational Qualifications—10+2 qualified in any stream for DirectEntry Petty Officer 10th/equivalentfor Metric Recruits.

Age Limit—17 to 21 years.

Selection Procedure—Applica-tion will be received only throughOrdinary Post.

See Employment News Septem-ber 25–October 1, 2010 for moredetails.

UPSC Combined Defence Services Exam. 2011

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 25, 2010.

Total Vacancies—250.

Educational Qualifications—Bachelor’s Degree for I.M.A. andOfficer’s Training Academy andDegree in Engineering for IndianNaval Academy and Degree of arecognized University with Physicsand Mathematics at 10 + 2 level.

Age Limit—18 to 22 years forIMA, 18 to 21 years for Air ForceAcademy.

How to Apply—Candidates mayapply online by using the websitehttp://www.upsconline.nic.in.

Selection Procedure—Writtenexam. will consist of English, GeneralKnowledge, Elementary Mathematicsfor admission to Indian MilitaryAcademy, Indian Naval Academyand Air Force Academy and the examwill comprise of English and GeneralKnowledge for admission to Officer’sTraining Academy. After written testIntelligence and personality test willbe held.

See Employment News Septem-ber 25–October 1, 2010 for furtherdetails.

Recruitment in FederalBank for Clerks and

Probationary Officers

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 20, 2010.

Total Vacancies—350 for Clerksand 475 for Probationary Officers.

Educational Qualifications—Graduation with 55% marks forscience subjects and minimum 50%marks for clerks and graduation in

any discipline with minimum 60%marks.

How to Apply—Eligible candi-dates have to a1pply online throughthe Bank’s website only. No othermeans/mode of application areacceptable.

Selection Procedure— T h ewritten test consist of test of Reason-ing, English Language, NumericalAbility, Computer Knowledge andAptitude, Financial Awareness,Marketing Knowledge and Aptitude.

Log onto www.federalbank.co.infor more details.

Recruitment in FederalBank for Credit Officers

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 20, 2010.

Upper Age Limit—40 years.

Educational Qualifications—Graduation in any discipline from arecognized University.

How to Apply—Eligible candi-dates apply online through Bank’swebsite–www.federalbank.co. in.

Log onto www.federalbank.co.infor more details.

Rajasthan Lok Seva Aayog Ajmer Recruit-

ment of Lecturers

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—November 2, 2010.

Total Vacancies—456.

Educational Qualifications—Post-graduation with 55% marks.

Age Limit—21 to 35 years.

How to Apply—Through O.M.R.Application form.

Log onto http://www.rpsc.gov.in for more details.

Rajasthan Government Forest Deptt. : Recruit-ment of Mukhya Van

Sangrakshak

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 25, 2010.

Total Vacancies—1,000.

Educational Qualifications—10 + 2 pass.

Age Limit—18 to 35 years.

Selection Procedure— T h ewritten test consist of Psychology,General Knowledge, General Science,Current Affairs and questions onRajasthan’s history, culture, art andgeography.

How to Apply—The applicationform can be obtained against a pay-ment of Rs. 10 from a concernedofficer.

See Dainik Bhashar September26, 2010 fore more details.

Recruitment in IDBI for Managers

Last Date (Receipt of Applica-tion Forms)—October 17, 2010.

Total Vacancies—1,067.

Educational Qualifications—Graduate from a recognized Uni-versity with 55% marks .

Age Limit—18 to 35 years.

Selection Procedure—TheWritten Test will comprise of Objec-tive Type Questions having fourcomponents viz., (a) Test of Reason-ing, (b) Test of English Language, (c)Test of Quantitative Aptitude, (d) Testof General and Financial Awareness.

How to Apply—Candidatesapplying for all the post after sub-mission of the online applicationform shall take a print of systemgenerated hard copy of the applica-tion form and preserve the same forsubmission at the time of interview.

Log onto IDBI Bank website formore details. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/834 “Confidence, like the soul, never returns whence it has once departed.”

CRICKET

England Clinches ODI SeriesAgainst Pakistan

England registered a crushing121 runs victory against Pakistan on

England Captain Andrew Strauss(centre) and teammates celebrate afterwinning the fifth and final one-daymatch.

September 22, 2010 in Southampton.England took five-match one-dayseries 3-2. England’s Eoin Merganwas declared Man of the Match. Hemade 107 not out in a total of 256for six. Pakistan was eventually dis-missed for 135 with 13 still left. But itcan be said that it was very toughseries.

N. Srinivasan is BCCIPresident-Elect : ChirayuAmin Elected Chairman ofIPL

BCCI Secretary N. Srinivasanwas named President-elected of the

N. SrinivasanBCCI’s President-

elect

body at the BCCI’s81st Annual Gene-ral Meeting onSeptember 29, 2010.While Chirayu,Amin was officiallyappointed Chair-man of the IndianPremier League(IPL). In othermajor development,Anil Kumble has been made the headof the National Cricket Academy.And former India captain Dilip

Vengsarkar has been appointedChairman of the Cricket Develop-ment Committee. The term of theselection panel under Krishna-machari Srikkanth has been extendedby a year.

Jyotiraditya Scindia has beenmade in charge of the finance com-mittee, while Farooq Abdullah hasbeen appointed as the head ofmarketing panel. The grounds andpitches committee will work underN.Venkat Sundaram.

Chennai Super Kings isChampion of Twenty-20Tournament

Chennai Super Kings won theChampions League Twenty-20 Tour-nament after defeating Eastern CapeWarriors by eight wickets inJohannesburg on September 26, 2010.Chennai Super Kings spinners R.Ashwin and Muthiah Muralitharanclaimed five wickets for 32 runs fromeight overs which helped their teamrestrict Warriors to 128 for seven in 20overs. M. Vijay who contributed 58runs for Chennai Super Kings wonthe Golden Bat award as the tourna-ments top run scorer. His teammateR. Ashwin bagged the Golden Wicketaward for most wickets. Thus EasternCape Warriors made 128 runs in 20

Chennai Super Kings team with the Champions League Twenty-20 Trophy onSeptember 26, 2010 in Johannesburg.

overs for seven wickets while ChennaiSuper Kings emerged winner bymaking 132 runs in 19 over for twowickets.

HCA Presidents’ XI WinsMoin-Ud-Dowla Gold Cup

Hyderabad Cricket AssociationPresidents XI won the CoromandelKing all-India Moin-ud-Dowla GoldCup Cricket tournament against Goain the three days final in Hyderabadon September 23, 2010. Presidents’ XIscored 188 for eight in its 40 overswith opener Benjamin Thomas andArjun Yadav giving good perfor-mance. Thus HCA Presidents XI 349for nine in 90 overs and 188 for eightin 40 overs while Goa just made 209in 84·3 overs and 150 for six in 22overs.

FOOTBALL

FPAI Awards : Rafi Adjudgedthe Best Indian Footballer

Mohammad Rafi has beenadjudged the best Indian footballerand Odafa Onyeka Okolie has beenadjudged the best foreign footballerfor the second year by the Lucozade

PD/November/2010/835/4 “No soul is desolate as long as there is a human being for whom it can feel trust and reverence.”

Sport Football Player’s Association ofIndia (FPAI) awards in second weekof September 2010. Besides, JoaquimAbranches of Dempo has emergedthe best young player; ArmandoColaco (also Dempo) has beenadjudged the best coach while PuneFC goalkeeper Subrata Paul has beenchosen for the Fan’s Player Award.

HOCKEY

Argentina Clinches WomenWorld Cup

Argentina beat reigning WorldCup Champion, European Championand World top ranked hockey teamNetherlands 3-1 to clinch its secondwomen’s field hockey World Cup inRosario on September 11, 2010. It isnoteworthy that Argentina won itsfirst World Cup in 2002. EarlierEngland beat Germany 2-0 to take thebronze. It was England's first WorldCup medal which it added to itsbronze medal from the women’sChampions Trophy at Nottingham inJuly 2010.

TENNIS

Nadal and Clijsters areChampions at US Open 2010

On the 15th day of United StatesOpen Tennis Championship 2010,

Rafael Nadal ofSpain made him-self the master ofall surfaces whenhe defeated NovakDjokovic of Serbia

6-4, 5-7, 6-6, 6-2 on September 13, 2010in New York. It was his ninth GrandSlam tournament of his still YoungCareer as he is just 24 year old. Withthis victory he became the seventhman to win all four Grand Slameven—the Australian, the French, theWimbledon and now the US OpenRight now he is best tennis player inthe world. In women’s singles section,it was again Kim Clijsters of Belgiumwho captured US Open title onSeptember 11, 2010.

World number one Nadal of Spain raiseshis trophy after defeating NovakDjokovic in the US Open final in NewYork on September 13, 2010.

Magnificent Seven who WonAll Four Grand Slam Events

Fred Perry (1934-35)Don Budge (1937-38)Rod Laver (1962, 1969)(The only player to complete a

calendar Grand Slam twice)Roy Emerson (1961-64)Andre Agassi (1992-99)Roger Federer (2004-09)Rafael Nadal (2005-10)

The 27 year Belgian defeatedRussia’s Vera Zvonareva 6-2, 6-1 injust 59 minutes. It is noteworthy thatClijsters who retired from inter-national tennis in May 2007 justreturned to action a month before lastyear’s US Open and also emergedChampion in that tournament. It wasClijsters’ third title in a row afterreaching Grand Slam final.

In men’s doubles final, the sub-continental pair of Aisam-Ul-Haq ofPakistan and Rohan Bopanna of Indialost to US top seeds twin brother BobBryan and Mike Bryan on September

US Open Tennis Championship 2010 : Winners at a GlanceS.N. Title Winner Runner-up

1. Men’s Singles Rafael Nadal (Spain) Novak Djokovic (Serbia)2. Women’s Singles Kim Clijsters (Belgium) Vera Zvonareva (Russia)3. Men’s Doubles Bob Bryan

Mike Bryan (USA)Rohan Bopanna (India)Aisamul Haq Qureshi

(Pakistan)4. Women’s Doubles Vania King (U.S.A.)

Yaroslava Shvedova(Kazakhstan)

Liezel Huber (U.S.A)Nadia Petrova (Russia)

5. Mixed Doubles Liezel Huber (U.S.A.)Bob Bryan (U.S.A.)

Kveta Peschke(Czech Republic)

Aisamul Haq Qureshi(Pakistan)

10, 2010. It is important to mentionthat it was 65th doubles title andninth major Championship title ofBryan brothers. In women’s doubles‘final America’s Vania King andKazakhstan’s Yaroslava Shvedovaoutclassed Liezel Huber of USA andRussia’s Nadia Petrova to emergewinners.

Kim Clijsters with her daughter Jadaposes with the US Open trophy

In mixed doubles title, top seededAmerican pair of Liezel Huber andBob Bryan emerged triumphant aftertrouncing Kveta Peschke of CzechRepublic and Aisamul Haq Qureshiof Pakistan 6-4, 6-4.

India Wins in the Davis CupWorld Group Play-off : AnAmazing Achievement

History was created at Chennai’sSDAT Tennis stadium on September19, 2010 when India won both itsreverse singles matches against Brazil.This victory effected a 3-2 turnaroundin its Davis World Group Play-off. Itwas for the first time that India ralliedfrom a 0-2 deficit to bag a tie since itsdebut in this competition in 1921.India’s Rohan Bopanna dismissed

PD/November/2010/836 “All you need in this life is ignorance and confidence; then success is sure.”

Brazil’s Ricardo Mello in a straightsets for a decisive victory.

India clinched its first ever win from 0-2down in a Davis Cup tie when it beatBrazil 3-2 in their World Group play-offin Chennai on September 19, 2010.Rohan Bopanna (with flag) after SomdevDevvarman (third from left) LeanderPaes (second from right) and MaheshBhupathi (extreme left)

Earlier Somdev Devvarman wonby default against Thomaz Bellucci.Thus, the requirements to win bothreverse singles to retain its WorldGroup Slot were fulfilled by India inexcellent manner. It was a remarkableturnaround. For India, indeed, it wasa dream comeback as India’s thesetwo youngsters Somdev Devvarmanand Rohan Bopanna fashioned 3-2victory over stronger Brazil in DavisCup Heroics.

Devvarman Clinches TitleSecond seeded Somdev Devvar-

man beat the fourth seeded MarselIlhan of Turkey 6-4, 6-3 in the final ofthe € 64000 Izmir Cup ChallengerTennis Tournament in Turkey onSeptember 26, 2010. It may be addedhere that Somdev Devvarman isIndia’s number one tennis player. Thetitle was worth 100 ATP points.

Sania Bags Double Title

Sania Mirza clinched her ninthdoubles title after she and Romania'sEdina Gallovits beat the Chineseduo of D-Han and Lui 7-5, 6-3 in thefinal of the Guangzhou Internationalwomen’s open in China on Septem-ber 19, 2010. It was Sania’s first majorWTA title after her marriage.

BOXING

Mary Kom is Again WorldChampion in Boxing

India’s M. C. Mary Kom clinchedher fifth successive title by beating

Romania’s Steluta Duta on September18, 2010 in Bridgetown. (Barbados).She convincingly beat Duta for thethird time in a row to bag the title.

Mary Kom aged 27 who hadovercome Sweden’s Natalie Lungo(10-1), Australian Jenny Smith(RSCOC R1), Wales’s Lynsey Holda-

M. C. Mary Kom once again proved sheis one of India’s best sportspersons bywinning her fifth World boxing crown.

way (9-2) and Philippine boxer AliceAppari (8-1) on her way to the final–defeated Steluta 16-6 in the 48 kg titleclash.

Mary Kom had won her previoustitles in 46 kg weight category in2002, 2005, 2006 and 2008.

BILLIARDS/SNOOKER

Pankaj Advani Bags NationalCrown

Pankaj Advani won his fifthNational snooker title with a 6-5

Pankaj Advani

victory over Lucky Vatnani onSeptember 13, 2010 in Pune. It wasAdvani’s fifth National Snooker titlealong with the highest break of 136which he compiled against KamalChawla in the semi-final. This timethe Bangalorean successfully de-fended his title as he won a lowscoring decider 58-11.

GRANDPRIX

Fernando Alonso ClaimsItalian Grand Prix

Spain’s Fernando Alonso regis-tered an exciting victory in ItalianGrand Prix on September 12, 2010 inMonza.

Fernando Alonso celebrates after win-ning the Italian Grand Prix on Septem-ber 12, 2010.

It was his maiden race on homesoil for team Ferrari. It was third winthis season and 24th victory of hiscareer. With this victory he has kepthopes alive for the driver’s WorldChampionship.

Fernando Alonso ClinchesSingapore Grand Prix

Spain’s Fernando Alonso wonSingapore Grand Prix ahead ofSebastian Vettel on September 26,2010 in Singapore. Fernando Alonso

Fernando Alonso

is a two time World Champion and isfrom Ferrari. He finished for thesecond race in a row to take thevictory in 1 hour 57 : 53. 579, just 0·2seconds ahead of the Red Bull’sSebastian Vettel. It was his fourth winof the season and the 25th of hiscarrer.

PD/November/2010/837 “Confidence is the feeling you have before you understand the situation.”

Casey Stoner Clinches AragonGrand Prix

Australia’s Casey Stoner baggedDucatis’ maiden Moto Grand Prixvictory of the season on September19, 2010 in Alcaniz (Spain). Heremained dominating over theAragon Grand Prix from pole to pole.He finished 5·148 second ahead ofSpain’s Dano Pedrosa.

CHESS

Venkatesh Clinches TitleM. R. Venkatesh of Bharat

Petroleum topped the three way tie toclinch the National Challengers Chess

M. R. Venkatesh

Championship onSeptember 26, 2010.It may be men-tioned here that inthe final round,Venkatesh, M. S.Thejkumar andShyam Sundar wonand finished in thatorder based on the tie breaker scoreafter being tied at 10 points. ButVenkatesh emerged winner.

`GOLF

Ashok Kumar Wins DLFMasters

Ashok Kumar won the Rs. 95lakh DLF Masters Golf Championshipon September 19, 2010 in Gurgaon.This was the first title of the seasonfor Kumar who belongs to Delhi. Itwas his seventh title on the PGI Tourand overall 20th Career title.

Ashok Kumar poses with the trophyafter winning the DLF Masters

Gaganjeet Bhullar finishedsecond in the tournament whileAnirban Lahiri finished third. AshokKumar’s earnings this season standsat Rs. 24, 15, 392. It may be notedhere that the top–four ranked profes-sionals on the PGTI Tour will play inthe Singapore Open later this year.

SPORTS ANDGAMES BRIEFING

Sushil Kumar is Now theWrestling Champion of theWorld

Sushil Kumar created historywhen he became the first Indian towin a World Wrestling Champion-ship gold medal on September 12,2010 in Moscow. He overpoweredRussia’s Alan Gogaev to clinch the 66kg freestyle title. With this excitingvictory Sushil also became the firstgrappler to bag Olympic and worldChampionship medals. Sushil, aged27 already holds the Asian andCommonwealth titles.

Sushil Kumar came up with a majesticdisplay to clinch the gold in the 66-kgcategory of the World wrestling cham-pionship in Moscow on September 12,2010.

On his way to the final, Sushildefeated Anastasios Akritidis ofGreece (6-0), Martin Sebastian Daumof Germany (4-1) and BatzorigBuyanjar of Mongolia (9-1) beforebeating reigning European championJabrayil Hasanov of Azerbaijan (4-3).

Iran Emerges Supreme inVolleyball

Iran defeated India in the final ofthe third Asian Volleyball Cham-pionship (Central Zone) in Kolkataon September 20, 2010. Iran’s playersVali Nourmohammadi, RahmanDavoodi, Mojtoba Shaban, LiberoGolmohammad Sakhavi and SaberNarimanazhad gave an outstandingperformance. Kazakhstan finishedthird in the final.

Ronjan Grabs Double TrapGold in Shooting

World record holder RonjanSodhi captured the double trap goldin the World Cup final in Izmir,Turkey with a score of 192 onSeptember 20, 2010. He won with afour points margin over Mo Junjie ofChina. It is noteworthy that Ronjanhad won the World Cup gold inLonato this season with a total of 195.He had also won the World Cup goldin 2008 in Belgrade after shooting adouble world record of 147 and 194.

Sports Legends HonouredThe Sports Legends Awards–a

Network 18 initiatives were presentedon September 25 , 2010 in New Delhi.Some great achievers of yesteryearswere honoured at the glitteringfunction.

Among others, shooter JaspalRana, tennis ace Vijay Amritraj,former World Billiards ChampionMichael Ferreira, star wrestler Satpal,World Champion Sushil Kumar,veteran Olympic hockey gold medal-lists Leslie Claudius and R. S. Bhola,World Cup hockey gold winnerAslam Sher Khan, Olympic medallistlifter K. Malleswari, shooter AnjaliBhagwat, former Asian archeryChampion Limba Ram, athlete ShinyWilson nee Abraham, football ace P.K. Banerjee and boxing great DingkoSingh were honoured on the occasion.

Army Red Wins Rugby TitleArmy Red outplayed Chennai

Cheetahs 24-16 in a keenly Contested

The Army Red team retained the all-India and South Asia rugby title inKolkata on September 4, 2010.

main plate final of the All India andSouth Asia rugby tournament onSeptember 4, 2010 Senthil Kumar’sdrop goal in the 67 minutes helpedArmy Red gain the lead (17-16). TheLoser’s plate was won by the localside, Jungle Crows which beat cityteam Kolkata Police 37-5 in one sidedencounter. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/838 “You must trust and believe in people or life becomes impossible.”

A Test to Predict Diabetes 10 Years EarlierDeveloped

British scientists say they have developed a blood testthat could predict those at risk of getting diabetes 10 yearsearlier than available diagnosis. The scientists claim thetest can identify around half of people who will developtype 2 diabetes and distinguish between those who willand will not go on to develop some of the complicationsof the blood sugar conditions such as heart attack, strokeand poor circulation. The test works by detecting levels ofa genetic molecule in their blood; the same moleculecalled a micro RNA (MiR) could help pinpoint sufferers athigh risk of heart and artery disease. The MIR can be usedwith conventional methods. Its biggest advantage wasthat it directly assessed the damage diabetes was causingto blood vessels. For their research, the scientists studied822 adults aged between 40 and 79 living in northernItaly. Of the two types of diabetes, type 2 or adult onsetdiabetes is much more common.

Electric Skin Patch can Cure AcneScientists have developed a high tech skin patch

which could eliminate acne from the face. Acne is the mostcommon type of condition which mainly affects adole-scents. The patch which looks like an ordinary plasterworks by producing an electric charge to kill the bacterialinked to the conditions. The results from small test showthat acne spots almost disappear within three days andthe spots in the area around the patch also improved.

The patch consists of a mesh-like material impregna-ted with special molecules. When these molecules cameinto contact with the moisture on the skin, they create atiny electrical field in which bacteria cannot survive. Themesh also contains salcyclic acid which removes the deadskin blocking the follicles and azelaic to kill bacteria in thepores. Thus, the patch appears to have a knock-on effecton the skin around it, helping break down dead skin andbacteria. It may be recalled here that traditional treat-ments for acne include creams, such as benzoyl peroxidewhich work by preventing the dead skin blocking hairfollicles and killing bacteria on the skin.

First Artificial Ovary CreatedScientists have developed the world’s first artificial

ovary capable of maturing human eggs as effective as areal one. The scientists created the ovary in a laboratoryfrom cells donated by hospital patients. It can mimic areal ovary by growing over the eggs and allowing them tomature. This breakthrough could help cancer suffererswho became infertile from chemotherapy or other treat-ments which damage the reproductive system. This couldallow eggs to be taken from women before they wereexposed to chemotherapy or radiation and then deve-loped in the artificial structure. The artificial organs couldalso be used to help discover why some women find itdifficult to conceive. The scientists grew the donor cellsinto honeycomb shapes before placing human egg cells in

the holes. Within days the cells had enveloped the imma-ture eggs and they were able to grow to full maturity, thepoint at which they would be released into the womb tobe fertilized.

An ovary is composed of three main cell types, andthis is the first time that anyone has created a 3-D tissuestructure with triple cell line.

Pacemaker Fitted in Brain Cures OCDA team from VIMHANS in Delhi recently success-

fully implanted a pacemaker in the brain of patientafflicted with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD)—amedical condition that results in repetitive behaviour suchas hand washing, checking or cleaning.

The implantation of the pacemaker in the brain hassignificantly reduced her peculiarities in just two weekstime. The team of the neurosurgeons used Deep BrainStimulation (DBS) to implant the pacemaker for sendingelectrical impulses to specific parts of the brain. DBS hasfor the first time, been used to treat OCD. DBS involvesprecise stimulation of particular parts of the brain throughthe implantation of removable electrodes. Two electrodeshave been wired to both sides of patient’s brain (anteriorlimb of internal capsule) which communicate through thepacemaker the battery of which has been put inside herchest. “We can alter the function of any part of the brainby stimulating it. If stimulated with low frequency elec-trodes, the area starts to get excited. With high frequencyit blocks off the pathway and reduces symptoms. In hercase the surgeons used high frequency electrodes to blockthe pathway of the brain that was causing OCD. Hercondition had become so acute that she stopped eating orgoing to the toilet on her own. In fact, she would sit allday on the bed without touching anything—waiting forher children or husband to feed her or take her to thetoilet.

Though there are a number of medications andpsychological therapies available to treat OCD. It is esti-mated that about 10% patients don’t respond adequatelyto these first line interventions.

Material that Converts Sound Waves toElectricity Created

Scientists have recently claimed that they haveturned the main ingredient of calamine lotion into a tinymaterial that converts sound waves into electricity. Theresearchers could lead panels that can charge a cell phonefrom a conversation or provide a boost of energy to thenation’s electrical grid generated by the noise during rushhour traffic. Using zinc oxide, the main ingredient incalamine lotion created a field of nanowires sandwichedbetween two electrodes. The scientists blasted that sand-wich with sound waves which at 100 decibels were notquite as loud as a rock concert. A normal conversation aswe know is about 60-70 decibels. The sound wavesproduced a mild electrical current of about 50 millivolts.

PD/November/2010/839 “Trust a nitwit society like this one to think that there are only two categories-fag and straight.”

The average cellphones requires a few volts to operate,several times the power this technology can currentlyproduce. Just as speakers transforms electrical signals intosound; the opposite process of turning sound into a sourceof electrical power is possible. Sound power can be usedfor various novel applications including mobiles phonesthat can be charged during conversations and soundinsulating walls near highways that generate electricityfrom the sound of passing vehicles. Scientists worldwideare working on various devices to enhance the backup ofcellphone batteries. One such device is the use of a chip inthe users’ shoe to generate power whenever the personwalks.

Novel X-Ray Machine UnveiledScientists have recently demonstrated a refined X-ray

machine technique which can spot tiny variations in bonestructures. The technique uses X-rays delivered by power-ful light-sources and complex computer algorithms toresolve structural variations as small as 100 nanometersacross. By using the technique the researchers have map-ped in detail a bone fragment narrower than a humanhair. The X-rays pass through softer tissue but are mostlyabsorbed by hard-bone-leaving an image in which theskeleton and tissue are clearly distinguishable. In recentyears, scientists have been scaling up the power of the X-ray, using massive particle accelerators or synchrotrons todeliver much larger radiation doses while these cannot beused on humans for obvious reasons, they can be used inresearch to reveal details in materials which are too thickfor use in electron microscopes. But X-ray imaging has itsown problems, with X-rays difficult to focus or mani-pulate even with corrective lenses. What a team ofscientists based in Germany and Switzerland have done isto refine these X-ray machines. Instead of relying on howX-rays are absorbed by different materials, they haveinstead focussed on how they are diverted or refracted asthey pass through different substances. This phasecontrast signal gives much clearer and detailed results.The scientists also abandoned lising any corrective lenses,firing the X-ray pulse through a pinhole and then collect-ing the diffracted rays after they pass through the sample.Then they used a powerful computer programme to builda 3D image of the object. It is like reconstructing a brokencup by playing the movie backwards and by doing thatyou bring all the X-rays into the sample to see how theyhave reacted. The images obtained show detail down tothe cavities in which osteocytes or bone cells reside, andthe interconnective channels which are only some 100nanometers in diameter.

Soyuz Space Capsule Lands SafelyA Russian Soyuz space capsule with a crew of three

landed safely on September 25, 2010 after an undockingglitch delayed their return to Earth by 24 hours. Twocosmonauts and an astronaut had to abort their departurefrom the International Space Station (ISS) upon com-pleting a six month mission when computers signalled atechnical problem with the hermetic seals and blocked therelease of hooks and latches securing the Soyuz craft tothe station. An inspection of the docking unit showed thata small broken bolt got stuck in a gear mechanism

smashing two of its teeth. The crew installed electricaljumper cables to bypass the damaged part of themechanisms and a second undocking attempt. It is for thefirst time in the ISS 10 year long operation that a descentcraft failed to undoct from the station.

China and India will Embark on LunarExploration

China and India very soon are preparing for the nextphase of mission moon. China will send the Change-2 tothe moon at the end of this year. The aircraft will beequipped with a high resolution camera that will helpidentify possible landing areas on the moon. The aircraftwill also test key soft-landing technologies China intendsto set a rover down on the lunar surface with Change-3mission in 2013. A subsequent mission will attempt tobring lunar samples back to earth four years later. IndianSpace Research Organisation (ISRO) also has plannedChandrayaan-2 Project. The mission is scheduled for 2013.The mission envisages having both an orbiter circling themoon as well as a lander taking a rover down to the lunarsurface. The rover will then trundle about and study thecomposition of lunar rocks and soil. ISRO recently hasannounced details of seven instruments that would becarried on the orbiter and rover.

Genetic Therapy Cures ThalassaemiaRecently a paper published online in Nature reported

the first case where gene therapy on an 18 year oldteenager has successfully cured the disease. The therapywas done three years ago. The person has not requiredany blood transfusion. However, the patient remainsmildly anaemic. It may be noted here that every year inIndia thalassaemia is found in nearly 16,000 children.Thalassaemia is an inherited disease caused by anabnormality in haemoglobin (an oxygen carrying protein)production. This results in ineffective production redblood cells thus causing anaemia. It necessitates regularblood transfusion thereby affecting the quality of life. Inthis case, the patient’s diseased haematopoietic stem cellstaken from the bone marrow were separated. They thentransferred a functional betaglobin gene capable ofproducing red blood cells into the haematopoietic stemcells. The beta-globin gene was introduced into thepatient’s haematopoietic stem cells using a viral vector(HIV derived lentiviral vector).

With the gene successfully transferred, the patientwas subjected to a high dose of chemotherapy beforetransplanting the genetically modified haematropoieticstem cells. High dose chemotherapy treatment ensuredthat all diseased stem cells were destroyed. This ensuredthat the effects of the genetically modified stem cellsintroduced were not diluted and hence the outcome notcompromised.

Destroying the diseased stem cells through chemo-therapy prior to undertaking bone marrow transplan-tation to treat thalassaemia patients is routine.

Following the treatment, the haematopoietic stemcells containing the modified gene started to producehealthy blood cells.

The levels of genetically modified cells rose from lessthan 2 per cent in the first few months to 11 per cent at 33months after transplantation. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/840 “Self-trust is the first secret of success.”

National

● Recently World Statesman Award has been conferred on ➟ Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh

☞ The Appeals of Conscience Foundation based in USA has honoured Indian Prime Minister with the WorldStatesman Award 2010 for leading the way in building US-India partnership calling him as man ofuncommon decency and grace.

● The winner of Moin-ud-Dowla Gold Cup is ➟ HCA Presidents XI

☞ Hyderabad Cricket Association Presidents XI won the Coromanandal all India Moin-ud-Dowla Gold CupCricket Tournament after defeating Goa in the three-day final in Hyderabad on September 23, 2010.

● The state of India which has bagged ‘e-governance policy initiative of the year’ e-India Award 2010 is

➟ Rajasthan

☞ Rajasthan has been given ‘e-governance policy initiative of the year’ e-India Award 2010 in recognition of itssuccessful initiative for launching the pregnancy and child tracking health services management system bythe Union Ministery of Information Technology.

● The winner of DLF Masters Golf Championship is ➟ Ashok Kumar

☞ Ashok Kumar won the Rs. 95 lakh DLF Masters Golf Championship on September 19, 2010, leading defendingchampion Gaganjeet Bhullar by eight strokes.

● The winners of Jnanpith Award for 2007 and 2008 respectively are ➟ ONV Kurup and Akhlaq Khan Shahryar

☞ Malayalam litterateur ONV Kurup and Urdu poet Akhlaq Khan Shahryar were on September 24, 2010 wereselected for Jnanpith Awards for 2007 and 2008 respectively.

● The Saraswati Samman has been conferred on ➟ Surjit Patar

☞ Eminent Punjabi Poet Surjit Patar has been honoured with the prestigious Saraswati Samman 2009 for hiscollection Lafzan Ki Dargah by the K.K. Birla Foundation.

● The actor who has got Best Actor Award under the recently announced under the 57th National Film Awards is

➟ Amitabh Bachchan

☞ Amitabh Bachchan got best actor award at the 57th National Film Awards for 2009 for his brilliantperformance in the film ‘Paa’.

● The best feature film at the National Film Awards for 2009 is ➟ Kutty Srank

☞ Kutty Srank–a Malayalam film which expresses the different perspectives of three women about the man intheir lives has emerged as the best feature film at the 57th National Film Awards for 2009.

● India’s Official entry for Oscars is ➟ Peepli Live

☞ Peepli Live, the Hindi film produced by Actor Amir Khan has been made India’s official entry to this year’sAcademy Awards (Oscar) in the Best Foreign Language Film Category.

● The Indian state which has the highest suicide rate is ➟ Sikkim☞ As per the information given by WHO regional representative Lakshmi Vijay Kumar Sikkim has been ranked

as the state where highest suicide rate in the country is found with Bangalore leading the list among cities.● The man who won his Fifth National Snooker title is ➟ Pankaj Advani

☞ Pankaj Advani won his Fifth National Snooker title with a hard-earned 6-5 victory over Lucky Vatnani inPune on September 13, 2010.

● The New Central Vigilance Commissioner of India is— ➟ P. J. Thomas

☞ President Pratibha Patil administered the oath of office to the former of Telecom Secretary P. J. Thomas as the14th Central Vigilance Commissioner (CVC) in New Delhi on September 7, 2010.

● The percentage India accounts of the under-five mortality rate at global level is ➟ 21 per cent

☞ According to the latest report titled ‘Levels and Trends in Child Mortality’ launched by the United NationsChildren’s Fund (UNICEF) India accounts for 21 per cent of under-five mortality rate with global rate of suchdeaths falling from 12·4 million in 1990 to 8·1 million in 2009.

PD/November/2010/841 “If you don’t have confidence, you’ll always find a way not to win.”

● The winner of Dadasaheb Phalke Award 2009 has been conferred on ➟ D. Ramanaidu

☞ India’s most prolific film producer and veteran film maker D. Ramanaidu has been selected for the DadasahebPhalke Award 2009. He is prolific producer with over 130 films to his credit

● Recently India test-fired ➟ BrahMos Missile☞ India’s BrahMos cruse missile was successfully test-fired on September 5, 2010 from the Integrated Test Range

at Chandipur, Orissa. The highlight of the mission was the missile performing a steep dive at a supersonicspeed.

● The woman who became the President of the Indian National Congress for the record fourth consecutive term is➟ Sonia Gandhi

☞ Sonia Gandhi on September 3, 2010 Congress for the record historic fourth term. She was declared CongressPresident unopposed.

● The number of Scientists chosen for Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar Prize this year is ➟ Nine

☞ Nine Scientists including three women namely Sanjeev Galande, Shubha Tole, Swapan K. Pati, SandeepVerma, G. K. Ananthasuresh, Sanghamitra Bandyopadhyay, Mitali Mukerji, Umesh Vasudev and KalobaranMaiti have been selected for prestigious Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar Prize this year.

● The new Lok Sabha Secretary General is ➟ T. K. Vishwanathan

☞ The former Law Secretary T. K. Vishwanathan has been appointed new Secretary General of the Lok Sabhawith effect from October 2010 succeeding P.D.T. Acharya who relinquished on September 30, 2010.

● The Champions League Trophy of Cricket winner is ➟ Chennai Super Kings

☞ Chennai Super Kings defeated Eastern Cape Warriors by eight wickets to bag Champions League Trophy onSeptember 26, 2010 in Johannesburg.

International

● China recently suspended bilateral contacts with ➟ Japan

☞ In September 2010 China suspended senior bilateral contact with Japan over the detention of a Chinesecaptain accused of ramming his boats against Japanese petrol vessels in disputed waters.

● The SAARC member where recently elections were held is ➟ Afghanistan

☞ The crucial parliamentary elections were held in Afghanistan on September 18, 2010 to elect 249 representa-tives to the Wolesi Jirga—the Afghan lower House of Parliament.

● Paul Kagame was recently sworn in as the new President of ➟ Rwanda

☞ Paul Kagame was sworn in as the President of Rwanda for second term on September 6, 2010 after sweepingthe August 9, 2010 elections with 93 per cent of the vote.

● Basque Separatist group ETA Group is active in ➟ Spain

☞ Recently Basque Separatist group ETA declared a ceasefire on September 5, 2010 in its bloody 42 yearscampaign for homeland independent of Spain vowing to give up guns and bombs for a democratic solution.

● Earthquake in September 2010 devastated ➟ New Zealand

☞ New Zealand, in first week of September 2010 experienced its most destructive earthquake in nearly 80 yearscausing $ 2 billion worth damage and shaking its second largest city of Christchurch.

● The winner of Men’s Single title for US Open Tennis Championship 2010 is ➟ Rafael Nadal

☞ Spain’s Rafael Nadal defeated Serbia’s Novak Djokovic in the final of the US Open Tennis Championship 2010on September 13, 2010.

● The winner of Women’s Singles title for US Open Tennis Championship 2010 is ➟ Kim Clijsters

☞ Kim Clijsters of Belgium defended her US Open title on September 11, 2010 after defeating Russia’s VeraZvonareva in 59 just minutes.

● The winner of Singapore Grand Prix is ➟ Fernando Alonso

☞ Fernando Alonso of Spain emerged winner ahead of Sebastian Vettel in Singapore Grand Prix on September25, 2010 in Singapore.

● The women’s World Boxing Champion this year is ➟ M. C. Mary Kom

☞ India’s M. C. Mary Kom emerged champion in the Women’s World Boxing Championship as she bagged herfifth successive world crown after beating Romania’s Steluta Data for third time in a row on September 18,2010 in Bridgetown (Barbados). P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/842 “If you wish to understand a philosopher, do not ask what he says, but find out what he wants.”

RBI Raised Repo and Reverse Repo Rates

Reserve Bank of India on Sep-tember 16, 2010 has raised repo rateand reverse repo rate. It is the fifthtime this year that the central bankhas raised its key rates to put a checkon inflation.

The Latest Scenario ofRBI’s Key Rates

(As on September 16, 2010)

Bank Rate 6·0% (w.e.f. April 30, 2003)Cash Reserve Ratio 6·0%

(w.e.f. April 24, 2010)Repo Rate 6·0% (w.e.f. Sept. 16, 2010)Reverse Repo Rate 5%

(w.e.f. Sept. 16, 2010)Statutory Liquidity Ratio 25%

(w.e.f. Nov. 7, 2009)

RBI raises repo rate (i.e., the rateat which RBI lends to bank) by 25basis points which moves repo ratefrom 5·75 per cent to 6·0 per cent.Reverse repo rate (i.e., the rate atwhich banks park their excess fundswith RBI) has also been raised by 50basis points, taking it from 5·5 percent to 6·0 per cent. Both the revisedrates were made functional withimmediate effect.

According to RBI, the differencebetween repo and reverse repo rateshas been reduced to narrow the“volatility in overnight call moneyrates” and improve the transmissionof its monetary policy mechanism.

In its mid-quarterly monetarypolicy review RBI says that inflationrate in the country has slowed downto 8·5 per cent in August 2010 com-pared with 9·5 per cent of July 2010.Taking a note of this correction, RBIsignalled that its monetary tighteningcycle that started a year ago may nowtake a pause.

The recent move of raising itskey rates by RBI, is likely to promptbanks to review their cost of borro-wings. Bankers have given indica-

tions that the deposit rates will go upsoon but increase in lending rateswould take some time.

Indian Economy Registers 8.8 per cent Growth in First Quarter 2010-11

With high supportive growthrate of 12·4% in manufacturing sector

during the first quarter of 2010-11country’s GDP growth reached 8·8%during April-June 2010 as comparedto 6·0% attained during the sameperiod of 2009. The growth in agricul-ture sector also showed a rise, thoughnot much, as compared to last year’speriod. This agriculture growth isexpected to be picked up in the rest ofthe year 2010-11 as Kharif sowing has

PD/November/2010/843/5 “To be trusted is a greater compliment than being loved.”

been healthy after the good mon-soons. Manufacturing sector impro-ved its performance from 3·8% to12·4% which gave a boost to indus-trial sector as well as GDP during thefirst quarter of 2010-11. Service sectoralso showed better results with 12·2%growth in hotel, transport and com-munications, 8·0% growth in financialservices and 6·7% growth in indivi-dual services.

Planning commission has expre-ssed satisfaction on growth rate offirst quarter 2010-11. Planning com-mission finds growth rate on expec-ted lines and hopes that the overallGDP growth in 2010-11 will beslightly better than 8·5 per cent asprojected earlier.

Base Year of Wholesale Price Index Changed to 2004-05

The new series of Wholesale Price Index (WPI) with 2004-05 as its base year hasreplaced the series with base year 1993-94 with effect from September 14, 2010. Thenumber of commodities included in the new series stands at 676 while it was only 435in old series with base year 1993-94. In total included 676 commodities, the members ofprimary articles, fuel and power and manufactured products stand at 102, 19 and 555respectively.

Base Year for Wholesale Price Index shifts to 2004-05, number ofcommodities and price quotations increased, and relative weights

in index undergo minor change

The base year for the Wholesale Price Index has been moved from 1993-94 to2004-05. The basket of commodities has been increased from 435 to 676 with thenumber of price quotations substantially stepped up from 1,918 to 5,482. Relativeweights in the index for the various components has also changed marginally. WPI forAugust 2010 released recently is based on the new series index.

Base Year →→→→ 1970-71 1981-82 1993-94 2004-05

Number of Commodities

Food sub group of Primary Articles 39 44 54 55

Primary Articles 80 93 98 102

Fuel and Power 10 20 19 19

Manufactured Products 270 334 318 555

All Commodities 360 447 435 676

Number of Price Quotations

Food sub group of Primary Articles 264 320 340 431

Primary Articles 411 519 455 579

Fuel and Power 30 73 72 72

Manufactured Products 854 1779 1391 4831

All Commodities 1295 2371 1918 5482

Relative Weight in WPI

Food sub group of Primary Articles 29·799 17·386 15·402 14·337

Primary Articles 41·667 32·295 22·025 20·118

Fuel and Power 8·459 10·663 14·226 14·910

Manufactured Products 49·874 57·042 63·749 64·972

All Commodities 100 100 100 100

O/o Economic Adviser, Deptt. of Ind. Policy and Promotion. PTI Graphics

India Slips Down in Global Business Competitiveness

Index

According to the Global Compe-titiveness Report 2010 released by theWorld Economic Forum, Switzerland,Sweden, Singapore, United States andGermany are the top five nations inthe ranking list of global businesscompetitiveness in the year 2010.India has slipped down its rank to51st from 49 in 2009 due to poorhealth, education and infrastructurefacilities.

Amongst the BRIC nations,which constitute Brazil, Russia, India

and China, only China improved itsrank by two places to stand at 27thposition. Russia retained its 63rdrank, while Brazil lost two notches tostand at 58th.

Global CompetitivenessReport 2010 Rank

Report Card

Top 5 Rank2009

Rank2010

Change

Switzerland 1 1 0

Sweden 4 2 2

Singapore 3 3 0

US 2 4 – 2

Germany 7 5 2

BRIC

Brazil 56 58 – 2

Russia 63 63 0

India 49 51 – 2

China 29 27 2

Other Asian Economies

Sri Lanka 79 62 17

Indonesia 54 44 10

Vietnam 75 59 16

PD/November/2010/844 “I’m not upset that you lied to me, I’m upset that from now on I can’t believe you.”

China reinforced its positionwithin the top 30 for the secondconsecutive year with improvementsin market conditions, stability inmacroeconomic conditions andbetter assessments of financialmarkets. The ranks of this globalbusiness competitiveness have beencalculated by taking 110 indicators togauge competitiveness in 11 catego-ries for 139 countries.

Though India fell two positions,its growth prospects remained robustin the range of 5·5-10 per cent in 2010.India registers improvements in thesize of its market and even complexareas which included financial mar-kets, business sophistication andinnovation but it failed to impress inthe ‘basic drivers’ category with poorshow in health and education facili-ties, high rates of communicable dis-eases and high infant mortality rate.

Higher education and poorroads, ports and electricity supplyalso weighed down on Indian busi-ness competitiveness. Persistentbudget deficits, high public debt andhigh inflation in the macroeconomicconditions in India have also beentaken note in placing India two placesbelow as compared to the rank of2009.

Export GrowthSlows Down

India’s trade deficit in August2010 reached 23 month high level andbecame $ 13·06 billion due to risingimports as compared to exports.The trade gap between April-August2010 period stood at $ 56·62 billion.As per the projections of commerceMinistry, the balance of trade is likelyto end up at around $135 billion in2010-11.

According to initial estimatesreleased by the Ministry of Commerceand Industry exports grew by an

annual 22·5 per cent to $ 16·64 billionin August 2010 and imports jumpedby 32·2 per cent to $ 29·7 billion. Dur-ing the April-August period of 2010-11, exports posted a growth rate of28·6 per cent to $ 85·27 billion annu-ally, while total imports grew by 33·1per cent to $ 141·89 billion.

The rise in imports is mainly onaccount of raw materials used in theproduction of exports as well asdomestic consumption, which isgrowing at much faster pace thanexports. In August 2010, import ofsome of the items that grew sharplyare petroleum products, fertilisers,gems and jewellery, gold, chemicals,steel, machinery and coal, amongothers.

As per the statistics of CommerceMinistry, this is the highest tradedeficit since September 2008. During2010-11, the balance of trade has beensteadily rising since June 2010.

Sensex Breaches20000 Mark

The benchmark 30-share Sensexof Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) onSeptember 21, 2010 at last breached20000 mark and closed at 20001·55gaining 95·45 points. This is the firsttime since January 15, 2008 that theSenxex has closed above the 20000.Nifty (50 share based) of the NationalStock Exchange (NSE) on the sameday settled at 6009·05 gaining 28·60points.

The Sensex and Nifty both havebeen the best performers among allthe leading equity indices of theworld in the last one month. BothSensex and Nifty have gained nearly8·70 per cent in the last one month.The Sensex gain of 15 per cent thisyear also make it the best performeramong the World’s 10 largest stockmarkets by value.

PD/November/2010/845 “To be trusted is a greater compliment than being loved.”

Sensex Journey to 20000Number of Days Taken

Sensex Range No. of Days

15000—16000 6716000—17000 1517000—18000 20018000—19000 3619000—20000 6

The strong performance of Sen-sex was well attributed by stronginflows from Foreign InstitutionalInvestors (FIIs) Data clearly showsthat FIIs have pumped in more than$ 16 billion in Indian equities in thecurrent calendar year 2010. Since June2010 FIIs have been buying sharesworth over $2 billion every month.According to provisional data, FIIswere net buyers at over 2,300 croreon the day Sensex crossed 20000 level.

IIP Strengthens with Manufacturing Growth

Index of Industrial Production(IIP) after showing satisfactory resultsin the first quarter of 2010-11, againtook the good start in the secondquarter also. In July 2010, IIP registe-red 13·8 per cent growth rate, wellsupported by manufacturing sector,particularly capital goods segment.The three segments of IIP—mining,manufacturing and electricity registe-red growth rates of 9·7%, 15·0% and3·7% respectively in July 2010 whilethese growth levels were 8·5%, 5·8%and 3·5% respectively in July 2009.

Capital goods grew by 63 percent in July 2010 compared with alow level of only 1·7% in July 2009.Production of basic goods remained

Index of IndustrialProduction

(%) July ‘09 June ‘10 July ‘10

General* 7·19 5·8 13·8Mining 8·74 8·5 9·7Manufacturing 7·37 5·8 15Electricity 4·21 3·5 3·7

* Overall growth Source : CSO

at almost same level of 5·1% against4·7% of July 2009. Twelve of the 17industry groups recorded positiveyear-on-year growth in July 2010.Machinery and equipment other thantransport equipment recorded thehighest growth of 49·4 per cent, follo-wed by other manufacturing indus-tries at 31·1 per cent and transportequipment and parts at 24·9 per cent.

Cabinet Approves IdentificationAuthority Bill

The union cabinet has granted itsapproval to the proposed NationalIdentification Authority of India Bill2010 which envisages to make theUnique Identification Authority ofIndia (UIDAI) a statutory body. TheBill will now be introduced in Parlia-ment for approval.

The Bill proposes to constitute astatutory authority to be called theNational Identification Authority ofIndia and lays down the powers andfunctions of the authority, the frame-work for issuing unique identification(Aadhaar) numbers, major penaltiesand other related matters, through anAct of Parliament.

The draft National IdentificationAuthority of India Bill, 2010, proposesa slew of penalties on offences rang-

ing from impersonation, giving wrongbiometrics, unauthorised access todata, among other things, with thehighest punishment being 1 crorefine and three years of imprisonment.Among the major offences mentionedin the draft Bill is the attempt toimpersonate another person by provi-ding any false demographic informa-tion or biometric information.

This offence shall be punishablewith imprisonment for a term whichmay extend to three years and with afine of up to 10,000 or both.

Seven Telcoms Get 3G Spectrum Allotment

The government has allotted 3Gspectrum to the seven winning bid-ders of the recent auction on Septem-ber 1, 2010 as per the declared dead-line. Bharti Airtel, Reliance Com-munications, Idea Cellular, VodafoneEssar, Aircel, STel and Tata Teleser-vices got the 3G spectrum allotment.BSNL and MTNL were alreadyallotted 3G frequencies a year aheadof the auction for the private telecomcompanies. Government issued allot-

PD/November/2010/846 “Trust yourself. You know more than you think you do.”

3G Spectrum AllocatedSticking to its September 1 deadline, the government on September 1, 2010

allocated 3G spectrum to seven winning bidders after amendments to the licenseterms and conditions. Idea Cellular, however, was not given spectrum for thePunjab circle due to pending regulatory clearances of its acquisition of mobile firmSpice.

Each Operator has been given 5 M Hz of3G Spectrum for each Licensed Circle

ment to private players after amend-ments in the licence terms and condi-tions. According to the amendments,the operators will be able to use the3G spectrum for 20 years w.e.f.September 1, 2010. The governmenthas also imposed a roll-out obliga-tions, under which the service provi-ders would have to cover at least 90per cent of the service areas in theMetros within the next five years.

The operators have beenawarded 5 M Hz of spectrum in eachwinning circle. Three slots wereauctioned in 17 circles, while fourslots were on block in five circles.

According to the amendment, ifthe operators fail to achieve the roll-out obligations, they would be givenextension for one more year afterpaying 2·5 per cent of the spectrumacquisition charge per quarter. In caseof merger of two companies, only oneslot of spectrum can be retained.

Group of Ministers Approves Draft

Mining Bill

A Group of Ministers headed byPranab Mukherjee has approved thedraft Mining Bill which seeks minersto share 26 per cent of their profitswith local people who get affected bytheir projects. The Bill now go to thecabinet for the approval. The tenmembers group of ministers wasconstituted in June 2010 to discuss theprovisions in the Mines and Minerals

(Development and Regulations) Bill.Group of Ministers has met thrice sofar to give a final shape to the con-trovertial Bill before it goes to thecabinet.

The original draft had proposedgranting ownership to locals inmining projects. The resistance fromlocals and the prevalence of Naxalismin the mining belt are the primaryreasons for the proposal. Companieslike Posco, Vedanta and ArcelorMittal have been facing protestsagainst land acquisition in Jharkhand,Chhattisgarh and Orissa.

Apart from profit sharing, thenew mining legislation also hasprovisions for setting up a centralregulator to check the rampant illegalmining across the country. The Billalso proposes allowing states to setup special courts for prosecution ofmining-related offences.

Private sector mining companiesare opposing the Bill of 26 per centprofit-sharing provisions.

India World,s Second-Best Favourite FDI

Destination : UNCTAD

World Investment ProspectSurveys 2010-12, published by UnitedNations Conference on Trade andDevelopment (UNCTAD) hasextended the view that India, afterChina, will be the second-bestfavourite destination in the world forForeign Direct Investment (FDI) over

the next two years. China has beenranked as the best-favourite destina-tion for FDI in the world, followed byIndia, Brazil, the United States andthe Russian Federation. All the fourBRIC nations for the first time havebeen ranked in the top-five places forFDI inflows.

Besides, developing nations ofAsia have been placed as the most-sought place for FDI (with six nationsin the top 15). North America andEuropean Union are also attract highinterest in FDI inflows.

The survey, aimed at the largestglobal non-financial transnationalcompanies (TNCs), national invest-ment promotion agencies and loca-tion experts, explores coming trendsin global FDI over the next 3 years inthe wake of the financial crisis.

China, India to have Top FDIInflows Till 2012 : UNCTAD

According to the estimates of UnitedNations study. The world’s biggest com-panies will enter with their investmentsover the next two and three years inmajor emerging economies. China, Indiaand Brazil are the top three nationswhich will attract these investments USeconomy has been placed at fourth rankin attracting FDI inflows in the studymade by UNCTAD (i.e., United NationsConference on Trade and Development).

The conclusions of UNCTAD’Sstudy were based on a survey of the FDIclimate among 236 leading multinationalcorporations and 116 investmentpromotion agencies.

Global investment flows slumped in2008-09 as a result of the economicdownturn but are expected to recoverslowly in 2011 and 2012.

More Agencies Allowed to Procure Pulses and

Oilseeds

The government has permittedthe National Co-operative ConsumerFederation (NCCF), the CentralWarehousing Corporation (CWC)and other public sector agencies toprocure oilseeds and pulses inaddition to NAFED, with an aim toensure farmers get the MinimumSupport Price (MSP).

The Cabinet Committee onEconomic Affairs approved the nomi-nation of NCCF, CWC and otherpublic sector bodies as central agen-

PD/November/2010/847 “I have great faith in fools—my friends call itself-confidence.”

cies for the procurement, under PriceSupport Scheme (PSS).

At present, NAFED, a national-level co-operative marketing organi-sation, is the sole designated Centralnodal agency for procurement ofoilseeds and pulses under PublicSupport System (PSS) since 1976-77.

Government had earlier takenseveral steps to improve productionof oilseeds and pulses and startedprogrammes like National Food Secu-rity Mission and the Rashtriya KrishiVikas Yojana. To give a boost to pro-curement operations under PSS, thegovernment allowed more agenciesother than NAFED so as to strengthenthe system of procurement.

Granting permission to moreagencies will create a more competi-tive environment for procurementoperations, resulting in better qualityof service to the farmers and lowercost to the government.

Pilot Project of Subsidi-sed LPG for BPL Families

Launched

The government has launched anambitious programme for providingsubsidised LPG connections to belowpoverty line families.

The programme has initially beenlaunched as a pilot project by Ministerof State for Petroleum Jitin Prasada inhis Dhaurehra parliamentary consti-tuency in Kheri district of UttarPradesh.

In the opening function, LPGconnections to the heads of 100 selec-ted BPL families were distributed athighly subsidised rates.

As per the declaration of thegovernment, the scheme of providingsubsidised LPG connections will berolled out on a country-wide basis bythe oil PSUs from October 2, 2010 onthe occasion of Gandhi Jayanti.

The government has earmarkeda budget of 490 crore for the pro-gramme. 2,86,607 BPL families will bebenefitted from the programme.

Forbes Forecasts Mukesh Ambani to be RichestMan in World in 2014

Forbes magazine has made aforecast that Mukesh Ambani would

be the richest man in the world in2014 with a net worth of $ 62 billion.According to the predictions made byForbes, Mukesh Ambani who cur-rently has a net worth of $ 29 billionwill leave behind the present richestman Carlos Slim Hemu of Mexico andwill acquire top rank with estimatedworth of $ 62 billion in the list ofrichest persons in the world.

Forbes has listed a number ofevents that could happen over thenext 10 years in the field of politics,energy, medicine, finance, society andtechnology.

Forbes in its special 2020 reportcalled ‘What Happens Next-OurLook Ahead’, has projected a visionof the coming decade.

Mukesh Ambani Richest Indian : Forbes

Forbes India declares MukeshAmbani as the richest Indian with anet worth of $ 27 billion ( 1,20,980crore). Laxmi Mittal and Azim Premjistood at second and third in the list

India’s Richest ClubNet Worth ( $ BN)

2009

Rank

2010

RankName 2009 2010

1 1 Mukesh Ambani 32 27·02 2 Lakshmi Mittal 30 26·14 3 Azim Premji 14·9 17·65 4 Shashi & Ravi Ruia 13·6 15·07 5 Savitri Jindal 12 14·43 6 Anil Ambani 17·5 13·3

10 7 Gautam Adani 6·4 10·76 8 Kushal Pal Singh 13·5 9·28 9 Sunil Mittal 8·2 8·69 10 Kumar Birla 7·8 8·5

Source : PTI/Forbes

with net worths of $ 26·1 billion and$ 17·6 billion respectively. AnilAmbani who was at third rank in2009 with $ 17·5 billion slipped downto sixth rank in 2010 with declinedcapital worth $ 13·3 billion.

As per Forbes estimates, thecollective net worth of the 100wealthiest Indians stood at $ 300billion while it was at $ 276 billion in2009. The four richest Indians havecombined worth of $ 86 billion whichis much short of $ 180 billion level,achieved by them in 2007.

PD/November/2010/848 “I’ve learned to trust myself, to listen to truth, to not be afraid of it and to not try and hide it.”

Savitri Jindal has been the onlywoman to get included in top 10richest Indian club with worth esti-mated at $ 14·4 billion. Shashi andRavi Ruia brothers also improvedtheir ranking to number 4 with $ 15·0billion worth.

ADB Raises India’s GDP Forecast to 8.5%

Asian Development Bank (ADB)has raised India’s forecast for thecurrent financial year 2010 to 8·5 percent from its earlier forecast of 8·2 percent made in April 2010. For the nextyear 2011, ADB has retained its earlierprojection of 8·7 per cent. ADB’srevised growth projection for India’sGDP is the same as forecasts made bythe Finance Ministry, Govt. of India,the Reserve Bank of India and thePrime Minister’s Economic AdvisoryCouncil (PMEAC).

ADB, though projected betterGDP growth for India, expressedconcern over the persistent high rateof inflation and rising value of rupee.ADB has expected 7·5 per cent

ADB’s ForecastIndia’s GDP Growth

Year Growth

2010 (Earlier) 8·22010 (Updated) 8·52011 (Earlier) 8·72011 (Updated) 8·7

inflation rate during 2010-11 againstits earlier projection of 5·5 per cent.Rupee appreciation has been theanother concern for ADB. As perADB’s statistics, rupee has apprecia-ted more than 11 per cent in realterms between August 2009 andAugust 2010 which may pose anadditional challenge before Indianeconomy in maintaining high growthrate.

India’s Growth Projectionsfor 2010/2010-11

Agency Growth Forecast

IMF (2010) 9·4CMIE (2010-11) 9·2ADP (2010) 8·5Govt. of India (2010-11) 8·5RBI (2010-11) 8·5PMEAC (2010-11) 8·5CRISIL (2010) 8·1

News in a Nutshell

● Cabinet Approves Caste CensusProcess—The government hasfinally decided to add caste inthe ongoing census process of2011. The union cabinet hasapproved the recommendationsof the Group of Ministers that thecaste of all people as reported bythem will be incorporated in thecensus 2011.

It is also decided that the casteenumeration would be conductedas a separate exercise from June2011 and completed in a phasedmanner by September after thePopulation Enumeration phase(to be conducted in February-March) of the Census 2011 isover.According to the cabinet deci-sion, a suitable legal regime forcollection of data on castes wouldbe formulated in consultationwith the law ministry.

The office of the Registrar Gene-ral and Census Commissionerwould conduct the field opera-tions of the caste enumeration.The central government has deci-ded to constitute an expert groupto classify the caste/tribe returnsafter the enumeration is comple-ted.

● Govt. to create Innovation Fundwith 5,000 crore—The govern-ment has decided to constitutean ‘innovation fund’ of 5,000crore to promote new talents andtheir innovation tendencies. Thisfund will be functional within sixmonths with the initial capital of 1,000 crore. This fund will

finance the promotional activitiesof new innovations.The government’s share in thisfund will be 20 per cent and theremaining 80 per cent will bemobilised from the private sector.This fund will be operated byNational Innovation Council,headed by Sam Pitroda. Thisfund is a new attempt made bythe government to provide incen-tives to new talents in the direc-tion of strengthening ‘Inclusiveand New India’.

● PF interest raised to 9·5 per cent—The Provident Fund trusteeshas decided to give a higherinterest rate of 9·5 per cent for2010-11 on the retirement savingsof employees in the public andprivate sector.

The steep 1-percentage pointincrease has taken the interest onPF deposits of 4,71,000 organisedsector workers to a five-year highfrom the current level of 8·5 percent. The decision to raise theinterest rate was taken by thecentral board of trustees, thehighest policy-making body ofthe Employees Provident FundOrganisation (EPFO).

Although the decision to providea 9·5 per cent interest rate willresult in a deficit of about 1,600crore, this would be made goodby a surplus of 1,731 crore inthe interest suspense account ofthe EPFO.

The recommendation of trustees,headed by Labour MinisterMallikarjun Kharge, has nowbeen forwarded to the financeministry, which notifies the Pro-vident Fund interest rate andusually accepts the recommenda-tion of the CBT.

● SBI opens 50 ‘Kiosk-Branches’—State Bank of India (SBI) hasopened 50 first-of-its-kind ‘kioskbranches’ in Mumbai in partner-ship with prepaid services provi-der Oxigen Services and SahyogMicrofinance Foundation. Theeffort is aimed at providing basicbanking services to lower incomesegments.

Reserve Bank of India (RBI) hadpermitted individual kirana,medical and fair price shopowners to serve as business cor-respondents (BCs) in November2009.

Kiosk branches provide web-enabled retail stores to SBI’s corebanking platform and using theshops as a touch-point for basicbanking services such as cashdeposits, withdrawals and remit-tances apart from microcreditand insurance. A retailer canopen a no-frills bank account fora customer by recording finger-print details and taking a photo-

PD/November/2010/849 “When mistrust comes in, love goes out.”

graph of the customer. Thedetails along with other docu-ments are forwarded to the affi-liated SBI branch to carry out theknow-your-customer process.Once the account is up, a custo-mer can withdraw, deposit orremit a maximum of 10,000 perday through the internet-enabledkiosk branch.

● Fund created to boost electronicmanufacturing—Department ofInformation Technology hasplanned to set up a fund of 5,000crore for boosting electronicsmanufacturing industry. Thefund is supposed to boost inno-vations, research and develop-ment (R&D) activities in thedomestic hardware manufac-turing industry. With the promo-tion of R&D in the industry, thefund will help in commercialisa-tion of new products. This is forthe first time that the govt. plansto set up such a fund to give afillip to the manufacturing indus-try.

It is worthnoting that the govern-ment has planned to create thisfund on the recommendations ofa task force, appointed a year agoto suggest measures to stimulatethe growth of information tech-nology (IT) and electronics hard-ware manufacturing industry.

● 2 lakh BPL families given FreeElectricity Connection in UttarPradesh—Uttar Pradesh haslaunched a scheme of providingfree electric connections to twolakh poor families living belowpoverty line. All the four seg-ments eastern, western, southernand central will get 50 thousandseach connections to be distribu-ted among BPL families underthe scheme, each selected BPLfamily will be provided LT PVCcable (maximum of 40 meterdistance), meter board, metercut-out, Holder with MCB andone bulb without any charge.

The BPL family to be coveredunder this scheme has not evenany requirement to deposit thesecurity amount for seeking hiselectricity connection.

● TUF Scheme for Textile Sectorto be reintroduced—Technology

Upgration Fund (TUF) schemefor the textile sector is being re-introduced by the TextilesMinistry.

TUF is a financial incentivescheme for the sector extendedthrough banks in which thegovernment subsidises a portionof interest on loans, exchange ratefluctuations and capital equip-ment on a case-to-case basis.

For small and medium enter-prises of capital investment up to 2 crore, the proposed special

incentive package entails capitalsubsidy instead of 10 per centcapital subsidy and five per centinterest rate subsidy.

As per the declaration made bythe Textile Ministry, a new salientfeature will be included in the re-introduced TUF scheme. A newsegment of synthetic and techni-cal textiles will also be includedin the sphere of TUF scheme,provided the proposal entailed inthe National Fibre Policy is app-roved by the government.

● REC gets infra financier status—Rural Electrification Corpora-tion (REC) has been granted thestatus of an infrastructure financecompany (IFC) by the ReserveBank of India.

With this financier status, RECcan now take an additional lend-ing exposure of up to 5 per centof its owned funds in case of asingle borrower and up to 10 percent of its owned funds for agroup of borrowers. The totalpermissible exposure will nowbe 40 per cent of owned funds incase of a group of borrowers.

The firm has also becomeauthorised to issue infrastructurebonds and raise funds up to$ 500 million through externalcommercial borrowing in a year.

REC is the second company afterPower Finance Corporation(PFC) to be accorded the IFCstatus by RBI. Power FinanceCorporation (PFC) was accordedthe status in July.

● 20 per cent disinvestment inMOIL—The Cabinet Committeeon Economic Affairs (CCEA) hasapproved disinvestment in state-

run Manganese Ore India Ltd.(MOIL), in which the Centrewould devolve 10 per cent equity,while Maharashtra and MadhyaPradesh governments woulddivest 5 per cent each.

The government currently holds81·57 per cent, Maharashtra 9·62per cent and Madhya Pradeshhas 8·81 per cent equity in theNagpur-based company. Follow-ing the disinvestment, the Gov-ernment of India shares in thecompany will come down to71·57 per cent.

Besides disinvestment decision,CCEA has also approved 5 percent price discount to the emp-loyees of the company underemployees reservation quota toencourage their becoming stake-holders in the company. CCEAhas further decided to allow this5 per cent price discount to retailinvestors as well to encouragethe development of people-ownership.

It may be recalled that for thecurrent financial year 2010-11,the government has set a targetof raising Rs. 40,000 crore fromdisinvestment in some majorprofit-making PSUs like SAIL,Coal India, MMTC, BSNL, SJVNLtd., Hindustan Copper andEngineers India.

● ADB offers its stake sale inIOC, ONGC and GAIL—TheAsian Development Bank (ADB)wants to exit Petronet LNG Ltd.and has offered to sell its 5·2 percent stake in the country’s largestLiquefied Natural Gas (LNG)importer to oil firms Indian OilCorp (IOC), Oil and Natural GasCorp (ONGC), GAIL India andBharat Petroleum Corp (BPCL).

PD/November/2010/850 “Trust the instinct to the end, though you can render no reason.”

Population : EstimatedGrowth of BRIC Nations

According to the estimates of UnitedNations, India will account for almost26% of the increase in global working-age population over the next 10 years,UN data show, by 2020, India willcontribute an additional 136 millionpeople to the global labour pool. China isunlikely to have a rise in the supply ofcheap labour at the same pace as hasbeen the case in the past 20 years. Overthe next 10 years, China will add only 23million people to its working-agepopulation, compared to 118 millionpeople added over the past 10 years,according to UN data. The US willcontribute 11 million, while Japan’s andEurope’s working populations areestimated to decline by 8 million and 21million, respectively.

The multilateral lending agencyholds 3·9 crore shares in PetronetLNG.

State-owned IOC, ONGC, GAILand BPCL each have 12·5 percent stake in Petronet and eachhas pre-emption or right of firstrefusal in case ADB is to exit thecompany.

The PSU oil firms may howevernot be in a position to acquireADB shareholding as anyincrease in their shareholdingwould change the character ofPLL.It is worthnoting that PLL is aprivate company with combinedshareholding of the four state-owned firms pegged just a notchbelow 50 per cent. IOC, ONGC,GAIL and BPCL hold 9·375 croreshares each.

● Parliamentary panel opposessugar decontrol—The parlia-mentary panel on food and agri-culture has put the recommenda-tion against sugar decontrol.Panel argued that sugar decontrolwill go against the interest ofboth farmers and consumers.

The committee is also of the viewthat sugar mills may take thebenefit of decontrol and stocksugar in their godowns with aview to jack up prices, especiallywhen there is a shortfall inproduction of sugar.The committee feels that thecountry is already facing aproblem of deficit production inand decontrol will add fuel to thefire. The committee, therefore,recommends that the govern-ment should not adopt theconcept of decontrol and dere-gulation of sugar as it may not bein the interest of farmers and asconsumers.

● PFC to raise loans in Japan andChina—Power Finance Corpora-tion (PFC) has come forward toraise $ 240 million ( 1180 crore)through foreign loans in marketsof Japan and China for fundingpower projects in India. As perofficial sources, PFC is in theprocess of arranging externalcommercial borrowings (ECB) of$ 240 million. It may also berecalled that during the lastfinancial year 2009-10, PFC hadraised $ 300 million from StateBank of India’s London branchfor funding power generation,transmission and distributionprojects in India.

The board of PFC has approved aproposal for a fresh issue ofequity shares along with dis-investment, not exceeding inaggregate 20 per cent of existingpaid up share capital of thecompany, subject to approvals.

The company is likely to raisefresh equity to the tune of 10 percent and the government maydisinvest 10 per cent of its 89·78per cent stake in the public sectorcompany.

● Fiscal deficit shows 42%decline—During the periodApril-July 2010, the fiscal deficitof the Union Government de-clined 42 per cent to 90,915crore, compared with the sameperiod of 2009. This deficit isabout 24 per cent of the budget

estimates of the total fiscal deficitfor the year 2010-11. 3G spectrumauction and BWA spectrumauction supported the non-taxrevenue receipts to reach 1,25,703 crore during the first

four months of 2010-11, which isabout 85% of the full-year target.On the other hand, tax revenuereceipts during April-July 2010period reached 1,12,821 crorelevel which is 21·1% of 2010-11budget estimates. The overallrevenue receipt target is peggedat 5,34,094 crore for 2010-11.

The total expenditure in the firstfour months of 2010-11 stood at 3,32,700 crore, thereby reaching

30 per cent of full-year target.The plan expenditure duringthe April-July period stands at 1,09,800 crore, while non-plan

expenditure is at 2,22,900 crore.

The revenue deficit in the April-July 2010 period stood at 50,075crore, representing 18·1 per centof the target for the entirefinancial year 2010-11.

● IDBI Bank removes charges onCasa—To give a boost to itsshare of low-cost deposits in totalresource base, IDBI Bank hasannounced various reliefmeasures to its customers. IDBIBank has waived charges onCasa (Current Account SavingAccount) Services. Bank has alsoannounced not to impose anypenalty on customers for failingto keep the minimum balance intheir accounts. Besides, IDBIBank customers will not becharged for using other bank’sATM without any ceiling on thenumber of transactions. IDBIBank aims to grow Casa depositsto 20 per cent by March 2011. Theshare of Casa in total depositswas first 13 per cent in June 2010.

It is worthnoting that IDBI Bankis one of the four public sectorbanks whose Casa ratio is lessthan 25 per cent. Governmenthas directed these banks toincrease their Casa ratio to morethan 30 per cent.

Continued on Page 858

PD/November/2010/851 “Understanding is a two-way street.”

Sochi Summit : A New Strategic Movein South-Central Asia

—Arunoday Bajpai

The one day summit meeting ofthe four countries—Russia, Afgha-nistan, Pakistan, Tajikistan—was heldat Black Sea resort of Sochi in Russiaon August 18, 2010, which marks thebeginning of a new strategic move inthe region by these four countries.The top leaders of four countries—Russian President Dmitry Medvedev,Afghanistan President Hamid Karzai,Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardariand Tajikistan President EmomaliRakhmon—discussed the issue ofAfghan situation, terrorism, drugtrafficking and economic coopera-tion in the region.

Though the declared objectiveof the Sochi Summit is to discusssecurity and economic issues of theregion, it, in fact, highlights thereturn of Russia to a prominent andeven strategically dominant positionin the region. The U.S. administrationled by Barack Obama accepts andencourages such change due to anumber of strategic factors. First, theU.S. encourages Russia to play adominant role in the region to counterthe growing influence of China in theregion. Second, the U.S. wants to pullback from Afghanistan in near futureand Russian influence in the regionwould be to stablise the situationthere. Third, by reversing the acrimo-nious relations with Russia duringearlier regimes, Barack Obama wantsto ‘reset’ the relations between theU.S. and Russia. Fourthly, there arecertain pull factors which encourageRussia to return to a dominant role inthe region. These factors are dis-closure of rich mineral deposits ofAfghanistan, its earlier dominantposition in 1970s in the region and itsown security requirements etc.

The Sochi Summit was second inthe series of quadripartite Summit ofthese countries. The first such quadri-partite Summit was held in July 30,2009 at Dushanbe, the capital ofTajikistan. The official objective of theDushanbe summit was to discusselectricity supply from Tajikistan toPakistan via Afghanistan. However,the importance of the Dushanbemeeting should not be reduced to itsofficial objectives. In fact, theDushanbe Summit marked the changeof Russian Afghan policy in theregion. It highlighted that Russia waschanging its Afghan policy to play amore active role in the region, parti-cularly Afghanistan. Russia's newactive role in the region (Afghanistan)suits the new Af-Pak policy whichassigns major role to the regionalpowers in Afghan problem. Thus,under the changed policy, Russiapermitted the U.S. to transport NATOand U.S. military cargoes via its airspace to Afghanistan. Earlier theRussian policy towards Afghanistanwas ‘let us wait and see how you dowithout us’.

In the changed situation thequadripartite summit at Dushanbeevolved a new format of four to solveeconomic and social problems of theregion by assigning major role andposition to Russia. For example, thedecision to build a Central Asia.South Asia electricity transmissionline (CASA-1000) at the cost of $ 680million is a good example of inter-national crossborder projects. Theelectricity transmission line wouldtransfer surplus electricity to Kabuland Pakistan in summer time. This isthe beginning. The most importantfact is that the ‘Format of Four’designed and initiated at Dushanbe

will allow them to discuss all majorregional problems—from developingeconomic cooperation to tacklingdrug-trafficking and terrorism, whichare recurring problems for bothRussia and Tajikistan. On the otherhand, Afghanistan would get benefitfrom contacts and cooperation withits eastern neighbour, Pakistan, inview of the porous border betweenthe two countries. Pakistan could alsoget a strong foothold in Afghanistanand Central Asian region with thehelp of ‘Format of Four’ platform.This format is likely to subsist as itserves the immediate interests of allfour participants. The success of thisformat is more visible in the delibera-tions of Sochi Summit, 2010.

Sochi Summit Declaration,August 18, 2010

The four leaders assembled inSochi called upon international com-munity to come forward and assistPakistan in overcoming devastationcaused by recent floods. They under-lined the need for consistent imple-mentation of the agreements reachedduring their first Summit at Dushanbeon July 30, 2009. They recognised theneed for expanding and strengthen-ing the mutual cooperation forregional stability and economic deve-lopment. They expressed concernover the persistent terrorist threat inthe region as well as illegal drugsproduction and trafficking which is athreat to international peace andsecurity.

The Sochi declaration contains 13points which are briefly mentionedbelow :1. They supported the Kabul peace

process and International Kabulconference held on July 20, 2010.They supported the five clustersof programmes outlined in thisconference–security, governanceeconomic and infrastructuredevelopment, agriculture andrural development and humanresources development.

PD/November/2010/852 “Those that know, do. Those that understand, teach.”

2. The leaders emphasised theimportance of regional coopera-tion for stablising the situationin the region and counteringterrorism and drug trafficking inthe region. They underlined therole of Shanghai CooperationOrganisation (SCO) in this field.

3. They considered as one of theirpriorities to combat drug threatin an integrated manner throug-htout the entire region.

4. They highlighted the significanceof anti-drug preventive opera-tion called ‘Channel’, conductedunder the aegis of CollectiveSecurity Treaty Organisation,CSTO.

5. They expressed readiness tocontinue active participation inthe implementation of plan ofAction of SCO and Afghanistanfor combating terrorism anddrug trafficking.

6. The leaders confirmed theirintention in participating in allactivities for checking moneylaundering and financing ofterrorism in the region.

7. They expressed their resolve tocheck effectively the illicit traffi-cking of weapons and explosives.

8. They expressed interest inenhancing regional cooperationin trade, economic development,investment and environment.

9. They called upon the businesscommunity and governments ofall four states to participate in therestructuring and developmentof Afghanistan.

10. The leaders advocated rapidimplementation of joint projectsin the field of energy and trans-port development in the region.

11. The leaders of four countriesexpressed the hope that the inter-national financial and economicinstitutions would actively assistin implementing regional econo-mic projects aiming to rebuildthe Afghan economy andimprove stability in the region asa whole.

12. They expressed solidarity andsympathy with the governmentand people of Pakistan for theheavy loss of lives and propertycaused by unprecedented floods.

13. The leaders decided to hold thenext Summit in Dushanbe, thecapital city of Tajikistan.

A careful reading of the abovepoints of Sochi declaration makes itclear that the four countries arewilling to cooperate in certain prio-rity areas of the region such asfighting terrorism and drug traffi-cking, and stability and economicdevelopment of the region withimmediate focus on Afghanistan.

Strategic ShiftThe evolution of ‘Format Four’

framework by four countries—Russia, Afghanistan, Pakistan andTajikistan—gradually through theDushanbe Summit, 2009 and SochiSummit 2010, has potential toreconfigurate strategic ties among theleading players in the region. TheCentral Asian region or ‘EurasianHeartland’ is rich in oil and gasresources and geopolitically impor-tant as it links Europe, Central Asiaand South Asia.

During Sochi Summit, the newforum, which Russian President des-cribed as a ‘Working RegionalFormat’ was institutionalised as apermanent arrangement, which isdistinct from Shanghai CooperationOrganisation (SCO) and CollectiveSecurity Treaty Organisation (CSTO).The leaders of four countries announ-ced that the foreign and economicministers of the four countries wouldhold regular meetings in future. Thisnew initiative would change thebilateral relations of the four memberstates as well as their relations withother important players in the regionlike China, U.S. and India. In thisrespect the following points under-line the potential strategic shift in theregion :

Russian Dominance and U.S.Withdrawal

The Format four initiative high-lights the fact that Russia is poised fora dominant role in this region withactive participation in the securityand economic issues of the region.With pending withdrawal of the U.S.from Afghanistan, Russia may fill thegap and may become instrumental inthe stability of the region.

Though it appears strange yetdue to prevailing circumstances,

particularly complexity of Afghanproblem and China's rising influencein the region, the U.S. administrationin encouraging Russia's dominance inthe region. The United States haswelcomed Russia's cooperation andcloser engagement with Afghanistanand Pakistan, where Russia couldplay an important role as the U.S.could not meet Afghanistan andPakistan's needs on its own. The U.S.perceives that Russian dominancewould better ensure the stability inthe region after the withdrawal ofU.S. forces from Afghanistan. In June2010, the Presidents of the U.S. andRussia had jointly announced thatthey were working on the possibilityof Afghan security forces by supply-ing Russian made helicopters andspareparts.

Russian role in the region hasbecome more pronounced and proac-tive in last two years. It has expressedthe desire to revive those projects andinfrastructure development schemesin Afghanistan which were initiatedby erstwhile Soviet regime in 1970sand abandoned subsequently afterthe withdrawal of Soviet forces fromAfghanistan. In Afghanistan alone,Russia is already involved in an effortto refurbish more than 140 Soviet eraprojects with the total cost of $ 1billion. Russia's present approach toregional challenge was articulated byher President Medvedev. He remar-ked, “we would like to continuecooperating in fighting terrorism,drug trafficking and internationalcrime. That is why everything wediscussed earlier shall continue. Eventhough there is a good political dia-logue, it is very important to developeconomic ties.” He further remarked,“I hope that we will be able to con-tinue discussing this issue now interms of bilateral economic coopera-tion and four party cooperation in thenumber of projects.”

Now Russia is interested inbolstering Afghanistan's ability tosustain power after the U.S. with-drawal in the context of Afghanistan-Pakistan peace plan. Addressing theproblems of Afghanistan amountedto discussing all regional problemsincluding domestic ones.

Now Russia shares this appre-hension that Taliban's return topower would destablise Central Asia

PD/November/2010/853 “The secret of forgiving everything is to understand nothing.”

entirely and would threaten Russia'sown security. Because of this percep-tion Russia decided in Summer 2010to commit to long term active invol-vement in the resolution of regionalproblems and challenges. She wasconcerned by the spread of drugs andnarco-funded terrorism, insurgency,violence and instability from Afgha-nistan via Central Asia into the heartof Russia. Thus Russia has returnedin the region as a dominant power,though ignoring but not challengingor confronting the United States.Though she (Soviet Union) was adominant power in Afghanistan in1970s yet it was in confrontation withboth the U.S. and Pakistan. TheRussian dominance is activelyencouraged by the U.S., at presentperhaps to contain the Chineseinfluence in the region. Thus Chinamay not appreciate the format fourinitiatives led by Russia in thisregion.

Indian ConcernThough Indian involvement in

the region is marginal, it has beenplaying active part in the restruc-turing and development of Afgha-nistan. It had developed close tieswith former Soviet Union in 1970sbut after the collapse of the SovietUnion, Indian policy tilted towardsdeveloping close relations with theU.S.A. On the other hand, during thecold war, both the USSR and Pakistanhad strained relations due to a num-ber of factors. First, Pakistan was aclose ally of the U.S.A. in the cold waragainst the USSR. Second, Pakistanprovided platform to Mujahideen andTalibani elements to wage war againstthe Soviet forces in Afghanistan.Third, even after the end of coldwar, Pakistan provided the trainingground for Chechenian rebels ofRussia. Due to these factors, the rela-tions between the two countries werepoisoned. President Musharraf's visitto Moscow in 2003 was the first by aPakistani leader in past 33 years.

However, Dushanbe and SochiSummits of which Pakistan is a part,proved turning points in developingcloser ties between Russia andPakistan. On the sidelines of the SochiSummit, Russian President Medve-dev and his Pakistani counterpart,Zardari held warm discussion on anumber of bilateral issues. Unlike the

past both leaders established veryregular and frequent contacts andwere engaged in good political dia-logue. Russia has decided to developfull-fledged relations with Islamabadas they decided to revive the Inter-Governmental Joint Commissionwhich was inactive for last 10 years.The Russian President called for thetwo countries to expand the economicties too. He remarked that Russia andPakistan have not made much pro-gress in this area. He suggested thatthe two leaders look at the oppor-tunities for their bilateral economiccooperation and development as wellas possibilities of working together ina four parties format. Medvedevinvited Zardari to official visit toRussia and Pakistan also reciprocra-ted this offer.

The moot question is how closemultilateral and bilateral relationsbetween Russia and Pakistan affectIndian interest. Perhaps, the develop-ment of these ties is an appropriatereply to India's close encounter withthe USA in the recent past. As Russiahas learned to live with the closerelations between the USA and India,so also India should learn to livewith close ties between Pakistan andRussia.

India-China Relations : Confusion andUncertainty

At present, the relations betweenIndia and China are passing througha phase of confusion and uncertainty.This kind of uncertain relationshipwith our biggest neighbour has deepbearing on India's security andstrategic interests. The confusion anduncertainty in relations arises due tointerplay of two sets of positive andnegative factors influencing theirbilateral relations. Positively, Chinaand India hold common position oncertain global issues like climatechange and international trade nego-tiations. Last year in Dec. 2009 at theCopenhagen climate change nego-tiations, both countries held a com-mon position vis-a-vis developedcountries led by the U.S. On econo-mic front, both countries decidedto increase trade and economic co-operation without the obstacle ofboundary disputes. Thus, the trade

India should not view closerRussian-Pakistan relations in Zero-Sum game perspective. However,due to prevailing conditions in Afgh-anistan, Pakistan is net beneficiary asit has succeeded in developing closerties with both Russia and the U.S. Inthe changing situation, Russia viewsPakistan not as a part of the problembut as a part of the solution of theproblems of the region as it helpsRussia to realise its goal of playing adominant role in the region.

In view of these factors, India hasto play a balancing and delicate gamebetween the U.S. and Russia. Indiahas developed strategic relations withthe U.S. and she should encouragethe strengthening of similar relationswith Russia. Again, the opportunitiesprovided by the Format four initia-tives should be properly utilised byIndia in future. India needs to pursuea proactive policy towards EurasianHeartland (Central Asia) to fulfilher diversified interests like gettingenergy resources of the region andensuring security of its border due tounstable conditions and terroristthreats emanating from this region.

between the two countries has beenincreasing at the rate of 45 per centper annum, which had touched the$ 42 billion mark in 2008-2009. If thistrend goes on, the trade target of $ 60billion shall be achieved by the end of2010. It is another matter that thetrade balance is highly skewed infavour of China.

In the military cooperation, bothcountries started their first ever jointmilitary exercise in 2007, code named‘hand-in-hand-2007’. To placate theChinese concerns. India had conce-ded the claim of China over Tibet in2003. Now India considers Tibet as anintegral part of China. Similarly, inthe same year, China also indirectlyconceded India’s sovereign right overSikkim. However, no official decla-ration from Chinese side has beenissued to that effect.

PD/November/2010/854 “It always takes awfully long time to understand unbelievably simple things.”

Inspite of these positive factorsand developments, the relationsbetween the two countries have notimproved to the level of mutualconfidence and understanding. Thislack of understanding is result of theplay of certain negative factors andcontradictory behaviour of China.

On the negative side the mostimportant is boundary dispute bet-ween the two countries. China doesnot officially recognise Mac Mohanline as the boundary between the twocountries. Both countries share 4057km long border. China claims 90,000sq km land on Indian side in Tawangvalley of Arunachal Pradesh. Also,Pakistan has ceded about 5,000 sq kmarea to China in Karakoram range ofPak-occupied Kashmir. A majorirritant in this respect is the illegalintrusions of Chinese troops intoIndian territory. According to officialestimate nearly 250–300 such intru-sions take place annually.

Other irritants in the relations areraising fresh controversy over Sikkimsince 2008, disputing Indian positionin Kashmir by issuing separatestapled visa for Kashmiri residentsor denying visa to an Indian Armyofficial posted in Jammu andKashmir, raising objections to thevisit of Indian Prime Minister Man-mohan Singh in Jan. 2008 and againin Oct. 2009 to Arunachal PradeshChina too objects certain India actionas ban on the import of Chinese toyson the ground of safety and health.India has also objected to the misuti-lisation of India visa for Chineseworkers of semi or unskilled cate-gories. India wants that semi orunskilled Chinese workers should behired in India and should not bebrought from China for the ongoingChinese projects in India.

The simultaneous influence ofthe above positive and negativefactors has led to confusion anduncertainty. If Indian policy makersare confounded and have failed totake any resolute action with respectto objectionable activities of China,intelligentia is also divided about thisissue. A section of intelligentia con-siders these Chinese activities asminor irritants, which should beavoided to forge ahead with deeperand strategic partnership with Chinaas it is the rising power of the world.

It should be mentioned in passingthat the Chinese economy is thesecond largest economy in the worldafter the U.S. economy. Anothersection of intelligentia considers theseactivities as serious breach of trust byChina and advocates resolute andfirm action against China. They basetheir opinion on the basis of pastexperience as China went back on itspromises and attacked India in 1962.The typical Chinese policy is that firstthey will commit some objectionableactivity and later they would eitherdeny it or downplay it with non-tenable explanation. For somescholars, the present situation isunfolding in the same manner as itprevailed before the 1962 Chineseattack. For these scholars, Chineseposture contains something morethan meets the eye. The problemremains as to how India should reactto such uncertain state of affairs. Tofind a viable answer, the problem andissues need further investigation. Aswe know, in international politics,each country pursues its core strate-gic interests with all means availableat its disposal. Chinese actions shouldbe viewed in terms of its strategicinterests vis-a-vis India.

Competitive Strategic InterestsAt present both India and China

appear to be involved in some sortof strategic competition. China is arising power and has second largesteconomy in the World. In last 20years its economy and trade hasdisplayed tremendous growth. It hasan ambition to become a globalpower and has started pursuing thatgoal with all sincerity. It cannot attainthe status of a global power till itdevelops deeper influence in majorregions of the world. At present,China is concentrating its effortinSouth Asia, South-East Asia andAfrica. China has deployed tools ofeconomic assistance, investment andtrade to spread its influence in theseareas.

On the other hand India is also arising power which has a soundeconomic base, technological deve-lopment, stable democratic politicalorder and enjoys tremendous good-will among the developing countries.Recently, in the present decade it hasforged strategic partnership with theleading superpower of the world, the

U.S.A. India has also been projectedas the global player of the future.India has claimed permanent mem-bership of the UN security council.The Indo-U.S. Nuclear deal has endedthe isolation of India in internationalcommunity as far as nuclear power isconcerned. Though both China andIndia are the members of BRIC (Brazil,Russia, India, China) the group ofrising economies, they are locked instrategic competition to spread theirinfluence in these regions of theworld.

In South Asia, the competitionfor outplaying each other by gaininginfluence is more intensified. Themost probable reason is that SouthAsia is the neighbourhood of bothemerging powers and the countries ofthis region have learned the art ofplaying India and China against eachother. It appears that in South Asiaboth countries are locked in a Zero-sum-game where the loss of oneparty is the gain of another party.

In South Asia, traditionally Indiaenjoyed a larger degree of influencewith the exception of Pakistan, In factPakistan was the first country whereChina got firm foothold due to itsconflicts with India. Pakistan ceded5,000 sq km of territory from Pakoccupied Kashmir to China, whereshe has constructed Karakoram high-way. Again, China assisted Pakistanto develop her nuclear programme.In other countries of the region likeBhutan, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lankaand Maldives, India enjoyed a consi-derable influence. India applied themeans of economic assistance, jointproject, training of personnel or sign-ing treaties of friendship to gain andsustain its influence. However,gradually, China started gaininginfluence due to various factors. InNepal, the rise of maoists facilitatedChinese influence. Also, these coun-tries started to play India and Chinaagainst each other to fulfil theirinterests. All these countries of SouthAsia are also the members of SAARCbut India has not succeeded toconsolidate its position in the region.

String of Pearls—China hasgained strategic foothold in almost allSouth Asian countries surroundingIndia. This encirclement by China isknown as the string of Pearls. Chinahas already constructed Karakoram

PD/November/2010/855 “The noblest pleasure is the joy of understanding.”

highway in Pak occupied Kashmirand now it is constructing a rail roadparallel to Karakoram highway. Chinahas been already granted transportfacilities at Gwadar port of Pakistan,thus enabling China to have directaccess to Indian ocean sea routes.China has recently deployed its navalforces in this part of Indian ocean offthe Somalian coast to fight theactivities of pirates and ensure thesecurity of sea lanes. India’s navalforces are also present in the sameregion for the same purpose. Chinahas also been granted favourablefacilities at the leading sea ports ofBangladesh, Sri Lanka and Myanmar.It has gained political influence inNepal due to the rise of maoists inthat country. Thus China hasgradually got foothold and influencein all the South Asian countriessurrounding India. This Chinesestrategy is also known as encircle-ment policy. Though India isresenting the loss of her traditionalinfluence in the region it has notmany policy options in this respect.China would like to consolidate itsinfluence in South Asia and for thatshe faces India as a competitor andthus differences and conflicts arebound to occur. In conclusion, we cansay that Indian influence and positionin South Asia goes against the strate-gic interests of China.

Boundary Dispute : New DimensionsChina and India Share 4057 km long border. The boundary between India and

China was demarcated by British rulers in 1915 which is known as MacMohan line.But China does not officially recognise this boundary because it was forced on Chinaby Imperial rulers. At present, China claims 90,000 sq km of area in Tawang valley ofArunachal Pradesh. On the other hand, it does not recognise Indian claims ofterritory in Aksai Chin area in the middle sector. In the Western Sector, China hasreceived 5,000 sq km of India territory which is a part of Pak occupied Kashmir. Sofar 13 rounds of boundary negotiations have been held but no solution of thislongstanding dispute has been found.

Meanwhile recently China has added two new controversial points to theboundary dispute. First, in 2003, India recognised the Chinese sovereignty over Tibet.Indian position on Tibet has been confirmed by many official statements. Inresponse, though China recognised Indian sovereignty on Sikkim in 2003 yet so farChina has not issued any official statement to that effect. On the contrary in 2007,China laid fresh claims in the ‘Finger Area’ of Sikkim on the Sikkim Tibet border.

Second, In the month of Sep. 2010, a leading US strategic analyst Selig Harrisondisclosed that large scale Chinese troops are present in Gilgit-Baltistan region of Pakoccupied Kashmir. Harrison reported that nearly 11,000 Chinese troops are presentin the region and China is constructing 22 secret tunnels in this area and large scaleconstruction activities are undertaken by China. The Indian Prime Minister reacted tothis story as, “we have to reflect on this reality, we have to be aware of this.”

However, China has denied that Chinese army is not present in Gilgit-Baltistanarea. Now it has come to light that construction workers belonging to Chinese regularNational Army are working in this area. China is constructing a parallel rail road toKarakoram highway in this region. In view of the strained relations with Pakistan,the presence of Chinese troops in this region raises security concerns in India.

Another Area of potential strate-gic competition between the twocountries is the region of South-EastAsia. Since, early 1990s India hasfollowed Look East policy and hastried to get foothold in this region. In2009, India concluded Free TradeArea Agreement with the ASEAN.India-ASEAN Summit has become aregular annual affair. Thus, increa-sing Indian pressure in this regionmay not be liked by China as itconsiders this region as its backyard.China has close relations withMyanmar and North Korea. How-ever, it has disputes with Japan overcertain Islands. The presence of theUSA in the region is another hurdlein the way of China. In fact, Japan,U.S. and Australia along with Indiaare aware of rising Chinese influencein the region and the first threecountries are likely to pose challengebefore the Chinese influence.

Africa is another area whereChina and India are in competitivemood to increase their respectiveinfluence. In fact, in Africa, China is alate entrant. India has traditionallyenjoyed enormous goodwill and softpower advantage in Africa. India,through Non-aligned movement andother international fora has been atthe forefront to oppose colonialismracialism, apartheid and neo-colonia-lism in all parts of the world. As far

as India is concerned its soft powerhas been successful in Africa. Softpower denotes that the policies,programmes or culture of a countryare attractive to others. Gandhianprinciples of non-violence and civildisobedience are still appreciated inSouth Africa and Nelson Mandela isknown as African Gandhi.

However, after the end of coldwar and launch of globalisation, Indiadid not pay much attention to Africaand its leadership position wasweakened. Precisely it was the periodthat China made entry in Africa in abig way through economic assistance,joint project, investment and trade.China is diversifying its energysources and has big stake in themarket and natural resources of theregion. China-Africa relations havebeen institutionalised in the form ofForum on China-Africa Cooperation(FOCAC) which held its first Summitmeeting in 2006 in which top leadersof 48 African countries participated.This Summit proclaimed new type ofstrategic relationship between Indiaand China. China's relations withAfrica cover all aspects—political,defence, economic and other areas ofcooperation.

In 2000, China-Africa trade wasto the tune of $ 10 billion whichbounced to $ 107 billion in 2008.China imports 20% of its oil require-ments from Africa. Nearly 16,000Chinese companies have investmentand operational presence in Africa.China countributes 10% of the totalexternal investment in Africa. Chinahas set up seven economic zones infive African countries, which havedrawn special attention from theobservers.

In comparison to Chinese pre-sence in Africa, Indian presence isnowhere. In 2008, India constitutedIndia-Africa Forum and its firstmeeting was held in the same year.Though, India still enjoys huge good-will in Africa, yet now what mattersis material presence which is bene-ficial to both parties. In last decadethe gap between the profile of Indiaand China has been widening to thedisadvantage of the former. It appearsthat China is one dacade ahead ofIndia, which may not be liked byIndian policy-makers. In a nutshell,India and China are locked in strate-gic competition in Africa, South-EastAsia and South Asia.

PD/November/2010/856 “Again a different meaning has to be understood.”

Comparative AdvantageIt appears interesting to under-

stand the comparative advantage ofIndia and China as both countriesaspire to become global players innear future.

In terms of territorial area Chinaholds third position, whereas Indiaholds seventh position in the world.In terms of population China is firstand India is second in the world. Interms of Gross Domestic Product,China comes second after the U.S.,but India comes at fourth position. Inthe area of total value of export,China holds first rank in the world,whereas India ranks at 23rd positionin the world. China is also first inthe world in terms of total foreignexchange reserves, whereas Indiaholds fifth place in this field. As far asmilitary expenditure is concernedChina holds second position and Indiaholds 10th position in the world. Interms of Human Development Index(HDI) India holds 134th position,whereas China ranks at 92nd posi-tion. In terms of total strength ofarmed forces, China is much ahead ofIndia. Besides the above facts, Chinaalso enjoys certain other advantages.First, China is a permanent memberof Security Council, a status deniedto India. Second, due to democraticpolitical set-up Indian policy-makingis dilatory and lacks coherence, whichis not the case in China. Third, Indiafaces many challenges at domesticfront like terrorism, naxalism, com-munalism, regionalism etc. whichweaken the strength of the nation.Due to authoritarian regime, China isnot likely to face such domesticproblems.

However, India enjoys soft poweradvantage over China, due to itsdemocratic order, appreciation of itsideals of foreign policy like peaceful-co-existance and respect for itscultural values. India has also betterhuman rights records in comparisonto China. In brief if India is aheadin soft power realm, China enjoysadvantageous position in terms of itshard power.

ConclusionOn the basis of understanding

the comparative advantages betweenthe two countries, the strategic com-petition between them, their ambitionto assume role of global players andthe past experience of their relation-ship, certain policy options for Indiacan be inferred. Since, China adoptsrealistic approach and its foreign

policy is secretive, it is better for Indiato take Chinese threat as a seriouschallenge to its security and territorialintegrity. However, it should con-tinue to expand bilateral relations inthe field of economic cooperation andtrade. India should also avoid to playZero-sum game with China. In theentire history of international rela-

Facts : At a Glance

AGRICULTURE(New Schemes/Programmes/Bills)

Schemes/ProgrammesCommence-ment Year

(w.e.f.)Major Objectives

● Pesticide ManagementBill, 2008

April 24,2008

➟ Replacing existing Insecticides Act,1968; for quality improvement ofpesticides and effective regulations.

● National HorticultureMission (NHM)

May 2005 ➟ To enhance productivity andproduction of horticultural crops,strengthening infrastructure facili-ties for technology, marketing andexport etc.

● Marine Fishing Policy,2004

2004 ➟ (i) To increase marine fish pro-duction on sustainable basis, (ii) topromote sea food export, (iii) toensure socio-economic security offishermen.

● On Farm Water Mana-gement Scheme

March 2002 ➟ Centrally Sponsored Scheme–a newinitiative for encouraging cropproduction in eastern India; forefficient utilization of ground/sur-face water.

● ISOPOM (Integratedscheme of Oilseeds,Pulses, Oilpalm andMaize) Scheme

April 1, 2004 ➟ To boost-up the oilseeds and pulsesin 14 states and maize in 15 statesand oilpalm in 10 states during XPlan and is being implemented.

● Varsha Bima Yojana 2004 ➟ Crop Insurance–rain based byIndian Agril. Insurance CompanyLtd.

● Mini-Mission-II-Tech-nology Mission onCotton, Scheme

2004Continuingduring 2006-

07

➟ Old centrally Sponsored Scheme–Intensive Cotton Development Pro-gramme (ICDP) now modified andis being implemented in 13 states.

● Micro-Irrigation Scheme December29, 2005

➟ Launched in X Plan to bring 6·2lakh hectare area under centrallysponsored micro-scheme, and topromote micro-irrigation in horti-cultural crops.

● NREGS (National RuralEmployment GuaranteeScheme)

February 2,2006

➟ To provide atleast 100 days wageemployment in rural areas.

● NFWP (National Foodfor Work Programme)

Nov. 14,2004

➟ Programme to intensify the gene-ration of supplementary wageemployment, in 150 most backwarddistts. of India.

● Agri-export and EximPolicy 2004-09 Scheme

2004 ➟ A new scheme ‘Vishesh KrishiUpaj Yojana’–Special AgriculturalProduce Scheme, for promotingFruits, vegetables, flowers, valueadded products and forest produce.

● CAPL (Crop Agric. Pro-duce Loan Scheme)

April 1, 2005 ➟ To ensure fair price of crop produceto farmers.

tions, there is no country which hassucceeded in assuming the globalpower status, if confronted by equallystrong neighbour. Perhaps, Chinaunderstands this fact. Hence, a strongIndia is a hurdle in the way of China'sglobal power status. A humbled Indiabetter suits China for achieving herstrategic goals. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/857 “The best proof of love is trust.”

Get out of your Groove—I. M. Soni

Personality Development Personality Development

‘Groove’ is a habitual way ofdoing something settled routine. Theword is akin to the German word‘grube’ which means a pit, hole, ditch.

You feel that you are caught in aquagmire, and the more effort youmake to get out of it, the more yousink in it. This a typical feeling of onewho is caught in a self-made trap ofnon-action. It simply means that youare in a rut. Your own stagnate think-ing chokes you.

You attempt nothing new, livein the past which is death–dealing,and console yourself by inventingexcuses.

You care not if you have anunshaven chin and check, and aslovenly look, or are shabbily dressed.

Same is the case with your room.It gives an untidy look. Everything isin disorder. Disorder is the only orderthat prevails there. Chaos is its hall-mark.

Watch your writing. You fudgeand smudge, overwrite, break wordsand follow no uniform form, and areunmindful of the fact that disciplinedwriting comes from a disciplinedmind.

Samuel Smiles observes thatthousands of young people spendyears stuck in a rut, never realisewhat is making their lives so unsatis-factory. They describe themselves as‘contented’, but what they really feelis a not-too-uncomfortable boredom.

This is largely true. The daily lifeof a such person is one pointless,unrelieved routine. He does the samethings day after day, not because heis pursuing a conscious purposebut because it has become a habitregardless of the ends they serve.

Life in a rut means lack of pur-pose, setting down into mediocrity,making excuses. They say what theyhave is what they wanted. BernardShaw said : “If you don’t get whatyou like, you end by liking what youget.”

Day by day people in a rut thinkof reasons for doing nothing to getout of it. Their constant complaint isthat they feel tired. It is because themind and the body go to sleep whenthere is no positive action.

They lose their inclination to dothings. They sit about, go to sleep inthe armchair, aimlessly watch tele-vision, find work uninspiring, andgenerally behave as though life weretoo much trouble to bother with.

Do you share some of theseattributes with groovers ? This condi-tion must be recognised before youcan have any hope of getting out of it.

Your mental apparatus willprotest if you are in every waytypical. It will be the same like a dateon the calendar.

There is no clear purpose, noincentive, no inclination to do things.You make tiredness an excuse. Youshow resentment or annoyance whenyour daily routine is upset. You willget out of it only by making a deter-mined effort.

Habits are shirts of iron-difficultto break. Any behaviour is inclined torepeat itself. What you have doneonce you are more likely to do again.Thus you usually sit in the same chairif it is free, for no better reason thanthat you have sat there before. That isa simple example of something youmay observe running right throughyour life.

Getting out to a fresh life meanssumming up fresh energy and a newalertness. It means breaking awayfrom the old pattern to try somethingnew.

You will often say : “If I felt lesstired in the evenings, I would dothis.” The truth is nearly always theother way round. If you did the thingyou would feel less tired. A key inuse is always bright !

The groove is something you getinto through lack of effort and will-power. It results when you allowyour life to run on in its own way, not

trying hard enough to guide it in thedirection you should. Your mind andbody sink into a state of slothful,weary inactivity unless you make aregular effort to maintain alertness.

Only determined effort will liftyou out of it. The same kind ofactions, performed in good time, willprevent your falling deeper into it.The wise thing to do is to take theright steps now to ensure that youstay free of the deadly monotony ofthe groove.

Widen your interests, add toyour activity, and find a cause thatneeds greater effort from you. To doso requires will-power. Being in a rutacts like a drug. Though you want toget out of it, yet something seems toparalyse you, making all action seemhard. You struggle but exhaustionforces a draw !

That is why it is now practical tobegin in a small way. Do not seek tochange your whole life at one go.Look instead for one small newactivity to introduce an item oforiginality or novelty to your regularroutine. Not much will-power isneeded when only a slight alternationto life is contemplated.

You get up at 8 a.m. Now, jumpout of bed half an hour earlier. Seethe difference. Remind yourself :when it is time to toss in bed, it istime to toss out of it.

From this slight change, a newway of life may be gradually con-structed. It is like a bridgehead inwarfare, giving a foothold on enemyterritory from which to build andlaunch future advances !

An other excellent starting pointis to read a good motivational book.Worth trying are : The Wealth WithinYou by Elmer Wheeler. The Magic ofThinking Big by David Schwartz.Think and Grow Rich by NapoleonHill. And Give Yours a Chance byGordon Byron.

Any of these will inspire you tomake a start, giving you the neces-

PD/November/2010/858 “Let this be my last word, that I trust in your love.”

sary push to begin changing yourdaily life. It will create enthusiasm fora new kind of existence, more pur-poseful, more rewarding.

Once you have summoned upthe will-power to do something toimprove your situation, you arealready half way towards getting outof the rut. You are ready for theactions that will bring variety intoyour life, taking away the routinerepetition of day after day.

In choosing how to widen yourinterests, get away from preoccu-pation with yourself and your ownaffairs. Look around for ways ofhelping or cooperating with others.Hundreds of organisations needhelpers to give an hour or so. You canfind old people who need someone toget medicine from market.

Perhaps you have some specialskill that could be useful in a youthclub where items of equipment needrepair. Once you start searching in adetermined way, you will soon findmany opportunities of breaking outof the dead routine by helping otherpeople.

You will discover in yourattempts to climb out of the pit anecessary welcome novelty. The morefirmly you are sunk, the harder it is torun enthusiastically to somethingnew. But it has to be done—by you.The way to start, as with any difficultprocess, is by choosing an action thatis simple but quick. Walk briskly. Goto different shops. Try somethingnew to eat or drink. Your aim shouldbe to break the habits of old of doingthe same thing again and again.Break the chain.

From little beginnings, you gra-dually develop a habit of experim-entation. It becomes a normal thingfor you, in all kinds of circumstances,to try something new for a change.You grow into a new innovativemould.

Caution. The natural reactionwhen faced with the novel or thechange is to move away from it andtake refuge in the familiar. This is theway of the mind. Change the nega-tive response that comes naturally toyour mind for a positive one. Say‘yes’ ! You can.

Take up a hobby. Do not be over-ambitious by selecting one that needs

elaborate equipment or a great deal ofspecialised knowledge before you canstart. Begin in a modest way, usingwhatever lies at hand. For instance,nearly everyone is in a position totake more interest in reading. Buy ahoe which costs little and go greenfingers.

From some such simple begin-ning a new, life interest graduallyis built up. For the easily startedhobbies, look around your homeenvironment. House decoration,simple repairs, making lampshades,keeping a pet, tape-recording, thepossibilities are immense.

The mistake you may make is tofear that your efforts will be failures.That thought prevents you fromtrying. But what does it matter ?Better to fail tackling something newthan sit in boredom doing nothing !Forced rest is rust of the soul.

In action, you find your skill isgreater than you imagine, producingresults at the first attempt. Anothercommon error is to make too big acommitment. If you have never madea lamp shade, it is foolish to say : “Ishall take up lamp shade making asmy new life interest.” Your aim is toemerge from stagnation. Long-rangeinterest will take care of itself.

Do not be tied down to thehome, however. Get out of it, join aclub or society where you will meetnew friends, coming into contact withdifferent approaches to the world andits problems.

New points of view, fresh waysof looking at things, will soon shakeyou out of the sleeping self. Oneexcellent way of killing two birdswith one stone is to join an eveningclass where you can learn a newsubject in the company of congenial,like-minded people. Interaction lendssparkle to personality.

Visit places unknown to youthus far. Go for a walk round parts ofyour home town that you rarely visit.Explore neighbouring part of thecountryside that is unfamiliar.

On such ‘expedition’, I walked tothe forest area behind the famousPGI, Chandigarh, and was astonish-ingly rewarded discovering a driedup river amidst clay mountains. I amoften tempted to revisit the beautifullandscape.

Look for new non-fiction subjectsthat might appeal to you. Biographies,in particular, give you an insight intoways of living quite different fromyour own. French writer Rosseau’sConfessions opened new vistas to me.

All these are practical, simplemethods of getting out of the rut.Summon up the will-power to start ina modest but ambitious way. Buildeach day on what the previous dayhad provided. You will be living afull, active life, boredom gone as youfit in useful and entertaining activitiesof a new life.

When a new thought enters yourmind, it gives light which makes yousee a host of other objects which youhad not perceived before. P.Darpan

Continued from Page 850

● FDI inflows shrinks 49% in July2010—The data on FDI show thatthe foreign direct investment(FDI) inflows in India dipped forthe second consecutive month inJuly 2010 by 49 per cent to $ 1·78billion.

The FDI inflows in the monthlast year stood at $ 3·51 billion.Contrary to smart recovery inthe domestic economy and arebound in exports, overseasinvestments showed a slackeningtrend in the current financialyear.

In the April-July period of 2010-11, FDI inflows declined by 27per cent to $ 7·59 billion, com-pared to $ 10·53 billion in thesame period last year.

According to experts, weakglobal economic recovery is oneof the reasons for the decline inFDI into India.

FDI Latest Figuresat a Glance

● FDI into India in July dipped to$1·78 billion, compared to $3·51billion in the month last year.

● In the April-July period of this year,FDI inflows declined 27% to $7·59billion, compared to $10·53 billion inthe period last year.

● According to experts, weak globaleconomic recovery is one of thereasons for the decline in FDI intoIndia.

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/859/6 “Look deep into nature, and then you will understand everything better.”

⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ Inspiring Youth ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯

“It is best to hear the voice of your heart in thepreparation of the examination.”

—Narayana Bharath Gupta

Topper—Civil Services Exam., 2009 (17th Rank)

‘Pratiyogita Darpan’ arranged an exclusive interview with Narayana Bharath Gupta who has beenselected in Civil Services Exam., 2009 and has achieved 17th rank. He deserves all admiration andour heartiest congratulations on his splendid success. This important, thought provoking andhighly inspiring interview is being presented here in its original form.

PD—Achieving top slot in the CSExamination is no small feat; acceptour heartiest congratulations on yoursplendid success.

Bharath—Yeah…thank you verymuch. I owe this success to myparents, the Almighty God and mysenior Vamsi Krishna who playedtheir roles in me achieving this feat.

PD—Can you recall the exactmoment when you realized theimportance of Civil Services ?

Bharath—I was a medical studentin the Kurnool Medical College,when I had decided to make goodmoney either doing MBA in a pre-mier B school or go abroad in pursuitof the same. But when I had put thisidea before my parents in the secondyear, they said that it is not moneythat matters when you die… but thename and fame which follow you.And if you had to earn name andmake a difference in the lives of theothers it is only via the civil services.Hence, my parents and my mindsetmotivated me to join the civilservices.

PD—Finally, at what point oftime did you make up your mind tomake career in ‘Civil Services’ ?

Bharath—I had been preparingfor the civils examination right fromthe moment I had taken decision tojoin the same in second year. But mydecision was bolstered during myinternship postings in my hospital.As a house surgeon I came acrossmany pesticide poisoning cases,malaria deaths, malnutrition etc.Indeed Anantapur and Kurnool dis-tricts receive very less rainfall. Hencefarmers’ suicides are more in the area.I felt that if I had to make anydifference in the lives of these people,

“Pratiyogita Darpan is a good maga-zine. It provides us aspirants compre-hensive coverage of current affairs andimparts confidence to face the chal-lenges of the competitive world.”

—Narayana Bharath Gupta

it was only via the civils. Hence mypreparation became more intenseafter exposure to such incidents.

PD—You must have read IASToppers’ interviews in newspapers/magazines; what inspired you themost ? Any particular success storywhich influenced your journey to thisresult ?

Bharath—No. I never read anysuccess stories or interviews. It isonly the guidance of my senior VamsiKrishna which led me to this success.Indeed Kurnool, the place where Idid my medicine is little remote as faras civil services is concerned. It isdifficult even to find decent civilservice books. I had to make trips toHyderabad to get the books.

PD—Was CSE a planneddecision or your parent’s wish ? Didyou keep in mind some time frame,for the examination preparation andnumber of attempts ?

Bharath—It was a fusion of both.I feel that for the Civil ServicesExamination, given the uncertaintyof the success, it’s imperative to gainthe approval of the parents. Had Igone towards post-graduation inmedicine, I was confident enoughthat I could have got a good seat in agood college. (I was a first division

student in medicine scoring morethan 71%). And any parent wouldhave wished the same. But it was myparents who gave me the courageand support to give a hit for theCivils. I never felt that I had 4number of attempts before me. I didmy preparation as if I had only oneattempt before me. Hence my pre-paration was vigorous and intensive.

PD—The first step is the mostdifficult; how to prepare ? Whichoptionals ? What to read ? How muchto read ? Many such questions cometo your mind when you really getserious about Civil Services Exami-nation ?

From where did you get the rightadvice ?

Bharath—Yeah, the decision totake Civils as a career option is onething while the decision to takeoptional subjects and what to read isanother. I got the right adviceregarding all these questions frommy senior Dr. Vamsi Krishna andthrough my own experience. I waslittle different regarding the topic‘how much to read ?’, as I wasextensive in my preparation. I neverconfined to one book or the other. Iread as many books as I could read. Inever was choosy in the selection of

PD/November/2010/860 “Tell me and I’ll forget; show me and I may remember; involve me and I’ll understand.”

books. I read every possible book myhand could get hold on. Manydiffered with me on this pattern andthey even warned me, but I followedmy heart.

Bio-DataName—Narayana Bharath

Gupta

Father’s Name—N. RameshGupta

Mother’s Name—N. Sujatha

Date of Birth—Jan. 23, 1986

Educational Qualifications—

10th—CBSE, KendriyaVidyalaya School (93%) 2001.

12th—Sri Chaitanya JuniorCollege, Vijayawada (96%) 2003.

Medicine—Kurnool MedicalCollege, Kurnool (72%) 2010.

PD—Were you confident of yoursuccess in this examination and howdid you react to this news of yoursuccess ?

Bharath—I was little philoso-phical regarding the success andambition. I thought that it is our dutyto put effort and hardwork, while itis left to God for the success. Hence Ionly did my preparation while Inever worried about my success.Listening to success was a memorablemoment of my life, I would neverforget the same as I could see thetears of happiness in the eyes of myparents. And as I have already said Ihad never thought of the success, itcame to me as a pleasant surprise.

PD—In how many attemptshave you achieved this success ? Howdo you visualize your preparation/previous attempts ?

Bharath—I achieved my successin the first attempt itself.

PD—Were you preparing forother career opportunities as wellwhile preparing for your ultimategoal i.e. Career in Civil Services ?

Bharath—No, I prepared onlyfor the Civil Services Examinationafter my final year. I never consi-dered any other career opportunity.

PD—While the changing econo-mic environment offers immenselucrative career opportunities invarious sectors, still what kept youmotivated towards Civil Services ?

Bharath—As I have already men-tioned, I never went for money, it’sthe name, fame, charishma and auraof the career of the service thatmotivated me. Had I been a doctor ora MBA grad, I could have obviouslyearned more. But it never was thefactor of money.

PD—While making final choicefor optional subject/s, what'simportant and what's not ? Shareyour thoughts and opinions.

Bharath—While selecting theoptional subjects, we have to giveimportance on the following points,

● Do you like the subject or not ?

● Do you need coaching or not ?And if yes, do you have coachingfor the subject in your proximityor not ?

● Do you have all the requisitematerial for the subject ?

And I feel that many people runbehind few factors like scoring, lesssyllabus etc. all these are justmisconceptions. It’s the liking of thesubjects and proficiency in the samewhich will get you through theexamination.

PD—What were your optionalsubjects ? Give the basis of selectingthem.

Bharath—Prelims : Public Admi-nistration

Mains : Public Administrationand Anthropology

I had chosen Public Admini-stration with a view that learning thesame would help in the future inrunning the administration. And Ihad taken Anthropology as I felt thesubject to be interesting and educa-tive. Moreover, my medical know-ledge I felt would help in the pre-paration for Anthropology.

PD—Did you keep the sameoptional subjects in all your attempts ?

Bharath—This was my first andonly attempt.

PD—In your opinion at whichEducational Level should one startpreparing for Civil Services and whatshould be the minimum period oftime required to prepare for CivilServices Examinations ?

Bharath—Ambition is one thingand preparation for the same ambi-

tion with dedication is different. I feelthat one gets a dedication towards thepreparation after intermediate (10+2)or in the middle of degree. And giventhe uncertainties of the examination, Ifeel that one should have a profes-sionally secure degree in hand whichwill give significant amount of confi-dence while preparing for the exami-nation in case of any failure. I felt thatmy medical degree would be there tohelp me had I failed the examination.Hence my preparation was confidentand composed. While in the first orsecond year of the degree, any personcomes to get a better view of the jobopportunities or career satisfaction ofthe degree. Hence if a person takes adecision in the second year of degreeI feel would be more determined andmature.

PD—What is your opinionregarding the general view thatScience subjects have better chance toscore than Humanities ?

Bharath—I beg to differ withyou in this fact. I feel that no generaldistinction can be made regardingthe marks got from choosing eitherscience subjects or humanities. Thereare people who have scored equallywell using either science subjects orhumanities. All the difference lies inthe proficiency you have in thesubject and conceptual hold on thetopics.

PD—What is the importance ofmedium of examination for examslike CSE ?

Bharath—I don’t have anythingto say in this regard. I feel that oneshould take a medium of examinationonly in which he can express hisviews freely and without any qualms.Running behind mediums only inlure of good marks will lead to yourdisaster only.

Personal QualitiesStrong Point—My hardwork

and fast reading ability.

Weak Point—I watch multi-ple movies.

Hobbies—Watching Movies,Listening to movie songs, Cookingfood.

PD/November/2010/861 “I hear and I forget. I see and I remember. I do and I understand.”

PD—Does the educational,financial and demographic status ofthe family of an aspirant have anyimpact on the preparation ?

Bharath—No. people fromdifferent backgrounds and differentlives have found their places in theCivils Examination. Though fewemotional, economic, educationalupheavals may prove an occasionalstumbling block in the preparation ofthe candidate, a thoroughly deter-mined candidate will leap them tojoin the services with flying colours.

PD—What is the secret of yoursuccess ?

Bharath—It’s a multifactorialsuccess. My parents, my hardworkand the Almighty God all have led tomy success. I feel that any personwho earnestly prays to God only onone thing, God if pleased with yourefforts would gift you with the same.I prayed only for the Civils and I gotthe same. And moreover I consideredcivils as a beautiful girl who had to bemade mine in the first chance itselfwith no chance for failure. Hence Igroomed myself in every possibleway for the Civils so that she couldbe mine.

PD—What preference in serviceshave you opted for ?

Bharath—IAS, IFS, IPS.

PD—To whom would you like togive the credit for your success ?

Bharath—My parents, theAlmighty God.

PD—Any suggestion/advice youwould like to give to the futureaspirants.

Bharath—I feel that, there aremany misconceptions regarding thepreparation of the examination. Manytend to hear the words of many otheraspirants which usually turn out to bedisastrous.

Hence I consider that it is best tohear the voice of your heart in thepreparation of the examination. Anyother advice if needed badly needsto be taken from very experiencedcandidates who can understand youwell and guide you the best possibleway.

Thank You very much and wish-ing you all the best for your futureendeavours.

MY STRATEGY FOR SUCCESS

FOR PRELIMS

My preparation for prelims wasplanned and strategic. It went on for3 years if I can put it better. Initially Ihad concentrated only on the generalstudies for 2 years daily for one orhalf an hour including the news-papers and other books. In the lastone year prior to the prelims examwhen I had joined the internship Istarted preparing for the PublicAdministration. I did not preparefor the second optional during myprelims preparation. I divided equaltime for both GS and PublicAdministration. If I read six hours aday for GS then the same time wouldbe allocated by me for the optionalsubject.

FOR MAINS

Prelims and Mains as far as I feelare not two different entities and nosuch distinction should be madebetween them. But one thing I feltdifferent was the application part. GSespecially for the mains required theeconomic significance or applicationof any aspect in consideration. HenceI correlated the topics I studiedduring the mains with inputs fromthe internet and other newspapers.Regarding optional subjects, I couldnot make out any difference.

FOR ESSAY PAPER

No. I did not prepare speciallyfor the ESSAY paper. I felt that givenmy constant reading of the news-papers, I could answer the essayreasonably well.

FOR INTERVIEW

I concentrated much on mycommunication skills and hencewatched multiple news channels andEnglish movies. Having receivedinputs from many sides, I thoughtthat preparation for interview shouldnot be done from the routine books

we had studied for the GS andoptional and rathers it should befrom the internet and newspapers.Hence I used the internet widely forthe interview. I faced the NirbhaySharma panel. My interview wascool, composed and objective. Theinterview went on for 35-40 mins. Thequestion spanned from my optionalsubject of public administration,hobbies of cooking and my educa-tional background of being a doctor.

Time Management

As I have already said my pre-paration was strategic and plannedregarding the optional subjects andGS in division of time and effort. Andregarding the exams and answerwritten, I used to follow a simplestrategy that the number of minutesallocated to each question is almosthalf the number of marks thequestion carries, e.g., for 10 marksquestion, I used to write for 5minutes. And one more thing is that Idid not write any mock tests for anyoptional or GS. My first written examwas the grand finale in the mainsexam centre.

List of Books :Prelims

Optional—Lakshmikanth, Rao’s IASmaterial

Mains

Optional I

Fadia and Fadia two volumes,Nicholas and Henry, Robbins andJudge, Vajiram and Ravi Material,S. Chand book for Public Administra-tion, Prasad and Prasad Administrativethinkers.

Optional II

Nadeem Hasnaina set of books,M. N. Srinivas caste and other essays,Physical Anthropology by P. Nath,Anthropological thought by Upadhyayand Pandey.

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/862 “Understanding is the first step to acceptance, and only with acceptance can there be recovery.”

⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ Inspiring Youth ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯

“Single-minded devotion to my goal, perseveranceto succeed and a focussed systematic, disciplinedapproach are the secrets of my success.”

—Ms. Sharadwati ChowdhuryTopper—West Bengal, Civil Services Exam., 2009 (1st Rank)

‘Pratiyogita Darpan’ arranged an exclusive interview with Sharadwati Chowdhury who has beenselected in West Bengal Civil Services Examination 2009 and has achieved 1st rank. She deservesall admiration and our heartiest congratulations on her splendid success. This important, thoughtprovoking and highly inspiring interview is being presented here in its original form.

PD—Achieving top slot in the CSExamination is no small feat; acceptour heartiest congratulations on yoursplendid success.

Sharadwati—Thank you. It doesfeel good to see one's efforts beingcrowned with success and also to getan opportunity to serve where I havealways wanted to.

PD—Can you recall the exactmoment when you realized theimportance of Civil Services ?

Sharadwati—It was a kind of‘cultural inheritance’ as I grew upobserving my parents and theircolleagues working as governmentofficials.

PD—Finally, at what point oftime did you make up your mind tomake career in ‘Civil Services’ ?

Sharadwati—After my post-graduation, while working as a JuniorResearch Fellow in Department ofScience and Technology, GoWB,I realised that Government adminis-tration was my actual intendedarea of service and I began to worktowards it since 2006.

PD—You must have read IASToppers’ interviews in newspapers/magazines; what inspired you themost ? Any particular success storywhich influenced your journey to thisresult ?

Sharadwati—That is always thefirst thing I read in newspapers/magazines. It inspires, shows the pathand drives a motivation to followtheir footsteps.

PD—Was CSE a planned deci-sion or your parent’s wish ? Did youkeep in mind some time frame, forthe examination preparation andnumber of attempts ?

“I have read the PD English issues regularlyand found it very useful for competitive examsfor its extensive coverage, relevant articles,comprehensiveness and lucid presentation. TheNews Events, information about world organi-sations, round up of events are particularlyuseful for ready reference. The Indian Economy,Indian Polity, General Science Special issuesare very well composed, edited and timely publi-shed to give maximum benefit to aspirants.”

—Sharadwati Chowdhury

Sharadwati—CSE was my deci-sion as it suited my aptitude andattitude, but it was influenced by theworking of some senior bureaucrats.

I maintained a focussed pre-paration and never thought of notmaking it.

This was my second attempt andI would have continued to work hardtill I made it.

PD—The first step is the mostdifficult; how to prepare ? Whichoptionals ? What to read ? How muchto read ? Many such questions cometo your mind when you really getserious about Civil Services Examina-tion ?

From where did you get the rightadvice ?

Sharadwati—I consultedstandard magazines, toppers' views,past question papers and someexperienced people in this field.There is always a chance of misgui-dance, so one should be able to filterthe advice.

PD—Were you confident of yoursuccess in this examination and howdid you react to the news of yoursuccess ?

Sharadwati—Yes, I knew I wouldmake it but none expects beforehandto get the 1st Rank that came as apleasant surprise.

I was very happy because inthese competitive times, I couldachieve the coveted position.

PD—In how many attemptshave you achieved this success ? Howdo you visualize your preparation/previous attempts ?

Sharadwati—This was mysecond attempt.

In my first attempt in 2007, I hadqualified but got the post of JointBlock Development Officer. I scoredpoor marks in Maths then, so thistime I worked more on that.

PD—Were you preparing forother career opportunities as wellwhile preparing for your career inCivil Services ?

Sharadwati—No, I left all othercareer opportunities to single-mindedly devote myself to civilservices.

PD—While the changing eco-nomic environment offers immenselucrative career opportunities invarious sectors, still what kept youmotivated towards Civil Services ?

PD/November/2010/863 “Everyone hears only what he understands.”

Sharadwati—Other lucrativecareer opportunities can fulfilphysical and social needs, but acareer in civil services also fulfilsone's self-esteem needs. It gives youan opportunity to use your know-ledge and experience over a widespectrum of challenges for the better-ment of society and to act as a liaisonbetween the people and the state.

PD—While making final choicefor optional subject/s, what's impor-tant and what's not ? Share yourthoughts and opinions.

Sharadwati—It is important toselect subjects which can sustain yourinterest over the long years ofpreparation. You should be able toassimilate the subject. It helps if youhave studied the subject before.

Scoring factors should be consi-dered only after catering to one'saptitude and availability of studymaterials.

PD—What were your optionalsubjects ? Give the basis of selectingthem.

Bio-DataName–Ms. Sharadwati Chowdhury

Father’s Name—Mr. ShyamalKumar Chowdhury

Mother’s Name—Mrs. MayaChowdhury

Date of Birth—3-9-1980

Educational Qualifications—

M. Sc. in Environmental Science—2002-04, University of Kalyani, WestBengal (74·33%), Rank 1 (Topper).

B. Sc. Botany (Hons.)—1998-2001,University of Calcutta, VivekanandaCollege, Thakurpukur (54·5%).

12th (Science stream)—1998, WestBengal Council of Higher SecondaryEducation, Gokhale Memorial Girls’College, Kolkata (60·9%).

10th—1996, West Bengal Board ofSecondary Education, South PointHigh School, Kolkata (70·5%).

Previous Selections—

(i) West Bengal Civil Service,2007—selected as Joint Block Deve-lopment Officer, worked from30.12.2009–23.6.2010.

(ii) West Bengal Forest Service,2008—secured 2nd Rank, joined asAssistant Divisional Forest Officer on24.6.2010.

Sharadwati—Prelims : GeneralStudies only.

Mains : Geography & Anthropo-logy.

I had studied Geography as apart of M. Sc. in EnvironmentalScience. Anthropology has sectionsof bioscience-related topics whichmatches my academic background.

Moreover, both subjects werevery interesting and relevant to study.

PD—Did you keep the sameoptional subjects in all yourattempts ?

Sharadwati—Yes, I enjoyedstudying both subjects.

PD—Was there any special effortfor effective preparation for ESSAYPaper ? Which topic did you pick upthis time and why did you choosethis particular topic ?

Sharadwati—There is no separatepaper on ESSAY in WBCS but it isincluded in English Paper.

I did not prepare separately foressay as I was confident of my writingstyle and concentrated in gatheringinformation on important topics.

PD—In your opinion at whichEducational Level should one startpreparing for Civil Services and whatshould be the minimum period oftime required to prepare for CivilServices Examinations ?

Sharadwati—The last year ofGraduation would be the ideal timethough the mental preparation shouldbe much before that.

One and half year of thoroughpreparation is the minimum periodrequired.

PD—What is your opinionregarding the general view thatScience subjects have better chance toscore than Humanities ?

Sharadwati—I come from aScience background, opted for aHumanities subject and was com-fortable with it. So grasping thesubject is needed to score well, be itScience or Humanities.

PD—What is the importance ofmedium of examination for examslike CSE ?

Sharadwati—It does not mattermuch. Good and effective communi-cation can be done in any medium.

PD—Does the educational,financial and demographic status ofthe family of an aspirant have anyimpact on the preparation ?

Sharadwati—It may have animpact but anyone hindered by theseproblems can overcome it by sheerdetermination and hardwork.

PD—In your opinion what roledo the Competition Magazines playwhen you are preparing for an exami-nation like Civil Services ?

Sharadwati—They do play animportant role as they channelise theattention of the aspirants towardsimportant issues and aid in opinionbuilding. Also it helps immensely inlast minute revisions.

Personal QualitiesFavourite Person—My younger

brother-Dhrubajyoti Chowdhury, whois currently pursuing his Ph.D. inNeuroscience in Spain.

Strong Point—My perseverance,ambitiousness and optimistic attitudetowards life.

Weak Point—Get easily distracted.

Hobbies—Embroidery, Visiting newplaces, Watching Satyajit Ray’s films.

PD—According to a recentreport published by a reputed surveyagency, PRATIYOGITA DARPAN(Hindi) is the largest read and theonly Career & Competition magazinein top four magazines in India. Howdo you find Pratiyogita Darpan ?

Sharadwati—I have read theEnglish monthly issues regularly andfound it very useful for competitiveexams for its extensive coverage,relevant articles, comprehensivenessand lucid presentation.

The News Events, informationabout world organizations, round-upof events are particularly useful forready reference.

PD—Please give your commentson the PD Extra Issues Series on'General Studies' and a few OptionalSubjects ?

Sharadwati—The ‘IndianEconomy’, ‘Indian Polity’, ‘GeneralScience’ special issues are very wellcomposed, edited and timelypublished to give maximum benefitto aspirants.

PD/November/2010/864 “The one who understands does not speak; the one who speaks does not understand.”

PD—Did you refer to PratiyogitaDarpan-Year Book ? What is youropinion about the contents, size andthe time of publishing ?

Sharadwati—No I have not gonethrough it.

PD—What is the secret of yoursuccess ?

Sharadwati—Single - mindeddevotion to my goal, perseverance tosucceed and a focussed, systematic,disciplined approach in study.

PD—What preference in serviceshave you opted for?

Sharadwati—WBCS Executive,Commercial Tax Officer, WB Customsand Excise and so on.

MY STRATEGY FOR SUCCESS

FOR PRELIMS

In Prelims, we have only GeneralStudies and Arithmetic.

For that I read only basic text-books thoroughly and kept abreastof all recent events through dailynewspaper reading and standardmagazines.

I gave equal importance to allareas but worked harder in weakareas.

As for negative marking first Imarked those answers of which I was100% sure. Then I eliminated thosequestions on which I know nothing.Then depending on the number ofquestions I needed to attempt, Iattempted those questions of which Iwas 50% and then of 75% sure by theprocess of elimination. I practised thisstrategy with past question papers.

FOR MAINS

For Mains, I made my studymore intensive. I practised answerwriting to make my answers precise,accurate to maintain word and timelimit. I gave equal attention to all thesubjects, tried to clarify my conceptsthoroughly and form a balanced viewon relevant issues. I followed aregular routine and put in 8-10 hoursof study.

PD—To whom would you like togive the credit for your success ?

Sharadwati—My hardwork andmy well wishers through this journeymy brother, parents, close friends,teachers and each of those whocontributed to my success.

PD—Any suggestion/adviceyou would like to give to the futureaspirants.

Sharadwati—Be sure of what youwant, then work very hard and giveyour best to achieve it. ‘Hardworkalways pays’

Thank you very much and wish-ing you all the best for your futureendeavors.

FOR INTERVIEW

I read up the Current Events,about my job profile, questionsrelated to my academic background.

The Board consisted of 5 mem-bers including the Chairperson ofWest Bengal Public Service Commis-sion. The interview lasted for about25 minutes.

Questions asked :

(i) Is espionage a legitimate tool ?(referring to the Madhuri Guptacase that came in the newspaperon that day). If India does it, isit alright…who are our intelli-gence agencies ?

(ii) In your block, how manymandays of work were gene-rated through NREGS in the lastfinancial year ? What are theschemes of work eligible underNREGS ? What problems areyou facing ?

(iii) What are the impacts of thevolcanic eruption in Iceland ?What is the most toxic gaserupted in a volcanic explosion?

(iv) What is eco-tourism ? What areits key objectives ?

(v) ‘Ecology is a permanenteconomy’……is the slogan ofwhich brand ?

(vi) What are the two importantgames events going to be held in

Mahatma Gandhi and NelsonMandela’s homelands etc. ?The Board members were cordialand I maintained my poise andconfidence throughout the inter-view…… I was quite satisfied.

List of BooksPrelims

Optional : No optional in Prelims

Mains

Optional I : Geography

Geography–Spectrum publication,Physical Geography-Savinder Singh,Geomorphology–Strahler, Climatology–Lal, Human Geography–Majid Hussain,Geographical Thought–Majid Hussain,Human and Economic Geography–G. C.Leong, World Geography–Tikka.

Optional II : Anthropology

Physical Anthropology–P. Nath,Social Anthropology–Majumdar andMadan, Anthropological Thought–Upadhyay and Pandey, ArchaeologicalAnthropology–D. K. Bhattacharya,Indian Society–S. C. Dube, IndianAnthropology–Nadeem Hasnain, TribalIndia–Nadeem Hasnain.

Time Management

Yes, during preparation, I main-tained a daily routine and fixedweekly targets for each portion of thesubjects. This helped in givingattention to all subjects. Even if Icould not achieve 100% every week, itstill drove me to achieve 80%. Thisensues a systematic, disciplinedapproach in time management.

During exam, it is important toget to the crux of the answer withoutwasting words and time. A brief,crisp answer giving more informationwith less words helps in managingtime and I practised it. Knowing whatto write and how much to write isimportant and it needs practice. P.Darpan

Important Information

Although we make allefforts in keeping our magazinefree from any error, yet if youcome across any error or omis-sion, we request you kindly toinform and cooperate with usin getting it corrected.

Thanks.—Editor

PD/November/2010/865 “Non-violence is a weapon of the strong.”

Civil Services ExaminationCivil Services Examination

—Rajendra Ghuge

Ethical Decision-Making and AdministrativeLeadership

‘Ethical Decision-Making’ and‘Administrative Leadership’ havebecome a kind of magic concepts incontemporary times and are consi-dered to now constitute the core areain any complex systems—Bureau-cracy or corporate Management. If weunderstand and appreciate thefundamental principle that everysystem, if it has to be effectivelyoperational, would unavoidably haveto set certain appropriate criteria forrecruitment of its executive cadre tomatch its core values and standardbehaviour expectations. Therefore,the Civil Services Exam would inevit-ably have to incorporate screening or‘filtering’ mechanisms that wouldensure that its aims and image areaccordingly assured. This is perhapsbest achieved at the first level of‘elimination’ itself (i.e. PreliminaryTest) so that the other stages in theprocess of selection can focus moreattentively on the other attributesthat examine competence andcalibre.

The diagram that follows indi-cates the core attributes of ‘EthicalDecision-Making and AdministrativeLeadership'. The diagram is self-explanatiory and significant pointsthat it enumerates are expectedto form the Principles on whichquestions would be based in thePreliminary Test of the CSE accord-ing to the anticipated new pattern.It (diagram) answers the mostrelevant questions in this area suchas :

(1) What would ensure that decisionmaking is credible along withbeing efficient. This pertains to‘moral integrity’ which is

ETHICAL DECISION-MAKING & ADMINISTRATIVE LEADERSHIP

CORE ATTRIBUTES

Compliance with ethical code of conduct in decision-making.

Responsibility of the leadership through example, elucidation and decision initiation-enforcement.

Anticipating and evaluating implications of decisions in terms ofestablished ethical code.

Aligning pragmatic considerations with ethical concerns to operate in tandem.Defining scope and limits of decision-making on the basis of ethicalcriteria as terms of reference.

Pursuasive and purposive role of ethical leadership in administration.

Exercising decision-making options without compromising on ethicalparameters.

Ethical leadership as role models influencing organisational behaviourand image.

Establishing viability of ethics as catalyst in agenda promotion.

Devising strategies for effective ethical enforcement as stimulus to organisational enhancement and credibility.

Enriching ethical-professional synergy in/for accentuating policy prospects and performance.

Justification of decisions in ethical frame of reference, along with oversight mechanism on implementation of decisions to ensure adherence to ethical norms.

‘system-dependability/reliabilityfactor’.

(2) How can ethical principles beblended with administrativeleadership, since it is this leader-ship that is entrusted with takingexecutive decisions at variouslevels of governance. At higherlevels the bureaucracy evenparticipates in policy-making andstrategic thinking, apart fromexecutive action.

(3) What is, therefore, the para-mount role and responsibility ofthe administration in terms of itsleadership in order to ensure thatethical decision-making becomesan intrinsic value order and asystem's culture.

Principles (Ethical Commitment)Feasibility (Pragmatic Assessment)

Context/Circumstances

Conditions

Calibration (Flexibility Criteria)Alteration (Effective Adjustment)

Limitations

Opportunities

Alternatives

Components of Decision-Making

Anticipation Analysis & Expectation

Parameters of AdministrativeDecision-Making

Evaluation Possibility & ProbabilityMobilisation Permutation & CombinationExecution Action/ImplementationCalculation Outcome AssessmentOrientation Ethical Audit

An elaborate exposition of theabove configuration along withprobable questions will be carried inthe next issue of PD. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/866 “Non-violence is the supreme law of life.”

International Diplomacy International Diplomacy ArticleArticle

—Dr. Amresh Chandra

West Asian Peace Talk and the United States

Israel and the Palestinian Autho-rities had agreed to meet last month(2nd September, 2010 in Washington,D.C.) to renew face-to-face talks,aimed at resolving the ongoing con-flict in West Asia. Secretary of State,Hillary Clinton, who announced theplans, will help referee the first face-to-face negotiations in two years timebetween the leaders of Israel and thePalestinian parties. “We expect proxi-mity talks to lead to direct talks,”Obama said. The last direct talksbetween Israel and Palestine brokedown in mid-2008. President Obamahas also invited the leaders of Jordanand Egypt as well as Tony Blair(former Prime Minister of UK).Hamas the militant Palestinian groupthat rules Gaza, however is notinvited, and has already denouncedthe talks. The resumption of talk is apositive step, of course, but exactlyhow these talks will come to fruitionin the form of a peace agreement anda Palestinian state is far from clearas all parties associated with theproblem are not ready to concedeanything meaningful and substantial.Considering the intricacies histori-cally involved in the problem, expec-tation of something unexpectedwould be too much if not total pes-simism. The dimension of the crisis isso chronic and so big that it is gene-rally called West Asian Crisis. Itsramifications are palpable regionallyas well as globally particularly in theform of spreading of internationalterrorism with its associated pheno-mena.

West Asia is also known asMiddle East (or, formerly morecommon, the Near East) is a regionthat encompasses southwestern Asiaand Egypt. In some contexts, the termhas recently been expanded in usageto sometimes include Afghanistanand Pakistan, the Caucasus andCentral Asia, and North Africa. It'soften used as a synonym for NearEast, in opposition to Far East.During the British dominance Middle

East was more in vogue. Due to thisperceived Eurocentrism, InternationalOrganizations such as the UnitedNations and USA, have replacedMiddle East and Near East with WestAsia.

West Asia political map showsall the thirteen countries lying in thewestern part of Asia. They are : SyrianArab Republic, Lebanon, Palestine,Israel, Jordan, Iraq, Islamic Republicof Iran, Kuwait, Kingdom of Bahrain,Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Qatar,United Arab Emirates, Sultanate ofOman and Yemen. Saudi Arabia andIran are the two largest countries.Two important parties of the talk,Israel has a population of 7·2 millionand area 20770 square km (UN, 2009)and the Occupied Palestinian Terri-tories have a population of 4·3 million(UN, 2009) but no specific territorialextension.

West Asia : History-Sheet

● The Middle East lies at thejuncture of Eurasia and Africaand of the Mediterranean Seaand the Indian Ocean. It is thebirthplace and spiritual center ofthe Christianity, Islam, Judaism,Zoroastrianism and other reli-giously groups. Throughout itshistory the Middle East has beena major centre of world affairs; astrategically, economically, poli-tically, culturally, and religiouslysensitive area.

● The modern Middle East beganafter World War I, when theOttoman Empire, which wasallied with the defeated CentralPowers, was partitioned into anumber of separate nations.Other defining events in thistransformation included theestablishment of Israel in 1948and the departure of Europeanpowers, notably Britain andFrance.

● In the 20th century, the region'ssignificant stocks of crude oilgave it new strategic andeconomic importance. Mass pro-duction of oil began around 1945,with Saudi Arabia, Iran, Kuwait,Iraq, and the United ArabEmirates having large quantitiesof oil. Estimated oil reserves,especially in Saudi Arabia andIran, are some of the highest inthe world, and the internationaloil cartel OPEC is dominated byMiddle Eastern countries.

● During the Cold War, the MiddleEast was a theater of ideologicalstruggle between the two super-powers: the United States andthe Soviet Union. Of course,besides the political reasons therewas also the ‘ideological conflict’between the two systems. Theyaimed, among many importantareas of contention; the first wasthe desires of the superpowers togain strategic advantage in theregion, second, the fact that theregion contained some two thirdsof the world's oil reserves in acontext where oil was becomingincreasingly vital to the economyof the Western World. Withinthis contextual framework, theUnited States sought to divertthe Arab World from Sovietinfluence. Throughout the 20thand into the 21st century, theregion has experienced bothperiods of relative peace andtolerance and periods of conflictand war.

PD/November/2010/867 “Non-violence is the greatest of all religions.”

West Asia (Problem) in Chro-nology

The conflict between PalestinianArabs and Jews is a relatively Modernphenomenon which began aroundthe turn of the 20th century. Althoughthese two groups have differentreligions, religious differences werenever core causes of the conflict. It isessentially a struggle over the piece ofland. Until 1948, the area that bothgroups claimed was known inter-nationally as Palestine. But followingthe war of 1948-49, this land wasdivided into three parts: the state ofIsrael, the West Bank (along theJordan River) and the Gaza-Strip. Thechronological brief of the ongoingconflict is like this :

● In 1948, independent JewishIsrael was formed under UnitedNations auspices. After theWorld War II, United Kingdomleft its control over Palestine andhanded over the responsibilityto the United Nations. In 1948,Palestine was partitioned to pavethe way for creation of anindependent Jewish state ofIsrael.

● As per United Nations partitionplan, Israel was assigned 55%of Palestinian territory, but itoccupied 77%. During the 1967Arab Israel war, Israel occupiedthe remaining 23% of the terri-tory as well. Soon Israel startedsetting up Jewish settlements inGaza, West bank and EastJerusalem. These events leftmillions of Palestinians home-less. These factors led to a bitterrelationship between Israel-Palestine on one hand and bet-ween Israel and the Arab worldon the other hand.

● In 1967 (November 22), resolu-tion 242 was asked by UnitedNation Security Council, whichcalled for withdrawal of Israelitroops from occupied territoriesin the 1967 war. It also arguedthe Arab states to end hostilitywith Israel.

● In 1978, United States made aneffort to resolve the West Asiancrisis. An agreement was signedat Camp David, which envisa-ged a comprehensive peaceincluding the creation of an

autonomous Palestine in federallinkage with Jordan. But themain focus of this summit was tobring peace between Israel andEgypt. During those years, theinternational community (NAM)supported the formation ofPalestine. United Nation GeneralAssembly invited Yasser Arafat(PLO-Palestine Liberation Orga-nization) to address its specialsession in November 1976.

● The Israel Palestine conflict tooka new turn in 1990s. Importantfactors like the Gulf War, dis-integration of Soviet Union andPalestinian uprising charged upthe situation in West Asia. Afterthe end of Cold War, UnitedStates of America become theonly superpower and took uponitself the responsibility of pursu-ing the West Asia peace process.The victory of United States inthe Gulf war opened up newVistas for American role in theconflict. The United States wasalso interested in increasing itsinfluence in the West Asia regionto exploit its vast oil reserves andthus securing energy security.

● Madrid Peace talks : On October31, 1991 on United States initia-tive, Peace Talk between Arabsand Israel re-started. The talkwas not a success. But this peacetalk was significant in one aspect.It brought the Israelis andPalestine across the table for thefirst time since the partition ofPalestine.

● Oslo Peace talk : It was held inApril 1993 with the NigerianCorporation. It was a pathbreaker in the long standingconflict. An agreement wasreached on the board outlying ofstep-by-step peace settlement. Itgave the self-rule to he Palestine'sin the Gaza-Strip and the city ofJericho, which extended subse-quently to other occupied territo-ries. It had several other features-giving effect to the provision ofthe agreement; the Israeli Parlia-ment adopted a resolution onAugust 30, 1993 regarding self-rule for Palestine. On September1993, the then Israeli PrimeMinister Yitzhak Rabin and PLOleader Yasar Arafat promised in

the historic ceremony at theWhite House in Washington toend the year's long hostility andmistrust between their people.

● The Oslo peace process wasstalled after the Likud Partyleader Benjamin Netyanchucomes to power. He denouncedthe peace accord, declaring it asagainst the interest of Israel. ThePalestine was determined tomake East Jerusalem their capitalwhile Israel was adamant on aUnited Jerusalem under itscontrol.

● Wye River Resort Agreements :In the year 1999 former ArmyGeneral Ehud Barak became thenew Prime Minister. They signedtwo Wye River Resort Agree-ments. Under the new agree-ment, Israel would hand overanother 11% of the territory ofthe West Bank to the Palestine.Under the provision of the Wyeagreement the first phase ofwithdrawal of Israeli forces fromWest Bank was fixed in Septem-ber in 1999. The second phase inNovember and the third phase inJanuary 2001.

● Israel started withdrawing itstroops from the West Bank andalso agreed to open passagebetween the Gaza-Strip and theWest Bank and allowed thePalestine to develop seaport inGaza. However the conflict overJerusalem border demarcations,refugee problem and othercontentions issues were left to bedecided in the final talks thatfollowed.

Recent Developments● In July 2002, the ‘quartet’ of the

United States, the EuropeanUnion, the United Nations, andRussia outlined the principles ofa ‘road map’ for peace, includingan independent Palestinian state.The road map was released inApril 2003 after the appointmentof Mahmoud Abbas (AKA AbuMazen) as the first-ever Pales-tinian Authority Prime Minister.Both the US and Israel called fora new Prime Minister position, asthey refused to work with Arafatanymore.

PD/November/2010/868 “That’s all non-violence is—organized love.”

● The plan called for independentactions by Israel and the Pales-tinian Authority, with disputedissues put off until a rapport canbe established. In the first step,the Palestinian Authority must“undertake visible efforts on theground to arrest, disrupt, andrestrain individuals and groupsconducting and planning violentattacks on Israelis anywhere”and a “rebuilt and refocussedPalestinian Authority securityapparatus” must begin sustained,targeted, and effective operationsaimed at confronting all thoseengaged in terror and dismantle-ment of terrorist capabilities andinfrastructure.

● Israel was then required to dis-mantle settlements establishedafter March 2001, freeze all settle-ment activity, remove its armyfrom Palestinian areas occupiedafter 28 September 2000, endcurfews and ease restrictions onmovement of persons and goods.

● Neither party has yet fulfilledits obligations under this peaceplan. Israel has dismantled onlyminor post-March 2001 settle-ments and has actually expandedothers. Israel also evacuated(sometimes forcibly) the wholeGaza-Strip in August 2005, dis-mantling all Jewish settlementsthere. The Israeli army also with-drew completely from the Gaza-Strip. However, Israeli army stillregularly patrols and redeploysinto Palestinian-controlled areas,in what it describes as actions tocombat terrorism.

● Palestinians have not made muchprogress in reducing violentactions against Israel. For them,this is because of disputes bet-ween resistance factions (e.g.,then-Prime-Minister Abbas hadstated that he could not actagainst Hamas without causing acivil war) and continued Israeliattacks. Initially, Hamas andIslamic Jihad unilaterallydeclared a 45-day temporaryceasefire, conditional on Israelceasing its assassinations ofPalestinian leaders and a massrelease of thousands of Palesti-nians held in Israeli prisons

without trial or charges. Israelrejected the proposal.

● Territory Exchange Method :The Clinton Parameters includeda plan on which the PalestinianState was to include 94-96% ofthe West Bank, and around 80%of the settlers were to remainunder Israeli sovereignty, and inexchange for that, Israel willconcede some territory (so called'Territory Exchange' or 'LandSwap') within the Green Line(1967 borders). The swap wouldconsist of 1-3% of Israeli territory,such that the final borders of theWest Bank part of the Palestinianstate would include 97% of theland of the original borders.

● In 2010, Palestinian AuthorityPresident Mahmoud Abbas saidthat the Palestinians and Israelhave agreed on the principle of aland swap. The issue of the ratioof land Israel would give to thePalestinians in exchange forkeeping settlement blocs is anissue of dispute, with the Palesti-nians demanding that the ratiobe 1 : 1, and Israel offering less.However, its implementation tooeludes.

Present Position of ImportantStakeholders

● Hamas has been in control of theGaza-Strip since 2006.

● PLO, with the help of Israel andUSA, is in control of the WestBank.

● Israel has been told not toconstruct any new supplementon the West Bank. Even, theyhad been told to demolish someof these settlements which havecome up since 2005.

● In principle, Israel has agreed forestablishment of a separate statewith certain conditions.

● Arabs have agreed for thePalestine state and Israel tocoexist side-by-side i.e. advocat-ing Two Nation Theory. But Iranand Syria are in no mood to givethis concession to Israel and theUSA.

● President Obama is trying toreach to the Muslim world bysending favourable signals. Evenhe is ready to talk to Iran. The

latest resumption of talk betweentwo parties is testimony of this.

● Barack Obama has appointed aspecial envoy of Middle EastGeorge Mitchell. His aim is tohelp in creation of Palestine andreaching to a permanent solutionto the chronic problem. GeorgeMitchell, who has travelled bet-ween the two sides for months ofindirect, or proximity, talks, saysthe United States is ready to sug-gest compromises, or ‘bridgingproposals’, as needed during thetalks. While Secretary Clintonsaid the talks should take placewithout preconditions.In the above stated backdrop the

fresh Peace Talk between Israel andPalestine started in the presence ofUS officials and other parties in thefirst week of September 2010 inWashington D.C. President Obamasaid, “I’ve invited Israeli PrimeMinister Netayahu and PalestinianAuthority President Abbas to meet onSeptem-ber second in Washington,D.C., to re-launch direct negotiationsto resolve all final status issues,which we believe can be completedwithin one year.”

The Palestinians, of course,continue to be divided and unable tospeak with one voice that is trulyrepresentative. Hamas, for example,which continues to rule Gaza, hasshown little enthusiasm for uncon-ditional talks with Israel. There is alsothe unanswered question of Pales-tinians’ right to return. Most Pales-tinians, who were dispersed fromtheir homes by Israel, want the rightto return to their lands; Israelis refuseto discuss it. Israel has also refusedto declare a full halt to settlementbuilding in East Jerusalem and theoccupied territories, and it is intenton controlling water sources in thePalestinian territory, as they seewater as a security issue. And there isalso talk afoot about passing legisla-tion to get as many Arabs as possibleto leave Israel, adding another issueto any face-to-face talks that takeplace. There is not much reason tocrow about the impending talks. Yes,to talk is better than not to talk asit always offers the possibility ofavoiding catastrophe. But not muchcan be expected from the right-wing

Continued on Page 876

PD/November/2010/869 “There is no such thing as defeat in non-violence.”

US Withdrawal from Iraq—Dr. Amresh Chandra

International Relations International Relations ArticleArticle

President Obama in February2009 described his strategy for endingthe war in Iraq and announced thatall U.S. combat operations therewould cease by the end of August2010. Based on that timeline, the sizeof the U.S. military force in Iraqwould decrease from roughly 140,000troops in the spring of 2009 to nomore than 50,000 by the end ofAugust 2010. In accordance with theStatus of the Forces Agreementsigned by Iraq and the United Statesin November 2008, the remaining50,000 U.S. troops must leave Iraq bythe end of December 2011. By the endof the process, more than 350 basesand 3.5 million pieces of equipmentwill be closed down, transferred tothe Iraqi security forces or rede-ployed to other American units.That's a logistical feat on a staggeringscale but the President was carefulnot to repeat the mistake of hispredecessor George W. Bush whofamously declared that America'smission in Iraq had been accom-plished seven years ago, long beforethe violence and instability wereended. History knocking the doorand reminding U.S. about theVietnam fiasco the one which hasbeen haunting U.S. prestige sincethen. According to U.S. militarystrategists, Iraq is not Vietnam. Weare not evacuating Iraq, but with-drawing; the very distinction presentsan opportunity to avoid the mistakesof the past.

To avoid this, next logical step iswithdrawal of American troops in aplanned phased manner. The twomain strategic questions the planseeks to answer are: How to bringAmerican military engagement inIraq to a responsible end ? And howto prevent a repeat of mistakes thathave been made ? Ultimate success orfailure of the war in Iraq, Obamasaid, “would rest with the Iraqipeople themselves. The U.S. cannotpolice Iraq's streets indefinitely untilthey are completely safe. It is up to

the Iraqis, to ensure a future under agovernment that is sovereign, stableand self-reliant”. We sent our troopsto Iraq to do away with SaddamHussein's regime and you got the jobdone," he said, referring to the troops.

American politico-geostrategistsand topbrass of Obama admini-strations are meticulously chartingout plans. The plan attempts topresent a combined military, dip-lomatic, and economic strategy to endthe Iraqi imbroglio. The Plan’s statedproposals with respect to Iraq are :● Drawing down U.S. military

involvement in Iraq,● Development of a permanent

nation-building capability in theDepartment of State,

● A large infusion of foreign aidinto Iraq,

● A transfer of responsibility to theinternational community throughdialogue, addressing refugeeissues,

● Creation of an independent warcrimes commission, and fundingof education to improve thestatus of women.

Future PossibilitiesThe most critical question

surrounding the withdrawal of U.S.forces from Iraq is Iraq’s internalsecurity and stability. Although thewithdrawal plan approved byPresident Barack Obama is designedto coincide with Iraq’s ability tomaintain its own stability andsecurity, the end of U.S. militaryoccupation is a watershed that mayalter the strategies of the main Iraqipolitical actors, each of whomcommands enough armed power tobe able to shatter Iraq’s domesticpeace. Should any of the main opposi-tion groups—frustrated Sunnis, auto-nomy minded Kurds, militantShi’as—turn to force, U.S. interestsand personnel could be harmed. Forits part, Iraq’s own government caneither improve or damage stability,depending on whether it deals with

these opposition groups reasonablyor opts to abuse its growing power.Apart from the main actors,extremists are sure to keep attackingIraq’s political order and U.S. forces.With U.S. policy-makers now seizedby Muslim-extremist insurgencies inAfghanistan and Pakistan and bynuclear proliferation by Iran andNorth Korea, Iraq’s dangers mayreceive less attention. Yet, howsecurity conditions in Iraq may affectand be affected by the withdrawal ofU.S. forces is one of the most seriousmatters facing U.S. policy-makers inthe next few years. At stake for theUnited States is where Iraq falls on aspectrum ranging from ‘a model ofprogress’ to ‘a source of turmoil’ inone of the world’s most critical andvolcanic regions. This obviously callsfor great vigilance on the part of U.S.military, diplomatic, and intelligenceorganizations. But because Iraq is socomplex, fragile, fluid, and unpredic-table, vigilance is not enough.

To understand causality, anti-cipate dangers, and act purposefully,U.S. policy-makers need an objectiveframework within which the moti-vations and capabilities of the actorsthat affect Iraq’s security, and theinteractions among those actors, canbe managed properly. The veryframework could assess Iraq’ssecurity and stability focusing onthese issues and possibly seekingplausible way out :

● Which of Iraq’s main actors havethe ability and possible incentiveto threaten security and stability ?

● What dangers might thesethreats pose to U.S. interests ?

● What factors, including the with-drawal of U.S. forces, may alterthe calculations and conduct ofthese actors ?

● How may the balance of armedpower change, and how may thisaffect the calculations of poten-tially dangerous actors ?

PD/November/2010/870 “Anger is the enemy of non-violence and pride is a monster that swallows it up.”

● How could departing andremaining U.S. personnel beharmed/unharmed ?

● What can the United States do tomitigate these risks of insecurityand instability as and after U.S.forces depart fully ?

As part of the framework, theproposed plan offers a model of theIraqi actors whose calculations,capabilities, and conduct will largelydetermine the country’s internalsecurity and stability. Insofar as theseactors rely on or are influenced byexternal actors e.g., Iraq’s neigh-bours—this is taken into account. InIraq there are mainly three ethnicgroups with own regional affiliationsand political interests and ambitions.

Assessing Dangers on EthnicFaultlines

Sunni Extremism—Extremistviolence in Iraq may evolve with thewithdrawal of U.S. combat forces, butit is unlikely either to end or toexpand to 2004-2007 levels. AQI [alQaeda in Iraq] was the most deadlyinsurgent group until mid 2007, andit dominated many neighbourhoodsin western and mid-northern Iraq. Asan al Qaeda franchise, AQI tappedinto the financial resources and pro-paganda power of al Qaeda central,proclaiming the creation of a trans-national Islamic caliphate as itsultimate goal. Capitalizing on therallying call of jihad against invadinginfidel forces, AQI attracted thesupport of many local Iraqi resistancegroups.

It is now largely confined toMosul, the Tigris River valley, andDiyala province. In the last few years,AQI has actively tried to re-engageSunni awakening-council membersthrough financial incentives as wellas appealing to their frustration at theGoI’s [Government of Iraq] reluctanceto incorporate them into the ISF [IraqiSecurity Force]. Where these induce-ments have not worked, AQI hascontinued to attack tribal leaders anda group of people called Son’s of Iraq[SoI] though this has been counter-productive. In terms conduct, SoIcould become susceptible to infiltra-tion or instigation by Sunni extre-mists, creating the potential forrenewed widespread insurgency. If

AQI is also successful in fomentingShi’a militancy and anti-Sunnireprisals, the core could fragment,with grave consequences for Iraqiand U.S. interests.

The second category of Sunniresistance comprises groups withmore nationalistic goals. Among thelatter, the biggest is the Army ofIslam in Iraq. Similar to AQI, theArmy of Islam has favoured the use ofterror and targeted assassinations,but with less recourse to suicidebombing. Unlike AQI, the Army ofIslam has largely steered clear oftargeting Iraqi Sunnis, with theexception of AQI operatives, whohave become some of their primetargets. The Jihad and Reform Fronthas also made attempts to win backsupport from Sunni tribal awakening-council members. Members ofBa’athist party also possess threats.Categorizing these latter groups asinherently extremist is problematicwhen we consider that some of theirmembers have joined awakeningcouncils and worked in cooperationwith U.S. forces. Still, elements ofthese groups remain vehementlyopposed to the Iraq’s fledglingpolitical order. This picture of Sunniopposition suggests a more localizedthreat than the one envisaged by AQIearlier, and this has importantimplications for U.S. interests in theregion. At present, AQI, whose hall-mark tactics have been suicidebombings, roadside bombs, andtargeted assassinations, maintains thecapability to mount occasionalattacks, as do other Sunni nationalistgroups. However, the current organi-zational dynamics of AQI suggestthat its previously stated goal ofusing Iraq as a base from which it canlaunch further campaigns across theregion is untenable. AQI is hamperedby a lack of popular support,restricted movement, and a dearth offinancing. It may decline further oncethe majority of U.S. combat forceswithdraw, thus removing the originalcause for jihad in Iraq.

Shi’a Extremism—Shi’a extre-mism has similar ambiguities in termsof national-versus-transnational moti-vations and dividing lines. In the pastseven years, the most consistentthreat of violence to coalition forceshas come from JAM [Muqtada al-

Sadr’s Jaish al-Mahdi] and associatedgroups. The Sadrist bloc itself isfundamentally an Iraqi nationalistgroup with clear political ambitionbut has wavered between politicalengagement and rejection. Since mid-2008, however, the Sadrist bloc hasofficially steered away from the useof force, and, for this reason, expert ofthe region consider the Sadrists to betenuously within Iraq’s political coreat present. Many Shi’a groups aresupported by Iran. SGs, [Shi’a specialgroups] though once associated withJAM, fall more neatly into the fringeextremist category. Although SGshave, at times, taken Muqtada al-Sadras a source of inspiration, they haveproven unruly and unresponsive tohis calls for Shi’a militants to laydown arms. Most officials and obser-vers believe that SGs have directfunding from Iran and other sourcesthat do not depend on al-Sadr or hismovement. Attacks on U.S. forces bySGs peaked in mid-2007. Since then,offensives by U.S. forces and byothers to disrupt SG networks acrossthe country have limited theirpotency. While mainstream JAMmembers have relied on theirnationalist credentials to maintaininfluence with the local population,an upsurge of anti-Iranian sentimentamong the Iraqi population has ledmany civilians to go berserk At thesame time, Iran’s motivation forfunding and equipping SGs appearsto have fallen, and Tehran may wellhave calculated that Iranian interestsare now best served by an orderlyand relatively uneventful withdrawalof U.S. forces from Iraq. Nevertheless,the SG threat to the Iraqi politicalorder and to U.S. forces cannot bedismissed. At the same time, Iran iscapable of replenishing SG weaponryand rekindling SG attacks within Iraqwhenever it chooses. While its incen-tive to do so may not seem strongduring the withdrawal of U.S. forces,Iran’s behaviour in Iraq is unpredic-table and subject to exogenous influ-ences—e.g., U.S.-Iran confrontationoutside Iraq. In addition, the Sadristbloc’s current commitment to engag-ing in the political process isprecarious, and any renewal ofmilitant JAM strongholds in southand central Iraq would undoubtedlyincrease the possibility of SGsrecommencing operations.

PD/November/2010/871 “At the center of non-violence stands the principle of love.”

To sum up, we expect that Sunniand Shi’a extremists beyond thefringe of Iraq’s political order willremain violent and will pose somethreat to departing and remainingU.S. personnel. Of the two sources ofextremist violence, AQI is currentlythe most dangerous because of itswillingness to commit unrestrainedterror, its potential to instigate widerarmed Sunni opposition, and itsdedication to Sunni-Shi’a civil war.

Kurdish upsurge—Iraqi Kurdsare conditioned by modern history toview Arab domination in general andIraqi (Arab) state forces in particularas potential existential threats. Even ifnot independent, the Kurds aredetermined to create a secure, self-sufficient, self-governed Kurdistanthroughout their ancestral land. UponSaddam’s removal, renewed conflictwas averted and the Kurds wereconvinced to stay in Iraq, mainly byU.S. pressure. Since 2003, the Kurdshave followed a two-prongedstrategy : creating an autonomousKurdistan in Iraq and actively parti-cipating in Iraq’s national govern-ment, policies, and security appa-ratus. The first prong is both an endin itself and a hedge against thingsgoing awry in the rest of Iraq. KRG[Kurdish Regional Government]President Masud Barzani emphasizesthis aspect. The second is a way toinfluence what happens in Iraq as awhole, especially as it could affect theKurds. Iraqi President and PUK[Patriotic Union of Kurdistan] leaderJalal Talabani emphasizes this aspect.Both recognize the need for a dualtrack, albeit with different weights.Kurdish participation in Iraqi politicshas succeeded thus far because theruling Shi’a parties needed theKurdish bloc to govern, with theSunnis marginalized and in revolt.

But Kurdish clout in Baghdad isdeclining as the power of ISCI [IslamicSupreme Council of Iraq, a strategicpartner of the Kurds] decreases, andcould vanish if a Sunni-Shi’a (Arab)coalition is formed—one purpose ofwhich could be to oppose Kurdishexpansion and autonomy. For Kurdswho believe that their viability lies ina strong, safe, autonomous, and self-sufficient Kurdistan. Kurds currentlyfeel threatened by two trends—al-Maliki’s consolidation of power and

the projected capabilities of the ISF. Ifcurrent trends continue, the balancewill tip more in favour of the ISF astime progresses. The exit of U.S.forces will remove what the Kurdssee as a guarantor of their security.The potential gravity of Kurd-Arabconflict lies in the fighting capabilitiesof the two sides and the risk of thebreak-up of Iraq.

Iraqi Government’s Perspec-tive

Iraq's most senior military officialwarned that the planned pullout ofU.S. forces might be premature,particularly from a war-torn countrylike Iraq. Iraqi army chief of staff saidhis troops will not be ‘fully ready’ todefend the country until 2020, andthat the U.S. troop withdrawal wouldleave ‘a void’. His remarks came on aday when eight Iraqi soldiers werekilled in two explosions after theywere lured by insurgents into abooby-trapped house. The general'scomments appear at odds with theviews of political leaders in bothBaghdad and Washington, but echogrowing concerns about the still-fragile situation in Iraq, whichentered its sixth month [August 2010]without a government after incon-clusive elections of March, 2010.James L. Jones, the President'snational security adviser, expressedoptimism about the progress ofnegotiations to form a new govern-ment. “We think that they're makinggood progress,” he told the CNN andfurther he said that the nationalsecurity team—including Secretary ofState Hillary Rodham Clinton,Defense Secretary Robert M. Gatesand Army Gen. Raymond Odierno,commander of U.S. forces in Iraq—had conducted a “comprehensivereview of where we were with regardto the political situation in Iraq, theformation of a government, thesecurity situation and…the transitionthat’s going on.” However Iraqigovernment is not convinced with thepresent situation of the country.

Summing up the scenario, itcould be underlined that U.S. militarymust not become so fixated on theISF’s [Iraqi Security Force] capabilityto replace U.S. forces. It could bemisused either by the Government ofIraq or by ISF commanders or by anyother ethnic groups. Accordingly,

it should design a three-missionapproach for future U.S.-Iraqi mili-tary cooperation: building capabili-ties, character, and confidence. In thisregard, the United States, the Iraqigovernment, and all the core actorsshould, when the time is right,address the basis for and particularsof U.S.-Iraq defense cooperation uponcompletion of the withdrawal. Withsuch efforts, the United States shouldbe able to contribute to continuestrengthening of the internal securityand stability of Iraq even as itwithdraws its forces. PresidentObama must not repeat the mistakesof past President by waiting fortragedy to strike in the final hours.He must direct his administration toformulate effective policies andexecute them properly, so that wemight end a challenging war with ajust withdrawal unlike Vietnamfiasco. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/872 “I really believe in non-violence, but I also believe in a short of resistance that has to be respectful.”

SAARC at 25—S. Ganesa Subramanian

International Relations ArticleInternational Relations Article

SAARC is an economic andpolitical organisation of eight coun-tries in Southern Asia. It was esta-blished on December 8, 1985 byBangladesh, Bhutan, Maldives, Nepal,Pakistan, India and Sri Lanka. InApril 2007, at the Association’s 14thsummit, Afghanistan became itseighth member. In the 15th summitheld in Dhaka, China was grantedobserver status. SAARC has in recentyears attracted wide internationalattention and generated much interestamong countries that now holdobserver status.

This year we mark the twenty-fifth anniversary of SAARC. This isalso the first time that we met inBhutan. In these two and a halfdecades our subcontinent has beenwitness to much progress.

Intra-regional trade flows havegrown and transport and telecom-munication links have expanded.Institutions for regional cooperationhave been created. The SAARC Deve-lopment Fund, the Food Bank, theSouth Asian Free Trade Agreementand the South Asian University areexamples of new institutions.

In the last few years, SAARC hasalso begun to lay the institutionalframework for regional cooperation.Regional institutions, in the form ofthe South Asian Regional StandardsOrganisation (SARSO) in Dhaka, theSAARC Arbitration Council inIslamabad, the SAARC DevelopmentFund (SDF) in Thimphu, the SouthAsian University in New Delhi,among others, are the building blocksof regional development.

The first academic session of theSouth Asian University started inAugust 2010. India will provide 50‘SAARC Silver Jubilee Scholarships’for meritorious students from SAARCLeast Development Countries for theSouth Asian University. South Asiais emerging as the hub of techno-logical innovation.

Two important SAARC Agree-ments, on Environment and Tradein Services were signed during theThimpu Summit. The SAARC Agree-ment on Trade in Services willenable the realization of the region’simmense potential in service areassuch as Health, Hospitality, Com-munications, Computer and Informa-tion Services and Air Transport and isexpected to augment intra-regionaltrade in services in a mutualy bene-ficial manner.

The SAARC Convention onEnvironment is expected to promotecooperation among the SAARC coun-tries in the field of environment andsustainable development. The scopeof cooperation under the Conventionwould extend to “exchange of bestpractices and knowledge, capacitybuilding and transfer of eco-friendlytechnology” in a number of areas,including climate change, coastal zonemanagement, wildlife conservationand environmental impact assess-ment studies.

The regional projects initiated byIndia in Telemedicine, Tele-educa-tion, Rain Water Harvesting, SeedTesting Laboratories and Solar RuralElectrification, are under implemen-tation in most SAARC Member States.The thrust of most of these projectsand activities is at grassroots levelswhere the results are less visibleperhaps but far more significant andrewarding.

Mutual respect and tolerance,abhorrence of extremism, radicalismand terrorism being part of SouthAsian civilisational heritage, regionalcooperation can be a significantmultiplier in improving the quality ofgovernance in managing our naturalresources, in preventing land andwater degradation and in streng-thening our food, water and energysecurity.

It also needs to be emphasizedthat the smaller countries of theregion have great expectation fromSAARC. It gives them greater visibi-

lity in regional affairs and makestheman equal partner in the regionwhich is Indo-centric in nature.

However, SAARC is yet torealise its full potential as a regionalforum. Each one of the South Asiancountries, and the region as a whole,has a long way to go in fulfilling theaspirations of the people. The share ofintra-regional trade and investmentflows in total trade and investmentflows in South Asia is far below whatwe see in East and South-East Asia.

The member countries have notshown much interest in makingSAARC a regional forum for socio-economic development. Pakistaninitially was not interested to joinSAARC as it felt that it wouldincreasingly get sucked into the SouthAsia identity when it was striving toconnect with the Middle East andestablish its cultural core based on anIslamic identity.

Even India initially consideredSAARC to have a limited value forher. With or without SAARC Indiaenjoys a central position in theeconomic and foreign policies of theneighbouring countries and conductsits relations bilaterally. It has thegeographical advantage to shape bila-teral policy without involvement ofany third country.

To add to this, the bilateral issuesof the member countries, unfor-tunately, have always thwarted theattempt to give SAARC its role as aregional forum. India-Pakistan talkson the sidelines of SAARC havealways diverted the focus of themedia. Consequently, the regionalorganisation has not got the mediaattention that is necessary to popu-larize the concept of SAARC in aregion that is divided by history andwhere the scars of partition haveprovided fertile ground for mistrustand suspicion to grow.

Pakistan has linked the issue ofSAFTA to Kashmir and India hasentered into various other multi-

PD/November/2010/873 “In some cases non-violence requires more militancy than violence.”

lateral regional organisationalarrangements like BIMSTEC andKunming initiative to advance itsdiverse interests. The smaller coun-tries also have entered into bilateralarrangements with India. Whileregional trade between the countriesof the region has remained stagnantat 5 per cent of their global trade,India’s bilateral trade with theneighbouring countries has grownmanifold over the years.

China factor is a new addition tothe existing complications of SAARC.When India promoted the member-ship to Afghanistan as SAARC’seighth member, Nepal attempted tolink Afghanistan’s membership toChina’s quest for observer status wasa corollary to India’s move. India haslong believed South Asia to be itssphere of influence and consideredSAARC as a South Asian organisationwith common problems of poverty,unemployment and slow economicdevelopment. The region was seen asbound by common culture and com-mon aspirations.

One cannot discount how India’sneighbours may play the China cardas a bargaining tool. In the pastvarious undemocratic regimes haveplayed with India’s apprehensionsregarding China to garner India’ssupport and blunt India’s probablehelp to those who oppose the regime.

Given the Chinese interest itwould not be preposterous to suggestthat China would use its influenceto gain entry into SAARC as itsmember. This would make progressin SAARC a far more complicatedaffairs.

China proposes to invite seniordiplomats from South Asian nationsto China in 2011; it plans to host theThird South Asian countries com-modity fair and China-SAARC seniorofficials’ meeting and also the fifthChina-South Asia business forum.China has already announced acontribution of US $ 300 million forfunding of various developmentalprojects in the region under theSAARC Development Fund (SDF)which has three windows, economicsocial and infrastructure.

The Chinese contribution to theSAARC Development fund is impor-tant. It will not only give China a sayon the manner in which these funds

would be utilized but would alsoallow China to play a greater role inSouth Asia thus denting India’s role.Of course India will have a greatersay in regional affairs because it is amember country.

The India-China contest withinSAARC will seal its fate as SAARC isalready reeling under the pressure ofIndia-Pakistan tension. The politiciza-tion of SAARC will take the focusof regional cooperation from socio-economic development to globalpower politics.

This apprehension was evidentlyexpressed by the member countriesboth large and small. For the firsttime member countries expressedtheir frustration with its sluggishprogress in the Thimpu summit.The Prime Minister of India expressedhis disappointment by saying that“the glass of regional cooperation,regional development and regionalintegration is half empty” andemphasized that “the region must bebetter connected, empowered, fedand educated” to achieve comparablesuccess with other regional organi-sations.

President Nashid of Maldiveswas candid when he said that Indiaand Pakistan needed to “compart-mentalize the differences and moveforward on common ground” tomake cooperation a success. ThePrime Minister of Bhutan remarkedthat over 200 meetings a year andproliferation of areas of cooperationhad added to the sluggish progress ofSAARC.

Sri Lanka wants the organisationto move at a swift pace. Sri LankanPresident Rajapakse had earlierstated that it was high time there wasa single South Asian currency to‘enhance the productivity of theregion and improve trade withoutbarriers’. He expressed his concern atthe failure of SAARC to realize theSouth Asia Free Trade Agreement(SAFTA) successfully, to make SouthAsia ‘one massive region forenhancement of trade’.

Given the commonalities ofculture, problems and issues, SAARCas a regional forum has a lot many toachieve. Health and human resourcedevelopment are perhaps the mostcompelling of the areas that impact

on the dignity and well being of ourpeople. We need to bring on theagenda issues relating to basiceducation, skill development thecreation of a scientific temper amongyouth, women’s empowerment andnutrition.

In this Silver Jubilee year ofSAARC, its members can take satis-faction from the fact that SAARC istaking on the role of service providerfor the economic and developmentneeds of the people of the region,who number almost 1·5 billion. Thefocus in SAARC should be onimproving regional connectivitythrough the development of newtrade, transport and telecommuni-cation links; the setting of commonstandards and harmonization ofcustoms procedures; increasingunderstanding by greater people-to-people contacts, particularly amongthe youth, civil society, cultural per-sonalities, academics and parliamen-tarians.

Towards the achievement of theobjective, the challenge before us is totranslate institutions into activities,conventions into programmes, officialstatements into popular sentiments.Declarations at summits and officiallevel meetings do not amount toregional cooperation or integration.Regional cooperation should enablefreer movement of people, of goods,of services and of ideas. It shouldhelp us re-discover our shared heri-tage and build our common future.

One of the successes of SAARChas been the recent steps taken toimplement the South Asia Free TradeAgreement (SAFTA). Regionalcooperation is all about the attitudesof the member countries. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/874 “Truth is my God, Non-violence is the means of realising him.”

Public Administration Public Administration ArticleArticle

—Ashok Balasundaram

Do we Need Technocrats in Civil Service ?

When I faced the interview boardof UPSC in 1998, the hardest questionput was why I was leaving a career inbiotechnology to join a ‘thankless’job. I remember justifying my ambi-tion with success. My pursuing themasters was the detour; I wanted to‘lead India’. Technology was aboutfollowing creating solutions topeople’s problems, I was there tolead. The board was sold and I was inthe first few in the list of the year.

After ten years in the guts of thepublic system, and spending sometime training new entrants, I thinktechnocrats, especially the supertechnocrats are highly unsuitablematerial to induct into civil services.After the Kothari commission recom-mended their inclusion and threedecades of having inducted IIT, IIMand other Engineering or Medicalgraduates, we are now in a situationwhere the top services, includingForeign Service and AdministrativeService have a 40% representation ofengineers of various trades and 5%medical graduates. Police and ForestService also attract many technicalgraduates compared to social scienceand humanistic graduates. Theobvious logic is to keep the field ofchoice as wide as possible and notexpressly debar any graduate fromattempting the public exam, whichincidentally is the most competedpublic civil service exam in theWorld. There is no reason why asuperior matriculate must not beallowed the privilege of joining theIAS or IFS if he or she so chooses,irrespective of graduation subject. Tothat extent, a change of the quali-fication to legal, humanistic or socialscience bias may be bad in law.

The surge of technocrats has,however, changed the character ofpublic service drastically. Competi-tive merit in the optional subject hasproduced batches in the IAS with75% technical graduates who have topick up all public administration andpolicy subjects afresh. Law consti-

tutes one-thirds of the inputs in theprofessional phase of IAS trainingand almost all are new to the subject.Engineers tend to do well in Econo-mics and Management and theirstrength in quantitative subjects issecond to none. The flair for expres-sion and communication is generallylower than the arts/social sciencegraduates from excellent Universities.Effective public speaking skills arevanishing in the services. Higher thetechnology grades, lesser the expres-sion. (There are exceptions and excep-tion to exceptions here)

The most significant departurefrom the skill set of a senior policymaker is the rapid onset of bias:double elatedness. The technologygraduate implicitly considers him/herself superior to the rest andpresumes a better (?) understandingof complex development problems asmonotonous unidimensional issues. Icall this the Kalam syndrome: that ofbelieving in blindly well meaningtechnical fixes to solve complex issueswhich call for political-conflict resolu-tion. ‘Six sigma’ jargons whichnobody understands in the ruralmilieu follow. If use of jargons is notenough there is the explicit under-standing that technology can possiblyfix everything. Give me a problem; Igive you a technology fix.

The economic ethics in civilservice which is just remunerativeenough to maintain oneself andfamily has got distorted with themajority induction of tech graduates.The technology graduate alwayscompares him/herself with the lostfinancial prospects had he joinedprivate sector. After deducting thesocial prestige for which many chosethe service, which is substantiallydiminished when allotment is madeinto ‘unfavorable’ North East or deepSouth, the constant rue is over thespilt milk. This de-motivates andmakes socialization within the servicemore difficult. It is now not unusualto see young officers leave seeking

better pastures in the initial yearsitself.

The other element of this com-parison is the increased susceptibilityto corruption. IIT or IIM is an emblemwhich is worn throughout withoutany commensurate measure of thebenefits to the system or rewards tothe individual. Public systems workwith the quantum of shared leastcommon denominator of competencein the institution and not so much onleadership. These cannot be a win-ning amongst a million losers.Leadership and managerial excel-lence are good things in themselves,but public systems need moreempathy, communication and under-standing than pure technical logicand analysis. Common sense helpsbut there is no scope for stand aloneexcellence in the public administra-tion landscape. These cannot be awinning amongst a million losers. Allpublic service is about the protectionof rights and capacity building ofpeople to claim these inherent rights.The new breed of public servantswho have project and scheme basedimagination often ignore the capa-citating the public to their owndetriment.

As Martha Nussbaum rightlyobserved in her classic ‘The ClashWithin’ that the key here is that thesocial science and liberal artseducation in India has not kept pacewith the advances in techno-mana-gerial education. So there is no levelplaying field for the social sciencegraduate in an exam which comparesMath with Philosophy. Though UPSCclaims to do some rationalizationbetween scoring and non-scoringsubjects, the fact is few social sciencegraduates can beat the high scoringtechno-managerial graduates even insocial science subjects. This is an issuewell beyond the present examinationor recruitment policy.

Continued on Page 882

PD/November/2010/875 “Non-violence and truth are inseparable and presuppose one another.”

SPY WARS : A History of Soviet/RussianEspionage in the United States

—Harkirat Singh Powar

Diplomacy Diplomacy ArticleArticle

In what can only be described asa throwback to the days of the coldwar eleven Russian spies werearrested by the FBI last month oncharges of trying to infiltrate USpolicy making circles. The FBI, whichhad been secretly monitoring theseRussian agents for over a decade,revealed that they were taking ordersfrom the Russian external intelligenceagency, the SVR (successor to theKGB). Their mission had been todevelop ties with key policy makersin the United States and report totheir masters in Moscow. Accordingto the Department of Justice, theagents were a part of the ‘illegalsprogram’ of the SVR. The lengths towhich the suspects—most of themRussian nationals—went to ‘Ameri-canise’ themselves were staggering,using meticulously constructed falseidentities so that they could blendinto American society without arous-ing suspicion. But what is perplexingis the fact that inspite of all theirtraining and state-of-the-art gadgetry,the agents failed to gather anysubstantial intelligence in their tenyear old operation and were onlycharged with conspiracy to act as anunregistered agent of a foreigngovernment. Most of them were alsocharged with money laundering. Thenews of these arrests came weeksafter the positive talks betweenPresident Obama and his Russiancounterpart, Dmitry Medvedev. It isunclear how these new developmentswill affect U.S.-Russian relations,which after hitting cold war like lowsduring the Bush era, seem to be onthe upswing again with both sidespledging, among other things, toreduce their respective nucleararsenals. The Russian spy saga willprobably not harm relations betweenthe two countries but it should serveas a wake-up call to the Americanintelligence community who over theyears have turned their attention tocombating Islamic terror, the wars inIraq and Afghanistan, China’s grow-

ing military might and the nuclearprogrammes of Iran and North Koreawhile disregarding or underestimat-ing the threat posed by Russian intel-ligence agencies to American nationalsecurity.

The Russians have a long historyof institutionalized espionage. TheTsars had their own secret policeknown as the Okhrana. When theBolsheviks came to power in 1917,they immediately set about to createtheir own secret police which came tobe known as the Cheka. The Chekabecame an important military andsecurity arm of the communistgovernment. It was reorganized in1922 as the State Political Directorateor GPU, which in 1934 became theNKVD (People’s Commissariat forInternal Affairs). Headed by LavrentiyBeria, Stalin’s right hand man, theNKVD conducted mass extrajudicialexecutions, ran the Gulag system offorced labour camps, suppressedunderground resistance, conductedmass deportations of entire nationali-ties to unpopulated regions of thecountry, guarded state borders,carried out espionage and politicalassassinations abroad, was respon-sible for influencing foreign govern-ments, and enforced Stalinist policywithin communist movements inother countries. The Nazi party inGermany created the Gestapo on thelines of the NKVD. After Stalin’sdeath and Beria’s execution, theNKVD merged into the KGB (Com-mittee for State Security). The KGBserved as the national security agencyof the Soviet Union from 1954 to 1991.In a 1983 Time magazine article, itwas stated that the KGB had been theworld’s most effective informationgathering organization.

Soviet/Russian espionage in theUnited States is not a new occurrence.Since the late 1920s, the Soviet Union,through its OGPU and NKVD intel-ligence services, used Russians andforeign-born nationals and commu-

nists, and people of American originto perform espionage activities in theUnited States. These various espion-age networks eventually succeeded inpenetrating various US governmentagencies, transmitting classified orconfidential information to Moscow,while influencing US governmentofficials to support policies favour-able to the Soviet Union. It was mosteffective in collecting scientific andtechnological intelligence aboutadvances in jet propulsion, radar, andencryption. Indeed the Soviet Nuclearprogramme owed much to the intel-ligence gathered by the GRU (Sovietmilitary intelligence) and the foreignintelligence branch of the NKVD.These agencies were extremely suc-cessful in obtaining sensitive infor-mation about the American atomicweapon programme by plantingseveral moles inside the Manhattanproject. Most notable among themwas Klaus Fuchs, a German bornBritish theoretical physicist, whosupplied the Soviets with valuablescientific and technical details aboutthe atomic bomb. Even though theManhattan project was top secret, theAmerican intelligence communitywas completely unaware that Sovietagents had infiltrated the project andwere passing on classified informa-tion to their Russian handlers, infor-mation which greatly expeditedSoviet acquisition of the A-bomb.Such was the volume of intelligencegathered by these moles that JosephStalin was already aware of theexistence of the bomb before thePotsdam conference in July 1945. TheSoviets eventually tested their firstnuclear device on August 29, 1949sending shockwaves through politicaland military circles in America. TheAmericans were caught so off guardthat President Harry S. Trumaninitially refused to believe that Stalinor ‘Uncle Joe’ (as he was jocularlyreferred to in the American public)had the bomb. His surprise was justi-fied as most American intelligence

PD/November/2010/876 “If you want to truly understand something, try to change it.”

experts had predicted that the Sovietswouldn’t have an atomic weapon tillat least 1955. This was partly due tothe effective counter-espionage pro-gramme the NKVD had carried outso as to deceive the Americans aboutthe progress of the Soviet nuclearprogramme and partly due to theinefficiency of the American intel-ligence agencies. The Manhattanproject wasn’t the only organizationthe Soviets had managed to penetratesuccessfully during the second WorldWar. The State department was teem-ing with Soviet moles who passed ona great deal of information regardingAmerican and British plans on thefuture of post war Europe. Stalinused this information to shape hisown plans about the Soviet sphere ofinfluence in Central and EasternEurope. During the majority of the coldwar years it was the KGB whichconducted operations inside theUnited States. It operated legal andillegal espionage residencies in targetcountries where the legal residentspied from the Soviet embassy and ifcaught, was protected with diplo-matic immunity from prosecution.The illegal resident spied unprotectedby diplomatic immunity and workedindependently of the Soviet diplo-matic and trade missions. The false-identity legend assumed by a Russian-born illegal spy was elaborate, the lifeof either a ‘live double’ (participant tothe fabrication) or a ‘dead double’(whose identity is tailored to the spy).The agent then substantiated his orher legend by living it in a foreigncountry, before emigrating to thetarget country; thus the sending ofUS-bound illegal residents via theSoviet residency in Ottawa, Canada.The KGB was also successful inblackmailing and bribing Americansto spy for the Soviet Union. The mostfamous Americans recruited by thethem were FBI man Robert Hanssenand CIA Soviet division officerAldrich Ames. Hanssen, whoseactivities have been described as"possibly the worst intelligencedisaster in US history” spied forSoviet and Russian intelligenceagainst the United States for 22 yearsfrom 1979 to 2001.

Not much information is avail-able on KGB operations in the UnitedStates and elsewhere as most of their

archives remain classified. The onlyvoluminous and credible informationavailable is provided by the Mitrokhinarchive. The Mitrokhin Archive is acollection of notes made secretly byKGB Major Vasili Mitrokhin duringhis thirty years as a KGB archivist inthe foreign intelligence service. Afterthe collapse of the Soviet Union hedefected to Great Britain and broughtthe Archive with him. The FBI hasdescribed the Archive as "the mostcomplete and extensive intelligenceever received from any source". TheMitrokhin Archive claims, amongother things, that more than half ofthe Soviet Union's weapons are basedon US designs, that the KGB tappedHenry Kissinger's telephone, and hadspies in place in almost all US defencecontractor facilities. In France, some35 senior politicians were alleged tohave worked for the KGB in the ColdWar. In Germany, the KGB infiltratedthe major political parties, the judi-ciary, and the police. Moreover, large-scale sabotage preparations weresupposedly made against the US,Canada and elsewhere, includinghidden weapons caches; severalhave been removed by police perMitrokhin's information. In the post Soviet period, “theSVR and GRU (Russia’s political andmilitary intelligence agencies res-pectively) are operating against theUS in a much more active mannerthan they were during even thehottest days of the cold war”, accord-ing to former GRU colonel StanislasLunev. From the end of 1980s, KGBand later SVR began to create ‘asecond echelon’ of "auxiliary agentsin addition to our main weapons,illegals and special agents", accordingto former SVR officer Kouzminov.These agents are legal immigrants,including scientists and other profes-sionals. What the recent Russian spysaga has proved is that organized,clandestine agents from Russia areoperating in the west, particularly theUnited States, with ever increasingdaring and ingenuity. P.Darpan

Continued from Page 868

Israeli government in terms of grant-ing any real Palestinian rights,especially in the settlements issue. Ifnothing comes out of these talks,President Mahmoud Abbas is likelyto resign, as he has already indicated

he is thinking about. That will leave apower vacuum within the PalestinianAuthority and create a period ofuncertainty and further instability inthe territories.

Conclusion : Seeking Respect-ful Two Nation Solution

While there are various root-causes for extremist ideology andterrorism, the legitimate Palestiniangrievances, Israel’s continued denialof enabling the Palestinians to exercisetheir legitimate rights, at the forefrontof which is the right to statehood, andIsrael’s continued occupation ofSyrian and Lebanese territories, con-stitute a formidable and dangerouspropaganda, posturing, mobilizationand recruitment tools for proponentsof extremist ideology, and forterrorists and terrorist organizations.They exploit those circumstances toadvance their violent agendas thatare, in reality, completely unrelatedto providing satisfaction and justiceto the Palestinians and for the legiti-mate Arab grievances and co-exis-tence of Israel.

Considering the gravity of theproblem, the United Nations SecurityCouncil underlined the urgent needto seek a just solution of the issue. Itsresolution says, “The Security Councilreiterates its call for renewed andurgent efforts by the parties and theinternational community to achieve acomprehensive, just and lasting peacein the Middle East, based on thevision of a region where two demo-cratic States, Israel and Palestine, liveside by side in peace within secureand recognized borders.”

Arriving at the two-state solutionand securing comprehensive Arab-Israeli peace, would undoubtedlydeprive such elements and organi-zations from exercising this (thosewho feed on terrorism). The absenceof the two-state solution and the con-tinuation of the Arab-Israeli conflictare the major and elemental sourcesof tension in the region. The suc-cessful realization of the two-statesolution, and the achievement ofcomprehensive Arab-Israeli peace,will have positive strategic con-sequences for the region and for theworld at large. This issue needsleadership, ingenuity, creativeness,boldness and determination. This iswhat world expects from in generaland from Obama Administration inparticular. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/877 “Non-violence requires a double faith, faith in God and also faith in man.”

Discrimination against Girl Child and Women Empowerment

—Moon Arif Rahman

Women EmpoweWomen Empowerment Articlement Article

The status of the girl child is thekey to achieving women’s equalityand dignity which is, in many ways, alitmus test of the maturity of a society.Girls are to be the future mothersbesides future policy makers andleaders. The importance of womenhardly needs emphasis. Woman is themother of race and is the liasionbetween the generations. Our cultureattaches much importance to women,therefore, India has been symbolisedas ‘MOTHER INDIA’. JawaharlalNehru once said, “To awaken thepeople it is the women who must beawakened. Once she is on the movethe family moves, the village moves,the nation moves.” But we see girlsfacing discrimination everywhere, ineach corner of the world. As observedby Beijing Platform for Action inParagraph 259 :

“The girl child is discriminatedagainst boys from the earliest stagesof life through her childhood and intoadulthood. In some areas of theworld, men outnumber women by 5in every 100. The reasons for this dis-crepancy include harmful attitudesand practices, such as female genitalmutilation, son preference…… earlymarriage…violence against women,sexual exploitation, sexual abuse,discrimination against girls in foodallocation and other practices relatedto health and well-being.”

In this connection, some vitalstatistics cited by the United Nationsmay also be added :

● By age 18, girls have received anaverage of 4·4 years less educa-tion than boys.

● Of the more than 110 millionchildren not in school, approxi-mately 60 per cent are girls.

● Of the more than 130 millionprimary-school-age childrenworld-wide who are not enrolledin school, nearly 60 per cent aregirls.

● In some countries in Sub-SaharanAfrica, adolescent girls have HIVrates upto five times as high asadolescent boys.

● Pregnancies and childbirth-related health problems take thelives of nearly 1,46,000 teenagegirls each year.

● In Sub-Saharan Africa, a womanfaces a 1 in 13 chance of dying inchildbirth. In Western Europethe risk is 1 in 3200.

● At least one in three girls andwomen world-wide has beenbeaten or sexually abused in herlifetime.

● An estimated 450 million adultwomen in developing countriesare stunted, a direct result ofmalnutrition in early life.

● Every year, two million girls andwomen are subjected to femalegenital mutilation.

Indian society is still largely maledominated, and women are oftenlooked down upon. The birth of afemale child is often regarded as adisaster, and female foeticide iscommon in Parts of India (despite thePre-Natal Diagnositic Techniques Act1994). When a male child is borneveryone rejoices, but when a femalechild is born many seem dejected andcrest-fallen, as if a tragedy hasoccurred (See Sharat Chandra’s novelParineeta). According to the Demo-graphic Health Survey and the WorldFertility Survey, parents not only inIndia but also in other South Asiancountries and North Africa stronglyprefer sons to daughters. Socially,sons are preferred for continuation offamily line, for looking after parentsin their old age and for performingtheir last rites. Besides, poor parentsof a daughter feel humiliated due todowry demands when her marriageis to be settled. Practice of dowry isvery disgusting. It is said that an IASofficers dowry price is Rs. 1 crore,and that of an engineer or Doctor is

Rs. 25-50 lakh. Is this not disgusting,this practice of treating women ascattle and of actually paying thepurchaser.

In most Indian households, girlchild is discriminated and neglectedfor basic nutrition, education andhealth care. Adverse sex ratio, highmalnutrition, high maternal mortalityrates, high dropout rates, poor schoolenvironment levels, low skill levels,low value for girl’s household worksin society are all indicators of highpreference for a male child due tothe belief that girls are less of an assetand more of a liability. In Bangladeshabout 60% of boys seek free treatmentof diarrhoea centres and parents buyand seek medical help three timesmore often for boys than for girls.Studies in India and Latin Americashow that girls are often immunizedlater than boys or not at all. Theoverwhelming social discriminationagainst girl child affects her humanrights from her birth or even beforebirth. In many communities and inrural areas, an adolescent girl ismarried off by her parents aroundpuberty. Early pregnancy, in turn,undermines her health, physicaldevelopment and the health of thenew born babies. A young andadolescent girl is denied the right toeducation, depriving her of vitalinformation regarding healthcare,nutritious food, immunization, pro-per upbringing of children, familyplanning and reproductive rights etc.thus leading to the second stage ofbondage in her life—a bondage muchlarger and more unbearable thanyears spent at parental home. The girlis treated as a transit passenger onher way to marital household andinvesting in her survival, safety andeducation is considered non-produc-tive.

Family, workplace, communityand anywhere, the act of violence informs of aggression, exploitation anddiscrimination is clearly evident and

PD/November/2010/878 “Non-violence, which is the quality of the heart, cannot come by an appeal to the brain.”

experienced by female and girlchildren. Broadly speaking, com-munal, caste and regional tensionswithin the country have underminedand damaged the social fabric mak-ing women, especially from the socio-economically disadvantaged classes,more vulnerable to violence. Also, theacts of violence directed at the younggirls and females consist of spousebattering and forced sex, eve teasingor intimidation of the female inpublic spaces, sexual harassment onthe job or at the workplace, rape, acidthrowing, kidnapping etc. Absence orinsufficiency of dowry becomes asource of the bride’s maltreatment,victimization and even ‘accidentaldeath’. The latter amounts to clande-stine murder, often made to look likesuicide. Rape, prostitution, drugs,smuggling, riots and terrorism areincreasingly affecting women. Thetrafficking of girls has been on riselately. A large number of such younggirl children are being pushed intoflesh trade trafficked from countrieslike Nepal and Bangladesh. Innocentand poor girls, on false lures andpromises of jobs, marriage or con-fession of undying love by men, arebeing sold or deserted or forced intoprostitution. Police raids indicate thatthe phenomenon is no longer con-fined to demarcated red light areasand the net has spread far and wideinto slum areas, resettlement colonies,middle class residential areas, guest-houses in posh localities, luxurioushotels and massage parlours. Indiancourts are flooded with cases ofcrimes against women includingdowry deaths, wife beating and otherforms of cruelty to women arerampant. In fact, such acts seem tohave grown by leaps and bounds.Barkha Singh, the President of DelhiWomen’s Commission says that suchincidents of rape occur mostly inslum areas or resettlement colonieswherein parents go outside to earntheir livelihood leaving their childalone in the house. Prominent Socio-logist Dr. Randhir Kumar considers itto be the after-effect of economiccrisis and poverty.

If survival of girl child is neces-sary for the existence of the world,their education is equally importantfor her development. As such educa-tion, employment opportunities and a

supportive home and societal envi-ronment are keys to their empower-ment. The MD of the World Bank,Washington DC, Mr. Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, while addressing the annualmeeting of World Economic Forum atDavos, Switzerland in 2009, pointedout the importance of girl effect ondevelopment in these words :

“Investing in Women is smarteconomics. Investing in girls—catch-ing them upstream—is even smartereconomics.” Educating girls yields ahigher return in improving the localeconomy rather than any other typeof investment. For example, aneducated girl will use 90% of herfuture income towards her family,while boys invest only 35%. Similarly,former UN Secretary-General, Mr.Kofi Annan, pointed out that “short-changing girls is not only a matter ofgender discrimination, it is a badeconomics and bad societal policy.Experience has shown over and overagain, that investment in girls’ educa-tion translates directly and quicklyinto better nutrition for the wholefamily, better health care, decliningfertility, poverty reduction and betteroverall economic performance.

Obviously, these are long termand far reaching benefits of educationto end the struggle against genderdiscrimination. Education is thegreatest weapon in knowing theirrights and how to protect and pro-mote them. When girls are educated,they have better career and employ-ment opportunities in life. They arebetter able to avoid commercialsexual exploitation. They gain selfconfidence, learn the life, technicaland practical skills to demonstratetheir capabilities and challengestereotypes about women.

In order to help girl childrensurvive and reach their full potential,the Beijing Platform for Action recom-mended that governments, agenciesand private sector to :

(a) Eliminate all forms of discrimi-nation against the girl-child;

(b) Eliminate negative cultural atti-tudes and practices against girls;

(c) Promote and protect the right ofgirl-child and increase awarenessof her needs and potential;

(d) Eliminate discrimination againstgirls in health and nutrition;

(e) Eliminate the economic exploi-tation of girl labour and protect-girls at work;

(f) Eradicate violence against girl-child ;

(g) Promote the girl-child’s aware-ness of and participation in social,economic and political life.

(h) Strengthen the role of the familyin improving the status of thegirl-child.

All forms of discriminationagainst the girl child and violation ofher rights must be eliminated byundertaking strong measures bothpreventive and punitive within andoutside the family. These wouldrelate specifically to strict enforce-ment of laws against parental sexselection and the practices of femaleforticide, female infanticide, childmarriage, child abuse and childprostitution etc. Removal of discri-mination in the treatment of the girlchild within the family and outsideand projection of a positive image ofthe girl child must be activelyfostered. There should be specialemphasis on the needs of the girlchild and earmarking of substantialinvestments in the areas relating tofood and nutrition, health and educa-tion, and in vocational education. Inimplementing programmes foreliminating child-labour, there shouldbe a special focus on girl children.Added to these, special care shouldbe taken to reduce gender disparities,infant mortality and malnutrition,to prevent female foeticide andinfanticide to increase enrolment andretention of girls in schools besideselimination of child labour.

Discrimination against girl childis a curse for the society. Masscampaigns in favour of survival ofgirl child and giving her humanrights including education, must beinitiated to bring a positive change.Once the platform for girl’s survivalis taken up by the public, not onlywill the girls survive but their healthand education can also be takencare of. Such campaigns need to beorganised particularly in the villageshighlighting the threat to the life ofthe girl child and creating awarenessin the villages about the dangerous

PD/November/2010/879 “Only a philosophy of eternity, in the world today, could justify non-violence.”

consequences which the society as awhole will have to face without thegirl children. The issue has to bediscussed on religious, cultural,economic, political and social level.Computer literacy and enhancementof technical skills among girls mustbe ensured. Added to this, self-defence trainings, as KARATE, mustbe introduced and made compulsoryfor girl children to make them selfreliant and cope with unforeseencircumstances. If the society has togrow into a civilized social fabric, theenlightened mass has a responsibilityto shoulder and share and that is notonly discussions in seminars but alsomobilizing the woman and organiz-ing the society for equality in allspheres of social and national acti-vities where any discrimination ofgender basis is entrenched.

The realities of women especiallyin rural India are difficult to compre-hend. Women, most of the times areeven deprived of some of the funda-mental human rights and this denialis justified often in the name of tradi-tion. In rural areas women are gene-rally relegated mainly to householdduties and cheap labour. They are notperceived as substantial income gene-rating source. Without the power towork and earn a good income, theirvoices are silenced, as they areeconomically dependent and have nocapacity to work and earn a living forthem. The question that needs to beanswered is that in a society wheremen control the destiny of womenhow it is possible to protect thehuman rights of women and makethe women empowerment a reality.The year 2001 was declared aswomen empowerment year by theCentral government. 24th of Januaryhas been decided to be observed asNational Girl Child Day. There aredifferent steps taken by the govern-ment in India regarding womenempowerment. Some of these stepsare, constitutional provisions, enact-ment of social legislations, enact-ment of labour legislations, womenwelfare in five years plans, reserva-tion in representation and education,constitution of women commissionand women cell, subsidised loanfacilities, etc.

The issue of women’s empower-ment seems to have fallen by the

wayside despite all the hype over theUPA’s ‘Aam Aadmi’ agenda. Apartfrom the hyperboles over theWomen’s Reservation Bill, whichare bound to see when it comes upagain in the Parliament, real tools ofempowerment like literacy, employ-ment, matrimonial choices and familyplanning among others, are hardlytalking points anymore.

For socio-economically disadvan-taged class women empowermentliterally means the ability to surviveagainst the harsh odds stacked upagainst them in a feudal and patria-rchal society. They have experiencedthat being a woman means being themost marginalised in any socio-economic strata. It is perhaps apipedream but it has given them thewill to fight on even when the justiceseems elusive and distant. The notionof empowerment for them does notmean a seat in Parliament, but at besta few crumbs at Panchayat level thatmay ensure that they get a fairhearing. The spurt in so called KHAPPANCHAYAT verdicts suggests aresurgence of a patriarchal orderaimed at silencing women rather thanany adherence to tradition.

The women’s movement in Indiasuffers from the drawback that it isfragmented. The fight that womenhave on their hands ranges fromdomestic violence, social andreligious discrimination, to sexualharassment. The Reservation Bill hasbecome such a hoary old chestuntthat debating its finer points hasbecome an academic exercise. At theprospect of any resolution, our poli-tical magicians are able to ensurethat, like a snakes and ladders game,the women’s empowerment advo-cates slide down to the starting point.Yet, perhaps, at no other time has somuch lip service been paid to gendersensitisation, gender budgeting,gender equality and so on. It isalmost as though by talking aboutthem incessantly, our policy makersfeel that they have fulfilled their dutyto women. But for women likeBhanwari Devi a Dalit of Rajasthanwho was gangraped by five uppercaste men in 1992 and Musharrat,whose husband had his legs cut offwhen she a panch in Rajasthan,refused to be an accomplice to anupper caste sarpanch’s crookery.These are the forgotten stories of

India. But they all hope that the tidewill turn once the controversial bill ispassed.

The foolish argument thatwomen’s reservation will onlyempower the ‘Biwi–Beti’ brigadestands exposed. Party bosses like theNCP or the DMK, to give twoexamples, need no reservations toensure that their women are auto-matically elevated to positions ofpower with no particular merit otherthan their lineage. But for millions ofdispossessed women, the myth thatthe Women’s Reservation Bill willgive them a level playing ground stillpersists.

In its new improved avatar, maybe, just may be, the UPA governmentwill line up to its middle name—PROGRESSIVE and put just a little bitof power into the hands of women forwhom survival is a daily challenge.We must spread scientific thinkingon a massive scale, and encouragepeople to give up superstitions andbackward feudal ideas, like casteismand communalism. This is only pos-sible by means of complete revolutionin thinking and attitude towardswomen. If women are allowed to beenlightened the world will appear inall its glory. P.Darpan

By : Dr. B. B. Jain

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2

Code No. 1589 Rs. 110/-

(Through English-Hindi Medium)

Read UPKAR’SRead UPKARSRead UPKAR’S

PD/November/2010/880 “There is no such thing as defeat in non-violence.”

Green Banking : An Overview—Dr. O. P. Sharma and Dr. K. K. Sharma

Environmental Environmental ArticleArticle

Now-a-days, some environmen-tal issues like green house effects,ozone depletion and climate changehave become a worldwide anxietyand attract public awareness. Expertssay that due to these unwantedatmospheric activities, there havebeen extreme weather conditions likeintensive heat waves, devastatingcyclones, chilly snowfalls, heavy rain-fall, severe droughts etc., whichharshly spoil the physical resourcesincluding economic assets financedby the financial institutions andbanks.

To combat this situation ofenvironmental degradation, the bank-ing sector can play an intermediaryrole between economic developmentand environmental protection. Banksand financial institutions can promoteenvironment friendly investment forsustainable development. They are ina position to judge and merits anddemerits of each specific industry.Banks have extensive and efficientcredit approval system, which givethem a comparative advantage inknowledge regarding sector-specificinformation, legislation and marketdevelopments. Banks are well equip-ped to weigh risks and attach anadditional charge to their risks. Inother words, we can say that banksand financial institutions can controlthe level of activities relating toenvironmental dreadful conditionsby directing credit surge. They cancharge higher interest rate on indus-trial projects which have high ecolo-gical risks. They can motivate pollu-tion reducing industrial projects andthey can provide concession onenvironment friendly projects. Thistype of banking is known as ‘GreenBanking’. It is an indirect way to pro-tect the environment and to maintainthe ecological balance. Therefore, it isalso known as ‘Ethical Banking’ or‘Environment Friendly Banking’ or‘Sustainable Banking’.

In a broader point of view, theterm ‘Green Banking’ refers to that

banking which deals essentially with‘Green Initiatives’ and helps theoverall reduction of internal carbontrack and external carbon production.It gives priority to use the bankresources with responsibility andcare, avoiding waste and giving pre-cedence to choices that take sus-tainability into account.

Global Scenario

Considering the serious impactof environmental degradation, severallow-carbon initiatives regarding‘Green Banking’ have already beenstarted at global level. ‘First of all, theUnited Nations Environment Pro-gramme [UNEP] was founded in themid–1980s as the designated autho-rity of the United Nations. A numberof international banking institutionshave come forward voluntarily totake active interest in this regard.After that in the early 1990s, theUNEP launched the ‘UNEP-FinanceInitiative’, which is known as UNEP-FI. In point of fact, ‘UNEP-FI’ is aglobal partnership between theUnited Nations Environment Pro-gramme and the financial sectorincluding over 160 institutions, suchas banks, insurers and fund mana-gers.

In the same way, the ‘EquatorPrinciples’ (EPs), launched in June,2003, are a set of guidelines for banksand financial institutions for manag-ing environmental and social issuesin development project finance.Presently, the projects with cost of$ 10 million above are under thepurview of the EPs. These principleshave been adopted by over 61 reputedfinancial institutions of the world[such as Bank of America, Citigroup,J. P. Morgan Chase, Well Fargo etc.].These are known as the EquatorPrinciples Financial Institutions[EPFIs]. The Equator Principles werelater on revised in July, 2006.

To promote the sustainable deve-lopment through sound ecologicalpractices, a ‘Sustainable Banking

Award’ for leadership in sustainabledevelopment has also been initiatedby the International Financial Cor-poration [IFC], since, 2006. More thanhundred financial institutions areparticipating in this competition. Thisinclination indicates the increasingawareness in green banking.

The ‘Triodes Bank of Nether-lands’ has adopted green banking asits core model since its inception. Itfinances only those enterprises whoare engaged in the field of organicagriculture, renewable energy, natureconservation projects, social housingetc. Due to this special bankingcharacteristic it is also known as‘Green Bank’. In addition to this, quitea few banks in Europe and othercountries offer green loans at cheaperrates of interest to their customers.

To maintain the ecologicalbalance, an initiative of UN has led toan agreement called ‘Kyoto-Protocol’with the objective of reducing emis-sions of Green House Gases [GHSs].Although this agreement was agreedin 1997 but it was enforced onFebruary 16, 2005. Under this‘Protocol’, the member countriesagree that the developed countriesare largely responsible for past andpresent GHS emissions. Therefore,they are legally bound to reduce thistype of emission.

Indian Perspective

It is true that in the context ofpromotion of Green Banking, Indianbanks are far behind their counter-parts from developed countries. Fouror five Indian banks have comeforward with respect to adoptinggreen banking in India. Among themefforts of YES Bank, HDFC Bank,IDBI, SBI, IndusIand Bank, ICICIBank are worthmentioning. How-ever, Public Sector Banks [PSBs] ofIndia which hold 80 per cent of totalIndian banking business, are lessinvolved in voluntary initiatives andappear to be postponing action untilregulation is in place. To date many

PD/November/2010/881 “You’re lucky I took me a vow of non-violence, or you’d be suffering some pain right now.”

of PSBs of India are indifferent aboutgreen banking.

It is noteworthy that some Indianbanks have adopted measures eitherfor reducing carbon emissions or forpublic awareness. A few of thesemeasures can be enumerated asfollows :

● ICICI Bank is encouraging itsclients to use more environment-friendly vehicles by offering a50 per cent concession on proces-sing fees for fuel-efficient carmodels. On the other hand, incoal technologies ICICI bankintroduced some innovativeconcepts like ‘Deep Beneficiationof Coal’ [coal washeries] and‘Coal Bed Methane’. A program-me to sensitize corporate bodies,institutions, banks and govern-ment agencies involved inproject planning on issues likewildlife habituates, biodiversityand environmental laws, is alsoinitiated by this bank.

● Energy efficiency is also a keyfocus of Indian banks, with anestimated market worth morethan $ 15 billion by 2015 in India.IDBI Bank, for instance, has anexclusive team working on CleanDevelopment Mechanisms[CMD]. It is providing variousadvisory services in the field ofClean Development Mechanismsto its regular customers. Arefinance scheme for energysaving projects for micro, smalland medium enterprises sector isalso implemented by IDBI Bank.

● YES Bank is incorporating‘Community Development Initia-tives’ such as green drives,energy efficiency practices,workplace health and safety andthe development of local disastermanagement plans.

● First solar-powered ATM hasalso been inaugurated inDecember, 2009 by IndusIandBank in Mumbai. It is operatedunder a ‘Green Office Project’which is also known as ‘Hum-Aur-Hariyali’. Bank expects tosave around 1,980 kW of energyannually besides reducingcarbon emissions by 1,942 kg. Italso expects to save power billsof around Rs. 20,000 per year.

● State Bank of India [SBI] offersfinance at concessional rates ofinterest for green projects and forthe use of clean technology inbuildings. A scheme for securi-tizing carbon credit recivables isalso operated by SBI. This schemeis known as ‘Carbon Credit PlusScheme’. In line with its ‘gogreen movement’, in April, 2010,the bank installed a 15 MW windfarm near Coimbatore. In addi-tion to this, a ‘Green ChannelCounter’ has also been started bySBI from July, 2010 at a Chennaibranch where customers makepaperless deposits, withdrawalsand remittances. According tothe authorities of SBI, after asses-sing the success of this counter,the bank would open 51 moresuch counters by the end of thisyear. As a part of its greenbanking policy, SBI also plans toset up captive windmills to gene-rate 15 MW of power in TamilNadu, Maharashtra and Gujarat.

After analyzing the above statedefforts, we can say that althoughIndia’s leading banks are recognizingthe importance of green banking andthey are seizing opportunities in anemerging low–carbon economy butnone of the Indian banks have so faradopted green banking as a ‘BusinessModel’ for sustainable banking.

It is noteworthy that India wantsto cut its carbon intensity by 20–25%from 2005 levels by 2020. Thispromise can provide tremendousopportunities for Indian banks fromfunding sustainable projects andpollution reducing industrial activi-ties. Apart from this, the Ministry ofEnvironment and Forests hasallocated a significance budget forecology and environment in the 11thFive Year Plan.

It is also notable that the Plan-ning Commission of India formed a25 member expert panel on January11, 2010 to explore options before thecountry for a low–carbon economy.The group chaired by Kirit Parikh isanalyzing available studies on low-carbon pathways prepared by variousorganisations and assess low-carbonoptions for the country.

Thus, it can be stated that withincreasing environmental awarenessand enforcement of environment

related legislation the Indian environ-ment market is rapidly increasing.Some Indian industries are now infavour of adopting cleaner andenergy efficient technology. Severalcompanies have voluntarily installedeco-friendly plants and adopted eco-friendly practices. Projects related torenewable energy are getting soaringprecedence. On the other hand, in thefarming sector of India, organiccultivations are being encouraged. Anew concept called green buildingwith exclusive architectural designhas emerged in real-estate sector ofIndia. All these efforts and provisionshave opened the door to success forthe Indian environment market andeco-friendly green banking system.

Making Green Banking aSuccess

In the wake of globalization andincreasing environmental awarenessIndian banks can involve themselvesin the environment or carbon creditbusiness, wherein they can provideall the services in the area of CleanDevelopment Mechanism [CDM] aswell as in carbon credit market. Theycan provide services for identificationand funding of CMD projects andadvisory services for registration ofCMD projects. In addition to this,banks can also provide services forCertified Emission Reductions[CERs].

Experts say that managing emis-sions is one of the fastest growingsegments in financial services indeveloped countries. In this context,it can be stated that in near future‘Carbon’ will be the world’s biggestcommodity market. As India hashuge potential for carbon credit busi-ness, Indian banks can set up dedi-cated carbon credit cells to capture amajor share of this carbon creditbusiness.

Some of the steps suggested tomake the strategies, policies andpractices of Green Banking in India asuccess are :● The Reserve Bank of India and

the Government of India shouldset targets for the banking sectorregarding green banking as wellas carbon credit business.

● Indian banks can introduce‘Green Bank Loans’ with finan-cial concessions for environmentfriendly products.

PD/November/2010/882 “Love is saying ‘I feel differently’ instead of ‘You’re wrong’.”

● A ‘Green Fund’ can also beintroduced by the Indian banksto provide climate consciouscustomers the options of invest-ing in environment friendlyprojects.

● Banks can also conduct environ-mental audits of the financedprojects and they can also incor-porate an Environmental ImpactAssessment [EIA] in their projectappraisal programmes.

● Banks should encourage theirregular customers to promote theelectronic transactions or e-banking and paperless banking,because this type of bankingreduces paper consumption andsaves our valuable forest assets.It is notable that in the past fewmonths, several major bankshave introduced incentives toencourage their customers toreduce paper by moving toonline banking. According to theexperts, a company thatprocesses 5,00,000 invoices peryear can cut manual processcosts by 60 per cent or more ifautomation is implemented.Thus, it can be stated that it alsosaves cost, time and storagespace.

● Banks should use renewableenergy to operate their offices,ATMs etc.

● Indian banks should constructand use green buildings andpremises for their offices as wellas residential houses for bankemployees.

● Keeping in view the importanceof carbon emissions, Indianbanks should organize somesocial awareness programmessuch as debate competitions,essay writing competitions,pollution check-up camps, main-tenance of parks, forest festivals,tree plantation camps, posterand slogan making competitions,seminars, etc.

● Indian banks should provideconcession in interest rates andprocessing fees for purchasingthe green buildings and vehicleswhich are operated with the helpof alternative fuel/renewableenergy based technology.

● To avoid the credit risk of carbonintensive loan portfolios, theIndian banks must immediatelyadopt green banking strategies.

In a nutshell, we can say that dueto hasty and self-centered indus-trialization, the environmental degra-dation and carbon emissions havebecome key issues all over the worldin global debates. In this multifacetedsituation, the banking sector can playa major role to maintain the ecolo-gical balance and to cut the carbonintensity level. Banks and financialinstitutions can adopt the strategiesand norms of ‘Green Banking’ whileproviding loans and credit facilities.With increasing environment aware-ness and enforcement of environmentrelated legislation the Indian environ-ment market is rapidly growing andit has a huge potentiality of carboncredit business. Therefore, the Indianbanks should involve them in thepresent environment market. Theyshould develop innovative bankingfinancial products which can directlyor indirectly help in the reduction ofcarbon emissions. Adoption of greenbanking will not only make themsocially responsible corporate citizensbut will also help in substantiallysaving operational costs.

In addition to all these things, aproper, concrete and suitable longterm government policy regardingpromotion of green banking in Indiais very essential and for successfulimplementation of this policy, theparticipation of social reformers,environment experts, corporateplayers and bank authorities shouldbe given due importance. P.Darpan

Continued from Page 874

Social communication, commit-ment to public service etc. comeeasier for a legal, social sciencegraduate which give him/her anadvantage in comprehending policymaking in a plural context muchfaster and in a better detail. Theclassics educated generalist ofEngland is still the best global modelof a generalist. The technical tangentwe have gained in the public serviceis not only depriving the service ofits overall capability, but distancingit unduly from both politician andgeneral public. Gone are the dayswhen a civil servant could stand upand argue a case alone. Public Serviceis a political proposition, and allpublic decisions in a plural polity areresults of the power game. To expect

pure logic or putative analysis to leadthe day is futile. The over profes-sionalization of public service hascaused overall dependence on theother professions like lawyers and therole of the generalist has evaporated.The increased presence of the tech-nical graduates will also erode the‘generalist’ specialism of the leadingservices and make it indistinguish-able from management. Already wehave trainees whose imagination ofthe Public leader resembles as that ofJack ‘from the gut’ Welch.

Added to the effects in theservice is the drain of the collateraltechnical resource the country hasplanned for and produced at a hugecost. The annual drain of thirtydoctors and three hundred engineersas of now has huge opportunity costscompared to their working abroad orwithin India in technical areas. Theopportunity costs of the innovationsthey could make and wealth theycould create is manifold. The gene-ralist area deserves superior humani-ties/social science graduates as inFrance where a degree in law orsocial science is a must for joining theprestigious public service school.Early decision and suitable choice ofgraduation subject is required forjoining the French elite services. Thishelps them produce specialists inpublic service rather than detouredtechnocrats looking for social accep-tance.

Public Service is not an after-thought or a choice; it is a unitywhich should be opted for publicreasons than private. What could bethe reason for say Indian in audit andaccounts service to recruit an IITengineer and train him finance andauditing afresh ? Or ordnance factorycivil service to take in a Veterinarian?Why should a post graduate doctorbecome a taxman? Why should theForeign Service retrain an agriculturegraduate as a diplomat ? It is tricky tolegally prefer the law/social sciencegraduate against the rest, but it is tritethat India remains one of the fewcountries which lack quality technicalgraduates and medical doctors, yethave scores of them leave theirchosen profession for the charms ofpublic service, ill serving them andthe system. It is time we sought toapply ourselves on the issue. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/883 “Everybody who is incapable of learning has taken to teaching.”

Indian Polity andConstitution

★ The right to equal opportunityfor all citizens in matters ofpublic employment has beenenshrined in :

—Article 16★ In the Constitution of India, the

idea of Uniform Civil Code isprovided in :

—Directive Principle of StatePolicy

★ The voting age in India wasreduced to 18 years from 21years in 1989 by :

—the 61st ConstitutionalAmendment Act of 1988

★ Indian Constitution providesonly for :

—Single Citizenship

★ In which schedule to the Consti-tution of India have the powers,authority and responsibilities ofmunicipalities been mentioned ?

—Twelfth Schedule★ The provision of suspension of

Fundamental Rights is borrowedfrom :

—Weimer Constitution of Germany★ Which Article makes a provision

of Administrative Tribunals ?—Article 323-A

★ As per the Preamble of theConstitution of India, the natureof Indian State is of :—a sovereign, socialist, secular,

democratic and republicanpolity

★ The Indian National Congressadopted a resolution to establisha socialistic pattern of society in :

—its Avadi session in 1955

★ The three words which wereadded in the Preamble to theConstitution of India by the 42ndConstitutional Amendment Act1976 are :—socialist, secular and integrity

★ Article 1 describes India that isBharat as :

—a Union of States

Indian NationalMovement

★ Raja Rammohan Roy foundedBrahma Samaj on :

—20 August 1828★ Gandhiji launched the Non-

Cooperation Movement in :—the year 1920

★ Swami Sahajanand Saraswatiwas the first President of :

—All India Kisan Mahasabhaformed in Lucknow

★ Partition of Bengal was revokedin 1911 during the Viceroyaltyof :

—Lord Hardinge★ Quit India Movement began on :

—August 9, 1942★ Under which document was the

separate electorate granted forMuslims ?

—Morley Minto Reforms★ Lucknow Pact of 1916 was

between :—Indian Muslim League and

Indian National Congress★ During the tenure of which

Governor General was the reso-lution of total independencepassed ?

—Lord Irwin★ From where did the Quit India

Movement begin ?—Bombay

★ Who regarded Gopal KrishnaGokhle as his political guru ?

—Mahatma Gandhi★ Abhinav Bharat organised in

1904 was :—a secret society of revolutionary

activists

History and Cultureof India

★ Which Sultan of Delhi esta-blished a separate agriculturedepartment which plannedrotation of crops ?

—Mohammad Bin Tughlaq

★ The Dharm Chakra Pravartanmentioned in the Buddhist testis :—The first sermon delivered by

Buddha at Sarnath★ Kitab-ul-Hind is a book by :

—Alberuni★ Which river is most described in

the Rigveda ?—Sindhu River

★ When were the High Courts inCalcutta, Madras and Bombayestablished ?

—in the year 1861★ In which year were Bhagat

Singh, Rajguru and Sukhdevhanged ?

—in the year 1931★ The famous resolution on Non-

Cooperation was adopted at aspecial session (September 1920)held at :

—Calcutta★ The first official Language Com-

mission as required underArticle 344 of the Constitutionwas constituted by the Presidentin :

—1955 with B. G. Kher as itsChairman

★ Who was the revolutionaryleader to kill General O. Dyerresponsible for Jallianwala Baghtragedy ?

—Udham Singh★ In which province of undivided

India was a referendum held toascertain whether it should joinPakistan or not ?—North West Frontier Province

Economic Affairs ofIndia

★ Which day has been decided tobe observed as Income Tax Day ?

—July 24★ Reserve Bank of India will soon

release Plastic Notes in circu-lation. The first such series to becirculated will be of :

— 10 Notes

PD/November/2010/884 “I am so clever that sometimes I don’t understand a single word of what I am saying.”

★ Prime Minister EconomicAdvisory Outlook 2010–2011 hasforecast growth rate for IndianEconomy for the year 2011-12 at :

—9%★ Indo-Israel Chamber of Com-

merce has honoured as Business-man of the Decade :

—Ratan Tata★ Who has been honoured with

Lifetime Achievement award2010 of Indian Chamber ofCommerce ?

—R. P. Goenka★ Where was first gold refinery

established ?—Shirpur (Maharashtra)

★ The Finance Commission ofIndia is constituted under theprovision of :

—Article 280 of the Constitution★ Green Banking Channel has been

launched by :—State Bank of India

★ Which state of India ranks first inmilk production as per the dataof the year 2009–10 ?

—Uttar Pradesh

Geography(India and the World)

★ A river drains the water collectedfrom a specific area which iscalled its :

—Catchment Area★ The low flat central area of a

basin of inland drainage iscalled : —Playa

★ The only South American nationthrough which both the Equatorand the Tropic of Capricorn passthrough ?

—Brazil★ India shares maximum length of

the border with :—Bangladesh

★ On the bank of which river isHyderabad situated ?

—Musi River★ Who constructed Suez Canal ?

—Ferdinand de Lesseps

★ Where is Silicon Valley locatedat ?

—in U.S.A.

★ The highest percentage decadalgrowth rate of population as per2001 Census was registered by :

—Nagaland★ What is the difference between

the Indian Standard time andGreenwich Standard Time ?

—5 Hour and 30 minutes★ Wainganga river is a tributary

of : —Godavari

Agriculture★ The fungus which is used in

Alcohol industry is :—Yeast

★ Pomology is the study of :

—Fruits★ The father of White Revolution

in India is :—Varghese Kurein

★ The rank India holds in fish pro-duction is :

—Third★ TRIFED stands for :

—Tribal Cooperative MarketingDevelopment Federation of

India Limited★ National Horticulture Mission

was started on :—5 May 2005

★ Oilseeds, Sugar Crops, FibreCrops, Narcotic Crops andBeverage Crops are :

—Commercial Crops

★ TG–38B, SG–99, GG–8, GG–16and Vasundhra (Dh–101) are thecrop varieties which belong to :

—Groundnut

★ Who said “Everything else canwait but not agriculture”

—Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru★ National Research Centre for

Plant Biotechnology is locatedin :

—New Delhi★ National Fisheries Development

Board was set up on :—September 9, 2006

Science & Technology★ Which of the weather conditions

is indicated by sudden fall inbarometer reading ?

—Stormy Weather

★ In India National Science Day isobserved on :

—February 28★ Dry Ice is :

—Solid carbon dioxide★ WIMAX is related to :

—Communication Technology

★ Shanti Swaroop Bhatnagarawards are given for outstandingcontribution in the field of :

—Science★ The main constituent of Biogas

is : —Methane★ Haematology is the study of

disease of —Blood

★ The instrument used for measur-ing blood pressure is called :

—Sphygmomanometer

★ Dim-vision in the evening andnight results from the deficiencyof : —Vitamin A

★ What does air bag, used forsafety of car driver, contain ?

—Sodium azide★ Complete loss of memory is

called : —Amnesia

Sports and Games★ Two new disciplines have been

added to the CommonwealthGames 2010 being hosted in NewDelhi. What are they ?

—Tennis and Archery★ At the first Asiad in Delhi in 1951

which team did India defeat toclinch football gold ?

—Iran★ The first Indian woman to get an

Olympic medal is :—Karnam Malleshwari

★ Jenson Button is a famous :

—Formula One Race Driver★ N.K.P. Salve Trophy is associated

with : —Cricket★ The player Rashid Khan is asso-

ciated with :—Golf

★ The word ‘Jumpball’ is asso-ciated with :

—Basketball

★ Who was the first Test Centurianin Indian Cricket ?

—Lala Amarnath

PD/November/2010/885

★ Dhyanchand Award is given forexcellence in the field of :

—Sports★ Usain Bolt belongs to :

—Jamaica

Miscellany★ The famous Kailash temple cut

out of the solid rock in Ellorawas built under the patronageof :

—Rashtrakutas★ The author of the book ‘A House

for Mr. Biswas’ is :—V. S. Naipul

★ The first Assamese to become thePresident of India was :

—Fakhruddin Ali Ahmad★ Who was responsible for the

nationalization of the SuezCanal ?

—Gamal Abdul Nassar★ A technique for producing

animation in which one imagechanges into another is called :

—Morphing

★ The Crimean war was foughtbetween :

—Turkey and Russia★ IBRD is also known as :

—World Bank

★ The General Assembly of theUnited Nations meets :

—Once a year★ COFEPOSA deals with :

—Economic offences★ Who wrote Astadhyayi ?

—Panini★ The World Telecommunication

Day is observed on :—May 17

★ The book ‘Broken Wings’ hasbeen written by :

—Sarojni Naidu★ Radha Mohan Cup is associated

with : —Polo★ Who defined liberalism as the

philosophy of ‘live and let live’ ?—J. S. Mill

★ Who was given the title DeenBandhu by Mahatma Gandhi ?

—C. F. Andrews

★ The father of Geometry is :

—Euclid★ What does the term Double

Jeopardy mean in law ?

—No person shall be prosecutedand punished for the same

offence more than once

★ Which periodical was publishedby Gandhiji during his stay inSouth Africa ?

—Indian Opinion

★ The headquarters of the Asso-ciation of South East AsianNations (ASEAN) is :

—Jakarta (Indonesia)

★ Glasgow in England is knownfor :

—Iron and Steel Industry

★ The newspaper ‘Shom Prakash’was started by :

—Ishwar Chand Vidyasagar

★ Who is known as the inventor ofthe World Wide Web (www) ?

—Tim Berners Lee

Continued on Page 890

PD/November/2010/886 “There is no love without forgiveness, and there is no forgiveness without love.”

Official Name : Republic of Indonesia

Capital : Jakarta

Currency Unit : Rupiah (IDR)

Type of Government : Independent Republic

Independence Attainedon

: August 17, 1945

Area : 18,60,360 square kilometrePopulation

(estimate 2008): 22,73,45,000

Population density(in 2008)

: 122·2 per square kilometre

Official Language : Bahasa Indonesia (Officialthe most prevalent ofwhich is Javanese

Sex Ratio(Men per 100 women)

: 99·7 (2009 data)

Religion : Muslim–86·1%, Protestant–5·7%, Catholic–3%, Hindu1·8%, others–3·4%

GDP (2007) : $ 433 billion (2008), $ 511billion (2009)

Annual Growth Rate : 6·3% (2007)

Temperature Mean °°°°C(Min. and Max.)

: 25·0/31·8

Ethnic Groups(2000 census)

: Javanese–40·6%, Sudanese–15%, Madurese–3·3%,Minangkabau–2·7%

Exports (2009) : $ 116·5 billionNational Anthem : Indonesia Tanah airku

(Indonesia our native land)UN Projection for

Population 2010: 239·60 million

Major cities : Surabaya, Bandung,Medan, Bekasi, Tangerang,Semarang

Map of Indonesia

Indonesia’s Current PresidentSusilo Bambang Yudhoyono

Ahmed Sukarno who wasIndonesia's Founding

President from 1945–1967

Major Territories ofIndonesia

: Bali, Neisa Tenggara Barat,Banten, DKI Jakarta, JawaTemur, Maluku, Papua,Aceh, Bangka-Belilung,Jambi, Kepulauan Riau,Sumatra, Selatan,Gorontalo, Yogyakarta,Sulawesi Utara.

Founding President : Ahmed SukarnoCurrent President : Susilo Bambang

YudhoyonoImportant Political

Parties: Golkar = Party of the

Functional Groups,PD = Democratic Party,PDIP = Indonesian Demo-cratic Party of Struggle,PKB = National Awaken-ing Party

Brief History

The Indian scholars have described the Dvipanteracivilization of Java and Sumatra as early as 200 BC.During the 7-14th centuries the Buddhist kingdom ofSrivijaya flourished on Sumatra. At its peak the SrivijayaEmpire reached as far as West Java and the MalayPeninsula. By the 14th century, the Hindu Kingdom ofMajapahit had risen in eastern Java. In the easternarchipelago both Christian and Islamic proselytizing tookplace in the 16th and 17th centuries and currently thereare large communities of both religions on these islands.Beginning in 1602, the Dutch slowly established them-selves as rulers of Indonesia exploiting the weakness ofthe small kingdoms that had replaced that of Majapahit.During the first decade of the 20th century, an Indonesianindependence movement began and expanded rapidly,particularly, between the two world wars. The Japaneseoccupied Indonesia for three years during World War II(1942–1945). On August 17, 1945 three days after theJapanese surrendered to the Allies—a small group ofIndonesians—led by Sokarno and Mohammad Hatta,proclaimed independence and established the Republic ofIndonesia. They set up a provisional government and

PD/November/2010/887 “Everything that irritates us about others can lead us to an understanding of ourselves.”

adopted a constitution to govern the republic until elec-tions could be held and a new constitution was written.Dutch efforts to reestablish complete control met strongresistance. After four years of warfare and negotiations,the Dutch transferred sovereignty to a federal IndonesianGovernment. In 1950 Indonesia became the 60th memberof the United Nations. In March 1966 Sokarno transferredkey military and political powers to General Suhartowho by that time had become head of the armed forces.In March 1967, the Provisional People’s ConsultativeAssembly (MPRS) named General Suharto actingPresident. Suharto proclaimed a new order in Indonesianpolitics. Suharto ruled till 1998. Other Presidents ofIndonesia included B. J. Habibie, Abdur-rahman Wahidand Megawati Sukarnopatri. Currently, Susilo BambangYudhoyono, as President, is at the helm of affairs.

Constitution and Government

Shortly after hostilities with the Dutch ended in 1949,Indonesia adopted a new Constitution, providing for aparliamentary system of government in which executivewas chosen by and accountable to Parliament. Thecountry’s first nationwide elections were held in 1955. Therole of Islam became a divisive issue in Indonesia.Sockarno defended a secular state based on Pancasila, fiveprinciples of the state philosophy—monotheism, humani-tarianism, national unity, representative democracy byconsensus and social justice—codified in the 1945 Consti-tution, some Muslim groups either preferred an Islamicstate or a provision in the Constitution requiring Muslimsto be subject to Islamic law. Thus the political systemwas founded on Pancasila in which deliberations leadto consensus. There is 550 member strong DewanPerwakilan Rakyat (House of People’s Representative).The members are elected for a five years term by pro-portional representation in multi-member constituencies.On August 10, 2002 the Constitution was changed fordirect elections for the President and Vice-President.

Geographical Location

Indonesia is located in south-east Asia. It is anarchipelago (group of islands) situated between theIndian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

Climate

Climate varies over the spread of islands of Indonesia.Generally the climate is tropical monsoon. From June toSeptember the dry season is found while from October toApril wet conditions prevail. Temperatures are highthroughout the year while rainfall varies from region toregion.

Energy and Mineral Resources

As per the data available coal production in 2004 was119·7 million tonnes. The coal reserves are estimated at28,000 million tonnes. Coal production has been deve-loped as an alternative to oil. There is copper mining inPapua, nickel mining and processing on Sulawesi andan aluminium smelting plant in northern Sumatra.Indonesia’s first nuclear power plant is scheduled to

become operational by 2016. The 2005 output of crude oilwas 55·0 million tonnes. Proven reserves of oil in 2005totalled 4·3 billion barrels. Natural gas production in 2005was 76·0 billion cubic metres.

Industry and Agriculture

Telekomunikasi Indonesia, Bumi Resources (a miningcompany) and Bank Ratyat Indonesia are the largestcompanies in Indonesia by market capitalization. It isnoteworthy that workers in Indonesia have a constitu-tional right to organise and are paid during lawful strikes.Indonesia is the third largest producer of polywood afterthe USA and China. There are textile factories large paperfactories, automobile and bicycle assembly works. Thereare shipyards at Jakarta Raya, Surabaya, Semarang andAmbon. Indonesia is the world’s largest producer ofcoconuts. Indonesia’s fish catch was fourth highest in 2005behind China, Peru and the USA. In 2005 the area underforests was 88·50 million hectare or 48·8% of the total landarea.

Major Tourist Places

There are in total seven UNESCO World Heritagesites in Indonesia which are also important tourist sites.They include Borobudur Temple Compounds, UjungKulon National Park, Komodo National Park, PrambananTemple Compounds, Sangiran Early Man Site, LorentzNational Park and the Tropical Rainforest Heritage ofSumatra. P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/888 “All truths are easy to understand once they are discovered; the point is to discover them.”

Research, Development and Initiatives in Fertilizers Sector : Scaling New Heights

Miscellaneous Facts : Annual Report, 2009-10Miscellaneous Facts : Annual Report, 2009-10

Undoubtedly ! Agriculture pro-vides sustenance to about 70% of ourpopulation, accounting 16·3% sharein GDP (Gross Domestic Products) ofthe country. Fertilizers played insignificant and vital role in achievingGreen Revolution (1966-67) in thefield of agriculture-foodgrains pro-duction, particularly in Wheat/Rice/Maize through HYV’s (High YieldingVarieties) of Maxican Wheatvarieties–Lermarojo, Sonara-63 andSonara-64 etc. in first order, followedby fertilizers. During 1951-52, thefoodgrain production was hardly 52million tonnes and which has rosenupto a record production of 234·47million tonnes (2008-09), however,with at reduction of 7% in 2009-10 of218·19 million tonnes. Simultane-ously, the fertilizer consumption hasrosen from less than 1 kg N, P, Kfertilizer nutrients (kg ha– 1) upto thelevel of 128·60 kg in 2008-09. Theresearch work done by the Agricul-tural Scientists has shown that theideal N, P, K ratio should be kept4 : 2 : 1 in cereals and 1 : 2 : 1 in pulsesto achieve maximum consistant cropproduction. However, the N, P, Kconsumption ratio was found to bedisturbed now w.e.f., 1992-93 atdecontrolled phosphatic/potassicfertilizers—DAP and MOP, thatreached to the level of 20-25 : 7 : 1upto 2000-01 and there after, it wassustained from 7 : 2·7 : 1 (2000-01) to5·7 : 2·2 : 1 (2004-05) and 5·5 : 2·5 : 1(2009–10). Over all, India is the thirdlargest fertilizers producer andconsumer country after China andAmerica. So also, our country is cent-per cent self-sufficient in case of ureaproduction and consumption.

Based on the Annual Report—2009-10 of the Department of Fertili-zers (Ministry of Chemicals andFertilizers, Government of India–GOI), following research, develop-

ment and new initiatives have beentaken, those can be highlighted inbrief as :

Major Achievements andInitiatives Taken

Organisational Set-up and Functionsof the Department of Fertilizers–DOF (Ministry of Chemicals andFertilizers–MoCF, GOI)—

● Under MoCF, the supreme postis of (1) Secretary and underSecretary the posts are as : SS&FA(Special Secretary and FinancialAdviser); Joint Secretary (JS);Directors, Dy. Secretary, Con-troller of Accounts, Joint and Dy.Secretary Level Officers etc.

● Main activities of DoF—Plan-ning, promotion, developmentof fertilizer industries, planningand monitoring of production,import and distribution of fertil-izers, subsidy/concession forindigenous and imported ferti-lizers etc. and DoF also work asper GOI (Allocation of Business)Rules, 1961 amended from timeto time.

● Website of DoF—http://fert.nic.in Hq. New Delhi.

Research and Development (R&D)in Fertilizers Sector :

● Present Scenario of Fertilizer’suse—as given in box :

Facts : At a Glance : Fertilizers R&D

● In achieving Green Revolution (1966-67) in Agriculture–foodgrain production,I. role remained of HYV’s of Wheat/Rice/Maize, mainly maxican wheat vars.and II. role–Fertilizers.

● Fertilizer–nutrients (NPK) consumption—1 kg ha– 1 (1951-52)→128·60 kg ha– 1

(2008-09).

● Foodgrain production (million tonnes)—52 (1951-52)→234·47 (2008-09) and218·20 (2009-10) 4th Adv. Est.

● NPK ideal ratio— 4 : 2 : 1 (cereals) and 1·2 : 1 (pulses) to be kept for balanceNPK and reached unbalanced upto 20-25 : 7 : 1(1992-2000)→7 : 2·7 : 1 (2000-01)and now improved to 5·7 : 2·2 : 1 (2004-05) and 5·5 : 2·5 : 1 (2009-10).

● The research work done by theEx-Agronomist Dr. O. P. Rajputat Sub-centre–Cropping SystemsResearch Project (ICAR) underProject Directorate of CroppingSystems Research (now upgra-ded to Directorate of FarmingSystems Research Hq. Modi-puram, Meerut (U.P.) showedthat the existing productivity gapbetween On-Research and On-Farms of 30-35% existed in Agro-Eco Sub-Region (AESR–4·1) ofWestern U.P. can be bridged-upby following key points, for thisachievement Dr. Rajput wascredited to award D.Sc. (Agro-nomy) degree—Second in Indiatill date and this research workwas also presented in a Inter-national Workshop/ Seminar atMexico (America) by himselfalong with Dr. Ramendra Singh—

a Doyen Agriculture SoilScientist and now Adviser/Con-sultant TATA Chemicals andFertilizers Ltd. at New Delhi. Themain achievements and recom-mendations are noted below, as akey to successful crop produc-tion in AESR 4·1 i.e., WesternU.P.

● Adopt INMS (IntegratedNutrient Management System)i.e., use 50% Organics + 50% Ferti-lizers in Kharif Bajra/Maize/Jowar/Rice Crops—Wheat (Rabi)cropping system for sustainableproduction.

PD/November/2010/889 “The moment you think you understand a great work of art, it’s dead for you.”

Adopt—ProperCrop Rotation i.e.,

‘Bajra-Wheat-Mung- bean’ (pulse/

fodder/cereal)based)

N-Mobile(1/3 basal + 1/3

topdressing+ 1/3 foliar spray)

in Crop

P–Immobile(Full-basal dressing)

at/before seed sowing(don’t mixed with

ZnSO4)

K–Semi-mobile(Full-basal dressing

i.e., at/beforesowing

A key to success in crop production for fertilizers (N, P, K) use

● Give emphasis on Organic Far-ming and in place of chemicalpesticides / insecticides / herbi-cides–weedicides, the use of bio-pesticides/bio-fertilizers be givenpriority like; Bio-fertilizers—Azotobacter, Azospirillum,Rhizobium Culture, PSB (Phos-phate Solublizing Bacteria), BGA(Blue Green Algae and OrganicManures viz., G.M., FYM, Com-post, NADEP (Narain DevraoPandhari ‘Pandey’) Compost, etc.These are the new inventions inthe field of agri-research in thecountry.

Growth and Development of Ferti-lizer Industry :● At present, 56 large size fertilizer

units are manufacturing N, P andcomplex fertilizers in the coun-try. Of these, 28 units of urea; 21units—DAP and complex ferti-lizers, 5 units—low analysisstraight N fertilizers and 9-Ammonium Sulphate, are pro-ducing fertilizers.

● 72 small and medium scale unitsare producing SSP (Single SuperPhosphate). The total installedfertilizer producing capacity atpresent is of 120·61 lakh tonnesof nitrogenous and 56·59 lakhtonnes of phosphatic fertilizers–as on April 1, 2009.

● Urea unit GSFC Baroda—Gas-Private was installed in 1967with 3·706 lakh tonnes installedcapacity and thereafter about 30urea units were installed. In2005, BVFCL, Namrup-II unit ofGas—Public Sector having 2·400lakh ton urea installed capacitywas installed.

● The first manufacturing unit ofSingle Super Phosphate (SSP)was set-up in Ranipet (Chennai)with an annual capacity of 6000tonnes S.S.P. (Single SuperPhosphate).

● India is having self-sufficiency innitrogenous (Urea, A/S, CAN)fertilizers production, but in caseof phosphatic fertilizers, it ispartially depended on othercountries. So also, the entiredemand of potassic fertilizers fordirect application as well as forproduction of complex K-fertili-zers is met through imports.

● Fertilizer Pricing Policy—TheNew Pricing Scheme (NPS) forurea was introduced w.e.f. April1, 2003 and extended under threestages. The stage-III of N P Sbeing implemented w.e.f. Oct. 31,2006 and stage-II of NPS wasextended upto Sept. 31, 2006,where an amendment in NPS forIII urea unit stage was furtherapplicable upto April 1, 2009having limitation on reduction offixed cost. The maximum retailprice (Rs./ton) of fertilizers werefixed from 18-6-2008 as : urea-Rs.4830 per ton; DAP-Rs. 9350,MoP-Rs. 4455, A/S-Rs. 10350;and 12:32:16 NPK mixture–Rs.7637 etc.

● Fertilizer Industries—There areseveral fertilizer industriesfunctioning in the country asPublic Sector Undertakings andCooperative Societies.

There are 9 Public Enterprisesand two Multi-state CooperativeSociety namely; KRIBHCO

(Krishak Bharti Cooperative Ltd.)and IFFCO (Indian FarmersFertilizers Corporation) underthe Deptt. of Fertilizers (GOI).

HFCL (Hindustan FertilizerCorporation Ltd.) est. on March14, 1978 units at Barauni (Bihar),Durgapur and Haldia (W.B.) andNamrup unit, Assam; R C F(Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertil-izers Ltd.) w.e.f. March 6, 1978-working unit at Trombay(Mumbai); N F L (NationalFertilizers Ltd.) incorporated onAug. 23, 1974–(2) units each atBhatinda (Punjab) and Panipat(Haryana) for urea production;FACT w.e.f. 1943; TATA Chemi-cals and Fertilizers IFFCO,KRIBHCO, Chambal FertilizersLtd. etc. are under operation.

Other Activities

● IT (Information Technology) e-Delivery system is under work-ing for fertilizer Management i.e.On-line has been developed inDeptt. of Fertilizers with NationalInformatics Centres to informfertilizers availability, quality etc.Web Based fertilizer concessionscheme monitoring system is themajor integral process of ferti-lizer concession scheme fortimely release of concessionpayments to fertilizer manu-facturers and importers. TheDeptt. of Fertilizers has its ownwebsite : http: //fert.nic.in.

● Vigilance Activities—It is sup-porting to minimize theoccurance of Vigilance cases. AsVigilance Week CelebrationsVigilance Week Nov. 3-7, 2009was also celebrated by the DOF(GOI).

● Right to Information (RTI) Act2005—The Deptt. of Fertilizers(GOI) has also created a separatelink for RTI Act on its websitehttp://fert.nic.in. placing aHandbook on RTI giving generalinformation about DoF requiredunder the Act. During 2009-10,115 applications and 1 appealwere received, of which, 112applications and the only appealwere disposed–of for sendingreply to the applicants.

PD/November/2010/890 “I understand with love comes pain, but why did I have to love so much ?”

● Official Language Hindi Use—To promote Hindi official use inthe D o F, Hindi Workshops;Hindi Salahkar Samiti, Prati DinEk Shabd, Hindi Day/HindiFortnight (Sept. 14-29, 2009) etc.activities were done.

● Welfare Activities—The welfareactivities for SCs, STs , OBCs andPhysically Hindicapped Personswere done by the DoF.

● Empowerment of Women—KRIBHCO–the role of womenemployee has been seen in moreholistic term, besides by RCF,NFL, FACT, BVFCL, MFLfertilizer companies.

SummaryBased on the above research,

development and new initiativestaken during the year 2009-10 in thevarious fields of fertilizers in thecountry, it can very well be sum-marized in a nutshell that : ● I nachieving ‘Green Revolution’ (1966-67) in Agriculture in India in the fieldof more and sufficient foodgrainsproduction mainly in wheat/rice/maize, fertilizers and HYV's of crops -wheat played a vital/ significant role.● Further to achieve 'Second EverGreen Revolution' in Agricultureduring '21st' Century, fertilizers willpay a significant role. ● The perhectare consumption of fertilizers (N,P, K nutrients kg/ha) has increasedfrom less than 1 kg N, P, K kg ha–1 tothe level of 128·60 kg in 2008-09,showing a quantum jump. ● Thefoodgrain production, in fact, hasrosen from 52 million tonnes (1951-52) to 234·47 million tonnes (2008-09)–a ever last record production, and asharp decline @ 7% in 2009-10 witha foodgrains production of 218·20million tonnes (4th Adv. Est). ● Theentire demand of Potassic (K) ferti-lizers is met through import, how-ever, phosphatic fertilizers are metthrough three sources viz. Indige-nous/Imported rock phosphate,Ammonia and phosphoric acid andimport of finished fertilizer, but N-fertilizers like Urea, A/S, CAN,A/S/N are produced enough in thecountry.

Overall, the research, develop-ment and new initiatives in the fieldof fertilizers are quite satisfactory thathas to be continue in future also.

Objective Questions

1. Presently (2008-09), the fertilizernutrients (N, P, K kg ha-1)consumption in Agriculture-crops in India is……, which wasless than 1 kg NPK ha–1 in 1951-52.(A) 128·60(B) 100·00(C) 95·00(D) None of these

2. The foodgrains production hasrosen in 2008-09 upto a ever lastrecord production in India of…million tonnes from a verymodest level of 52 million tonnesin 1951-52.

(A) 225·00 (B) 218·20

(C) 234·47 (D) 230·00

3. For enhancing the agriculturalproduction in the country, apricing policy was announcedon…… for setting up new ureaprojects to meet the growingdemand of urea.

(A) January 29, 2004

(B) October 2, 2005(C) September 15, 2000(D) February 15, 2007

4. The Department of Fertilizers(GOI-Ministry of Chemicals andFertilizers) announced a Policyfor uniform freight subsidy on allfertilizers under fertilizer sub-sidy regime–as a recent changesin the concession scheme on 17thJuly in the year—(A) 2005 (B) 2006(C) 2007 (D) 2008

5. The ideal ratio of N, P, Kfertilizer nutrients is…… forcereal crops, however, it is kept1 : 2 : 1 kg N, P, K ratio in pulsecrops in agriculture.(A) 4 : 2 : 1(B) 4 : 4 : 4(C) 2 : 4 : 1(D) 2 : 3 : 2

6. The Headquarters (Hq.) of RCF—(Rashtriya Chemicals and Ferti-lizers Ltd.) est. in March 1978, islocated at (Hq.)—(A) Mumbai (B) Chennai(C) Noida (D) Guwahati

Answers

P.Darpan

Continued from Page 885

★ WMD stands for :

—Weapons of Mass Destruction★ The only Lok Sabha Speaker who

later on became the President ofIndia ?

—Neelam Sanjiva Reddy★ Bodo language is spoken in the

state of : —Assam★ Pyrenees Mountains make the

boundary between :—Spain and France

★ The first Indian to achieve successin ICS was :

—Satyendra Nath Tagore★ The Group 77 is an :

—Economic Group★ The college of Defence Manage-

ment is located in :—Secunderabad

★ Ronaldinho is the famous playerof : —Football

★ The Port City of Indus ValleyCivilization is : —Lothal

★ The last Mauryan Emperor was :—Brhadratha

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/891 “Until this moment, I never understood how hard it was to lose something you never had.”

International OrganisationInternational OrganisationInternational OrganisationProfileProfile

BAY OF BENGAL INITIATIVEFOR MULTI-SECTORAL TECH-

NICAL AND ECONOMICCOOPERATION (BIMSTEC)

Established on — June 6, 1997

Member States — Bangladesh, Bhutan, India,Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka,Thailand

Chairman — Myanmar since November2009

Type of Organisation

A sub-regional grouping was formed on June 6, 1997in Bangkok and was given the name BISTEC (Bangladesh,

Logo of BIMSTEC

India, Sri Lanka and ThailandEconomic Cooperation). Myanmarattended the inaugural June meetingas an observer and joined theorganisation as a full member at aspecial Ministerial Meeting held inBangkok in December 1997 uponwhich the name of the grouping was changed toBIMSTEC. Nepal was granted observer status by thesecond Ministerial Meeting in Dhaka in December 1998.Subsequently full membership has been granted to Nepaland Bhutan in 2003. In the first Summit on July 31, 2004leaders of the group agreed that the name of the groupingshould be known as BIMSTEC or the Bay of BengalInitiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and EconomicCooperation.

BIMSTEC Aims and Purposes

According to the Bangkok Declaration the aims andpurposes of BIMSTEC are to create an enablingenvironment for rapid economic development, acceleratesocial progress in the sub-region, promote active colla-boration and mutual assistance on matters of commoninterest, provide assistance to each other in the form oftraining and research facilities, cooperate more effectivelyin joint efforts that are supportive of and complementaryto national development plans of member states, maintainclose and beneficial cooperation with existing inter-national and regional organisations, and cooperate inprojects that can be dealt with most productivity on a sub-

regional basis and which make best use of availablesynergies. BIMSTEC was initiated with the goal tocombine the Look West Policy of Thailand and ASEANwith the Look East Policy of India and South Asia. So itcould be explained that BIMSTEC is a link betweenASEAN and SAARC. Seven members of BIMSTEC cover13 priority sectors led by member countries in a volun-tary manner namely Trade and Investment, Technology,Energy Transport and Communication Tourism Fisheries,Agriculture, Cultural Cooperation, Environment andDisaster Management, Public Health, People-to-PeopleContract, Poverty Alleviation and Counter Terrorism andTransnational Crimes. BIMSTEC provides a unique linkbetween South Asia and South East Asia bringing together1·3 billion people–21% of world population—a combinedGDP of US $ 750 billion and a considerable amount ofcomplementarities.

Regarding economic aspect BIMSTEC has TradeNegotiating Committee (BIMSTEC TNC). The 16th TNCmeeting was held in March 2008 in India.

BIMSTEC Mechanism

BIMSTEC holds frequent meetings. Each type ofmeeting is tasked unique responsibilities, but they areclosely interrelated to one another. The country holdingthe chairmanship of BIMSTEC is responsible for the con-duct of regular meetings e.g., Summit, Ministerial Meeting,Senior Officials Meeting and BIMSTEC Working GroupMeeting. Ministerial Meeting is divided into the area offoreign affairs (MM) and the area of trade and economicaffairs (TEMM). While the Foreign Meeting acts as primemover determining the overall policy as well as recom-mendations for the Leader’s summit. ‘Senior Officials’Meeting is divided into the area of foreign affairs (SOM)and the area of trade and economic affairs (STEOM)Permanent secretaries of the foreign affairs and that oftrade and economic affairs will be the delegations to theirrespective forms, the lead countries of the 13 prioritysectors of cooperation and 15 sub-sectors are to host expertgroup meetings of their responsible sectors regularlyand report the result to the BIMSTEC Working Group inBangkok (BWG) via respective Embassies to Thailand. Theresult will then be further reported to the SOM.

BIMSTEC Priority Sectors

Six priority sectors of cooperation were identifiedat the 2nd Ministerial Meeting in Dhaka on November 19,

PD/November/2010/892

1998. They include—(i) Trade and Investment, (ii) Trans-port and Communication, (iii) Energy, (iv) Tourism,(v) Technology, (vi) Fisheries. Seven more priority sectorswere included in the agenda after the 8th MinisterialMeeting in Dhaka on December 18-19, 2005. The otherseven are—(vii) Agriculture, (viii) Public Health, (ix)Poverty Alleviation, (x) Counter-terrorism and Trans-national Crime, (xi) Protection of Biodiversity/Environ-ment and Natural Disaster Management, (xii) Culture,(xiii) People to People contact each sector is taken care ofby a particular lead country. For instance India takes careof counter-terrorism and transnational crime/sub-sectorNepal takes care of poverty alleviation/sub-sector and soon.

BIMSTEC Free Trade Area Framework Agree-ment

BIMSTEC member countries agreed to establish theBIMSTEC Free Trade Area Framework Agreement inorder to stimulate trade and investment in the parties, andattract outsiders to trade with and invest in BIMSTEC athigher level. All members, except Bangladesh because ofdomestic procedure, became signatories to the FrameworkAgreement in the 6th Ministerial Meeting. Bangladeshlater joined the Framework Agreement on June 25, 2004.The Trade Negotiating Committee (TNC) was set up and

had its Ist Meeting in Bangkok in September 2004. Asadopted in the adopted Terms of Reference, Thailandwould be the permanent chair of TNC although the hostcountry shall be rotated. TNC’s negotiation area coverstrade in goods and services, investment, economic coope-ration, as well as trade facilitations and also technicalassistance for LDCs in BIMSTEC. It was agreed that oncenegotiation on trade in goods is completed the TNCwould then proceed with negotiation on trade in servicesand investment.

Institutional Structure and Arrangements

The BIMSTEC Declaration provides for the followinginstitutional mechanisms. Annual Ministerial Meetingwhich shall be hosted by the Member States on the basisof alphabetical rotation; Senior Officials Committee, whichshall meet on a regular basis as and when required; Aworking group, under the chairmanship of Thailand andhaving as its members. The accredited Ambassadors toThailand or their representatives of the other MemberStates, to carry on the work in between Annual MinisterialMeetings; Specialized task force and other mechanisms asbe deemed necessary by the senior officials to be coordina-ted by Member States as appropriate.

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/893 “Who you are speaks so loudly I can’t hear what you’re saying.”

Multiple Choice QuestionsMultiple Choice Questions

Current QuestionnaireCurrent QuestionnaireCurrent QuestionnaireCurrent QuestionnaireCurrent Questionnaire1. The head of newly constituted

National Innovation Council is—(A) Sam Pitroda(B) K. Kasturirangan(C) Samir Brahmachari(D) None of the above

2. Union Cabinet recently clearedthe Bill to protect—(A) Minorities(B) Scheduled Castes(C) Whistle Blowers(D) None of the above

3. Recently Asian DevelopmentBank approved loan for NationalCapital Region worth—(A) $ 150 million(B) $ 200 million(C) $ 100 million(D) $ 300 million

4. Recently GoM approved—(A) Religion-based census(B) Caste-based census(C) Sub-caste-based census(D) None of the above

5. Which political party has emer-ged as the richest one in India ?(A) BJP (B) Congress(C) CPM (D) BSP

6. The Central Government has setup a committee to evolve a com-prehensive policy on autonomyfor—(A) Central Universities(B) Indian Institutes of Techno-logy(C) The Indian Institutes ofManagement(D) All of the above

7. Nuclear Submarine Akula hasbeen handed over to Indiarecently by—(A) France (B) Russia(C) USA (D) Germany

8. Lok Sabha on August 25, 2010adopted—(A) Educational Tribunal Bill(B) Bill on Whistle Blowers

(C) Nuclear Liability Bill(D) None of the above

9. The World’s Number twoeconomy is—(A) USA (B) Japan(C) China (D) Germany

10. As per the recent report howmany UN peacekeeping missionsIndia has taken part in ?(A) 50 (B) 42(C) 60 (D) 70

11. The United States recently con-cluded a major phase of militarywithdrawal from—(A) Afghanistan(B) Iraq(C) Iran(D) Cuba

12. Which of the following signedrecently a pact to fight terrorism ?

(A) Russia, Afghanistan,Pakistan and Tajikistan

(B) Tajikistan, China, Pakistanand India

(C) India, Iran, Pakistan andChina

(D) None of the above

13. Russia recently extended baselease in—(A) Georgia (B) Armenia(C) Turkey (D) Azerbaijan

14. Karrar is the unmanned bomberaircraft of—(A) Iraq (B) Iran(C) Turkey (D) Pakistan

15. Iran recently test-fired its—

(A) Gauri Missle

(B) The Fateh 110

(C) Shaheen

(D) None of the above

16. Which African country recentlyadopted its new Constitution ?

(A) Kenya(B) Zimbabwe(C) Mozambique(D) South Africa

17. ESPO which recently came intonews stands for—(A) Eastern Siberia Pacific Oceanpipeline(B) Eastern Sino PhilippinesOcean pipeline(C) East Siberia-PhilippinesOcean pipeline(D) None of the above

18. Saina Nehwal has been namedthe brand ambassador for—(A) Orissa(B) Andhra Pradesh(C) Tamil Nadu(D) Kerala

19. North India’s first Food Pro-cessing Park is being developedin—(A) Haryana(B) Kerala(C) Himachal Pradesh(D) Karnataka

20. Justice Barin Ghosh has recentlybeen appointed Chief Justice of—

(A) Uttarakhand High Court

(B) Patna High Court

(C) Calcutta High Court

(D) Madras High Court

21. Justice Bhagwati Prasad hasrecently been appointed as theChief Justice of—(A) Orissa High Court(B) Patna High Court(C) Jharkhand High Court(D) None of the above

22. Who has recently been honouredwith 18th Rajiv Gandhi NationalSadbhavana Award ?

(A) Shabana Azmi

(B) Maulana Wahiduddin Khan(C) Javed Akhtar(D) None of the above

23. Who among the following hasnot been honoured with the 2010Ramon Magsaysay Award ?(A) Tadatoshi Akiba(B) Huo Daishan

PD/November/2010/894 “He who does not understand your silence will probably not understand your words.”

(C) Fu Quiping(D) Ratan Tata

24. Jimena Navarrete who has beencrowned Miss Universe 2010 isfrom—(A) Brazil (B) Mexico(C) Argentina (D) Chile

25. Who among the following hasbeen declared as Businessman ofthe decade ?(A) Mukesh Ambani(B) Anil Ambani(C) Ratan Tata(D) Azim Premji

26. Who among the following hasbeen conferred with the SahityaAkademi Bhasha Samman ?(A) Gurudev Singh(B) K. Srirammurithy(C) Both of the above(D) None of the above

27. The book ‘The Masque of Africa’is the book written by—(A) V. S. Naipaul(B) Raghav Bahl(C) Tony Blair(D) M. S. Swaminathan

28. India will have Forest Satellitein—(A) 2015 (B) 2020(C) 2013 (D) 2012

29. Who among the following hasbeen named UNESCO’s NationalAmbassador ?(A) Aishwarya Rai(B) Priyanka Chopra(C) Sharmila Tagore(D) Kajol

30. World Foods Day is observedon—(A) October 16(B) October 5(C) October 10(D) October 20

31. United Nations Day is observedon—(A) October 10(B) October 16(C) October 24(D) October 28

32. Who among the following wonMicromax ODI Series ?(A) Sri Lanka(B) India

(C) Both jointly(D) None of the above

33. Champion Hockey Trophy hasrecently been clinched by—(A) New Zealand(B) Australia(C) Britain(D) Germany

34. Who among the followingbagged the Santosh Trophy ofFootball ?(A) Punjab(B) Bengal(C) Maharashtra(D) Kerala

35. Who has clinched HungarianGrand Prix ?(A) Mark Webber(B) Lewis Hamilton(C) Sebastian Vettel(D) None of the above

36. The 23rd Grandmaster of Indiais—(A) Abhijit Gupta(B) B. Adhiban(C) Padmini Rout(D) None of the above

37. The first Indian to win PGA Title(Golf) is—(A) Arjun Atwal(B) Jeev Milkha Singh(C) Both jointly(D) None of the above

38. Tejaswini Sawant is the firstIndian woman to be crownedworld champion in—(A) Shooting (B) Wrestling(C) Boxing (D) Athletics

39. Who among the following wonDouble Trap Gold in WorldShooting Championship recently ?(A) Asher Noria(B) Gagan Narang(C) Tejaswini Sawant(D) None of the above

40. In recently held Summer YouthOlympic Games which of thefollowing grabbed highestnumber of medals ?(A) China(B) Russia(C) South Korea(D) Ukraine

Answers with Explanations

Continued on Page 911

PD/November/2010/895 “A friend is the one who comes in when the whole world has gone out.”

Current Objective QuestionsCurrent Objective Questions

Trade and IndustryTrade and IndustryTrade and IndustryTrade and IndustryTrade and Industry1. On September 26, 2010, in its

mid-quarter Monetary Policyreview, RBI raised repo rate andreverse repo rate by—

(A) 25 bps and 50 bps respecti-vely

(B) 25 bps each

(C) 50 bps each

(D) 50 bps and 25 bps respecti-vely

2. During April-July 2010, FDIinflow in India registered a—

(A) decline of 52%(B) decline of 27%(C) rise of 52%(D) rise of 27%

3. To improve its Casa (Currentaccount saving account) ratio,which of the following bank hasannounced to remove chargesand award relief measures for itscustomers ?(A) HDFC Bank(B) ICICI Bank(C) IDBI Bank(D) AXIS Bank

4. During first quarter of 2010-11,Indian economy’s GDP growthrate was registered at—(A) 6·0% (B) 6·5%(C) 7·8% (D) 8·8%

5. As per declaration of RBI onSeptember 16, 2010, which of thekey rate can be treated as ‘oddman out’ ?(A) Bank Rate(B) Cash Reserve Ratio(C) Repo Rate(D) Reverse Repo Rate

6. Which of the following sectorregistered highest growth rateduring the first quarter of 2010-11 ?

(A) Trade, Hotel, Transport

(B) Manufacturing

(C) Mining and Quarrying

(D) Construction

7. In July 2009, the IIP showed 7·2%growth which in July 2010became—(A) 5·8% (B) 7·8%(C) 11·8% (D) 13·8%

8. UNCTAD in its “World Invest-ment Prospect Surveys 2010-12”report which of the followingnation has been ranked as thesecond-best favourite destina-tion in the world for FDI over thenext two years ?(A) USA (B) Singapore(C) India (D) Brazil

9. Which of the following state haslaunched a scheme of providingfree electric connection to 2 lakhBPL families ?(A) Madhya Pradesh(B) Uttar Pradesh(C) Gujarat(D) Rajasthan

10. In Global CompetitivenessReport 2010 released by theWorld Economic Forum, Indiahas been placed at—(A) 49th rank(B) 50th rank(C) 51st rank(D) 52nd rank

11. To promote new talents and theirinnovation tendencies, govern-ment has decided to create an‘innovation fund’ with—

(A) 4,000 crore

(B) 5,000 crore(C) 7,500 crore(D) 10,000 crore

12. The Cabinet Committee onEconomic Affairs has approveddisinvestment in Manganese OreIndia Ltd. (MOIL). The total dis-investment will be—(A) 15% (B) 20%(C) 25% (D) 30%

13. Which of the following nationretains its top rank in GlobalCompetitiveness Report 2010 ?

(A) Switzerland(B) Sweden(C) Singapore(D) Germany

14. Forbes magazine has made aforecast for the Richest Man ofthe world in 2014. As per itsforecast the person is—

(A) Laxmi N. Mittal(B) Bill Gates(C) Mukesh Ambani(D) Carlos Slim Helu

15. Provident Fund Trustees hasdecided to give…… per centinterest for 2010-11 on retirementsavings of employees both in thepublic and private sector.(A) 8·5 (B) 9·0(C) 9·5 (D) 10·0

16. Among BRIC nations, which ofthe following country hasimproved its rank in GlobalCompetitiveness Report 2010 ?

(A) India (B) Brazil(C) China (D) Russia

17. In newly proposed InnovationFund to promote talents, thegovernment will contribute……per cent of the total fund.(A) 20 (B) 25(C) 50 (D) 80

18. During 2009-10 which of thefollowing state registered thehighest growth in State GrossDomestic Product (SGDP) ?(A) Gujarat(B) Chhattisgarh(C) Uttarakhand(D) Maharashtra

19. With which date, the merger ofState Bank of Indore with SBIbecame effective ?

(A) August 16, 2010(B) August 18, 2010(C) August 26, 2010(D) September 1, 2010

20. The base year of Wholesale PriceIndex has been changed from

PD/November/2010/896

1993-94 to 2004-05. The numberof items included in this newWPI is—(A) 435 (B) 567(C) 676 (D) 765

21. The weightage of manufacturingsector items in new base (2004-05) wholesale price index is—(A) 58·02% (B) 59·97%(C) 62·28% (D) 64·97%

22. As per the Statistics of FirstQuarter 2010-11, agriculturesector registered 2·8% growth.For this quarter data, agriculturesector in country’s GDP accoun-ted for a share of—(A) 12·9% (B) 14·1%(C) 14·9% (D) 15·5%

23. The new series of WPI with 2004-05 as its base year has replacedthe series with base year 1993-94with effect from—(A) September 1, 2010

(B) September 11, 2010(C) September 14, 2010(D) September 16, 2010

NewEdition

● E-mail : publisher@upkar.in ● Website : www.upkar.in

By : Dr. Lal & Jain Code No. 444 Rs. 135/-

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2

☞ Previous Years’ Solved Papers☞ General Awareness☞ English Language☞ General Intelligence and General Aptitude☞ Numerical Aptitude

HINDI EDITION Code No. 644 Rs. 140/-

(Including Previous Years’ Solved Papers)

24. On which date Sensex closedbreaching 20,000 mark ?(A) September 19, 2010(B) September 20, 2010(C) September 21, 2010(D) September 22, 2010

25. The share of services in India’sfirst quarter GDP of 2010-11stands at—(A) 54·5% (B) 55·6%(C) 56·6% (D) 57·0%

26. The total length of the All-Indianetwork of national highways is70934 km with density workingout to be…… km 100 square km.(A) 203·6 (B) 215·8(C) 223·3 (D) 232·6

27. As per quick estimates of India’sexternal debt for the year 2009-10, debt to GDP ratio stands at—(A) 17·5% (B) 18·1%(C) 18·9% (D) 20·5%

28. In first quarter’s GDP of 2010-11,the share of industry stood at—(A) 28·6% (B) 28·9%(C) 29·0% (D) 29·3%

29. Between February 13, 2010 andSeptember 16, 2010, which of thefollowing rate was raised maxi-mum by RBI ?(A) Bank Rate(B) Cash Reserve Ratio(C) Repo Rate(D) Reserve Repo Rate

30. On which date, the governmentallocated 3G spectrum to sevenwinning bidders after amend-ments to the license terms andconditions ?(A) August 31, 2010(B) September 1, 2010(C) September 6, 2010(D) September 10, 2010

Answers

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/897

Political Science

UTTAR PRADESH P.C.S. (Pre.) EXAM., 2010

(Held on 2-5-2010)

Solved Paper

1. Who said that, ‘property is atheft’ ?(A) Plato (B) Grotius(C) Laski (D) Prodhoun

2. Supporters of Pluralism believethat sovereignty should be divi-ded because—(A) It is a result of a contract(B) It is a result of force(C) It is a divine creation(D) It is not helpful for worldpeace

3. Which of the following naturalrights were available to indivi-duals in the state of natureaccording to Locke ?

(A) Life, liberty and equality

(B) Life, equality and property

(C) Life, liberty and property

(D) Life, liberty and fraternity

4. Given below are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andthe other labelled as Reason(R)—

Assertion (A) : Positive law ofany State is a general commandto do certain act.

Reason (R) : Sovereign is inde-pendent.

In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?

Codes :

(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and(R) is the correct explanationof (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false

(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

5. Who supposed the concept ofrevolution from above ?

(A) Lenin (B) Stalin

(C) Mao (D) Gramsci

6. Who among the following is nota supporter of Elitist form ofdemocracy ?(A) Schumpeter(B) Sartori(C) Dahl(D) Rawls

7. Which one of the following state-ments is correct ?

(A) Revolutionary socialism isliberalism(B) Revolutionary socialism isfabianism(C) Revolutionary socialism issyndicalism(D) Revolutionary socialism iscommunism

8. Political representation is ensuredby—

(A) Political parties, Judiciaryand Constitution(B) Legislature, Political Partiesand Judiciary(C) Political Parties, Legislatureand Constitution(D) Legislature, Judiciary andExecutive

9. Who among the following cham-pioned the cause of direct demo-cracy ?(A) Adam Smith(B) Marx(C) Hegel(D) Rousseau

10. What is wrong about thedemerits of political parties ?

(A) They encourage politicalfavouritism(B) They deny freedom ofspeech(C) They break the rigidity ofthe separation of powers(D) They divide the people

11. Which one of the following is acorrect feature of the nature ofState as per Marxist view point ?

(A) Reconciliation of conflict(B) Suppression of conflict(C) Common interest(D) Public power

12. Who among the followingdenounces State as an instrumentof violence and exploitation ?

(A) Sorel(B) Kropotkin(C) Oppenhiemer(D) G.D.H. Cole

13. According to Rousseau passagefrom the state of nature to thecivil society produces a remark-able change. It is—

(A) Substituting instinct forjustice

(B) Substituting physicalimpulse to duty

(C) Substituting civil liberty forunlimited rights

(D) Substituting justice forinstincts

14. Which one of the following is nota conclusion drawn from Austin’sMonistic Theory of Sovereignty ?(A) Positive law of State is ageneral command to do certainact(B) Sovereignty cannot belegally divided between two ormore persons

(C) Community is orderly(D) Community is not indepen-dent

15. According to G.D.H. Cole whichone of the following marked thedegraded status of labour ?

(A) Wage system restrictsabstraction of labour

(B) Wages must be paid even inthe event in the loss to employer

(C) Worker surrenders all con-trol over the organisation ofproduction

(D) Payment during sickness

PD/November/2010/898

16. For Governors, guidelines shouldbe determined. This has beenrecommended by—(A) Balwant Rai Mehta Com-mittee(B) Gorawala Report(C) Ashok Mehta Committee(D) Administrative ReformCommission

17. Which one of the following is afeature of Presidential Govern-ment ?(A) Single Judicial System(B) Federal System of Govern-ment(C) Separation of Power(D) Division of Powers

18. The view that the form ofGovernments changes accordingto a set cycle was expressed by—(A) Plato(B) Aristotle(C) Montesquieu(D) Herman Finer

19. Who has made the statement that“Planning Commission has can-celled Federalism” ?(A) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar(B) Ashok Chanda(C) Jawaharlal Nehru(D) K. S. Hegde

20. Who has defined that “Parlia-mentary System provides a dailyas well as periodic assessment ofthe Government” ?(A) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar(B) Bagehot(C) M. C. Chagla(D) Bryce

21. Who regards equality as a‘Tadpole Philosophy’ ?(A) Robert Owen(B) Ebenstien(C) R. H. Tawney(D) Sydney Webb

22. Which brand of socialists believethat elite groups such as politi-cians of all parties, civil servants,scientists, and academics couldbe converted to socialism througheducation ?(A) Syndicalists(B) Social Democrats(C) Revolutionary Socialists(D) Fabian Socialists

23. Which one of the following is achief agent of historical changeaccording to Marx ?(A) Individuals(B) Masses(C) Classes(D) Parties

24. Who among the following tendto view nation as an artificialdivision of human kind ?(A) Anarchists(B) Fascists(C) Liberals(D) Socialists

25. John Locke is regarded as pro-pounder of Natural Right Theory.Who else considers natural rightas inalienable ?(A) John Rawls(B) R. H. Tawney(C) Thomas Jefferson(D) Frederick Hayek

26. Who argues that economic inter-vention is the single most seriousthreat to individual liberty ?(A) Frederick Hayek(B) Ferdinand Lasselle(C) J. K. Galbraith(D) Milton Friedman

27. If the House is prorogued who isempowered to summon it ?(A) Speaker(B) President(C) Prime Minister(D) Vice-President

28. How many subjects are keptunder the jurisdiction of Pancha-yats in the Eleven Schedule ofthe Constitution ?(A) 27 (B) 28(C) 29 (D) 30

29. Which one of the followingCommittees recommended theinclusion of Fundamental Dutiesin the Indian Constitution ?(A) Barua Committee(B) Ramaswamy Committee(C) Sikri Committee(D) Swarn Singh Committee

30. A bill is sent to the Select Com-mittee after—(A) Introduction(B) First reading

(C) Second reading(D) Third reading

31. Which one of the following is notthe main provision of the MorleyMinto Reforms Act 1909 ?(A) Increase in the size of theLegislative Council (B) Official majority in theCentral Legislative Council(C) Communal and separateelectorate system(D) No elected members weregiven place in the CentralLegislative Council

32. Which one of the following is notconcerned with the doctrine of aConstitution ?(A) Structure of the PoliticalSystem(B) Rule of Law(C) Inert Document(D) To define and delimit thepowers

33. Which one of the following is notrelated to the ConstitutionalGovernment ?(A) Coalition Government(B) Presidential Government(C) Hierarchy Government(D) Federal Government

34. In a Presidential Government—

(A) President is responsible tothe Legislature

(B) Cabinet is collectively res-ponsible to the Lower House ofthe Legislature(C) Cabinet is responsible toboth Houses of Legislature(D) President is responsible tothe people

35. Assertion (A) : Parliament ispivot of Indian Political System.

Reason (R) : Indian Constitutiongives absolute power to Parlia-ment.

Given above are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andthe other labelled as Reason (R).

In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?

Codes :

(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and(R) is the correct explanationof (A)

PD/November/2010/899

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false(D) (A) is false and (R) is true

36. Judicial Review signifies that theSupreme Court—(A) Has final authority in over-all cases(B) Can declare a State law asunconstitutional(C) Can review cases whosedecisions has been given by HighCourt(D) None of the above

37. The Responsive Cooperationa-list party led by Jaykar Kelkarand Moonje was a faction of—(A) Congress Party(B) Swaraj Party(C) Congress Socialist Party(D) None of these

38. The Vice-President of India iselected by the members of anelectoral college consisting of—(A) Elected members of bothHouses of Parliament(B) All members of the Councilof States(C) Elected members of theCouncil of States(D) All members of both Housesof Parliament

39. Given below are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andother labelled as Reason (R).Assertion (A) : The Constitutionof India establishes a Govern-mental System which combinesthe features of Federalism andUnitarianism both.Reason (R) : The residuarypowers under the Constitutionhave been granted to the politicalunits forming the federation.In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?Codes :(A) Both (A) and (R) are correct

and (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

40. Under which ConstitutionalAmendment has education forchildren between age of 6 to 14years become FundamentalRight ?(A) 93rd Constitutional Amend-ment(B) 86th Constitutional Amend-ment(C) 91st Constitutional Amend-ment(D) 92nd Constitutional Amend-ment

41. Which Article of the Constitutionallows the Centre to form newStates ?(A) Article 3 (B) Article 4(C) Article 5 (D) Article 6

42. Who has remarked that “OurConstitution has provided asynthesis between ParliamentarySovereignty and the Provisionsof Judicial review under WrittenConstitution which is a peculiarcontribution of the Constitutionmakers” ?(A) Sir Ivor Jennings(B) D. D. Basu(C) M. V. Pylee(D) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar

43. Given below are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andthe other labelled as Reason (R).

Assertion (A) : Gandhiji with-drew Civil Disobedience Move-ment in 1934.

Reason (R) : He withdrew it dueto communal pressures.

In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?

Codes :

(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and(R) is the correct explanationof (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

44. Which one of the followingfactors best explain the meaningof Panchayati Raj ?

1. Democratic Decentralization2. Administrative Centraliza-

tion

3. Active participation ofPanchayats in the communitydevelopment schemes.

4. Enjoyment of more financialpowers.

Select the correct answers fromthe codes given below—(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3(C) 2 and 4 (D) 1 and 3

45. The Cabinet Mission Plan 1946proposed for India—(A) Unitary Government(B) Federal Government with astrong centre(C) Federal Government with aweak centre(D) Federal Government inwhich British provinces werepermitted to secede

46. In which year the Congressaccepted federation in its politi-cal form for India ?(A) 1915 (B) 1916(C) 1929 (D) 1931

47. Given below are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andthe other labelled as Reason (R).

Assertion (A) : The President ofIndia is a Constitutional Head.

Reason (R) : The Cabinet iscollectively responsible to theLok Sabha.

In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?

Codes :

(A) Both (A) and (R) are trueand (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false

(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

48. Which one of the following iscorrect ?

(A) The Rajya Sabha has specialpowers in the matter of confir-mation of declaration of emer-gency by the President of India

(B) Creation of new States

(C) Authorise the Parliament tomake laws on the subjectsprovided in the State list

(D) All of the above

PD/November/2010/900

49. Consider the following state-ments about preventive deten-tion—1. It is enshrined in Article 22 of

the Constitution.2. The Government is entitled to

detain the arrested persononly for three months at atime.

3. It was a new idea introducedby the makers of the Consti-tution.

4. A person arrested underpreventive detention is notentitled to complain to theSupreme Court or a HighCourt.

Select your answer from thecodes given below—(A) 1 and 3 are correct(B) Only 3 is correct(C) 1 and 2 are correct(D) Only 4 is correct

50. Consider the following state-ments about the legislativepowers of the President ofIndia—1. Indian legislature consists of

the President and the twoHouses of the Parliament.

2. If the President wants toreturn the bill he shall do itwithin one month.

3. A bill reserved by the Gover-nor for President’s considera-tion may be sent back to thelegislature for reconsidera-tion within two months.

4. The Constitution does notprescribe any time limitwithin which the President isto declare his assent or refusalon the non-finance bill.

Select your answers from thecodes given below—(A) 1 and 3 are correct(B) 1 and 2 are correct(C) 1 and 4 are correct(D) Only 1 is correct

51. 98th Constitutional Amendmentis related to—(A) Empowering Centre to levyand collect service tax(B) Institution of NationalJudicial Commission(C) Re-organisation of Consti-tuencies on the basis of 2001census

(D) Installation of new bounda-ries between States

52. Which of the following objectiveswere not included in the Policyof Muslim League established in1906 ?(A) Two Nation concept(B) Communal division of India(C) Demand for separatePakistan(D) All the above

53. Who did play decisive role in thesigning of Gandhi-Irwin Pact ?

(A) Motilal Nehru

(B) Madan Mohan Malviya

(C) Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru

(D) Sir Saiyaad Ahmed Khan

54. Who described British Queen’sProclamation of 1858 as ‘MagnaCarta’ ?

(A) Gandhiji

(B) Bal Gangadhar Tilak

(C) Dadabhai Naoroji

(D) Gopal Krishna Gokhale

55. The Cabinet Mission proposedan interim Government consist-ing of—(A) 15 members (B) 25 members(C) 16 members(D) 14 members

56. Any dispute arising out of theelection of the Vice-Presidentshall be decided by—(A) President(B) Election Commission(C) Parliament(D) Supreme Court

57. What is incorrect with regard to‘Zero Hour’ in Parliament ?

(A) There is no mention of ZeroHour in Parliamentary rules

(B) It starts at 12 noon which isthe Zero Hour of the day

(C) Everybody knows whatmatter might crop up during thisperiod or what kind of attackmight be launched against theGovernment

(D) The time immediatelyfollowing the question hour inboth Houses come to be popu-larly known as ‘Zero Hour’.

58. The essence of ‘Rule of Law’ maybe seen in one of the followingFundamental Rights in theIndian Constitution—(A) Right to ConstitutionalRemedies(B) Right to Education andCulture(C) Right to Freedom of Expres-sion(D) Right to Equality

59. The source of the basic structuretheory of the Constitution inIndia is—(A) The Constitution(B) Opinion of Jurists(C) Judicial Interpretation(D) Parliamentary Statute

60. The Provisions of Sixth Scheduleshall not apply in which one ofthe following States ?(A) Meghalaya(B) Tripura(C) Mizoram(D) Goa

61. The 73rd Amendment wasbrought in to force to give effectto one of the Directive Principlesof State Policy mentioned in—(A) Article 45 (B) Article 46(C) Article 47 (D) Article 40

62. Under 74th Amendment of theConstitution the Local body for atransitional area is known as—(A) Nyay Panchayat(B) Municipal Council(C) Nagar Panchayat(D) Gram Panchayat

63. The first Proclamation of Emer-gency under Article 352 wasmade by the President in—(A) 1975 (B) 1971(C) 1965 (D) 1961

64. A member of the Union PublicService Commission will beremoved by whom ?

(A) By the Home Minister

(B) By the Prime Minister

(C) By the Parliament throughimpeachment

(D) By the President on thereport of the Supreme Court

65. Consider the following state-ments—

PD/November/2010/901

1. The Supreme Court has anadvisory jurisdiction to giveits opinion on any questionof law.

2. The residuary powers out-side the ordinary law relatingto appeal is conferred uponthe President.

3. High Courts possess higherjurisdiction than SupremeCourts in case of issuingwrits.

4. The power of posting, pro-motion etc. of personsbelonging to judicial servicessubordinate to District Courtsare not vested in the HighCourt.

Select your answer from thecodes given below—

(A) 1 and 3 are correct(B) 2 and 3 are correct(C) 2 and 4 are correct(D) Only 1 is correct

66. Which one of the following state-ments is not correct ?

(A) The Governor has the powerto make ordinance

(B) The ordinance makingpower is a discretionary powerof the Governor

(C) The Governor is competentto withdraw the ordinance

(D) The ordinance makingpower of the Governor is co-extensive with the legislativepowers of the State Legislature

67. Consider the following state-ments with regard to the esti-mates relating to expenditurecharged upon Consolidated Fundof India—

1. It shall be submitted to thevote of Parliament.

2. It shall not be submitted tothe vote of Parliament.

3. Each house is competent todiscuss any of the estimates.

4. Estimates related to otherexpenditures shall be submit-ted in the form of grants tothe House of People.

Select your answer from thecodes given below—

(A) Only 1 and 3 are true

(B) Only 1 is true, rest are false

(C) Only 1, 3 and 4 are true, 2 isfalse(D) Only 2 is true, rest are false

68. Each House has a Rule Com-mittee. In the Lok Sabha theRules Committee consists of—(A) 10 members including theSpeaker who is ex-officio Chair-man of the Committee(B) 15 members including theSpeaker who is ex-officio Chair-man of the Committee(C) 15 members excluding theSpeaker who is ex-officio Chair-man of the Committee(D) 25 members nominated by2/3 majority of the Lok Sabha

69. In order to ascertain theconfidence of the Council ofMinisters. No Confidence Motionis moved. What is true about thismotion ?(A) There is explicit Provisionin the Constitution regardingindividual responsibility(B) A notice of the Motion of NoConfidence has to be given beforecommencement of the sitting onthe day it is proposed(C) Rajya Sabha is alsoempowered to entertain aMotion of No Confidence(D) Notice of No Confidenceonce given cannot be withdrawn

70. Which one of the duties of theSpeaker of the Lok Sabha iswrongly listed ?(A) Speaker lays down theguidelines for the recognition ofParliamentary parties(B) He determines financialmatters(C) He determines mattersrelated to the breach of privileges(D) He does not have the exclu-sive power regarding disquali-fication of a member on theground of defection

71. A few members having specialknowledge or practical experi-ence are nominated to the RajyaSabha. They belong to whichfield of the following ?(A) Literature(B) Science(C) Arts and Social Service(D) All the above

72. The reports of the Comptrollerand Auditor General of Indiashall be submitted to—(A) The Speaker of the LokSabha(B) The President(C) The Finance Minister(D) The Prime Minister

73. Chatfield Committee was consti-tuted during the period of LordLinthingo (1936–41). This Com-mittee was related to—(A) Agriculture and IrrigationReform(B) Monetary Reform(C) Modernisation of IndianArmy(D) Provincial Autonomy

74. Thomas Robertson Commissionconstituted in 1901. It was asso-ciated with—(A) Monetary Reform(B) Education(C) Railway(D) Civil Service

75. Given below are two statements,one labelled as Assertion (A) andthe other labelled as Reason (R).Assertion (A) : Congress wassupportive of the British Policiesduring its early days.Reason (R) : Liberals had firmfaith in the Judiciousness of theBritish.In the context of the above twostatements, which one of thefollowing is correct ?Codes :(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and

(R) is the correct explanationof (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true,but (R) is not the correctexplanation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

76. Which one of the following func-tions of the Lok Sabha is wronglylisted ?(A) Lok Sabha cannot create anew State without the consent ofthe Rajya Sabha(B) Declaring a seat vacant(C) Power of suspending a rulepertaining to procedure(D) Appointment of SolicitorGeneral

PD/November/2010/902

77. The tradition of parading ofMLAs before the Governor inorder to prove the majority in theLegislative Assembly was for thefirst time initiated in—

(A) 1967 in U.P.

(B) 1970 in Punjab(C) 1974 in Manipur(D) 1984 in Andhra

78. Which one of the followingCommittees was constituted onCentre-State relations ?(A) Swarn Singh Committee(B) Venketchelliah Committee(C) Bhagwan Sahai Committee(D) L. M. Singhvi Committee

79. 73rd Amendment of the IndianConstitution was passed on therecommendation of which Com-mittee ?(A) L. M. Singhvi Committee(B) Lingdoh Committee(C) P. K. Thungan Committee(D) P.V.K. Rao Committee

80. Who among the following was anon-congress member of theConstituent Assembly ?

(A) J. B. Kripalani

(B) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar

(C) K. M. Munshi

(D) T. T. Krishnamachari

81. Who among the following iscalled a non-official member ofthe Parliament ?

(A) M.Ps of the Opposition Party

(B) All other M.Ps except theMinisters

(C) All other M.Ps except aCabinet Minister

(D) Independent M.Ps (who donot belong to any Political Party)

82. Which High Court has the maxi-mum number of States within itsJurisdiction ?

(A) Madras High Court

(B) Calcutta High Court

(C) Bombay High Court

(D) Guwahati High Court

83. According to Rousseau,“The life of man was very simpleand happy in the early phaseof state of nature but it wasperverted by the growth of”—

(A) Population(B) Property(C) Reason(D) Selflessness

84. The idea that ‘the State is an endin itself’–was expressed by—(A) Socialists (B) Marxists(C) Fabians (D) Idealists

85. Which one of the following state-ments is correct ?(A) Locke confused the termGovernment and State(B) Locke considered theGovernment as superior to State(C) Locke drew a distinctionbetween State and Government(D) Locke did not distinguishbetween State and Government

86. Who preferred the term ‘repule-lique’ (Republic) to State ?(A) Machiavelli(B) Bodin(C) Sabine(D) Hobbes

87. Who said, “If there is no Govern-ment, there is anarchy and theState is at an end” ?(A) Leacock(B) Garner(C) Bluntschli(D) Machiavelli

88. Who regards State as ‘partner-ship in virtue’ ?(A) Plato(B) Aristotle(C) Machiavelli(D) Duguit

89. Who said, “In an antagonisticclass society the State is apolitical instrument, a machinefor maintaining the rule of oneclass over another” ?(A) Marx (B) Lenin(C) Mao (D) Gramsci

90. Which French Philosopherdefined sovereignty as‘Republic’s absolute and per-petual power’ ?(A) Rousseau (B) Bodin(C) Voltaire (D) Diderot

91. Locke holds that the Sovereignwas—(A) The chief creator of all laws(B) Bound by the existing laws

(C) Above all laws(D) None of the above

92. Who criticised the Social Con-tract Theory as ‘bad history, badphilosophy and bad law’ ?(A) Sir Henry Maine(B) Lord Acton(C) Hobhouse(D) Mill

93. ‘State is a perfected Rationality’.This view was expressed by—(A) Green (B) Hegel(C) Plato (D) Rousseau

94. Match List-I with List-II andselect the correct answer byusing the codes given below—

List-I(a) Hayek(b) W. Friedman(c) Hitchner and Harbold(d) Arthur Rosenberg

List-II1. Law in Changing Society2. Democracy and Socialism3. The Constitution of Liberty4. The Pattern of Modern

GovernmentCodes :

(a) (b) (c) (d)(A) 1 2 3 4(B) 2 4 1 3(C) 4 3 2 1(D) 3 1 4 2

95. The word ‘Commonwealth’ usedin ‘Leviathan’ of Hobbesimplies—

(A) Sovereign

(B) Collective name for Society,State and Government

(C) Group of people living inthe state of nature

(D) None of these

96. What is true about the SocialContract of Rousseau ?(A) Man gains natural liberty(B) Man gains religious liberty(C) Man gains civil liberty(D) Man looses moral liberty

97. According to Gramsci, the Statehas originated because of the‘hegemony’ of one class over theother. The most vital aspect ofhegemony is—

PD/November/2010/903

(A) Intellectual and moralleadership of the ruling class(B) Mode of production(C) Physical domination(D) Numerical strength of theProletariat

98. The Ethical Justification forIndividualism was offered by—(A) Grotius(B) Herbert Spencer(C) Adam Smith(D) Laski

99. Who one of the followingMarxist thinkers is known as“the eagle of revolution” ?(A) Luxembourg(B) Lenin(C) Trotsky(D) Mao

100. Whose name is associated withthe view that socialism cannotgrow out of capitalism ?(A) Bottomore(B) Habermas(C) Marcuse(D) G. B. Shaw

101. Who among the following is nota communitarian ?(A) MacIntyre (B) Sandel(C) Walzer (D) Popper

102. Who is known as theorist ofsuper-structure ?(A) Lenin (B) Trotsky(C) Fanon (D) Gramsci

103. Which one of the following is theauthor of the book entitled“Political Parties : A SociologicalStudy of the Oligarchical Tenden-cies of Modern Democracy” ?(A) Sartori(B) Burke(C) Duverger(D) Robert Michaels

104. Who has said that Marxism is anenemy of ‘open society’ ?(A) Karl Popper(B) Acton(C) Laski(D) Fukuyama

105. Who stated that ‘poverty is theparent of crime and revolution’ ?(A) Homer (B) Plato(C) Aristotle (D) Aquinas

106. Which one of the following hasbeen propounded by MauriceDuverger with regard to theoriesof political parties ?(A) Bi-cameral system(B) Fourfold classification on thebasis of composition(C) Party based on Cadre(D) Coalition system

107. Which one of the following state-ments is correct ?(A) Pressure groups are formedfor a fixed term(B) Some pressure groups aretemporary while others are per-manent(C) All pressure groups are per-manent(D) All pressure groups aretemporary

108. Which one of the following is notcorrect ?(A) Rawls believes in theprinciple of equal liberties(B) He believes in the arrange-ment of social economic inequa-lities(C) Rawls does not repudiatethe principles of utilitarianism(D) For Rawls, justice is notdistributive justice

109. “Men are born and alwayscontinue free and in respect oftheir rights.” It is from whichdocument mentioned below ?(A) The American Declaration ofIndependence(B) The French Declaration ofthe Rights of Man(C) U. N. Charter of UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights(D) Indian Constitution

110. Who first advocated the exten-sion of franchise to women ?(A) Gettel (B) J. S. Mill(C) Laski (D) James Mill

111. Which one of the following is notcorrect ?(A) The power of the State isoriginal and primary(B) The power of the State isdelegated and derivative(C) The authority of Govern-ment is limited(D) The Government is transi-tory in nature

112. Who among the following is nota supporter of the view that“State is the very image of humanorganism” ?

(A) Bluntschli (B) Rene

(C) Comte (D) Krabbe

113. Match List-I with List-II andselect the correct answer byusing the codes given below—

List-I(a) Green (b) Leo Strauss(c) Spencer (d) Bentham

List-II

1. Supporter of juridical theoryof State

2. Considers law as sin andlegislator as ‘sinners’

3. State can use force to createfreedom

4. Restraint on liberty isnatural

Codes :(a) (b) (c) (d)

(A) 4 3 1 2(B) 2 3 1 4(C) 3 4 2 1(D) 4 1 3 2

114. Which one of the following is notan important implication ofjustice ?

(A) It requires a just state ofaffairs

(B) It is aligned with the condi-tion of morality

(C) It refers to a sense of properdistribution of favours and losses

(D) It has roots in totalitariansystem

115. Who among the following seeksto integrate the idea of justicewith his principles of economicrationality of man ?

(A) J. W. Chapman

(B) Leo Strauss

(C) Bottomore

(D) Karl Deutsch

116. Which one of the followingsystem of voting is known as‘Differential Voting System’ ?

(A) Majority Voting System

(B) Plural Voting System

(C) Second Ballot Voting System

(D) Preferential Voting System

PD/November/2010/904

117. The doctrine of natural rightslost its significance due to—(A) Growth of consumerism(B) Growth of positive libe-ralism(C) Growth of negative libe-ralism(D) Growth of individualism

118. What is true about the empiricaltheory of democracy ?

(A) It is a modification ofclassical theory

(B) It is a mutilation of classicaltheory

(C) It is not a modification ofclassical theory

(D) It is a repetition of classicaltheory

119. Democratic theory “providesconditions for the full and freedevelopment of the essentialhuman capacities of all membersof the society” this view wasexpressed by—(A) Schumpeter(B) C. Wright Mills(C) C. B. MacPherson(D) Lasswell

120. Who among the following holdsthe view that property is neces-sary for realization of one’s will ?(A) Laski (B) MacPherson(C) Mill (D) Kant

Answers with Explanations

Continued on Page 911

PD/November/2010/905

Physical Education and General Studies

U.P. GOVERNMENT INTER COLLEGE LECTURER SCREENING EXAM., 2009

Solved Paper

PART-I

Physical Education1. Profuse sweating, during stren-

uous physical activity causes theloss of—(A) Sodium chloride(B) Potassium(C) Calcium(D) Glycogen

2. The number of bones in theCranium is—(A) 4 (B) 6(C) 8 (D) 10

3. Which organ of the Alimentarycanal is known as ‘Graveyard ofRed Blood Cells’ ?(A) Liver (B) Pancreas(C) Spleen (D) Duodenum

4. ‘ATLAS OF MAN’ which descri-bes the body types was writtenby—(A) Heath(B) Carter(C) Kretchmer(D) Sheldon

5. The first President of the IndianOlympic Association was—(A) Sir Bhupendra SinghMaharaja of Patiala(B) Dorabji Tata(C) Hary Crow Buck(D) Shri Jaisingh, Maharaja ofJaipur

6. Themain function of Haemo-globin is—(A) Attract and carry oxygen(B) Absorb glucose(C) Stimulate blood supply(D) Help in clotting of blood

7. Barry L. Johnson and Jack K.Nelson have written, one of thefollowing books—(A) Test and Measurement inPhysical Education(B) Measurement in PhysicalEducation

(C) A practical approach toMeasurement in Physical Educa-tion(D) Measurement Techniques inPhysical Education

8. Dynamometer is used tomeasure—(A) Flexibility (B) Agility(C) Strength (D) Speed

9. The earliest person known tohave invented the system ofbody classification was—(A) Sheldon(B) Kretchmer(C) Hall(D) Hippocrates

10. The Newton’s Law of accelera-tion is—

1. The rate of change of momen-tum is directly proportionalto the applied force andtakes place in the direction inwhich the force acts.

2. When body is acted upon bya constant force, its resultingacceleration is directly pro-portional to the force andinversely propotional to itsmass.

(A) 1 is correct(B) 2 is correct(C) 1 and 2 both are correct(D) 1 is correct but 2 is false

11. An individual who does mode-rate work needs the carlories—

(A) 1700–2000 calories

(B) 2500–3000 calories

(C) 4000–4500 calories(D) 3000–3500 calories

12. One deformity may lead to thedevelopment of another, knockknees may be caused as a resultof—(A) Flat foot(B) Bow Legs(C) Genu Legs(D) Scoliosis

13. Active Free Movement aredivided into—(A) Passive forced and Passiverelaxed movements(B) Rythmic, agility and activeholidays(C) Assisted and restrictedmovements(D) Cardiac and reflex move-ments

14. The knot used to tie a bandage isknown as—(A) Clove hitch(B) Granny knot(C) Half hitch(D) Reef knot

15. The two great dangers of woundsare—(A) Bleeding and infection(B) Pain and swelling(C) Shock and shivering(D) Burnign and loss of tissue

16. In learning, maximum transfer oftraining is possible when—(A) Two individuals are similar(B) The individuals is ready tolearn(C) The teacher uses motivation(D) Two learnig situations aresome what similar

17. The blood vessel which bringsblood to the heart from the lowerpart of the body is known as—(A) Inferior venacava(B) Superior venacava(C) Pulmonany vein(D) Pulmonary artery

18. Which is the smallet bone in thehuman body ?(A) Pisiform (B) Scaphoid(C) Stapes (D) Malleus

19. The camp crafts involve—(A) Motor skills(B) Racial skills(C) Mental skills(D) Mechanical skills

PD/November/2010/906

20. Which country is said to be thepioneer in starting the Recreationmovement in the world ?(A) USA (B) England(C) China (D) Germany

21. Who said ‘Recreationis not amatter of motions but emotions’ ?(A) Joseph Lee(B) Ramney(C) John Dewey(D) John Hizinga

22. Which of the following systemsof the body is the focal point inmovement ?(A) Circulatory system(B) Nervous system(C) Respiratory system(D) Muscular system

23. First step of Budget preparationis—(A) To search income(B) Estimate Expenditure(C) Planning(D) Facilities and personnel

24. The amount of blood pumped byheart in one beat is called—(A) Tidal volume(B) Stroke volume(C) Blood volume(D) Residual volume

25. Normal systolic and diastolicblood pressures in human bodyare—(A) 120 – 80 M. M Hg(B) 110 – 80 M. M Hg(C) 130 – 90 M. M Hg(D) 140 – 80 M. M Hg

26. Action Research in PhysicalEducation is concerned with—(A) Immediate class-room pro-blems(B) Experimental studies(C) Correlation studies(D) Descriptive studies

27. The Professional qualities ofsupervisor—1. Personal qualities2. Social qualities3. Administrative qualities4. Professional knowledge

(A) 1, 2 and 3 are correct(B) 1 and 4 are wrong(C) 1, 2 and 4 are correct(D) 2 and 3 are correct

28. Which one of the following con-cepts reflects the true nature ofModern Physical Education ?(A) Physical training(B) Science of Movement(C) Movement Education(D) Athleticism

29. Resolution of National SportsPolicy was laid in both Houses ofthe Indian Parliament on—(A) November 19, 1982(B) August 21, 1984(C) May 1, 1987(D) June 20, 1991

30. A Physical Education Teachernow-a-days is essentially—(A) An Instructor(B) A Movement Educator(C) A Drill Master(D) All of the above

31. For effective administration, thephysical education teacher mustpossess—(A) High qualification(B) Good personality(C) Technical Knowledge andskills(D) Teaching ability

32. Much of the Theories of PhysicalEducation are based on(A) Experience and under-standing(B) Customs and traditions(C) Scientific principles relatedto movements(D) Philosophical thoughts

33. From the view point of Socio-logy, which of the followingfactors is the most important onein the development of humanpersonality ?(A) Money (B) Art(C) Literature (D) Culture

34. Administration and organizationof Physical Education should bebased on the principles of—

(A) Activity(B) Bio-mechanics(C) Humanity(D) Teaching

35. According to the German Con-cept of Physical Education, theMother of all Games and Sportsis—

(A) Swimming(B) Gymnastic(C) Athletics(D) Combatives

36. The Developmental Quotient ofan individual can be assessed bythe formula—

(A)Maturity age

Chronological age × 100

(B)Chronological age

Maturity age × 100

(C)Psychological ageChronological age

× 100

(D)Physiological agePsychological age

× 100

37. Formula for calcualtion of totalnumber of matches in a roundRobin tournament is—

(A) N (N – 1)2 (B) (N2 – 1)

2

(C) (N – 1)2 N (D) N ( )N – 1

2

38. The curriculum is a major factorin—(A) The development of studentinterest(B) The arising of less discipli-nary problems(C) The development and main-tenance of a good learningenvironment(D) Affecting the studentbehaviour

39. Hypothalamus is associated withthe control of—(A) Motor actions(B) Thinking(C) Glands(D) Emotions

40. What will you do as a teacher ifthe students do not attend yourclass ?(A) Ignore the facts(B) Punish the students(C) Try to make teaching effec-tive and interesting(D) Understand the reasons andtry to remove them

41. Why should one prefer teachingto other profession ?

(A) For the service to humanity(B) For the love of teaching(C) For the mastery over thesubject of teaching(D) None of the above

PD/November/2010/907

42. Geographical and climatic con-ditions should be consideredwhen planning—

(A) Indoor activities(B) Outdoor activities(C) Child activities(D) Old people activities

43. Structural and functional unit ofkidney is—(A) Nephron(B) Neuron(C) Mitochondria(D) Epidermis

44. Who considered Psychology asthe “Science of activities for anindividual in relation to hisenvironment” ?(A) Woodworth(B) William James(C) Watson(D) Robert Singer

45. Cognitive process is concernedwith—

(A) Knowing Experience

(B) Feeling Experience

(C) Striving Experience

(D) Thinking Experience

46. McCloy’s formula of studentclassification reads as—

(A) Age + Height + 1/10 Weight

(B) 4A + H + W3

(C) 20 A + 6 H + W(D) 6 A + 20 H + W

47. Schiller and Spancer are asso-ciated with one of the followingtheories of play—(A) Anticipation(B) Surplus energy(C) Recapitulation(D) Recreation

48. Recreation Movement in Indiawas started by—(A) De Mellow(B) G. D. Sondhi(C) H. C. Buck(D) Vaidya P. R.

49. Top spin causes—(A) Higher rebound(B) Lower rebound(C) Rebound to the left(D) Rebound to the right

50. Using Short Method, theStandard Deviation can be cal-culated by one of the followingformula—

(A) Si Σf x2

N – C2

(B)Σf x2

N – C2

(C)Σf x2

N

(D) Si Σf x2

N

51. Ultra Microscopic viruses are themain cause of—(A) Malaria (B) Measles(C) Mumps (D) Cholera

52. Sigmund Freud is known to bethe Father of the—(A) Theory of Motivation(B) Theory of Psychoanalysis(C) Theory of connectionism(D) Theory of parallelism

53. The most suitable class formationfor teaching shotput is a—(A) Circle (B) Triangle(C) Semicircle (D) Square

54. Posture is an index of—(A) Personality(B) Health(C) Character(D) Fitness

55. From the viewpoint of Psycho-logy, ‘Sympathy’ is—(A) An instinct(B) An emotion(C) A general innate tendency(D) A reflex action

56. Which of the following factors isconsidered to be most importantin the construction of an indoorgymnasium ?

(A) Direction(B) Light(C) Ventilation(D) Floor

57. One of the following is an excel-lent exampel of CondyloidJoint—

(A) Shoulder Joint(B) Hip Joint(C) Wrist Joint(D) Neck Joint

58. The name of valve between leftatrium and left ventricle is—(A) Tricuspid valve(B) Aortic valve(C) Pulmonary valve(D) Mitral valve

59. All reflex activities are controlledby—(A) Pons(B) Spinal cord(C) Cerebellum(D) Cerebrum

60. The National Malaria EradicatingProgramme was launched inIndia in the year—(A) 1973 (B) 1963(C) 1953 (D) 1951

61. Muscle training is not effectiveon—(A) Change in muscle structure(B) Increase in muscle fibers(C) Increase in muscle strength(D) Increase in muscle endurance

62. Which of the following gamewas developed from ‘The EnglishRounders’ by Abner Daubledayin New York in 1839 ?(A) Basketball (B) Volleyball(C) Netball (D) Baseball

63. The total number of officialsrequired for a kho-kho matchis—(A) 4 (B) 5(C) 6 (D) 7

64. The duration of Russel – LaungeVolleyball test is—(A) 15 sec (B) 30 sec(C) 45 sec (D) 60 sec

65. Adrenalin, which is an excitataryhormone is secreted by—(A) Pancreas(B) Gonads(C) Thyroid(D) Suprarenal glands

66. Of the given, which proteinfilament is 50 to 55% in themuscle ?(A) Actin(B) Myosin(C) Tropomyosin(D) Actomyosin

67. The most important considera-tion in selecting the Sports equip-ment is—

PD/November/2010/908

(A) Price (B) Source(C) Utility (D) Quality

68. In comparison to the Greeks, theRomans were more—(A) Authoritarian(B) Utilitarian(C) Democratic(D) Aristocratic

69. In the technical terms, musclepull is known as—(A) Sprain (B) Strain(C) Abrasion (D) Contusion

70. Supination and Pronation are themovements of—(A) Tibia – Febula Joint(B) Carpal – Metacarpal Joints(C) Radio – Ulnar Joint(D) Tarcel – Metatarcel Joint

71. Trypsin helps in the digestionof—(A) Vitamins(B) Fats(C) Protein(D) Carbohydrates

72. A test is considered to be reliableif it has—(A) Comparability(B) Continuity(C) Commonality(D) Consistancy

73. Which of the following condi-tions is not a cause for the occur-rence of plateau in learning ?(A) Fatigue(B) Monotony(C) Distraction(D) Physiological limit

74. How many major Salivary glandsare there in the human body ?(A) Two (B) Four(C) Six (D) Eight

75. Physical activity is basically a—(A) Social attribute(B) Psychological tendency(C) Biological necessity(D) Philosophical concept

76. Which of the following termsdenotes the ‘Toughening of body’as its major objectives ?(A) Physical culture(B) Play(C) Drill(D) Physical training

77. Which one of the following is notconnected with the concept ofmotivation ?(A) Drive (B) Sympathy(C) Need (D) Motive

78. Which deficiency in the bloodcauses inflammation in bodyparts ?(A) White Blood Cells(B) Red Blood Cells(C) Platelets(D) Antibodies

79. The functional efficiency of amuscle depends upon its—(A) Nerve stimulation(B) Girth(C) Fibre quality(D) Tonus

80. Which of the following are consi-dered as the Social Inheritance ofMan ?(A) Traditions(B) Habits(C) Conditional reflexes(D) Religious practices

81. The literal meaning of the wordPhilosophy is—(A) Love of criticism(B) Love of wisdom(C) Love of knowledge(D) Love of God

82. Who is said to be the Father ofPhilosophy of Idealism ?(A) Plato (B) Socrates(C) Aristotle (D) Galan

83. Which one of the following is notconsidered as an organisation ?(A) Clubs (B) Schools(C) Associations (D) Society

84. Organisation means ‘Planningthe work’ and administrationmeans—(A) Controlling(B) Processing information(C) Decision-making(D) Working the plan

85. In the school setting the majorchannel of publicity for thephysical education programmesis—(A) Teachers(B) Students(C) Advertisement(D) Intramurals

86. Who amongst the following arefound to be most agile ?(A) High Jumper Athlete(B) Gymnasts(C) Swimmers(D) Divers

87. Which of the following activitiesmeasures dynamic strength ?(A) Vertical Jump(B) Short distance run(C) Forward Roll(D) Rope climbing

88. The most important factor in theorganisation of recreation is—(A) Materials (B) Leadership(C) Facilities (D) Planning

89. White muscle fibers are betteradopted to perform—(A) Slow contraction(B) Fast contraction(C) Medium contraction(D) No contraction

90. ‘Bhartiyam’ was conducted topromote—(A) Indigenous games(B) Dands and Baithaks(C) Free hand exercises(D) Mass rhythmic activities

91. Pre-school children learn thingsby—(A) Imitation(B) Practice(C) Watching T.V.(D) Repetition

92. Increase in muscle mass due toheavy weight training is called—(A) Muscular Hypotrophy(B) Muscular Hypertrophy(C) Muscular Atrophy(D) Haematoma

93. The back thigh muscles are alsoknown as—(A) Hamstring(B) Gluteal(C) Gastro enemius(D) Quadricep

94. The longest muscle in the bodyis—

(A) Deltoid(B) Iliopsoas(C) Pectoralis Major(D) Sartorius

PD/November/2010/909

95. Upto the age of Puberty the sexhormones are secreted by—(A) Pituitary gland(B) Adrenal gland(C) Testes(D) Ovaries

96. In which Olympic did womenparticipate for the first time ?(A) 1896 Athens(B) 1900 Paris(C) 1920 Antwerp(D) 1928 Amsterdam

97. Ball and Socket types of Joint is—(A) Fixed joint(B) Uniaxial joint(C) Bi – axial joint(D) Tri-axial joint

98. Which of the following is a twoJoint muscle ?(A) Bicep brachii(B) Deltoid(C) Iliopsoas(D) Sartorius

99. In the Childhood, individual’sbehaviour is mostly influencedby—

(A) Community(B) School(C) Peer Group(D) Family

100. Which is not a Primary Motive ?

(A) Affection (B) Hunger(C) Sex (D) Love

101. Scoliosis is a postural deformityrelated with—(A) foot(B) leg(C) vertebral column(D) hand

102. The 50th percentile is also knownas—(A) Mean(B) Median(C) Mode(D) Standard Deviation

103. The Instrument to measureheight is called—

(A) Vernier caliper

(B) Dynamometer

(C) Stadiometer

(D) Goniometer

104. Standard Deviation representsspread of scores around—(A) Mode (B) Medium(C) Mean (D) Range

105. If the mean of five scores is 25and standard deviation is 0, whatwill be the value of fifth score ?(A) 22 (B) 23(C) 24 (D) 25

106. The another name for percussionmanipulation is—(A) Petrissage (B) Kneeding(C) Pressure (D) Tapotment

107. The richest source of protein is—(A) Pulses (B) Groundnut(C) Soya bean (D) Egg

108. Harvard step test is a test formeasuring—(A) Leg strength(B) Cardio vascular endurance(C) Agility(D) Speed of movement

109. In which activity Lactic acidsystem activated ?(A) 100 mts(B) 400 mts(C) 10,000 mts(D) 20 km walk

110. Sphygmomanometer is used tomeasure—(A) Blood Haemoglobin(B) Blood Cholesterol(C) Blood Pressure(D) Blood Volume

111. Which artery carries the supplyof blood towards heart ?(A) Carotid artery(B) Coronary artery(C) Pulmonary artery(D) Radial artery

112. Which of the endocrine glanddisappears or is reduced to avery small size after maturity ?(A) Gonads (B) Pituitary

(C) Thymus (D) Thyroid

113. In a cardiac cycle what is theratio of ventricle systole andventricle diastole ?(A) 0·1 sec/0·7 sec(B) 0·2 sec/0·6 sec(C) 0·3 sec/0·5 sec(D) 0·4 sec/0·4 sec

114. Which of the following is a scalarquantity ?(A) Mass (B) Weight(C) Velocity (D) Gravity

115. Goniometer is an equipmentwhich is used to measure—(A) Strength of Muscle(B) Angle of Joint(C) Blood Glucose level(D) Blood Lactate

116. The Law of acceleration is alsoknown as—(A) Law of inertia(B) Law of action and reaction(C) Law of momentum(D) Boyle’s law

117. The degree of uniformity withwhich various tester score thesame test is found through—(A) Validity (B) Objectivity(C) Reliability (D) Norms

118. The greater the momentum of anobject—(A) The greater distance it willtravel(B) The stronger it will react(C) The lesser distance it willtravel(D) The higher it will go

119. The axis around which a move-ment takes place is always—(A) At acute angles to the plane(B) At obtuse angles to the plane(C) At right angles to the plane(D) At no angle to the plane

120. During exercise, the CardiacMinute Volume in the averageman may rise from four (4) litresto—(A) 10 litres (B) 15 litres

(C) 20 litres (D) 25 litres

PART-II

General Studies121. Dada Saheb Phalke Award 2007

was given to—(A) B. R. Chopra(B) Satyajit Ray(C) Manna Dey(D) Asha Bhonsley

122. Which one of the following coun-tries was suspended from theCommonwealth in September2009 ?

PD/November/2010/910

(A) Fiji(B) Iran(C) Myanmar(D) Sri Lanka

123. Which one of the followingcountries has won Compaq Cupin September 2009 ?(A) Australia(B) India(C) South Africa(D) Sri Lanka

124. West Samoa was in news duringSeptember 2009 for—(A) Language riot(B) Racial discrimination(C) Tsunami devastation(D) Volcanic eruption

125. XVI NAM Summit is proposed tobe held in 2012 at—(A) Canberra(B) Cairo(C) New Delhi(D) Tehran

126. Pankaj Adwani is associatedwith—(A) Billiards (B) Cricket(C) Golf (D) Chess

127. Which of the following state-ments are true ? Use the codegiven below to select the correctanswer—

1. Britishers started as busi-nessmen at Surat with per-mission from Jahangir.

2. The Battle of Plassey madethe English Master of Bengal.

3. Lord Dalhousie is regardedas the founder of BritishEmpire in India.

4. Lord Canning is consideredas a great empire builder.

Codes :(A) 1 and 2(B) 2, 3 and 4(C) 1, 2 and 3(D) All the four

128. Which one of the following wasthe most taxing tax in earlymedieval India ?

(A) Uparikar (B) Udrang(C) Vishti (D) Hiranyakar

129. Which one of the following histo-rians has called India an ‘Anthro-pological Museum’ ?

(A) Ishwari Prasad(B) Humayun Kabir(C) V. A. Smith(D) Yadunath Sarkar

130. Yagyavalkya and Gargi dialogueis found in—

(A) Sama Veda

(B) Chhandogya Upanishad

(C) Shwetashwatar Upanishad

(D) Vrihadaranyaka Upanishad

131. In which of the following yearsthe Widow Remarriage Act waspassed in the Colonial India ?(A) 1852 A.D. (B) 1854 A.D.(C) 1856 A.D. (D) 1858 A.D.

132. The oil in the wick of a stoverises due to—(A) Viscosity(B) Capillarity(C) Vapour pressure(D) Upthrust of oil

133. As the train starts moving thehead of the passenger sittinginside leans backwards becauseof—(A) Inertia of rest(B) Inertia of motion(C) Moment of inertia(D) Conservation of mass

134. The three primary colours are—(A) Violet, Black and Blue(B) Yellow, Orange and Red(C) Blue, Yellow and Red(D) Blue, Green and Red

135. ‘Light Year’ is a unit of—(A) Light (B) Time(C) Distance (D) Sound

136. Chemical formula for commonsalt is—(A) NaCl (B) Na2Cl2(C) NaCl2 (D) Na2Cl

137. The present population of UttarPradesh exceeds that of—1. Brazil2. Indonesia3. Pakistan4. U.S.A.Select the correct answer fromthe codes given below—Codes :(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4

138. Match List-I and List-II and selectthe correct answer form the codesgiven below the lists—

List-I(Project)

(a) Nagarjuna Sagar

(b) Shivsamudram

(c) Gandhi Sagar

(d) MatatilaList-II(State)

1. Uttar Pradesh

2. Andhra Pradesh

3. Karnataka

4. Madhya PradeshCodes :

(a) (b) (c) (d)(A) 4 3 2 1(B) 2 4 1 3(C) 2 3 4 1(D) 1 2 4 3

139. Assertion (A) : The Narmada is awest-flowing river of India.

Reason (R) : It does not form adelta.

Select the correct answer fromthe codes given below—

Codes :

(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and(R) is the correct explanationof (A)

(B) Both (A) and (R) are true, but(R) is not the correct expla-nation of (A)

(C) (A) is true, but (R) is false(D) (A) is false, but (R) is true

140. Read the following statementsand select the correct answerfrom the codes given below—

1. In India more than 60% ofholdings have less than1 hectare of area.

2. These holdings occupy aboutone-third of the total crop-ped area of the country.

Codes :

(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 1 and 2 (D) None

141. The North-South and East-Westcorridors of the National High-way meet at—(A) Allahabad (B) Kanpur(C) Jhansi (D) Lucknow

PD/November/2010/911

142. The hinterland of Vishakhapat-nam port does not include—

(A) Andhra Pradesh(B) Chhattisgarh(C) Madhya Pradesh(D) Karnataka

143. Read the following statementsand select the correct answerfrom the codes given below—1. The Tropic of Cancer passes

through the southern part ofUttar Pradesh.

2. Indian Standard TimeMeridian passes through theeastern part of UttarPradesh.

Codes :(A) 1 (B) 2(C) 1 and 2 (D) None

144. The largest produced fruit inIndia is—(A) Apple (B) Banana(C) Guava (D) Mango

145. ‘Economic and Social Planning’is a subject in the—(A) Union list(B) State list(C) Concurrent list(D) None of the above

146. Which one of the followingwords is not included in thePreamble of the Indian Consti-tution ?(A) Democratic(B) Federal(C) Secular(D) Sovereign

147. According to Article 1 of theConstitution, India is a—(A) Group of States(B) Federation of States(C) Confederation of States(D) Union of States

148. In order of precedence, so far asthe Indian Political System isconcerned, the Speaker of theLok Sabha is ranked—(A) First (B) Third(C) Fourth (D) Seventh

149. Nehru principle is related with—(A) Kashmir(B) Hyderabad(C) Goa(D) Junagarh

150. The salient features of the IndianConstitution include—1. It is both rigid and flexible2. It is federal in structure3. It is unitary in spirit.4. It has provision for Presi-

dential form of Government.Select the correct answer fromthe codes given below—Codes :(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1, 2 and 3(C) 2, 3 and 4 (D) All the four

Answers

P.Darpan

Continued from Page 894

P.Darpan

Continued from Page 904

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/912

General Knowledge and Law

UTTARAKHAND P.C.S. (J) (Pre.) EXAM., 2009

(Held on 7-3-2010)

Solved Paper

PART–I

General Knowledge1. How many languages are there

in the Eighth Schedule of theConstitution of India ?(A) 16 (B) 18(C) 20 (D) 22

2. Article 340 of the Indian Consti-tution deals with—(A) Backward Classes Commis-sion(B) Election Commission(C) Union Public Service Com-mission(D) Finance Commission

3. In which year ‘Advocate’s Wel-fare Fund Act’ was enacted byParliament of India ?(A) 1999 (B) 2001(C) 2003 (D) 2008

4. In which one of the followingcases it has been held that pro-hibition on sale of eggs withinmunicipal area of Rishikesh isnot violative of Article 19(1)g ofthe Constitution ?(A) B. R. Enterprise Vs. State ofU.P.(B) Sreeniwas General TradersVs. State of Uttarakhand(C) Om Prakash Vs . State ofU.P.(D) C. K. Jain Vs . State ofUttaranchal

5. ‘Right to Information’ is definedunder—(A) Section 2(f) of the Right toInformation Act, 2005(B) Section 2(j) of the Right toInformation Act, 2005(C) Section 4 of the Right toInformation Act, 2005(D) Section 2(b) of the Right toInformation Act, 2005

6. In Uttarakhand LegislativeAssembly one member is nomi-nated from—

(A) Christian Community(B) Muslim Community(C) Anglo-Indian Community(D) Parsi Community

7. A Supreme Court’s Judge retiresat an age of—(A) 58 years (B) 70 years(C) 62 years (D) 65 years

8. Who is the head of the ‘State-Executive’ ?(A) The State LegislatureAssembly(B) The State Cabinet(C) The Chief Minister(D) The Governor

9. Case of I. R. Coelho V. State ofTamil Nadu is related with—

(A) Judicial review of Article356 of the Constitution

(B) Judicial review of Article226 of the Constitution

(C) Judicial review of NinthSchedule Laws

(D) Judicial review of actiontaken by Speaker under Article105 of the Constitution

10. Humanisation and decrimanisa-tion of attempts to suicide wasrecommended by—

(A) 210th Report of Law Com-mission

(B) 212th Report of Law Com-mission(C) 216th Report of Law Com-mission(D) 215th Report of Law Com-mission

11. Jaya Bachchan V. Union of India,A.I.R. 2006 S.C. 2119 is relatedwith—(A) Article 102(1)(a) of the Cons-titution(B) Article 109 of the Constitu-tion(C) Article 190 of the Constitu-tion

(D) Article 226 of the Constitu-tion

12. Joint Meeting of both Houses ofParliament is chaired by—(A) President of India(B) Chairman of Rajya Sabha(C) Speaker of Lok Sabha(D) None of the above

13. Who among the following wasthe Chairman of the Sixth PayCommission ?(A) Justice A. K. Majumdar(B) Justice B. N. Srikrishna(C) Justice A. R. Lakshmanan(D) Justice R. C. Lahoti

14. ‘www’ on the internet standsfor—(A) Words Words Words(B) Wide Word Words(C) World Wide Web(D) When Where Why

15. To which of the following com-panies, the Delhi High Court hasordered to remove its ‘Logo’ ?(A) Pepsico India

(B) TISCO(C) Reliance Petrochemicals(D) None of the above

16. The Article of the Indian Consti-tution which automaticallybecome suspended on Proclama-tion of Emergency is—(A) Article 14 (B) Article 19(C) Article 21 (D) Article 32

17. Which State in India implemen-ted the ‘Panchayati Raj System’first ?

(A) Rajasthan(B) Maharashtra(C) Bihar(D) Uttar Pradesh

18. In India, which institution holdsultimate authority to accept ‘FiveYear Plans’ ?

PD/November/2010/913

(A) Planning Commission(B) National DevelopmentCouncil(C) Central Cabinet(D) Parliament

19. On whose recommendation thefinancial distribution betweenthe ‘Union’ and ‘States’ takesplace ?(A) The Finance Commission(B) The National DevelopmentCouncil(C) The Planning Commission(D) The Inter-State Council

20. Who is to certify that any bill is aMoney Bill ?(A) Finance Minister(B) Speaker of Lok Sabha(C) Prime Minister(D) None of the above

21. The Court which has jurisdictionover election disputes underSection 80 of the Representationof People Act, 1951 is—(A) Supreme Court(B) High Court(C) District Court(D) Election Tribunal

22. Who can remove Election Com-missioner from his office ?(A) Chief Election Commis-sioner(B) Prime Minister(C) Home Minister in the sameway as the Judge of the HighCourt can be removed(D) President of India on therecommendation of ChiefElection Commissioner

23. In which of the following casesconstitutionality of the CentralEducational Institutions(Reservation in Admissions) Act,2006 was challenged ?(A) Ashok Kumar Thakur Vs.Union of India(B) Ashok Kumar Vs. State ofU.P.(C) Ashok Kumar Thakur Vs.State of Bihar(D) None of the above

24. How many times the emergencyhas been proclaimed in India onthe ground of internal distur-bance ?

(A) Once (B) Twice(C) Thrice (D) Never

25. In which year financial emer-gency was proclaimed underArticle 360 in India ?(A) 1962 (B) 1965(C) 1975 (D) Never

26. Who appoints the Chairman ofthe State Public Service Commis-sion in India ?(A) The President of India(B) The President of India inconsultation with the Governorof the State(C) The Governor of the State(D) Chairman of Union PublicService Commission in consulta-tion with the Governor

27. By which Amendment of theIndian Constitution Sikkim wasincluded as full-fledged State ofthe Indian Territory ?(A) Thirty-Second Constitu-tional Amendment(B) Thirty-Sixth ConstitutionalAmendment(C) Forty-Fourth ConstitutionalAmendment(D) Forty-Second ConstitutionalAmendment

28. Under hich Article of theConstitution of India, Parliamentmay admit a new State in theIndian Union ?(A) In Article 1(B) In Article 2(C) In Article 3(D) In Article 4

29. Which of the following is notmentioned in Directive Principlesof State policy under the Consti-tution of India ?(A) Right to adequate means oflivelihood(B) Right to equal pay for equalwork(C) Promotion of internationalpeace and security(D) Free and compulsory educa-tionfor children upto fourteenyears of age

30. The Charter of the UnitedNations was signed at San-Francisco on—(A) June 26, 1945(B) August 15, 1943

(C) January 26, 1946(D) December 30, 1941

31. Where the head office of theUnited Nations is situated ?(A) Washington(B) Geneva(C) New York(D) The Hague

32. How many members are in theSecurity Council ?(A) 5 (B) 9(C) 10 (D) 15

33. Which one of the followingArticle of United Nations Charteris related to the procedure ofvoting ?(A) Article 16(B) Article 18(C) Article 10(D) None of the above

34. Which one of the following is notone of the principal organ ofUnited Nations ?(A) Economic and Social Council(B) Trusteeship Council(C) International Labour Orga-nization(D) International Court of Justice

35. Two official languages of theUnited Nations are—(A) English and Hindi(B) English and German(C) English and Urdu(D) English and French

36. The Directive Principles of StatePolicy in the Constitution ofIndia have been taken fromwhich one of the following ?(A) The Constitution of Ireland(B) The Constitution of UnitedStates of America(C) The Constitution ofAustralia(D) The Constitution of Canada

37. P’s passport was cancelled by theauthority without giving himany reasonable opportunity ofbeing heard which wasmandatory. In such case—

(A) A writ of mandamus can beissued(B) A writ of mandamus cannotbe issued as the authority has noobligation to act fairly

PD/November/2010/914

(C) Since cancellation of pass-port is always done in interest ofsecurity of India, no one canchallenge the cancellation

(D) A writ of prohibition can beissued

38. The maximum period of conti-nuation of emergency underArticle 356 of the Indian Consti-tution is—(A) 3 years (B) 6 months(C) 1 year (D) 2 years

39. Which one of the followingSchedule was added in theConstitution by the 73rd Consti-tutional Amendment ?

(A) Schedule XII

(B) Schedule VI

(C) Schedule XI

(D) Schedule IX

40. The procedure for the removal ofSupreme Court Judge is givenin—

(A) Article 124 (4)

(B) Article 124 (5)

(C) Article 125

(D) Article 126

41. Participation of workers inmanagement of industries isprovided under Indian Consti-tution—(A) In Article 44 A(B) In Article 48 A(C) In Article 43 A(D) In Article 45

42. Article 21-A was added in theConstitution by—(A) 86th Constitutional Amend-ment(B) 88th Constitutional Amend-ment(C) 89th Constitutional Amend-ment(D) 90th Constitutional Amend-ment

43. Socialist and secular words wereadded in the Preamble of IndianConstitution by—

(A) 44th Amendment(B) 42nd Amendment(C) 45th Amendment(D) 48th Amendment

44. Which one of the followingArticles of Indian Constitution isnot related to the environmentalprotection ?

(A) Article 48 A

(B) Article 51 A(i)

(C) Article 51 A(g)

(D) Both (A) and (C)

45. In International Court of Justice,there are—

(A) President and 15 othermembers

(B) President, Vice-Presidentand 15 other members

(C) President, Vice-Presidentand 14 other members

(D) President, Vice-Presidentand 13 other members

46. International Human Rights Dayis celebrated on—

(A) 26th January

(B) 10th December

(C) 14th July

(D) 26th November

47. The Headquarters of Inter-national Court of Justice is at—(A) New York(B) Geneva(C) The Hague(D) Paris

48. Sarkaria Commission was set upfor the review of relationsbetween—

(A) The Prime Minister and ThePresident

(B) Legislature and Executive

(C) Executive and Judiciary

(D) Centre and States

49. Under which Article of theConstitution the Inter-StateCouncil is constituted ?(A) Article 254(B) Article 260(C) Article 263(D) Article 267

50. By which Amendment of theConstitution the ServiceTribunals were established ?(A) 39th Amendment(B) 44th Amendment(C) 40th Amendment(D) 42nd Amendment

PART–II

Law51. Under Section 30 of the Hindu

Succession Act, 1956, a Hinducan dispose of his interest in aMitakshara Coparcenary pro-perty by—(A) Will(B) Gift(C) Sale(D) None of the above

52. Presumption that the youngersurvived the elder under Section21 of the Hindu Succession Act,1956 is a—(A) Presumption of fact(B) Mixed presumption of factand law(C) Rebuttable presumption oflaw(D) Irrebuttable presumption oflaw

53. Rule 2 under Section 10 of theHindu Succession Act, 1956 isa—(A) Per capita rule(B) Per stirpes(C) Per stirpes per capita rule(D) Rule of exclusion

54. A decree may be executed by—(A) Tehsildar(B) Collector(C) District Judge(D) Either by the court whichpassed it or to which it is sent

55. On which of the following maximthe doctrine of ‘Res Judicata’ isbased ?(A) Qui facit per alium facit perse(B) Ex turpi causa non orituractio(C) Respondent superior(D) Interest republica ut sitfinish litium

56. Right to lodge a ‘caveat’ has beenprovided under—(A) Section 148 of the Code ofCivil Procedure, 1908(B) Section 148-A of the Code ofCivil Procedure, 1908(C) Section 148-B of the Code ofCivil Procedure, 1908(D) Section 147 of the Code ofCivil Procedure, 1908

PD/November/2010/915

57. Arrest of a person in execution ofa decree has been provided—

(A) Under Section 53 of theCode of Civil Procedure

(B) Under Section 54 of theCode of Civil Procedure

(C) Under Section 56 of theCode of Civil Procedure

(D) Under Section 55 of theCode of Civil Procedure

58. Under Order VI Rule 17 of theCode of Civil Procedure, thecourt can allow to alter or amendthe proceedings to—(A) Either party(B) To plaintiff only(C) To defendant only(D) To only one defendant, ifthere are more than one defen-dant

59. Which of the following Sectionsof the Code of Civil Proceduredefines the ‘Mesne Profit’ ?(A) Section 2(4)(B) Section 2(14)(C) Section 2(6)(D) Section 2(12)

60. Order 42 of the Code of CivilProcedure deals with—

(A) Appeal to Supreme Court

(B) Appeal by indigent person

(C) Appeal against orders

(D) Appeal from appellatedecrees

61. Preliminary Decree can bepassed in a suit—(A) For partition(B) For partnership(C) For possession and mesneprofit(D) All of the above

62. Under Section 15 of the Code ofCivil Procedure, every suit shallbe instituted in—

(A) District Court

(B) The court of lower grade

(C) The court of higher grade

(D) All of the above

63. Pleading has been defined in—

(A) Order VI, Rule 1 of the Codeof Civil Procedure

(B) Order VI, Rule 2 of the Codeof Civil Procedure

(C) Order VIII, Rule 1 of theCode of Civil Procedure

(D) Order VIII, Rule 2 of theCode of Civil Procedure

64. Which Provision of the Code ofCivil Procedure provides thatone person may sue or defend onbehalf of all in same interest ?(A) Order 1, Rule 1(B) Order 2, Rule 2(C) Order 1, Rule 8(D) Order 1, Rule 9

65. Which one of the followingauthorities is not entitled to try acase summarily under the Codeof Criminal Procedure ?

(A) Chief Judicial Magistrate

(B) Metropolitan Magistrate

(C) Judicial Magistrate of theFirst Class

(D) 2nd Class Judicial Magis-trate

66. Which one of the followingSections of the Code of CivilProcedure deals with ‘Revision’ ?

(A) Section 110(B) Order VI, Rule 13(C) Section 115(D) Section 120

67. Which Section of the Code ofCriminal Procedure provides aprotection to the members ofArmed Forces from arrest ?(A) Section 41 (B) Section 45(C) Section 46 (D) Section 50

68. In a summary trial the maximumperiod of imprisonment is—

(A) Not exceeding three months(B) Not exceeding six months(C) Not exceeding one year(D) Not exceeding two years

69. Which of the following are liableunder Section 125(1)(d) of theCode of Criminal Procedure forpayment of maintenance to theirparents, who are unable tomaintain themselves ?(A) Sons only(B) Daughters only(C) Sons and daughters both(D) None of the above

70. Section 2(c) of the code ofCriminal Procedure defines—

(A) Bailable offence(B) Non-bailable offence(C) Cognizable offence(D) Non-cognizable offence

71. Who can tender pardon toaccomplice under Section 306 ofthe Code of Criminal Procedure ?(A) Chief Judicial Magistrateonly(B) Metropolitan Magistrateonly(C) Magistrate of the First Classonly(D) All of the above

72. The procedure of trials heldbefore the Court of Sessions isprovided in the Code of CriminalProcedure under—(A) Sections 204 to 210(B) Sections 220 to 224(C) Sections 225 to 237(D) Sections 238 to 245

73. On being submitted the sentenceof death by Court of Sessions, theHigh Court may—(A) Confirm the sentence(B) Annul the conviction(C) May pass any other sentencewarranted by law(D) All of the above

74. Section 2(h) of the Code ofCriminal Procedure defines theterm—(A) Investigation(B) Charge(C) Inquiry(D) Offence

75. Which ‘Section’ of the Code ofCriminal Procedure provides forprosecution for offences againstmarriage ?(A) Section 196(B) Section 197(C) Section 198(D) None of the above

76. Which Section of the Code ofCriminal Procedure providesthat “no statement made by anyperson to a police officer ifreduced to writing, be signed bythe person making it” ?(A) Section 161(B) Section 162(C) Section 163(D) Section 164

PD/November/2010/916

77. A Chief Judicial Magistrate maypass a sentence of imprison-ment—(A) Not exceeding seven years(B) Exceeding seven years(C) For life(D) None of the above

78. Which one of the followingSections of the Code of CriminalProcedure provides for anti-cipatory bail ?(A) Section 436(B) Section 438(C) Section 439(D) Section 437

79. In which of the following casessome important principlesregarding the defence ofunsoundness of mind werepropounded ?

(A) Mc’Naughten Case

(B) R. V. Prince

(C) R. V. Dudley and Stephen

(D) Reg V. Govinda

80. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian PenalCode defines ‘affray’ ?(A) Section 159(B) Section 160(C) Section 161(D) Section 148

81. ‘A’ attempts to pick the pocket of‘Z’ by thrusting his hand into‘Z’s’ pocket. ‘A’ fails in hisattempt as ‘Z’ had nothing in hispocket. What offence ‘A’ hascommitted ?(A) Theft(B) Attempt to commit theft(C) Mischief(D) No offence

82. Which one of the followingprovisions of the Indian PenalCode relates to vicarious liabi-lity ?(A) Section 120A(B) Section 121(C) Section 154(D) Section 159

83. Which one of the following casesis a case relating to Section 34 ofthe Indian Penal Code ?(A) K. M. Nanavati Vs. State ofMaharashtra

(B) Niharendu Dutta Vs. KingEmperor(C) Barendra Kumar Ghosh Vs.King Emperor(D) Kedar Nath Vs . State ofWest Bengal

84. Which one of the followingProvisions of the Indian PenalCode defiens ‘UnlawfulAssembly’ ?(A) Section 141(B) Section 142(C) Section 146(D) Section 149

85. The maxim ‘Ignorantia facitexcusat’ relates to—(A) Section 75 of the IndianPenal Code(B) Section 76 of the IndianPenal Code(C) Section 77 of the IndianPenal Code(D) None of the above

86. Which Provision of the IndianPenal Code says, “nothing is anoffence which is done byaccident” ?(A) Section 79 of I.P.C.(B) Section 78 of I.P.C.(C) Section 80 of I.P.C.(D) None of the above

87. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian PenalCode has been declared unconsti-tutional as violative of Articles 14and 21 of the Constitution ofIndia ?(A) Section 301(B) Section 303(C) Section 306(D) Section 314

88. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian PenalCode relates to punishment forabetment to commit suicide ?(A) Section 306(B) Section 307(C) Section 308(D) Section 309

89. Which one of the following casesis not correctly matched ?

(A) Mc’Naughten’s case—Section 84 of I.P.C.

(B) D.P.P. V. Beard—Section 84 of I.P.C.

(C) Basudeo V. State—Section 86 of I.P.C.

(D) Bhawoo Jiwaji V. MooljeeDayal —Section 79 of I.P.C.

90. How many kinds of hurts areincluded under grevious hurtunder Section 320 of the IndianPenal Code ?(A) 5 (B) 6(C) 7 (D) 8

91. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian PenalCode relates with punishmentfor cheating ?(A) Section 415(B) Section 417(C) Section 416(D) None of the above

92. Which Provision of the IndianPenal Code makes water pollu-tion punishable ?(A) Section 277(B) Section 278(C) Section 279(D) Section 280

93. In which of the followingoffences under the Indian PenalCode, preparation of the offenceis punishable ?

(A) Murder

(B) Dowry death

(C) Waging war against Govern-ment of India

(D) Theft

94. Adultery is an offence commit-ted—(A) With the consent of amarried woman(B) With the consent of awoman(C) Without the consent of awoman but with the consent ofher husband(D) With the consent of a minorgirl

95. How many exceptions have beenprovided for the offence ofdefamation under Section 499 ofthe Indian Penal Code ?(A) 4 (B) 10(C) 6 (D) 9

96. The case of S. Varadrajan Vs .State related to—

PD/November/2010/917

(A) Section 366-A of I.P.C.(B) Section 364-A of I.P.C.(C) Section 363 of I.P.C.(D) None of the above

97. Which one of the followingcases relates to right of privatedefence ?(A) Jaidev Vs. State(B) Ram Rattan Vs. State(C) Guljar Singh Vs. State(D) Rajesh Kumar Vs. Dharam-veer

98. ‘A’ enters ‘Z’ house through awindow. Here ‘A’ commits—(A) Trespass(B) House trespass(C) House breaking(D) All of the above

99. Which one of the following casesis not related to Mens rea ?(A) R. Vs. Prince(B) Queen Vs. Tolson(C) Sherras Vs. De Rutzen(D) Barendra Kumar Ghosh Vs.Emperor

100. Which Section of the IndianPenal Code deals with thoseconditions, when consent is saidto be, not free consent ?(A) Section 87(B) Section 90(C) Section 92(D) Section 89

101. Point out incorrect response.The following are modes ofabetment—(A) Instigation(B) Engaging in conspiracy(C) Aiding(D) None of the above

102. In which of the following casesthe principles relating to thedefence of intoxication were laiddown ?

(A) Mc’ Naughten Case

(B) Director of Public Prosecu-tion Vs. Beard

(C) R. Vs. Dudley and Stephen

(D) R. Vs. Prince

103. ‘A’ administers poisonous drugto a woman ‘B’ to cause mis-carriage. It is found that ‘B’ wasnot pregnant. In this case—

(A) ‘A’ is not guilty of attemptto cause miscarriage

(B) ‘A’ is guilty of attempt tocause miscarriage

(C) ‘A’ is guilty of murder

(D) ‘A’ is guilty of no offence

104. Which is the secondary sourceof Muslim Law under thefollowing ?

(A) Custom(B) Ijmaa(C) Qiyas(D) None of the above

105. Which of the following modifiesthe application of Muslim Law ?

(A) Shariat Act, 1937

(B) Muslim Marriage Dissolu-tion Act, 1939

(C) Muslim Woman (Protectionof Rights on Divorce) Act, 1986

(D) All the above

106. Which of the following MuslimLaws applies in India ?

(A) Muslim Penal Law

(B) Muslim Law of Evidence

(C) Muslim Law of Sales ofgoods

(D) Muslim Women (Protectionof Rights on Divorce) Act, 1986

107. Who applied Qiyas for the firsttime as source of Muslim Law ?(A) Imam Abu Hanifa(B) Imam Yusuf(C) Imam Jafer(D) Imam Ahmad

108. Under Muslim Law, marriageis—(A) An institution legalisingmale and female conjugal rela-tions(B) A civil contract(C) Sunnet(D) All the above

109. Who can be a guardian inminor’s marriage in Sunni Law ?

(A) Mother in the presence offather

(B) Grand-mother in the pre-sence of mother

(C) Maternal uncle in thepresence of real uncle

(D) Father

110. Under the following which isabsolute incapacity for mar-riage?(A) Consanguinity(B) Affinity(C) Fosterage(D) All the above

111. Which is a relative incapacity formarriage ?(A) Marriage with wife’s sisterwhen wife is alive(B) Marriage with fifth womanin the presence of four wives(C) Absence of required num-ber of witnesses at the time ofmarriage(D) All the above

112. Mahar-e-Misl determined onwhat ground ?

(A) Personal characteristics ofwife such as age, extraordinarybeauty

(B) Her father’s family socialstatus

(C) Dower paid to women inher husband’s family

(D) All the above

113. What are the wife’s rights whenhusband does not pay thedower ?(A) Refuse consummation(B) File suit for recovery ofdower(C) Keep possession over deadhusband’s property(D) All the above

114. In the absence of mother, whichof the following females has thefirst priority to have the custodyof a Muslim child ?(A) Father’s mother(B) Mother’s mother(C) Sisters(D) Maternal aunt

115. A Muslim can marry anynumber of wives not exceedingfour, if a Muslim marries a fifthwife such a marriage shall be—(A) Valid(B) Void(C) Irregular(D) Either (A) or (B)

116. In Sunni-te Law, the guardian ofthe minor’s property is—

PD/November/2010/918

(A) Mother(B) Father(C) Mother’s mother(D) Father’s father

117. After divorce a Muslimwoman—(A) Can not remarry(B) Can remarry immediately(C) Can marry only aftercompletion of ‘Iddat’ period(D) None of the above

118. How many witnesses are neces-sary in Shia Muslim marriage ?(A) Two males(B) One male and two females(C) No witness is required(D) Both (A) and (B)

119. In Shia School of Muslim Lawthe amount of Mehar is—(A) Not legally fixed(B) 10 dirhams(C) 100 dirhams(D) 500 dirhams

120. Doctrine of ‘cy-pres’ is relatedwith—(A) Marriage (B) Dower(C) Gift (D) Wakfs

121. The term ‘Musha’ under MuslimLaw means—

(A) Divided property

(B) Joint property

(C) Separate property

(D) Undivided share in pro-perty

122. A Sunni Muslim performs mar-riage during the period of‘Iddat’, the marriage is—(A) Void (B) Valid(C) Irregular (D) Voidable

123. A Muslim mother is entitled tothe custody of her female childuntil she attains—(A) The age of 7 years(B) Puberty(C) Age of 11 years(D) Age of 15 years

124. Dissolution of Muslim marriageby agreement is known as—(A) Talaq in ahsan(B) Illa(C) Zihar(D) Khula

125. Which ‘Wasiyat’ is invalid inMuslim Law ?

(A) Wasiyat made in favour ofreligious school

(B) Wasiyat made to the killerof legator

(C) Wasiyat made for charity

(D) Wasiyat made to a non-muslim

126. Which of the following is not aground of divorce under the‘Dissolution of Muslim MarriageAct’, 1939 ?

(A) Absence of husband forfour years or more

(B) Imprisonment of husbandfor two years

(C) Failure of husband to main-tain his wife

(D) Impotency of husband

127. Which of the following state-ment is not correct with regardto Muslim Law ?

(A) Nephew gets twice theshare of niece

(B) Son gets twice the share of adaughter

(C) Brother gets twice the shareof a sister

(D) Widower gets twice theshare of a widow

128. What is right of ‘Pre-emption’ ?(A) A right to seek eviction oftenant and get vacant posses-sion(B) A right to purchase pro-perty in preference to otherperson(C) A right to presume adver-sely(D) None of the above

129. Rule against perpetuity will notbe applicable in—(A) Perpetual transfer for gift(B) Personal contracts(C) Vested interest(D) All of the above

130. Under the Provisions of Transferof Property Act, the unbornchild acquires vested interest—

(A) Upon his birth(B) 7 days after his birth(C) 12 days after his birth(D) 18 years after his birth

131. Which one of the followingSections of the Transfer ofProperty Act defines “Transferof Property” ?(A) Section 3 (B) Section 4(C) Section 5 (D) Section 6

132. Which one of the followingsections of the Transfer ofProperty Act, defines ‘Notice’ ?(A) Section 2(B) Section 3(C) Section 5(D) Explanation II of Section 3

133. The Privy Council decision inTilakdhari Lal V. Khedan Lalrelates to—(A) Section 3 of the Transfer ofProperty Act(B) Section 41 of the Transfer ofProperty Act(C) Section 107 of the Transferof Property Act(D) Section 122 of the Transferof Property Act

134. Which one of the following isnot correctly matched ?(A) Oral transfer

—Section 9 of the Transfer ofProperty Act

(B) Rule against perpetuity—Section 14 of the Transfer of

Property Act(C) Doctrine of election

—Section 35 of the Transferof Property Act

(D) Transfer by OstensibleOwner

—Section 40 of the Transfer ofProperty Act

135. Which one of the followingProvisions of the Transfer ofProperty Act relates to ‘usufruc-tuary mortgage’ ?(A) Section 58 (a)(B) Section 58 (b)(C) Section 58 (d)(D) Section 58 (e)

136. Which one of the followingcases does not pertain to thedoctrine of ‘part performance’ ?(A) Arrif Vs. Jadu Nath(B) Prabodh Kumar V s .Dantmara Tea Co.(C) Sardar Govind RaoMahadik Vs. Devi Sahai(D) Ram Baran Prasad Vs. RamMohit Hazra

PD/November/2010/919

137. Which Provisions of the Trans-fer of Property Act defines‘lease’ ?(A) Section 105(B) Section 106(C) Section 107(D) Section 108

138. The provision of fraudulenttransfer is given in—(A) Section 49 of the Transfer ofProperty Act, 1882(B) Section 50 of the Transfer ofProperty Act, 1882(C) Section 51 of the Transfer ofProperty Act, 1882(D) Section 53 of the Transfer ofProperty Act, 1882

139. The gift of future property is—(A) Void(B) Voidable(C) Valid(D) Conditionally void

140. Which Section of the Transfer ofProperty Act, 1882 was amen-ded in the year 2002 ?(A) Section 106(B) Section 100(C) Section 108(D) Section 110

141. The rule of lis pendens applieswhen—

(A) The suit or proceeding inwhich right to immovableproperty is indirectly in ques-tion

(B) A suit or proceeding inwhich right to immovableproperty is pending betweentwo persons and one of themsells the property

(C) The suit or proceeding ispending in a court which doesnot have jurisdiction

(D) Litigation is not bonafidebut collusive

142. Transfer of Property Act cameinto force on—(A) July 01, 1882(B) August 01, 1882(C) September 01, 1882(D) October 01, 1882

143. In the Transfer of property Act,immovable property does notinclude—

(A) Building(B) Land(C) Pond(D) Standing timber

144. Which of the following pro-perties cannot be transferred ?(A) Share in copyright(B) Interest in mortgagedproperty(C) Right to future maintenance

(D) Immovable property

145. Which of the following sectionsof the Transfer of Property Actdeals with “effect of holdingover a lease” ?(A) Section 114 A(B0 Section 115(C) Section 115 A(D) Section 116

146. In which of the following condi-tions the lease can be termina-ted ?

(A) Efflux of time(B) On termination of lessor’sinterest or power(C) On merger(D) All the above

147. The doctrine of “lis pendens” isexplained in famous case of —

(A) Bellamy Vs. Sabine

(B) Musahur Sahu Vs. HakimLal

(C) Muhammad Shafi V s .Muhammad Sayed

(D) Tulk V. Moxhay

148. Transfer of a right to enjoy theimmovable property for acertain time is—(A) Mortgage(B) Agreement to lease(C) Licence(D) Lease

149. In case of gift, the donee diesbefore acceptance, then—(A) Gift is voidable(B) Gift is valid(C) Gift is void(D) None of the above

150. The mortgagor’s right to redeemthe mortgaged propertyaccrues—(A) At any time after the mort-gage

(B) At any time after the mor-tgage money has become due(C) At any time when the mor-tgagor wants(D) At any time mortgageedemands the money

151. Which one of the following mor-tgages does not require writingand registration ?(A) Usufructuary mortgage(B) Simple mortgage(C) English mortgage(D) Mortgage by deposit of titledeeds

152. Which of the following isincluded in the term ‘livingperson’ under Section 5 of theTransfer of Property Act ?(A) A company(B) An association(C) Body of individuals(D) All of the above

153. Section 11 of the Transfer ofProperty Act will be applicableonly when the interest trans-ferred in the property is—(A) Limited(B) Absolute(C) Both (A) and (B)(D) None of the above

154. Which statement is not correct ?(A) Some facts are relevant butnot admissible(B) Some facts are admissiblebut not relevant(C) All relevant facts areadmissible(D) All admissible facts are notrelevant

155. Which Section of the IndianEvidence Act deals with“Doctrine of confirmation bysubsequent facts” ?(A) Section 27(B) Section 115(C) Section 102(D) Section 165

156. Which Section of the IndianEvidence Act is not on ‘shiftingof burden of proof’ ?

(A) Section 101(B) Section 102(C) Section 105(D) Section 108

PD/November/2010/920

157. Which Section of the indianEvidence Act is related withdoctrine of ‘Res ipsa loquitor’ ?(A) Section 102(B) Section 104(C) Section 106(D) Section 108

158. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian EvidenceAct provides for admissibility ofsecondary evidence ?(A) Section 60(B) Section 61(C) Section 63(D) Section 65

159. Which one of the followingSections of the Indian EvidenceAct says “facts admitted neednot be proved” ?(A) Section 18(B) Section 21(C) Section 55(D) Section 58

160. Section 113-B, ‘presumption asto dowry death’ was added tothe Indian Evidence Act in—(A) 1986 (B) 1983(C) 1961 (D) 1962

161. Which one of the following isnot correctly matched ?(A) Child witness : Section 118(B) Dumb witness : Section 120(C) Hostile witness : Section 154(D) Expert witness : Section 45

162. The illustration that, “A and Bare jointly tried for the murderof C. It is proved that A said, ‘Band I murdered C’,” relates—(A) Section 30 of the IndianEvidence Act(B) Section 24 of the IndianEvidence Act(C) Section 25 of the IndianEvidence Act(D) Section 27 of the IndianEvidence Act

163. Identification parade is relevantunder—(A) Section 8 of the IndianEvidence Act(B) Section 9 of the IndianEvidence Act(C) Section 10 of the IndianEvidence Act(D) Section 11 of the IndianEvidence Act

164. Which of the following Sectionswas amended by the IndianTechnology Act, 2000 ?(A) Section 6 of the IndianEvidence Act(B) Section 17 of the IndianEvidence act(C) Section 32 of the IndianEvidence Act(D) Section 41 of the IndianEvidence Act

165. Section 113–A of the IndianEvidence Act was added in—(A) Year 1982(B) Year 1983(C) Year 1988(D) Year 1980

166. The Indian Evidence Act dealswith—(A) ‘presumptio juris’ only(B) ‘presumptio huminis’ only(C) Both (A) and (B)(D) None of the above

167. Indian Evidence Act dealsprivilege—(A) As a right only(B) As a duty only(C) As a right and duty both(D) Neither as a right nor as aduty

168. Facts supporting or rebuttingthe opinion of the experts arerelevant under—(A) Section 45 of the IndianEvidence Act(B) Section 46 of the IndianEvidence Act(C) Section 50 of the IndianEvidence Act(D) Section 51 of the IndianEvidence Act

169. Which one of the followingcases does not relate to ‘dyingdeclaration’ ?(A) Queen Emperess V s .Abdullah(B) Pakala Narayan Swamy Vs.King Emperor(C) Zafar Vs. State of U.P.(D) Ratangond V s . State ofBihar

170. Case of Pakala Narayan SwamiVs. King Emperor is relatedwith—(A) Section 6 of the IndianEvidence Act

(B) Section 21(1) of the IndianEvidence Act(C) Section 32(1) of the IndianEvidence Act(D) Section 41 of the IndianEvidence Act

171. Who amongst the following isan expert under the IndianEvidence Act ?(A) Hand-writing expert(B) Finger print expert(C) Ballistics expert(D) All of the above

172. Under which Section of theIndian Evidence Act the princi-ple of ‘Res Gestae’ is given ?(A) Section 12(B) Section 6(C) Section 2(D) Section 15

173. Under Section 17 of the IndianEvidence Act, the ‘admission’is—(A) Written only(B) Oral only(C) Both written or oral(D) None of the above

174. Which of the following Sectionsof the Indian Evidence Actrelates to accomplice ?(A) Section 30(B) Section 133(C) Section 134(D) Section 29

175. Under Section 122 of the IndianEvidence Act, ‘privilege’ isavailable to—(A) Judges(B) Advocates(C) Magistrates(D) Husband and Wife

176. In which of the following caseshearsay evidence is not admis-sible ?(A) Statement of experts expres-sed in treaties, if the author isdead or cannot be found(B) Where eye-witness told thefacts to another person, state-ment of that person(C) If the statement is of adeceased person, when it relatedto cause of his death(D) If the statement is part ofthe transaction-in-issue

PD/November/2010/921

177. Which one of the following isnot a document under theIndian Evidence Act ?(A) An inscription on a stone ofa building(B) A photograph(C) A printout of a messagesent through mobile or com-puter(D) A knife recovered by policefrom the possession of anaccused and produced in thecourt

178. Which Section of the IndianEvidence Act provides that con-tents of the document must beproved by primary evidence ?(A) Section 61(B) Section 62(C) Section 63(D) Section 64

179. A Hindu couple having thedecree of judicial separationwants to live together—(A) They can live together(B) They cannot live together(C) They can live together afterre-marriage(D) They can live together onlyafter the permission of the court

180. ‘A’, a Hindu male, havingundivided interest in aMitakshara Coparcenary pro-perty dies leaving behind twosons and one daughter. Thedaughter is entitled to thefollowing share in the pro-perty—

(A) 13

(B) 14

(C) 19

(D) None of the above

181. Hindu law does not apply to aperson who is a Hindu by—(A) Birth(B) Conversion(C) Re-conversion(D) None of the above

182. Who is a Hindu among follow-ing ?(A) A legitimate child of Sikhmale and Jain female(B) An illegitimate child of Sikhmale and Jain female

(C) An illegitimate child ofHindu male and Parsi femaleand who was brought up as aHindu(D) All of the above

183. ‘Dayabhaga’ is authored by—(A) Vijnaneshwara(B) Yagyavalkya(C) Jimutavahana(D) None of the above

184. Vijnaneshwara is a famouscommentator of—(A) Manu Smriti(B) Narad Smriti(C) Yagyavalkya Smriti(D) None of the above

185. In regard to a Hindu marriage,‘Sapinda relationship’ of anyperson is counted upto—

(A) Fifth generation in the lineof ascent through father only

(B) Third generation in the lineof ascent through mother only

(C) Both (A) and (B)

(D) None of the above

186. Pre-martial relation of a spouseis a statutory ground for—(A) Judicial separation(B) Divorce(C) Nullity of marriage(D) None of the above

187. A Hindu male of 28 years of ageadopts a female child of 13 yearsof age. The adoption is—(A) Valid (B) Voidable(C) Illegal (D) Void

188. Order of succession under theHindu Succession Act of a maleHindu dying intestate is asfollows—

(A) Agnates, Cognates, Class Iheirs, Class II heirs

(B) Cognates, Agnates, Class Iheirs, Class II heirs

(C) Class I heirs, Class II heirs,Agnates, Cognates

(D) Class I heirs, Class II heirs,Cognates, Agnates

189. Provisions of Section 24 of theHindu Marriage Act, 1955corresponds to—

(A) Section 36 of the SpecialMarriage Act, 1954

(B) Section 36 of the IndianDivorce Act, 1869(C) Both (A) and (B)(D) None of the above

190. Consent theory of divorce wasintroduced in the HinduMarriage Act, 1955 in the year—(A) 1979 (B) 1976(C) 1964 (D) 1956

191. “A person is not disqualifiedfrom succeeding to any propertyon the ground of any disease,defect or deformity” is providedunder—(A) Section 28 of the HinduSuccession Act, 1956(B) Section 29 of the HinduSuccession Act, 1956(C) Section 30 of the HinduSuccession Act, 1956(D) None of the above

192. Which one of the followingSections of the Hindu MarriageAct, 1955 deals with “Restitutionof Conjugal Rights” ?(A) Section 5(B) Section 9(C) Section 10(D) Section 11

193. If parties to a Hindu marriageare sapinda to each other, themarriage is—(A) Void(B) Voidable(C) Valid(D) None of the above

194. A Hindu married woman of 32years of age adopts a male childof 8 years with the consent ofher husband. The adoption is—(A) Valid(B) Not valid(C) Voidable at the option ofhusband(D) None of the above

195. A Hindu dies intestate leavingbehind two sons, one daughterand widow. His property shalldevolve to—

(A) Sons only

(B) Sons and daughter only(C) Widow only

(D) Sons, daughter and widowall

PD/November/2010/922

196. Under Hindu Succession Act,1956, who amongst the follow-ing is not in Class I heir ?(A) Father (B) Mother(C) Son (D) Daughter

197. Under Mitakshara SchoolCoparcenary interest devolvesby—(A) Representation(B) Survivorship(C) Obstructed heritage(D) Unobstructed heritage

198. Under the Hindu Adoption andMaintenance Act, 1956, which ofthe following is not entitled toadopt ?(A) An unmarried person(B) Husband with the consentof wife(C) Wife who is divorced(D) Husband without the con-sent of wife

199. Under which Section of theHindu Marriage Act, 1955, theprovision relating to registrationof marriage is given ?(A) Section 8 (B) Section 7(C) Section 6 (D) Section 5

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2 E-mail : publisher@upkar.inWebsite : www.upkar.in

By : T. S. Jain Code No. 1671 Rs. 320/-

Main Features

❖ Test of English❖ Test of Data Analysis

and Interpretation❖ Test of Reasoning❖ General Awareness ❖ Professional Knowledge❖ Descriptive English — Comprehension and

Precis Writing — Letter Writing — Essays

Exam. Date31-10- 2010

500 Vacancies

200. Under which Section of theHindu Marriage Act, 1955,husband and wife may file apetition of divorce by mutualconsent ?(A) Section 13–A(B) Section 13–B(C) Section 14(D) Section 9

Answers

P.Darpan

PD/November/2010/923

General Awareness

NABARD BANK OFFICERS EXAM., 2010

(Held on 22-8-2010)

(Based on Memory)

Solved Paper

1. Which of the following is ratedthe poorest region of the World ?(A) The Middle East(B) Asia(C) Sub-Saharan Africa(D) Latin America(E) None of these

02. Which of the following terms isnot used in the world ofeconomics/finance ?(A) Sinking Fund(B) Third World(C) Open Door Policy(D) Devaluation(E) Privilege Motion

03. Out of the total population of theworld about 80% of it lives in—(A) Developed countries(B) BRIC countries(C) Latin America(D) Developing countries(E) None of these

04. Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana(RSBY) is a scheme launched bythe Ministry of—(A) Finance(B) Rural Development(C) Commerce(D) Industry(E) Labour

5. What is the fullform of the abbre-viation ASEAN ?(A) Association of South EastAgro Nations

(B) Association of South EastAsian Nations(C) Alliance of South East AsianNations(D) Alliance of South East AsianNeighbours(E) None of these

06. Which of the following is thescheme for providing electricityconnections to all the ruralhousehold in the country ?

(A) ASHA(B) Swadhar(C) Kutir Jyoti(D) Deep Mala(E) None of these

07. Many times we read about ‘PPP’in economic literature. What PPPis ? It is a concept which—(A) tells us that exchange ratesbetween currencies are in equili-brium when their purchasingpower is the same in both thecountries(B) tells us that exchange ratesbetween currencies are in equi-librium when their purchasingpower is different in both thecountries(C) PPP means t he currentExchange Rate of a currencyagainst US $(D) a measure of incomeinequality in developing coun-tries(E) None of these

08. As we all know the HumanDevelopment Index (HDI) is anindex of social performance in asingle composite index. It is anindication of—(A) disparity reduction rate,human resource developmentrate and the composite index.(B) longevity, education andliving standard(C) the facilities for minimumschooling, adult literacy andeducational attainments(D) GDP of a nation and thestatus of its Balance of Trade(E) None of these

09. Which one of the followingcountries is not considered aNewly Industrialized Country(NIC) ?(A) South Africa(B) Mexico(C) Brazil

(D) Turkey(E) France

10. Which of the following state-ments(s) is/are correct aboutNational Rural EmploymentGuarantee Act (NREGA) ?1. NREGA is applicable to all

rural areas of the country2. Only construction work

shall be given to the workersemployed under this Act

3. Every worker is given anamount of Rs. 250 per dayfor a eight hours shift

(A) Only 1(B) Only 2(C) Only 3(D) Only 1 and 2(E) All 1, 2 and 3

11. Which of the following is nottrue about farmers in LeastDeveloped Countries (LDCs) ?(A) The staple crop is the chiefsource of food(B) Labour is underutilized ex-cept for planting and harvestingseasons(C) On the traditional farm,output is always greater thanconsumption(D) Cultivators utilise only asmall portion of land(E) None of these

12. Which of the following organi-zations/agencies controls themonetary policy of our country ?(A) SEBI(B) Planning Commission(C) RBI(D) Union Ministry of Finance(E) None of these

13. Amartya K. Sen emphasizes thathaving enough to eat depends onone very crucial factor. Which ofthe following is that factor ?(A) Society’s system of entitle-ment

PD/November/2010/924

(B) Distribution of agriculturalincome(C) Low poverty rates(D) Structure of the family(E) None of these

14. The National Food for Workscheme is now submerged withwhich of the following ?(A) Pradhan Mantri Gram SadakYojana(B) Mahatma Gandhi NationalRural Employment GuaranteeAct.(C) Bharat Nirman(D) Indira Awas Yojana(E) None of these

15. Many a times we read aboutFertility Rate in economic litera-ture. What is fertility Rate ?(A) The total number of childrenborn in a country in a given yeardivided by number of childrendied(B) The number of children bornto an average woman during herreproductive years(C) The number of births in acountry divided by total popu-lation in a given year(D) The number of women inthe age group of 15-45 years in acountry divided by total numberof women died during childbirth(E) None of these

16. How is dual economy distin-guished from other economies ?It is a mixture of—(A) industrial sector and manu-facturing sector(B) traditional agriculturalsector and a modern industrialsector(C) state ownership of the meansof production in cooperation offoreign organizations(D) industrial sector and tradingof goods obtained throughimports(E) None of these

17. Watershed DevelopmentSchemes are a part of—1. Development of Rural

Economy.2. Development of Skilled

Workers.3. Development of Irrigation

facilities in India.

(A) Only 1(B) Only 2(C) Only 1 and 3(D) Only 3(E) All 1, 2 and 3

18. The second summit of which ofthe following organisations tookplace in Brazil recently ?(A) G-8 (B) G-20(C) SAARC (D) ASEAN(E) BRIC

19. During the recent Depressionworkers in Developed countriespreferred to take inferior jobsinstead of lay off. This situationis known as—(A) Seasonal unemployment(B) Cyclical unemployment(C) Disguised unemployment(D) Voluntary unemployment(E) None of these

20. Which of the following terms isnot associated with the game ofFootball ?(A) Corner kick(B) Wide out(C) Line men(D) Follow on(E) Full back

21. On which one of the followingissues, there had been a disputebetween IRDA and SEBI ?(A) ULIP products(B) Violation of SEBI guidelinesin respect of investment by bigcompanies in equities(C) Violation of SEBI guidelinesabout disclosures to be made bythe companies(D) Overlapping of the func-tions of IRDA and SEBI(E) None of these

22. As per the reports published invarious newspapers Maharashtraand Gujarat have signed anagreement on linking of majorrivers of the state. Which of thefollowing is a common riverbetween both the states ?(A) Narmada (B) Ganga(C) Krishna (D) Betwa(E) None of these

23. We have noticed at on severaloccasions that cost of petroleumproducts fluctuates frequently.The action of OPEC members at

times to limit output and fixprices may be understood as anaction arising out of—(A) instructions from WTO(B) fluctuation in output(C) practices of the oil industry(D) group dynamics(E) cartel

24. Which of the following countrieswon the FIFA World Cup 2010 ?(A) Germany(B) Netherlands(C) South Africa(D) Spain(E) Brazil

25. Who amongst the following isnot a Badminton Player ?(A) Aparna Popat(B) Saina Nehwal(C) V. V. S. Laxman(D) P. Gopichand(E) Chetan Anand

26. What is Bilateral aid ?(A) It is technical aid given byI.M.F. to various countries(B) It is given directly by onecountry to another(C) It is aid with the conditionthat the repayment will be ininconvertible currency(D) It is a commercial loan madeavailable by various institutionsjointly(E) None of these

27. Who amongst the following isthe author of the book ‘AHimalayan Love Story’ ?(A) Namitha Gokhale(B) V. S. Naipaul(C) Anita Desai(D) Laxmi Sehgal(E) None of these

28. Which of the following is thename of the organization createdspecifically to develop smallscale industrial sector in ourcountry ?(A) NAWARD(B) SEBI(C) SIDBI(D) AMFI(E) None of these

29. Who is Nandan Nilekani ?(A) Chairman, Unique Identi-fication Authority of India

PD/November/2010/925

(B) Chairman, Airport Autho-rity of India(C) Member, UGC(D) Member, Planning Commi-ssion(E) None of these

30. Which of the following countrieswill host the next SAARCSummit ?(A) India (B) Bhutan(C) Nepal (D) Fiji(E) None of these

31. Which of the following organi-sation/agencies is specifically setup to boost overall rural devel-opment in India.(A) RBI (B) SIDBI(C) NABARD (D) SEBI(E) None of these

32. Commonwealth Games 2010 areto be organised in Delhi in themonth of—(A) October (B) November(C) August (D) December(E) September

33. Which of the following cups isassociated with the game ofHockey ?(A) Agha Khan Cup(B) DCM Trophy(C) Davis Cup(D) Derby Trophy(E) Rovers Cup

34. Which of t he following is ahorticultural crop ?(A) Urad (B) Jowar(C) Bajra (D) Wheat(E) Mango

35. According to Planning Commis-sion, the degraded soil of whichone of the following States, posesa big threat to food security andcan cause serious economicimplications to the nation ?(A) Haryana (B) U. P.(C) M. P. (D) Karnataka(E) Punjab

36. Which of the following organisa-tions maintains the Rural Infra-structure Development Fund(RIDF) ?(A) RBI (B) NABARD(C) SIDBI (D) LIC(E) None of these

37. Which of the following is/trueabout the Competition Commi-ssion of India (CCI)?1. CCI is a regulatory body

having quasi-judicial struc-ture.

2. It is established to replaceold Monopolies and Restric-tive Trade Practices Act.

3. Its main objective is to createa healthy environment incorporate world.

(A) Only 1(B) Only 2(C) Only 3(D) All 1, 2 and 3(E) None of these

38. According to RBI, which one ofthe following is the biggestconcern of the country ?(A) Debt crisis in Europe(B) Inflation(C) GDP growth(D) Fiscal deficit(E) None of these

39. Which of the following organi-sations has recently launched“Farmers’ Information Servicevia SMS” to help farmers inGujarat state ?(A) State Bank of India(B) SIDBI(C) Reliance Group of Industries(D) NABARD(E) None of these

40. On which one of the followingcountries, the United NationsSecurity Council (UNSC) hasimposed fresh sanctions ?(A) Libya (B) North Korea(C) Sudan (D) Myanmar(E) Iran

41. Muhammad Yunus of Bangla-desh who was awarded Nobelprize a few years back is afamous—(A) Author(B) Economist(C) Social worker(D) Scientist(E) None of these

42. ‘Sacred Games’ is a novel writtenby—(A) Amita Desai(B) Arundhati Roy(C) Kiran Desai(D) Khushwant Singh(E) Vikram Chandra

43. Who amongst the following is afamous author ?(A) Chetan Bhagat(B) S. C. Jamir(C) Anjali Bhagwat(D) O. P. Mehra(E) None of these

44. The G-20 Summit was organisedin June 2010, in which of thefollowing cities ?(A) London (B) Paris(C) Tokyo (D) Toronto(E) None of these

45. The Govt. of India has establi-shed a strategic reserve of about5 million tonnes of which of thefollowing commodities ?(A) Steel (B) Sugar(C) Oil (D) Foodgrains(E) None of these

46. ‘Mid Day Meal Scheme’ is laun-ched to provide cooked food tothe—(A) Children attending school(B) Those who are gettingNational Old Age Pension(C) Workers of National RuralEmployment Act(D) Resident doctors of Govt.Hospitals in rural areas(E) None of these

47. Which of the following is not aCash Crop ?(A) Tobacco (B) Cotton(C) Coffee (D) Bajara(E) Tea

48. Members of the Rajya Sabha areelected for a period of—

(A) 4 years (B) 2 12 years

(C) 6 years (D) 5 years

(E) None of these

49. The ICC Cricket World Cup Final2011 will be played in which ofthe following cities in India ?(A) Kolkata (B) Mumbai(C) Delhi (D) Chennai(E) None of these

50. What is the contribution of Agri-cultural Sector in the total GDPof India ? About—(A) 10% (B) 20%(C) 40% (D) 30%(E) 50%

Continued on Page 946

PD/November/2010/926

General Knowledge

HIMACHAL PRADESH P.S.C. TEHSIL WELFARE OFFICERS EXAM., 2009

(Held on 6-12-2009)

Solved Paper

1. Who was the first President ofIndian National Congress (1885) ?(A) Dadabhai Naoroji(B) Wyomesh Chandra Banerjee(C) H. O. Hume(D) Surendranath Banerjee

2. Prime Minister of India who didnot face the Parliament ?

(A) Lal Bahadur Shastri

(B) Morarji Desai

(C) Chaudhary Charan Singh

(D) V. P. Singh

3. Who is known as the ‘Grand OldMan of India’ ?

(A) Gopal Krishna Gokhale

(B) C. Rajgopalachari

(C) Lala Lajpat Rai

(D) Dadabhai Naoroji

4. Name of the Indian who retur-ned the knighthood conferred onhim as a token of protest againstthe atrocities in Punjab in 1919was—

(A) Tej Bahadur Sapru

(B) M. K. Gandhi

(C) Rabindranath Tagore

(D) Syed Ahmed Khan

5. ‘Swaraj is my birthright’ whosaid it ?

(A) Lala Lajpat Rai

(B) Bal Gangadhar Tilak

(C) G. K. Gokhale

(D) Subhash Chandra Bose

6. Which Sufi Saint’s Dargah is atAjmer ?(A) Salim Chishti(B) Muinuddin Chisti(C) Baba Farid(D) Hazrat Nizamuddin

7. Who among the following was ablind poet who spread KrishnaBhakti cult ?(A) Kabirdas (B) Surdas(C) Bihari (D) Raskhan

8. Babur laid the foundation ofMughal empire in 1526 defeat-ing—(A) Daulat Khan Lodhi(B) Ibrahim Lodhi(C) Rana Sanga(D) Alauddin Khilji

9. Akbar defeated Rana Pratap inthe battle of Haldighati in theyear—(A) 1570 (B) 1576(C) 1588 (D) 1596

10. Who among the followingMughal rulers was ignorant ofthe art of reading and writing ?(A) Babur(B) Humayun(C) Akbar(D) Jahangir

11. Who among the following werethe last to come as traders topreindependence India ?(A) Dutch(B) English(C) French(D) Portuguese

12. The first Muslim invasion ofIndia was led by—(A) Mahmud Ghazni(B) Muhammad Gori(C) Muhammad-bin-Qasim(D) Timur

13. Which Muslim emperor wasattracted by the beauty of QueenPadmini ?(A) Babur(B) Humayun(C) Akbar(D) Alauddin Khilji

14. The first writer to use Urdu asthe medium of poetic expressionwas—(A) Amir Khusrau(B) Mirza Ghalib(C) Bahadur Shah Zafar(D) Faiz

15. ‘Brahmo Samaj’ in 1828 wasfounded by—(A) Swami Vivekananda(B) Swami Dayanand Saraswati(C) Raja Rammohan Roy(D) Annie Besant

16. Tipu Sultan died fighting theBritish forces under—(A) Lord Cornwallis(B) Lord Wellesley(C) Lord Dalhousie(D) None of these

17. Non-cooperation Movementwas started by Gandhiji in theyear—(A) 1918 (B) 1920(C) 1921 (D) 1930

18. Who was the first Indian to getselected in ICS ?(A) Surendranath Benerjee(B) Sarojini Naidu(C) Lala Lajpat Rai(D) C. R. Das

19. Delhi became the capital of Indiain—(A) 1910 (B) 1911(C) 1916 (D) 1923

20. Who gave the slogan ‘InquilabZindabad’ ?(A) Iqbal(B) M. K. Gandhi(C) Bhagat Singh(D) S. C. Bose

21. In October 1959, in which Indianstate was Panchayati Raj Systemfirst introduced ?(A) Rajasthan(B) Tamil Nadu(C) Kerala(D) Karnataka

22. Who is entitled to initiate a Billfor Constitutional amendments ?(A) Lok Sabha only(B) Rajya Sabha only(C) Either House of Parliament(D) State Legislative Assemblies

PD/November/2010/927

23. Match the following and selectthe correct answer from thecodes given below—

Amendments :(a) 42nd (b) 44th(c) 61st (d) 73rd1. Panchayati Raj2. Fundamental Duties3. Voting age lowered from 18

years to 21 years4. Right to property abolishedCodes :

(a) (b) (c) (d)(A) 3 2 4 1(B) 2 4 3 1(C) 4 1 3 2(D) 2 3 1 4

24. Chief Election Commissioner canbe removed—(A) by the President(B) by the Supreme Court(C) by both House of Parlia-ment by 2/3 majority and on theground of proven misbehaviouror incapacity(D) by Union Cabinet

25. In Indian Constitution subject ofEducation is in—(A) Union list(B) State list(C) Concurrent list(D) Residuary subjects

26. The wheel (chakra) in IndianNational Flag contains howmany spokes ?(A) 12 (B) 18(C) 24 (D) 26

27. Which of the following groupssuffer most from inflation ?(A) Debtors(B) Creditors(C) Business class(D) Holders of real assets

28. One-rupee currency notes bearthe signature of—(A) The President of India(B) Finance Minister of India(C) Governor of Reserve Bank(D) Indian Finance Secretary

29. At which of the following oneplace is SAIL Steel Plant not inexistence ?(A) Bhilai(B) Bokaro

(C) Rourkela(D) Vishakhapatnam

30. In which of the following indus-tries is the maximum number ofwomen employed in India ?(A) Taxtile (B) Jute(C) Tea (D) Coal

31. Which of the following state-ments with regard to U.N.O.is/are correct ?1. The General Assembly meets

once in two year.2. The Security Council has

fifteen member.3. The non-permanent mem-

bers of the Security Councilare elected for a two-yearterm.

The correct answer is—(A) 1 and 2(B) 2 and 3(C) 3 only(D) 1, 2 and 3

32. The headquarters of World TradeOrganisation is in—(A) New York (B) Tokyo(C) Geneva (D) London

33. U.N. General Assembly adoptedand proclaimed the UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights inthe year—(A) 1946 (B) 1948(C) 1952 (D) 1954

34. Which one of the following is agood conductor of electricity ?(A) Shellac(B) Human body(C) Glass(D) Ebonite

35. Through which one among thefollowing materials does soundtravel the slowest ?(A) Air (B) Glass(C) Water (D) Wood

36. In which one of the followinganimals is respiration done byskin ?

(A) Flying Fish(B) Sea Horse(C) Frog(D) Chameleon

37. Which one of the followingdiseases is not caused by Virus ?

(A) Cholera (B) Smallpox(C) Measles (D) Mumps

38. Which one of the following is avitamin ?(A) Citric acid(B) Folic acid(C) Glutamic acid(D) Linoleic acid

39. The first President of USA tovisit India was—(A) Thomas Jefferson(B) Franklin D. Roosevelt(C) D. W. Eisenhower(D) John F. Kennedy

40. Who among the following wrote‘The Communist Manifesto’along with Karl Marx ?(A) Emile Durkheim(B) Friedrich Engels(C) Robert Owen(D) Max Weber

41. Who among the following is theauthor of the book ‘My CountryMy Life’ ?(A) A.P.J. Abdul Kalam(B) Atal Behari Vajpayee(C) L. K. Advani(D) Shashi Tharoor

42. Match the following and selectthe correct answer from thecodes given below—

Books(a) My Experiments with Truth(b) India Wins Freedom(c) Glimpses of World History(d) Prison Diary

Authors1. M. K. Gandhi2. Abul Kalam Azad3. Jai Prakash Narayan4. Pt. Jawahar Lal NehruCodes :

(a) (b) (c) (d)(A) 1 2 3 4(B) 1 2 4 3(C) 2 1 4 3(D) 4 1 2 3

43. The total surface area of the earthis—(A) 510 million sq km(B) 610 million sq km(C) 710 million sq km(D) 810 million sq km

PD/November/2010/928

44. Which is the world’s largestdesert ?(A) Sahara(B) Gobi(C) Thar(D) Takala Makan

45. B. C. Roy award is given in thefield of—(A) Journalism(B) Medicine(C) Music(D) Environment

46. India won the last HockeyOlympic Gold in—(A) 2000, Sydney(B) 1996, Atlanta(C) 1980, Moscow(D) 1972, Munich

47. Which of these internationalTennis events is played on agrass court ?(A) U.S. Open(B) French Open(C) Wimbledon(D) Australian Open

48. Which Indian batsman madethree consecutive centuries in hisfirst three tests ?

(A) Vinoo Mankad(B) G. R. Vishwanath(C) Mohd. Azharuddin(D) S. M. Gavaskar

49. The hottest planet is—(A) Mercury(B) Venus(C) Jupiter(D) Saturn

50. The world’s longest river is—(A) Nile (B) Ganges(C) Amazon (D) Congo

51. Which Raja of Mandi followedthe rule of ‘Silence is Gold’ andwas very fond of inculcating thishabit among his courtiers andofficials ?

(A) Surma Sen(B) Shamsher Sen(C) Ishwari Sen(D) Zalim Sen

52. In which of the following fairs,was it essential to offer a madbuffalo as a sacrifice to the riverGod ?

(A) Minjar Fair(B) Kullu Dussehra(C) Lari Fair(D) Renuka Fair

53. The famous folk dance of Kulluis—(A) Ghughati (B) Rakshas(C) Gidda (D) Kadathi

54. “Himalayan Pahari State Terri-torial Council” headquarters wasat—(A) Mandi (B) Nahan(C) Salan (D) Shimla

55. Chamba Praja Suraksha Leaguewas established in the year—(A) 1930 (B) 1931(C) 1932 (D) 1933

56. Who was the first member ofthe Rajya Sabha from HimachalPradesh ?(A) Rani Amrit Kaur(B) Chiranji Lal Verma(C) Roshan Lal(D) Krishna Lal Sharma

57. ‘Khaneti’ and ‘Delath’ wereThakurais (tributaries) of—

(A) Keonthal State

(B) Jubbal State

(C) Rampur Bushahr State

(D) Kati State

58. ‘Chandra and ‘Bhaga’ riversmeet at—(A) Pattan (B) Tandi(C) Suhaga (D) Keylong

59. Sutlej river enters HimachalPradesh (from Tibet) at—(A) Shipki(B) Makori Pass(C) Luri(D) Harsor Jat

60. During vedic period which riverwas known as ‘Parushini’ ?(A) Sutlej (B) Jhelum(C) Ravi (D) Yamuna

61. ‘Waziri Rupi’ is a part of—(A) Kullu(B) Lahaul Spiti(C) Mandi(D) Shimla

62. The total area of HimachalPradesh on April 15, 1948 (at thetime of formation) was—

(A) 45,673 sq km2

(B) 19,154 sq km2

(C) 37,291 sq km2

(D) 27,018 sq km2

63. ‘Hathi Dhar’ is in which district ?(A) Chamba (B) Kullu(C) Sirmour (D) Kangra

64. Hangrong Valley is in the districtof—(A) Kinnaur(B) Lahaul Spiti(C) Chamba(D) Kullu

65. Giri river originates from—(A) Kuppar Peak(B) Jakhu Peak(C) Jheog Dhar(D) Dodra Kawar Dhar

66. Indian Institute of AdvancedStudies (Viceroy Lodge) issituated on—(A) Dingu hills(B) Observatory hills(C) Chadwick hills(D) Snowline hills

67. ‘Sanjay Vidyut Pariyojana’ is inthe district of—

(A) Kinnaur(B) Shimla(C) Lahaul Spiti(D) Chamba

68. Himachal Pradesh State Electri-city Board was cnstituted in—(A) 1970 (B) 1971(C) 1974 (D) 1968

69. The total production capacity ofBeas-Sutlej project is—

(A) 490 MW (B) 990 MW

(C) 690 MW (D) 790 MW

70. The production capacity ofDehar Pariyojana is—

(A) 80 MW (B) 120 MW

(C) 165 MW (D) 265 MW

71. The total funds allocation for theIst Five Year Plan in HimachalPradesh was nearly—(A) 5·27 crore(B) 50·27 crore(C) 25·27 crore(D) 35·27 crore

Continued on Page 956

PD/November/2010/929

Awareness and Aptitude

HARYANA SCHOOL TEACHERS ELIGIBILITY TEST FOR LECTURER, 2009

(Held on 19-12-2009)

(Paper-I)(Based on Memory)

Solved Paper

01. He has no house …………, as ashelter from storm.(A) to boast about(B) to buy things for(C) to live in(D) to decorate

2. E.C.C.E. is related to which of thefollowing ?(A) Primary Education(B) Health Education(C) Women Education(D) Environmental Education

03. The earliest evidence of thepractice of ‘Sati’ can be gleanedfrom an inscription found atEran and dated—(A) 210 A.D. (B) 510 A.D.(C) 310 A.D. (D) 410 A.D.

Directions—(Q. 4–6) Each ofthese question contains three groupsof things. You have to choose fromthe following four diagrams, the onethat depicts the correct relationshipamong the three groups of things ineach question—

(a) (b) (c) (d)

04. Petal, Bouquet, Flower—(A) d (B) b(C) a (D) c

05. Brinjal, Meat, Vegetable—(A) b (B) c(C) d (D) a

06. Language, French, German—(A) b (B) c(C) d (D) a

7. Choose one figure in place ofquestion-mark (?) of the problemfigure from the Answer Figuremarked (A), (B), (C) and (D)which complete the series of theproblem figures :

Problem Figures :

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

08. A shepherd had 17 sheep. All butnine died. How many was he leftwith—(A) 17 (B) 0(C) 8 (D) 9

09. There is a relationship betweenproblem figures A and B. Estab-lish a similar relationshipbetween figures C and D byselecting a suitable figure fromAnswer Figures marked (1), (2),(3) and (4) that would replace thequestion-mark (?) in figure (4)—

Problem Figures :

(1) (2) (3) (4)

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

10. Which of the following is trueabout the curriculum and thesyllabus ?(A) Syllabus includes muchmore than cognitive experiences(B) Curriculum and Syllabusare equivalent(C) Curriculum includessyllabus(D) Curriculum includes non-cognitive activities

11. I have no faith ………… him.(A) with (B) in(C) to (D) at

12. On September 23rd, 2009 Indialaunched remote sensing satel-lite. The name of the satellite is—(A) Oceansat-2(B) Chandrayaan–I(C) Chandrayaan–II(D) Oceansat–1

13. Where is the Forest ResearchInstitute located ?(A) Lucknow (B) Delhi(C) Bhopal (D) Dehradun

14. Manufacturing plant of MarutiUdyog Limited i s situated inwhich district of Haryana—(A) Karnal(B) Ambala(C) Faridabad(D) Gurgaon

15. Normally, the term of nominatedmembers of the Board of SchoolEducation, Haryana is—(A) 1 year (B) 5 years(C) 3 years (D) 2 years

Directions—(Q. 16–22) Read thefollowing extract and answer thequestions that follow by choosingcorrect answer—

The Himalayas are beautifulmountains in the north of India. Theystretch for two thousand miles fromKashmir to Assam. Some of theworld’s highest peaks are in theHimalayas. The highest peak isMount Everest. The tops of themountain are always covered withsnow throughout the year. Thereforewe call them Himalayas or the‘Abodes of Snow’. There are manybeautiful lakes and forests in theHimalayas. Many passes connectIndia with Tibet, Turkistan andAfghanistan. Many rivers—TheGanges, the Yamuna, the Brahma-putra, and the Beas flow from thesemountains. The climate and sceneryof these mountains are so charmingthat the people have built many hillstations there. Many visitors go to the

PD/November/2010/930

hill stations for pleasure and relaxa-tion.16. India is connected with various

countries through—(A) Hills (B) Transport(C) Seas (D) Passes

17. Hill stations have been built onthe mountains because—(A) Visiting mountain tops is afashion(B) Climate and scenery is verycharming(C) People like to have the feelof snow on these mountains(D) They are very high andpeople from lowlands want tovisit these hilly regions

18. People visit hill stations for—(A) It is necessary to visit hillstations(B) Pleasure and relaxation(C) For fashion(D) To show there affluency

19. Himalayas is the source of manyrivers like—(A) Ganga and Yamuna(B) Brahmaputra and Beas(C) All of the above(D) None of the above

20. ‘Mount Everest’ is one of the—(A) Plains(B) Lowest peaks on earth(C) Highest peaks on earth(D) Lowlands on earth

21. The word ‘Himalayas’ means—(A) Mountainous peaks(B) Abode of god(C) Abode of snow(D) A hilly range

22. ‘The Himalayas stretching fortwo thousand miles fromKashmir to Assam’ can also becalled a—(A) Hilly area(B) Group of mountains(C) Range of mountains(D) Line of mountains

23. Multisensory Instruction wasdeveloped by—(A) Morrison (B) Bloom(C) Keller (D) Edger Dale

24. In the following question, oneterm in the number series iswrong. Find out the wrong term

1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 96

(A) 96 (B) 4(C) 32 (D) 64

25. To be eligible for membership ofthe Rajya Sabha a person shouldbe at least—(A) 21 years of age(B) 25 years of age(C) 30 years of age(D) 35 years of age

26. I have no confidence……… him.(A) in (B) with(C) along (D) to

27. Mother says you ……… to go tothe market today.(A) was (B) can(C) may (D) were

28. Yugratna Srivastava has deli-vered her first speech at theUnited Nations GeneralAssembly on—(A) October 5th, 2009(B) September 22nd, 2009(C) September 24th, 2009(D) September 30th, 2009

29. In which district of MadhyaPradesh the Great Sanchi Stupais located—(A) Jabalpur (B) Bhopal(C) Raisen (D) Satna

30. School Mapping is a process of—(A) Preparing extension mapsfor a school(B) Preparing a school map(C) Deciding future needs ofschools in an area(D) Formulating Action plan forschool plan

31. He is guilty… you are innocent.(A) this (B) while(C) else (D) than

32. Writing objectives in behaviouralterms is also known as—(A) Robert Miller Approach(B) Skinner Approach(C) Blooms Approach(D) Robert Mager Approach

33. Primitive man first learnt to—(A) Grow Grain(B) Make Fire(C) Tame Animal(D) Make a Wheel

34. There is a relationship betweenproblem figures (1) and (2).

Establish a similar relationshipbetween figures (3) and (4) byselecting a suitable figure fromAnswer Figures marked (A), (B),(C) and (D) that would replacethe question-mark (?) in figure(4).Problem Figures :

?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

35. Computer is a/an—(A) Magnetic device(B) Electronic device(C) Mechanical device(D) Electrical device

36. She was afraid that if she askedagain he ……… refuse.(A) can (B) dare(C) ought (D) need

37. What is the meaning of the word,‘Sangam’, in the Sangam Age ?(A) Meeting of rivers(B) Royal Court(C) Assembly of Poets(D) Assembly of religious leaders

38. National Bird of India is—(A) Neelkanth (B) Parrot(C) Peacock (D) Koel

39. Modern Education financing is—(A) Multi-source Finance(B) Government Finance(C) Private Finance(D) Loans

40. Study the Problem Figuresmarked as (1), (2), (3), (4) and(5) carefully. From the AnswerFigures marked as : (A), (B), (C)and (D) pick out the figure, whichmost appropriately completesthe series of Problem Figure—Problem Figures :

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

PD/November/2010/931

Directions—(Q. 41–48) Read thefollowing extract carefully and ans-wer the questions that follow bychoosing correct answer :

Our country has plenty of iron-ore under the ground but in the olddays we had no mills to producesteel. So the ore was sent to othercountries. Our steel industries startedeven before the Five Year Plans, but itwas not large enough to meet theends of our country. We need a lot ofsteel for machines in our factories, forweapons for our army, and for manyother things that we manufacture forour use. So the government has builtsteel plants in Bhilai, Durgapur andRourkela. A few more will be builtunder the coming Five Year Plans.

But it is not easy to build steelmills. We need engineers to buildthem, and then crores and crores ofrupees. We don’t have all the engi-neers that we need and nor do wehave enough money. 50 men whohave built steel mills in othercountries have come to our help. Weare grateful to all the friendly coun-tries for all the help they are givingus.

41. Iron-ore was sent to other coun-tries because—(A) The other countries neededit more than us(B) We had surplus of iron-ore(C) We did not have steel millsin our country(D) The British forced us to doso

42. The foreigners came to helpIndia—(A) Because India did not havethe technology(B) Because India did not havesufficient number of intelligentengineers(C) Because India did not havesufficient money(D) All of the above

43. It is not easy to build steel mills—

(A) Because we do not havesufficient engineers(B) Because we do not havesufficient money(C) Both the above mentionedreasons(D) None of the above men-tioned reasons

44. The government decided to buildsteel mills under the Five YearPlans because—

(A) The British had ordered it tobuild steel mills

(B) India needed steel plantsvery badly

(C) It wanted India to be calleda ‘steel-mills’ nation

(D) The public demand was such

45. We need lots of steel to—

(A) Our army needs armourbuilt of steel

(B) Export to foreign countries

(C) To make utensils of steel

(D) To make machines for ourfactories, weapons, and manyother products

46. We are grateful to the foreigncountries because—

(A) They helped us to build ourown steel plants with the help oftheir technology, man power andmoney

(B) They sent their engineers

(C) They gave us money

(D) They decided not to help usand let us develop our owntechnology

47. The opposite of ‘plenty’ is—(A) huge (B) many(C) scarcity (D) less

48. The opposite of ‘big’ is—(A) minor (B) light(C) small (D) minute

49. In Computer to separate twowords or letters in the sameparagraph one should press—(A) Backspace Key(B) Space bar(C) Enter Key(D) Ctrl + Enter Key

50. Study the Problem Figures mar-ked as (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5)carefully. From the AnswerFigures marked as (A), (B), (C)and (D) pick out the figure, whichmost appropriately completesthe series of Problem Figure :

Problem Figures :

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

51. The period of revolution of ageostationary satellite is—(A) Changing continuously(B) 24 hours(C) 30 days(D) 365 days

52. The teacher has no control ……his class.(A) against (B) with(C) at (D) over

53. Which of the following does notgive importance to the Child ?

(A) Experience Centered Curri-culum

(B) Activity Centered Curriculum

(C) Core Curriculum

(D) Both (A) and (B)

54. Choose the correct alternative inplace of the question-mark (?)that will continue the samepattern in the following numberseries—

4, 12, 36, 108, ?(A) 324 (B) 144(C) 216 (D) 304

55. ‘Run into’ means—(A) Follow(B) Dash forward(C) Exhaust(D) Collide with

56. Of the following commonly usedmaterials, the one that is not analloy is—(A) Copper (B) Steel(C) Brass (D) Bronze

57. Choose the correct alternative inplace of the question-mark (?)that will continue the samepattern in the following numberseries—

1, 4, 10, 22, 46, ?(A) 122 (B) 64(C) 86 (D) 94

58. Choose one figure in place ofquestion mark (?) of the problemfigure from the Answer Figuremarked (A), (B), (C) and (D)which complete the series of theproblem figures—

PD/November/2010/932

Problem Figures :

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

59. SITE can correctly expanded as—(A) Satellite Instructional Tele-vision Experiment(B) State Institute of TeacherEducation(C) Statistical Institute of Tech-nical Education(D) Strategic Institution forTraining Educationals

60. Choose the alternative mostclosely resembles the mirror-image of the given combinationof alphabets and numbers—

BR4AQ16HIIH9 1QA 4 RBIH

91QA 4 RB

IH

9

1QA 4 RBIH9 1QA 4 RB

(A)(B)(C)(D)

61. When the People’s Republic ofChina turned 60 ?(A) September 1st, 2009(B) October 1st, 2009(C) November 1st, 2009(D) December 1st, 2009

62. The Sun ……… in the east.(A) rised (B) rise(C) rises (D) rose

63. They……… playing cards yester-day.(A) am (B) were(C) are (D) is

64. Gokhale’s Bill is associatedwith—(A) Compulsory Primary Educa-tion(B) Indian Control of Education(C) Stress on Indian Languages(D) Love for Motherland

65. There is a relationship betweenproblem figures (1) and (2).Establish a similar relationshipbetween figures (3) and (4) byselecting a suitable figure fromAnswer Figures marked (A), (B),(C) and (D) that would replacethe question-mark (?) in figure(4)—

Problem Figures :

?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

66. The number of chromosomes in anormal human body is—(A) 46 (B) 43(C) 44 (D) 45

67. Find the odd one out—(A) Pen Drive(B) Key-Board(C) Floppy Disc(D) C.D.

68. It is an exception ……… the rule.(A) till (B) at(C) to (D) along

69. Man cannot reap………he sows.(A) else (B) what(C) this (D) unless

70. Disk defragment utility in theComputer is used to—(A) Make partition in the harddisk of the computer(B) Reorganise files and unusedspaces on the hard disk of com-puter(C) Remove unnecessary filesfrom the computer(D) Break computer hard diskinto fragments

71. He ………… to be married nextweek.(A) are (B) is(C) am (D) were

72. The third Buddhist council washeld in the reign of—(A) Kanishka(B) Ajatashatru(C) Kalashoka(D) Ashoka

73. Kaziranga National Park issituated in—(A) Orissa(B) Bihar(C) Assam(D) Himachal Pradesh

74. In Computer System which oneof the following is a n outputdevice—

(A) Printer (B) Keyboard(C) Mouse (D) Scanner

75. Study the Problem Figuresmarked as (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5)carefully. From the AnswerFigures marked as (A), (B), (C)and (D) pick out the figure, whichmost appropriately completesthe series of Problem Figure—Problem Figures :

?

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Answer Figures :

?????

(A) (B) (C) (D)

76. Who has been nominated for theDada Saheb Phalke Award forthe year 2007 ?(A) Manna Dey(B) Amitabh Bachchan(C) Ashok Kumar(D) Shahrukh Khan

77. There is a certain relationshipbetween two given words on oneside of : : and one word is givenon the other side of : : Find theword from the given alternatives,having the same relation withthis word as the words of thegiven pair bear—

Book : Publisher : : Film : ?(A) Writer(B) Producer(C) Director(D) Editor

78. Which of the following is themost objective technique ofmeasurement ?(A) Testing(B) Observation(C) Self-reporting(D) Sociometry

79. Food is cooked faster in a Pres-sure Cooker because—(A) In the cooker water startsboiling at a lower temperature(B) Heat cannot escape from thecooker(C) Steam is hotter than the boil-ing water(D) Due to high pressure theboiling point of water is raised

PD/November/2010/933

80. Which of the following is animportant aspect of PhysicalResource Management ?(A) Conservation(B) Need Analysis(C) Strategic Utilization(D) Cost Effectiveness

81. There is a relationship betweenproblem figures (1) and (2). Esta-blish a similar relationship bet-ween figures (3) and (4) by select-ing a suitable figure form Ans-wer Figures marked (A), (B), (C)and (D) that would replace thequestion-mark (?) in figure (4)—Problem Figures :

?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

82. Four more languages were addedto the Eighth Schedule of theIndian Constitutions by 92ndConstitutional Amendment.These four languages are—(A) Konkani, Manipuri, Nepaliand Santhali(B) Bodo, Dogri, Maithali andSanthali(C) Bodo, Konkani, Manipuriand Nepali(D) Konkani, Dogri, Maithaliand Bodo

83. To continue the series choose theterm in place of question-mark(?) out of the given alternativesfor the following alphabeticalseries—

AB, DEF, HIJK, ?, STUVWX(A) QRSTU (B) LMNO(C) LMNOP (D) MNOPQ

84. Constituent Assembly was set upunder the—(A) Resolution of IndianNational Congress(B) Cabinet Mission Plan, 1946(C) Indian Independence Act,1947(D) Resolution of the Parliament

85. Language Lab is a ……?……component of Educational Tech-nology.

(A) Human ware(B) Hardware(C) Software(D) System approach

86. A bus starts from city ‘X’. Thenumber of women in the bus ishalf of the number of men. In city‘Y’, 10 men leave the bus and fivewomen enter. Now number ofmen and women is equal. In thebeginning, how many passengersentered the bus ?(A) 45 (B) 15(C) 30 (D) 36

87. There is a certain relationshipbetween two given words on oneside of : : and one word is givenon the other side of : : Find theword from the given alternatives,having the same relation withthis word as the word of thegiven pair bear—

India : President : : State : ?(A) Mayor(B) Prime Minister(C) Governor(D) Chief Minister

88. ‘Keep back’ means—(A) Absent (B) Reveal(C) Conceal (D) Search

89. Who amongst the following pro-posed the concept of MentalAge ?(A) Wechsler (B) Stern(C) Binet (D) Terman

90. Figure marked as ‘X’ is embed-ded in one of the four figuresmarked (A), (B), (C) and (D).Find out the figure in whichfigure ‘X’ is embedded ?

(A)(X) (B) (C) (D)

91. I shall get a job before theweek—(A) has ended (B) ended(C) will end (D) ends

92. Death-rate is calculated on thebasis of number of deaths—(A) Per 1,00,000 of populationper year(B) Per 1,000 of population peryear(C) Per 10,000 of population peryear(D) Per 100 of population peryear

93. Largest Ocean in the world is—(A) Arctic Ocean(B) Pacific Ocean(C) Atlantic Ocean(D) Indian Ocean

94. Yashpal Committee is concernedwith—(A) Education Without Burden(B) M.L.L.(C) N.L.M.(D) Joyful Learning

95. Study the Problem Figures mar-ked as (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) care-fully. From the Answer Figuresmarked as (A), (B), (C) and (D)pick out the figure, which mostappropriately completes theseries of Problem Figure ?

Problem Figures :

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

96. In the following question, oneterm in the number series iswrong. Find out the wrong term

6, 15, 35, 77, 165, 337(A) 337 (B) 165(C) 35 (D) 77

97. DEC is associated with—

(A) Teacher Education

(B) Medical Education

(C) Technical Education

(D) Open Learning System

98. Choose one figure in place ofquestion-mark (?) of the problemfigure from the Answer Figuremarked (A), (B), (C) and (D)which complete the series of theproblem figures—

Problem Figures :

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

PD/November/2010/934

99. Ashok Mehta Committee wasappointed by the Janata Govern-ment in the year 1977 to review—(A) Regional Languages(B) Panchayati Raj Institutions(C) Educational Institutions(D) Electoral Procedure

100. Who wrote ‘Rajtarangini’ ?(A) Nagarjuna(B) Kalhan(C) Banabhatta(D) Kalidas

Directions–(Q. 101–103) Studythe diagram given below to answerthese questions. In the diagram, thetriangle represents the schoolteachers, the square represents themarried persons and the circle repre-sents the person living in jointfamilies—

B

D

C

F

A

E

101. Married persons living in jointfamilies but not working asschool teachers are representedby—(A) A (B) C(C) F (D) D

102. Persons who live in joint familiesand are unmarried and who donot work as school teachers arerepresented by—(A) D (B) C(C) B (D) E

103. Married teacher living in jointfamilies are represented by—(A) A (B) C(C) B (D) D

104. In area and dimension which oneof the following sites of Harap-pan culture is largest in India ?(A) Lothal(B) Banawali(C) Rakhigarhi(D) Kalibangan

105. ‘Look forward to’ means—(A) Expect gifts(B) Stay in front(C) Wait eagerly for something(D) Wait for a prize

106. Tutorial Method is an exampleof—(A) Democratic Teaching(B) Teacher Controlled Teaching(C) Learner Controlled Teaching(D) Group Controlled Teaching

107. Choose one figure in place ofquestion-mark (?) of the problemfigure from the Answer Figuremarked (A), (B), (C) and (D)which complete the series ofthe problem figures—

Problem Figures :

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

108. The Board of School EducationHaryana was established in—(A) 1965 (B) 1966(C) 1968 (D) 1969

109. Cooking gas supplied in cylin-ders by gas agencies is in theform of—(A) Liquid(B) Gas(C) Solid(D) None of the above

110. Which of the following is notassociated with the measure-ment of creativity ?(A) Kulshreshtha(B) Torrens(C) Mehandi(D) Passi

111. Indira Gandhi Rashtriya ManavaSangrahalaya is situated at—(A) Chennai (B) New Delhi(C) Bhopal (D) Raibareli

112. ‘Right to Information’ underInformation Act was passed bythe Indian Parliament in theyear—(A) 2006 (B) 2004(C) 2005 (D) 2003

113. ‘To bear fruit’ means—(A) To bring news(B) To bring in rewards(C) To become mature(D) Grow up

114. Negative Education is the charac-teristic feature of—(A) Pragmatism (B) Idealism(C) Realism (D) Naturalism

115. Choose the alternative mostclosely resembles the water-image of the given word—

NUCLEAR

R A

ELCU N

NUCLEAR

LNUC EAR

EULN C AR

(A)(B)(C)(D)

116. Short-cut key to undo the lastaction in MS-Word is—(A) Ctrl + Z (B) Ctrl + C(C) Ctrl + V (D) Ctrl + X

117. Choose one figure in place ofquestion-mark (?) of the problemfigure from the Answer Figuremarked (A), (B), (C) and (D)which complete the series of theproblem figures—

Problem Figures :

?H

CF

LG

J

PK

N

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

SP

Q

VO

R

TO

R

OT

R

118. To continue the series choose theterm in place of question-mark(?) out of the given alternativesfor the following alphabeticalseries—

Z, U, Q, ?, L(A) N (B) I(C) K (D) M

119. WAN stands for—(A) Word Access Network(B) Word Area Network(C) Wide Area Network(D) Wide Access Network

120. Which of the following State isthe leading producer of coco-nut ?(A) Delhi(B) Kerala(C) Uttar Pradesh(D) Madhya Pradesh

121. Add a question tag—‘You do not pray daily’ ……

PD/November/2010/935

(A) Did you (B) Don’t you(C) Do you (D) Have you

122. The study dealing with breedingand the technique of obtainingsilk from silkworms is called—(A) Olericulture(B) Viticulture(C) Sericulture(D) Apiculture

123. There is a relationship betweenproblem figure (1) and (2).Establish a similar relationshipbetween figures (3) and (4) byselecting a suitable figure fromAnswer Figures marked (A), (B)(C) and (D) that would replacethe question-mark (?) in figure(4)—Problem Figures :

(1) (2) (3) (4)

?

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

124. Which one of the following is nota Computer Operating System ?(A) Linux (B) DOS(C) Windows (D) MS-Office

125. For how many minimum daysNational Rural EmploymentGuarantee Act provides a legalguarantee of employment in afinancial year to every ruralhousehold whose adult membersvolunteer to do unskilled manualwork—(A) 50 days (B) 150 days(C) 100 days (D) 75 days

126. An electronic page in a MS-Power Point presentation iscalled slide, while in MS-Excel itis called—(A) e-slide (B) Page(C) Sheet (D) Book

127. He ……… you is at fault.(A) while (B) then(C) if (D) or

128. A ploughed field of the EarlyHarappan times has been foundat—(A) Banawali (B) Dholavira(C) Harappa (D) Kalibangan

129. Choose the alternative mostclosely resembles the mirror-image of the given word

PAINTEDDET NIA P

PDETNIANDET I PANDE

T

I PA

(A)(B)(C)(D)

130. Indian Adaptation of Binet Testwas prepared by—(A) Allison (B) Joshi(C) Bhatia (D) Rice

131. Arrange the following in alogical order(1) Gold (2) Iron(3) Sand (4) Platinum(5) Diamond(A) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1(B) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1(C) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4(D) 4, 5, 1, 3, 2

132. A Commission was set up by theIndian Government to divideand set up the boundaries ofPunjab and Haryana. Who wasthe Chairman of the Commis-sion ?(A) Justice V. S. Pathak(B) Sardar Hukam Singh(C) Justice J. C. Shah(D) Justice V. N. Khare

133. NAAC is a component of—(A) AICTE (B) NCERT(C) NCTE (D) UGC

134. SSA and SSS are associatedwith—(A) Primary Education and Dis-tance Learning(B) Primary Education andTeacher Education(C) Technical Education andOpen Learning(D) Teacher Education andPrimary Education

135. There is a certain relationshipbetween two given words on oneside of : : and one word is givenon the other side of : : Find theword from the given alternatives,having the same relation withthis word as the word of thegiven pair bear—

Typist : Typewriter : : Writer : ?

(A) Paper (B) Book(C) Pen (D) Script

136. Nobel Prize winner NormanBorlaug was in news recently,because—(A) He married once again(B) He died(C) Awarded Nobel Prize secondtime(D) He wrote book on worldpeace

137. ‘Once for all’ means—(A) Suddenly (B) Every Inch(C) Forever (D) Off and on

138. An e-mail address consists of—(A) Many parts(B) Two parts(C) Three parts(D) Four parts

139. Article-45 of Indian Constitutiondeals with—(A) Education of Minorities(B) Girls Education(C) Equal Education Rights(D) Free and CompulsoryPrimary Education

140. He is more clever ……… me.(A) than (B) or(C) else (D) if

141. Any admission test is a test of—(A) Interest(B) Intelligence(C) Personality(D) Aptitude

142. At present, ‘Right to Property’ isa—(A) Legal Right(B) Human Right(C) Fundamental Right(D) None of the above

143. Find the odd one out—(A) U.G.C.(B) UNESCO(C) UNICEF(D) Ford Foundation

144. Discovery of ‘Water on Moon’ isbased on the data from a NASAinstrument installed in—(A) Chandrayaan–I(B) Chandrayaan–II(C) Both (A) and (B)(D) None of the above

145. ‘In the dark’ means—(A) Bold (B) Innocent(C) Obliged (D) Ignorant

PD/November/2010/936

146. Choose the alternative mostclosely resembles the water-image of the given combinationof alphabets and numbers—

VAYU8436

VAYU84 3

9

VAYU8439

4

VAYU8 3

9

VAYU8439

(A)(B)(C)(D)

147. Which one of the following isoften referred to as power houseof the cell ?(A) Cell wall(B) Mitochondria(C) Nucleus(D) Chloroplast

148. If second Saturday and all Sun-days are holidays in a 30 daysmonth beginning on Saturday,then how many working daysare there in that month—(A) 24 (B) 20(C) 21 (D) 23

149. The organisation responsible forestimating the National Incomein India is—

(A) State Bank of India

(B) Reserve Bank of India

(C) Securities and ExchangeBoard of India

(D) Central Statistical Organisa-tion

150. In Computer mail-merge may beused for—

(A) Printing any data stored inrows and columns format

(B) Printing name of recipientthe letter

(C) Printing name and addresson the letter

(D) Printing name and addresson the letter and envelopes

151. “Education is Drawing out ratherPouring in” is the view of—

(A) Kilpatrik (B) Gandhiji(C) Dewey (D) Plato

152. Which of the following is thebasic learning according to R.M.Gagne ?

(A) Discrimination Learning(B) Chain Learning(C) Concept Learning(D) Sign Learning

153. In the following question, oneterm in the number series iswrong. Find out the wrongterm—

24576, 6144, 1536, 386, 96, 24(A) 6144 (B) 96(C) 386 (D) 1536

154. Study the Problem Figuresmarked as (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5)carefully. From the AnswerFigures marked as (A), (B), (C)and (D) pick out the figure, whichmost appropriately completesthe series of Problem Figure.Problem Figures :

(1)

= S

(2) (3) (4) (5)

Answer Figures :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

= C

155. ………… he go there ?(A) dare(B) need to(C) used to(D) ought to

156. Which of the following is not asource of Private Fund ?

(A) Education Cess(B) Fee(C) Endowments(D) Donations

157. Odissi is a classical dance ofwhich State ?(A) Assam(B) Andhra Pradesh(C) Kerala(D) Orissa

158. The first battle of Panipat wasfought in 1526 A.D. In this battlewho was defeated by Babur ?(A) Sher Shah Suri(B) Ahmad Shah Abdali(C) Hemu(D) Ibrahim Lodhi

159. ‘To add fuel to fire’ means—

(A) To provide incentives forbeing more angry(B) Pour oil for fire(C) Put more wood to light fire(D) To exaggerate things

Answers with Hints

PD/November/2010/938

Reasoning

BANK OF BARODA PROBATIONARY OFFICERS EXAM., 2010

(Held on 30-5-2010)

(Based on Memory)

Solved Paper

01. In a certain code GUEST iswritten as 53@$2 and MEAN iswritten as 6@4#. How is SAMEwritten in that code ?(A) 4$6@ (B) $46@(C) $36@ (D) 5$6@(E) None of these

02. How many such pairs of lettersare there in the word CHRONI-CLE each of which has as manyletters between them in the wordas in the English alphabet ?(A) None (B) One(C) Two (D) Three(E) More than three

03. If it is possible to make only onemeaningful English word withthe first, the fifth, the ninth andthe tenth letters of the wordSEQUENTIAL, which of thefollowing will be the secondletter of that word ? If no suchword can be formed, give ‘X’ asthe answer and if more than onesuch word can be formed, give‘Y’ as the answer—(A) S (B) A(C) E (D) X(E) Y

04. In a certain code SHOULDER iswritten as VPITQDCK. How isMORNINGS written in thatcode ?(A) OSPNRFMH(B) NPSORFMH(C) OSPNHMFR(D) OSPNSFEM(E) None of these

05. If ‘÷’ means ‘×’, ‘+’ means ‘÷’; ‘–’means ‘+’ and ‘×’ means ‘–’; then

20 – 16 + 4 × 3 ÷ 2 = ?(A) 16 (B) 30(C) 18 (D) 24(E) None of these

06. How many such pairs of digitsare there in the number 254983

each of which has as many digitsbetween them in the number aswhen the digits are rearranged indescending order within thenumber ?(A) None (B) One(C) Two (D) Three(E) More than three

07. Sushil walked 15 metre towardsSouth, took a left turn andwalked 20 metre, again he took aleft turn and walked 15 metre.How far and in which directionis he from the starting point ?(A) 20 metre, West(B) 20 meter, East(C) 50 meter, West(D) 50 meter, East(E) Data inadequate

08. Pointing to a boy in a photo-graph Sudhir said, “He is the sonof my maternal grandfather’sonly child”. How is the boyrelated to Sudhir ?(A) Self(B) Brother(C) Cousin brother(D) Data inadequate(E) None of these

09. In a certain code language, ‘nomore food’ is written as ‘ta ka da’‘more than that’ is written as ‘sapa ka’. How is ‘that’ written inthat code language ?(A) sa(B) ka(C) sa or pa(D) Data inadequate(E) None of these

10. D is brother of K, M is sister of K.R is father of D and S is motherof M. How is K related to R ?(A) Son(B) Daughter(C) Son or daughter(D) Data inadequate(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 11 to 15) In eachof the questions below are given fourstatements follwed by four conclu-sions numbered I, II, III and IV. Youhave to take the given statements tobe true even if they seem to be atvariance from commonly knownfacts. Read all the conclusions andthen decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from thegiven statements disregarding com-monly known facts.

11. Statements :Some tools are radios.Some radios are ponds.Some ponds are mirrors.All mirrors are chalks.Conclusions :I. Some mirrors are tools.II. Some chalks are ponds.III. Some ponds are tools.IV. Some chalks are radios.

(A) None follows(B) Only I follows(C) Only II follows(D) Only III follows(E) Only IV follows

12. Statements :All houses are rooms.All rooms are baskets.All baskets are tyres.Some tyres are lanterns.Conclusions :I. Some lanterns are rooms.II. Some tryes are houses.III. Some tyres are rooms.IV. All houses are baskets.

(A) Only I, II and III follow(B) Only II, III and IV follow(C) Only I, III and IV follow(D) All I, II, III and IV follow(E) None of these

13. Statements :Some tractros are buses.All buses are trains.

PD/November/2010/939

Some trains are boats.All boats are ships.Conclusions :I. Some boats are buses.II. Some ships are buses.III. Some trains are tractors.IV. Some ships are trains.(A) Only I and II follow(B) Only I and III follow(C) Only I and IV follow(D) Only II and IV follow(E) None of these

14. Statements :All chairs are sofas.All sofas are books.All books are nets.All nets are gardens.Conclusions :I. Some nets are sofas.II. Some gardens are books.III. Some nets are chairs.IV. All books are gardens.(A) Only I, II and III follow(B) Only I, III and IV follow(C) Only II, III and IV follow(D) All I, II, III and IV follow(E) None of these

15. Statements :All monkeys are parrots.No parrot is crow.Some crows are horses.All horses are tigers.Conclusions :I. Some tigers are parrots.II. Some crows are monkeysIII. No tiger is parrot.IV. Some horses are parrots.(A) None follows(B) Only II follows(C) Only III follows(D) Only I follows(E) Only either I or III follows

Directions—(Q. 16 to 20) Studythe following arrangement carefullyand answer the questions givenbelow—

Q R 4 $ 3 K H 1 M D 5 © N E J 8 I# T V U % W 6 δ B A 7 2 F P

16. How many such consonants arethere in the above arrangementeach of which is immediatelypreceded by a number andimmediately followed by asymbol ?

(A) None (B) One(C) Two (D) Three(E) More than three

17. Which of the following is thesixth to the left of the fourteenthfrom the left end of the abovearrangement ?(A) V (B) 1(C) 6 (D) ©(E) None of these

18. How many such numbers arethere in the above arrangementeach of which is immediatelyfollowed by a letter but notimmediately preceded by aletter ?(A) None (B) One(C) Two (D) Three(E) More than three

19. Four of the following five arealike in a certain way based ontheir positions in the abovearrangement and so form agroup. Which is the one thatdoes not belong to that group ?(A) H D 3 (B) J © I(C) V I % (D) N 8 D(E) B 2 6

20. What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in thefollowing series based on theabove arrangement ?

4 3 H, D © E, I T U, ?(A) 6 A 2 (B) 6 B 2(C) W δ A (D) W δ 7(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 21 to 25) In eachquestion below is given a group ofdigits/symbols followed by fourcombinations of letters lettered (A),(B), (C) and (D). You have to find outwhich of the combinations correctlyrepresents the group of digits/symbols based on the followingcoding system and the conditionsthat follow and mark the letter of thatcombination as your answer. If noneof the combinations correctly repre-sents the group of digits/symbols,mark (E) i.e., ‘None of these’ as youranswer.

Digit/Symbol :

9 @ 2 4 $ 3 7 % δ 1 5 6 ★ 8 ©

Letter Code :

R W F P A H B M E J Q I U N T

Conditions :

(i) If the first unit is an even digitand the last unit is a symbol,both are to be coded as the codefor the even digit.

(ii) If the first unit is a symbol andthe last unit is an odd digit, theircodes are to be interchanged.

(iii) If the first unit is an odd digitand the last unit is an even digit,both are to be coded as the codefor the odd digit.

21. 4$%3★6

(A) PAMHUI (B) PAMHUP(C) IAMHUP (D) IAMHUI(E) None of these

22. ©7δ541(A) TBEQPT (B) TBEQPJ(C) JBEQPT (D) JBEQPJ(E) None of these

23. 728%9$(A) AFNMRB(B) BFNMRB(C) AFNMRA(D) BFNMRA(E) None of these

24. 9©$3%6(A) IWAHMI(B) RWAHMI(C) IWAHMR(D) RWHAMR(E) None of these

25. 853©2δ(A) NQHTFE (B) NQHTFN(C) EQHTFN (D) EQHTFE(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 26 to 30) Studythe following information carefullyand answer the given questions—

A word and number arrange-ment machine when given an inputline of words and numbers rearran-ges them following a particular rulein each step. The following is anillustration of input and rearrange-ment.

Input nine poll 19 34 12 69 hourcall

Step I call nine poll 19 34 12 69hour

Step II call 12 nine poll 19 34 69hour

Step III call 12 hour nine poll 19 3469

PD/November/2010/940

Step IV call 12 hour 19 nine poll 3469

Step V call 12 hour 19 nine 34 poll69

and Step V is the last step of therearrangement of the aboveinput.

As per the rules followed in theabove steps, find out in eachof the following questions theappropriate step for the giveninput.

26. Step II of an input is : based 15will care 46 53 29 thenHow many more steps will berequired to complete the rear-rangement ?(A) Five (B) Three(C) Four (D) Six(E) None of these

27. Step III of an input is : and 25jungle 93 84 kite more 36Which of the following isdefinitely the input ?(A) 93 84 kite more and 36 25jungle(B) 93 84 amd 25 kite junglemore 36(C) jungle 93 and 84 25 kitemore 36(D) Cannot be determined(E) None of these

28. Input : land 62 clear over 41 37again 56.Which of the following steps willbe the last but one ?(A) VIII (B) IX(C) VII (D) VI(E) None of these

29. Step II of an input is : desk 12year victor 86 71 store 65Which of the following will bestep VII ?(A) desk 12 store 65 year 71victor 86(B) desk 12 store 65 71 yearvictor 86(C) desk 12 store 65 year victor86 71(D) There will be no such step(E) None of these

30. Input : earn 39 23 48 station 19begin dayHow many steps will be requiredto complete the rearrangement ?

(A) Five (B) Seven(C) Eight (D) Six(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 31 to 35) In thefollowing questions, the symbols δ,★ , % # a n d @ are used with thefollowing meaning as illustratedbelow—

‘P % Q’ means ‘P is neither greaterthan nor equal to Q’.

‘P δ Q’ means ‘P is neither smallerthan nor equal to Q’.

‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is not greater thanQ’.

‘P ★ Q’ means ‘P is not smallerthan Q’.

‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither greaterthan nor smaller than Q’.

Now in each of the followingquestions assuming the given state-ments to be true, find which of thefour conclusions I, II, III and IV givenbelow them is/are definitely trueand give your answer accordingly.

31. Statements :

R ★ T, T δ M, M % K, K @ V

Conclusions : I. V δ MII. V δ T

III. M % R

IV. K δ R

(A) Only I and II are true

(B) Only I and III are true

(C) Only II and IV are true

(D) Only I, III and IV are true

(E) None of these

32. Statements :

H δ J, J # N, N @ R, R δ W

Conclusions : I. W % N

II. W % H

III. R # J

IV. R δ J

(A) Only I is true

(B) Only II is true

(C) Only III is true

(D) Only IV is true

(E) Only either III or IV is true

33. Statements :

B @ D, D δ F, F % M, M ★ N

Conclusions : I. B % F

II. M δ D

III. N % F

IV. D δ N

(A) None is true

(B) Only I is true

(C) Only II is true

(D) Only III is true

(E) Only IV is true

34. Statements :

F # Z, Z @ H, H % N, N δ B

Conclusions : I. F @ H

II. N δ Z

III. B % H

IV. B % Z

(A) Only I and III are true

(B) Only II, III and IV are true

(C) Only I and II are true

(D) Only I, II and III are true

(E) None of these

35. Statements :

M % K, K ★ W, W δ V, V @ N

Conclusions : I. N ★ K

II. M % WIII. K δ VIV. V % M

(A) None is true

(B) Only I is true

(C) Only II is true

(D) Only III is true

(E) Only IV is true

Directions—(Q. 36 to 40) Studythe following information carefullyand answer the questions givenbelow—

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H aresitting around a circle facing thecentre. D is fourth to the right of Hand second to the left of B. F is fourthto the right of B. C is fourth to theright of E who is not an immediateneighbour of B or D. A is not animmediate neighbour of D.

36. Who is to the immediate left ofD ?

(A) G(B) C(C) F(D) Data inadequate(E) None of these

37. Who is third to the right of A ?

(A) H(B) E(C) F(D) Data inadequate(E) None of these

PD/November/2010/941

38. Who is fourth to the left of G ?

(A) E (B) F

(C) A (D) H

(E) Data inadequate

39. In which of the following com-binations is the third personsitting in between the first andthe second persons ?

(A) ABC (B) GCD

(C) AHE (D) CBA

(E) EFG

40. What is B’s position with respectto G ?

(A) Third to the right

(B) Third to the left

(C) Fifth to the right

(D) Fourth to the left

(E) Fourth to the right

Directions—(Q. 41 to 45) Studythe following information carefullyand answer the questions givenbelow :

Following are the conditions forselecting Manager-Marketing in anorganization. The candidate must—

(i) be at least 25 years and not morethan 30 years as on 1.5.2010.

(ii) be a graduate in any disciplinewith at least 55 per cent marks.

(iii) have completed post graduatedegree/diploma is MarketingManagement with at least 60 percent marks.

(iv) have post qualification workexperience of at least three yearsin the marketing division in anorganization.

(v) have secured at least 45 per centmarks in the selection process.

In the case of a candidate whosatisfies all the conditions EXCEPT—

(a) at (ii) above but has secured atleast 65 per cent marks in postgraduation degree/diploma inmarketing management, the caseis to be referred to GM-Market-ing.

(b) At (iv) above but has post quali-fication work experience of atleast one year as Deputy Market-ing Manager in an organization,the case is to be referred to CGM-Marketing.

In each questions below detailsof one candidate are given. You have

to take one of the following courses ofactions based on the informationprovided and the conditions andsubconditions given above and markthe letter of that course of action asyour answer. You are not to assumeanything other than the informationprovided in each question. All thesecases are given to you as on 1.5.2010.Mark answer—

(A) if the data provided are notadequate to take a decision.

(B) if the candidate is to beselected.

(C) if the candidate is not to beselected.

(D) if the case is to be referred toGM-Marketing.

(E) if the case is to be referred toCGM-Markeing.

41. Shreyas Ingle was born on 12thJuly, 1983. He has secured 57 percent marks in B.Com. He hasbeen working in the Marketingdivision of an organization forthe past four years after com-pleting his post graudate dip-loma in Marketing Managementwith 67 per cent marks. He hassecured 48 per cent marks in theselection process.

42. Archit Pradhan has been work-ing in the Marketing division ofan organization for the past fiveyears. He has secured 60 per centmarks in both B.Sc. and postgraduate degree in MarketingManagement. He was born on8th may 1984. He has secured 46per cent marks in the selectionprocess.

43. Nisha Awashti was born on 29thApril 1981. She has been workingin the Marketing division of anorganization for the past fiveyears after completing her postgraduate degree in MarketingManagement with 67 per centmarks. She has secured 50 percent marks in the selection pro-cess and 53 per cent marks inB.Com.

44. Ankida Bhave has been workingin the Marketing division of anorganization for the past fouryears after completing her postgraduate diploma in MarketingManagement with 62 per centmarks. She was born on 11th

August, 1982. She has secured 52per cent marks in B.Sc. She hassecured 48 per cent marks in theselection process.

45. Subodh Saxena was born on 15thNovember 1982. He has beenworking as Deputy MarketingManager in an organization forthe past two years after complet-ing his post graduate degree inMarketing Management with 68per cent marks. He has secured56 per cent marks in B.Com. and50 per cent marks in the selectionprocess.

Directions—(Q. 46 to 50) Belowis given a passage followed byseveral possible inferences which canbe drawn from the facts stated in thepassage. You have to examine eachinference separately in the context ofthe passage and decide upon itsdegree of truth or falsity. Markanswer—

(A) if the inference is ‘definitelytrue’, i.e., it properly followsfrom the statement of factsgiven.

(B) if the inference is ‘probablytrue’ though not ‘definitelytrue’ in the light of the factsgiven.

(C) if the ‘data are inadequate’,i.e., from the facts given youcannot say whether theinference is likely to be trueor false.

(D) if the inference is ‘probablyfalse’, though not ‘definitelyfalse’ in the light of the factsgiven.

(E) if the inference is ‘definitelyfalse’, i.e., it cannot possiblybe drawn from the factsgiven or it contradicts thegiven facts.

Even as the economy is back ontrack and consumer confidence up,the number of credit cards in thesystem continues to dip. In (the lastone year, the total number of creditcards in use has dipped by almost 50lakhs). According to the latest datareleased, the number of credit cardsdipped to about 2 crores as of endFebruary 2010 from around 2·5 croresa year ago. The data also indicate thataverage monthly card spends both interms of value as well as volume has

PD/November/2010/942

still not touched the precrisis levels.Average monthly spend in F.Y. ‘10has fallen to Rs. 5,100 crores againstRs. 5,400 crores in F.Y. ’09, whileaverage monthly volumes in thecurrent year has been just 1·94 croresa month compared to 2·16 crores amonth in F.Y. ’09. Even peak festivalspending through cards in the currentfiscal is less than the previous year’slevels.

46. Credit card usage in the currentyear has substantially decreasedfrom F.Y. ‘09.

47. People are not using credit cardsin the current year due to ram-pant credit card related fraud.

48. There has been a drop of about40 percent in use of credit card inthe current year from theprevious year.

49. There has been a drop of about10 per cent in the number ofcredit card transactions in thecurrent year from the previousyear.

50. The drop in usage of credit cardsin India is lesser than that inmany other countries.

51. Statement : Many students werecaught while using unfair meansduring the final examinations bythe special team of the university.

Which of the following can be apossible consequence of the factsstated in the above statement ?

1. The teachers responsible forinvigilation in all suchexamination halls where thesutdents were caught, are tobe suspended from theirservices.

2. All those students who werecaught while using unfairmeans are to be debarredfrom appearing in theseexaminations for a year.

3. The college should be black-listed by the university forholding final examinationsat least for a year.

(A) Only 1 (B) Only 2(C) Only 3 (D) Only 2 and 3(E) None of these

52. Statement : Based on the find-ings of a recent study, it has beenreported that regular consump-

tion of ripe mango helps incontrolling blood pressure as itincreases the level of potassiumin the blood stream.Which of the following contra-dicts the findings reported in theabove statement ?(A) Increased level of potassiumin blood stream enhances qualityof health(B) Many people who consumeripe mangoes regularly, werefound to be suffering from hyper-tension(C) Consumption of ripe mangohelps in storing anti-oxidant inthe body(D) Ripe mango is a good sourceof many vitamins(E) None of these

53. Statement : Most part of theboundary walls of the localschool collapsed completely lastnight.Which of the following can be apossible consequence of the factsstated in the above statement ?1. The local school authority

will close down the schooltill the boundary walls areerected.

2. The govt. will levy penaltyto the school managementfor their negligence.

3. The management of theschool will erect temporaryfences till the boundarywalls are erected.

(A) Only 1 (B) Only 2(C) Only 3 (D) Only 1 and 3(E) None of these

54. Statement : Many persons in thelocality are diagnosed to besuffering from gastro-intestinaldiseases after consuming poorquality drinking water suppliedby the municipal authority.Which of the following subs-tantiates the facts stated in theabove statement ?(A) Gastro-intestinal diseasesare not very severe in nature(B) Peoples suffering fromgastro-intestinal diseases neednot take medicines.(C) Many people suffer fromgastro-intestinal diseases afterconsuming state food.

(D) Gastro-intestinal diseasesare waterborne diseases.(E) None of these

55. Statement : The prices of food-grains and other essential com-modities have decreased for thesecond consecutive week.Which of the following can be apossible consequence of the factsstated in the above statement ?1. The consumer price index

will come down consider-ably.

2. People will increase theirpurchase of quantity ofessential commodities andfoodgrains.

3. Govt. will increase its taxeson essential commoditiesand foodgrains.

(A) Only 1 and 2(B) Only 2 and 3(C) Only 1 and 3(D) All 1, 2 and 3(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 56 to 60) In eachquestion below is given a statementfollowed by two assumptions num-bered I and II. An assumption issomething supposed or taken forgranted. You have to consider thestatement and the following assump-tions and decide which of theassumptions is implicit in the state-ment. Give answer—

(A) if only Assumption I isimplicit.

(B) if only Assumption II isimplicit.

(C) if either Assumption I orAssumption II is implicit.

(D) if neither Assumption I norAssumption II is implicit.

(E) if both Assumptions I and IIare implicit.

56. Statement : The Municipal Cor-poration has annouced 50 percent reduction in water supplytill monsoon arrives in the city.

Assumptions :

I. People may protest againstthe unilateral decision of theMunicipal Corporation.

II. Municipal Corporation mayreduce its taxes from theresidents as it failed toprovide adequate water.

PD/November/2010/943

57. Statement : Many people werecaught by the railway policewhile they were trying to crossthe railway tracks and imposedheavy penalty before releasingthem.Assumptions :I. People may refrain from

crossing railway tracks infuture.

II. People may continue cros-sing railway tracks and payhefty penalty.

58. Statement : The govt. hasrecently announced additionalfood for work programmes forall the drought affected regionsin the country.Assumptions :I. The govt. has adequate

funds to run these program-mes.

II. Affected people may be ableto get at least one meal aday due to these program-mes.

59. Statement : Most of the engineer-ing colleges in the state appliedto the regulatory body for sanc-tioning more number of seats forthe next academic session.Assumptions :I. The regulatory body may

grant additional seats soughtfor by the engineering col-leges of the state.

II. The engineering colleges ofthe state may get adequatenumber of applications tofill in the additional seats.

60. Statement : In view of the severeheat wave passing through thestate, the govt. has asked all theschools to remain closed for thenext fortnight with immediateeffect.Assumptions :I. The heat wave may not

continue beyond a fortnight.II. The parents of the students

may not allow their wardsto attend school even after afortnight.

Directions—(Q. 61 to 75) In eachof the questions given below whichone of the following five answerfigures on the right should come afterthe problem figures on the left, if thesequence were continued ?

Problem Figures Answer Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

61.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

62.B0RIC

G

0RBCGI

0SBUGA

SB0GAU

SV0TAD

V0SDTA

0SVDTA

V0SADT

DSV0TA

0SVADT

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

63. 3333

3 3 3 3 3

3

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

64.SS

S

SS

S

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

65.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

66.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

67.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

68.PO

WD

ER

RED

WO

P

CDW

OP

R

RPO

WD

C

AOW

DC

R

RCW

DO

A

RAO

WD

C

ACD

WC

R

ROD

WC

A A

RCD

WO

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

69.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

70.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

71.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

72.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

73.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

74.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

75.

PD/November/2010/947

Data Analysis and Interpretation

STATE BANK OF INDIA PROBATIONARY OFFICERS EXAM., 2010

(Held on 18-4-2010)

(Based on Memory)

Solved Paper

Directions—(Q. 1–5) Study the following table carefully to answer thequestions that follow—

Number (N) of Candidates (in lakhs) Appearing for an EntranceExamination from Six Different States and the Percentage (P)

of Candidates Clearing the same over the Years

State

Year A B C D E F

N P N P N P N P N P N P

2004 1·23 42 1·04 51 1·11 32 1·32 24 1·23 36 1·33 31

2005 1·05 43 1·12 62 1·07 47 1·15 49 1·18 55 1·24 24

2006 2·04 38 1·48 32 1·08 28 1·96 35 1·42 49 1·58 26

2007 1·98 41 2·07 43 1·19 30 1·88 46 1·36 47 1·79 29

2008 1·66 53 1·81 50 1·56 42 1·83 60 1·73 57 1·86 34

2009 1·57 39 1·73 36 1·64 52 2·01 56 1·69 55 1·95 37

01. In which year did the highestnumber of candidates clear theentrance exam from State D ?(A) 2008 (B) 2006(C) 2009 (D) 2007(E) None of these

02. What is the respective ratio oftotal number of candidatesclearing the entrance exam fromState B in the year 2004 to thoseclearing the entrance exam fromState C in the same year ?(A) 221 : 148 (B) 218 : 143(C) 148 : 221 (D) 143 : 218(E) None of these

03. What is the total number ofcandidates clearing the entranceexam from States E and Ftogether in the year 2006 ?(A) 16160 (B) 110660(C) 1·1066 (D) 1106600(E) None of these

04. What is the average number ofcandidates appearing for theentrance exam from State D inthe years 2007, 2008 and 2009together ?

(A) 1·90723 (B) 186661

3

(C) 1·86613 (D) 1906662

3(E) None of these

5. What is the number of candi-dates not clearing the entranceexam from State A in the year2007 ?(A) 186820 (B) 11682(C) 1868200 (D) 1·16820(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 6–10) Study thegiven information carefully andanswer the questions that follow—

An urn contains 6 red, 4 blue, 2green and 3 yellow marbles.06. If two marbles are picked at

random, what is the probabilitythat both are red ?

(A) 16 (B) 1

3

(C) 215 (D) 2

5(E) None of these

07. If three marbles are picked atrandom, what is the probabilitythat two are blue and one isyellow ?

(A) 391 (B) 1

5

(C) 18455 (D) 7

15(E) None of these

08. If four marbles are picked atrandom, what is the probabilitythat at least one is blue ?

(A) 415 (B) 69

91

(C) 1115 (D) 22

91

(E) None of these

09. If two marbles are picked atrandom, what is the probabilitythat either both are green or bothare yellow ?

(A) 591 (B) 1

35

(C) 13 (D) 4

105(E) None of these

10. If four marbles are picked atrandom, what is the probabilitythat one is green, two are blueand one is red ?

(A) 24455 (B) 13

35

(C) 1115 (D) 7

91(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 11–15) Study thegiven pie-charts carefully to answerthe questions that follow—

Breakup of Number ofEmployees Working in DifferentDepartments of an Organisation,

the Number of Males and theNumber of Employees who

Recently got Promoted in EachDepartment

Break-up of Employees Workingin Different Departments.

Total Number of Employees =3,600

Employees Working in DifferentDepartments

Accounts

20%

Production35%Marketing

18%HR IT12% 15%

PD/November/2010/948

Break-up of Number of Males inEach Department.

Total number of Males in theOrganisation = 2,040.

Break-up of Number of MalesWorking in Each Department

20%

Production

50%

Marketing

15%HR

IT

Accounts (5%)

10%

Break-up of Number of Emplo-yees who Recently got Promoted inEach Department.

Total Number of Employees whogot promoted = 1,200.Number of Employees who Recentlygot Promoted from Each Department

Production33%

Marketing22%

Accounts (8%)

HR11%

IT26%

11. The number of employees whogot promoted from the HRdepartment was what percent ofthe total number of employeesworking in that department ?

(Rounded off to two digtis afterdecimal)

(A) 36·18 (B) 30·56(C) 47·22 (D) 28·16(E) None of these

12. The total number of employeeswho got promoted from all thedepartments together was whatpercent of the total number ofemployees working in all thedepartments together ?

(Rounded off to the nearestinteger)

(A) 56 (B) 21(C) 45 (D) 33(E) 51

13. What is the total number offemales working in the Produc-tion and Marketing departmentstogether ?(A) 468 (B) 812(C) 582 (D) 972(E) None of these

14. If half of the number of emplo-yees who got promoted from theIT department were males, whatwas the approximate percentageof males who got promoted fromthe IT department ?(A) 61 (B) 29(C) 54 (D) 42(E) 38

15. How many females work in theAccounts department ?(A) 618 (B) 592(C) 566 (D) 624(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 16–20) Study thegraph carefully to answer the ques-tions that follow—

Per cent Rise in profit of TwoCompanies over the Years

Company L

Years

Prof

it P

er c

ent

Company M40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

02004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

16. If the profit earned by CompanyL in the year 2005 was Rs. 1·84lakhs, what was the profit earnedby the company in the year 2006?(A) Rs. 2·12 lakhs(B) Rs. 2·3 lakhs(C) Rs. 2·04 lakhs(D) Cannot be determined(E) None of these

17. Which of the following state-ments is true with respect to theabove graph ?

(A) Company M made thehighest profit in the year 2009

(B) Company L made leastprofit in the year 2005

(C) The respective ratio betweenthe profits earned by Company Land M in the year 2006 was 6 : 5

(D) Company L made thehighest profit in the year 2008

(E) All are true

18. What is the percentage increasein per cent rise in profit ofCompany M in the year 2009from the previous year ?(A) 25 (B) 15(C) 50 (D) 75(E) None of these

19. If the profit earned by CompanyM in the year 2008 was Rs. 3·63lakhs, what was the amount ofprofit earned by it in the year2006 ?(A) Rs. 2·16 lakhs(B) Rs. 1·98 lakhs(C) Rs. 2·42 lakhs(D) Cannot be determined(E) None of these

20. What is the average percentagerise in profit of Company L overall the years together ?

(A) 1513 (B) 251

3

(C) 1856 (D) 215

6(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 21–25) Study theinformation carefully to answer thequestions that follow—

A school consisting of a total of1560 students has boys and girls inthe ratio of 7 : 5 respectively. All thestudents are enrolled in differenttypes of hobby classes, viz. Singing,Dancing and Painting. One-fifth ofthe boys are enrolled in only Dancingclasses. Twenty per cent of the girlsare enrolled in only Painting classes.Ten per cent of the boys are enrolledin only Singing classes. Twenty fourper cent of the girls are enrolled inboth Singing and Dancing classestogether. The number of girls enrol-led in only Singing classes is twohundred per cent of the boys enrolledin the same. One-thirteenth of theboys are enrolled in all the threeclasses together. The respective ratioof boys enrolled in Dancing andPainting classes together to the girlsenrolled in the same is 2 : 1 res-pectively. Ten per cent of the girls areenrolled in only Dancing classeswhereas eight per cent of the girls areenrolled in both Dancing and Paint-ing classes together. The remaininggirls are enrolled in all the threeclasses together. The number of boysenrolled in Singing and Dancing

PD/November/2010/949

classes together is fifty per cent of thenumber of girls enrolled in the same.The remaining boys are enrolled inonly Painting classes.

21. Total number of girls enrolled inSinging is approximately whatper cent of the total number ofstudents in the school ?(A) 37 (B) 19(C) 32 (D) 14(E) 26

22. What is the respective ratio of thenumber of girls enrolled in onlyPainting classes to the number ofboys enrolled in the same ?(A) 77 : 26 (B) 21 : 73(C) 26 : 77 (D) 73 : 21(E) None of these

23. Number of girls enrolled in onlyDancing classes is what per centof the boys enrolled in the same?

(Rounded off to two digits afterdecimal)

(A) 38·67(B) 35·71(C) 41·83(D) 28·62(E) None of these

24. What is the total number of boyswho are enrolled in Dancing ?(A) 318 (B) 364(C) 292 (D) 434(E) None of these

25. What is the total number ofstudents enrolled in all the threeclasses together ?(A) 135 (B) 164(C) 187 (D) 142(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 26–30) Study the table carefully to answer the questionsthat follow—

Profit (in Rs. ’000) Made by Six Different Shopkeepersover the Months

Month

Shop-keeper

October2009

November2009

December2009

January2010

February2010

March2010

P 5·25 6·04 5·84 6·10 5·95 6·02

Q 4·84 4·28 4·97 4·88 5·04 5·12

R 4·99 5·82 5·48 5·45 5·68 5·36

S 5·06 5·11 5·28 5·38 5·44 5·59

T 5·28 4·96 5·31 5·69 4·93 5·72

U 5·94 6·23 5·87 6·07 6·19 6·23

26. Which shopkeeper’s profit keptincreasing continuously over thegiven months ?(A) R (B) Q(C) T (D) U(E) None of these

27. What was the average profitearned by shopkeeper R in themonths of October–2009 andNovember–2009 together ?(A) 5405 (B) 5040(C) 4825 (D) 4950(E) None of these

28. What is the per cent increase inprofit of shopkeeper S in themonth of December–2009 overthe previous month ?

(Rounded off to two digits afterdecimal)

(A) 3·15 (B) 2·67(C) 2·18 (D) 3·33(E) None of these

29. What is the respective ratiobetween the profit earned byshopkeeper U in the monthsFebruary–2010 and March–2010together to that earned by shop-keeper Q in the same months ?(A) 637 : 512(B) 621 : 508(C) 512 : 637(D) 508 : 621(E) None of these

30. What is the difference in profitearned by shopkeeper T inJanuary–2010 from the previousmonth ?(A) Rs. 640 (B) Rs. 420(C) Rs. 380 (D) Rs. 760(E) None of these

Directions—(Q. 31–33) Studythe given graph carefully to answerthe questions that follow—

Number of Days taken by ThreeCarpenters to Finish Making

One Piece Each of Four DifferentItems of Furniture

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0Chair Table Bed Cupboard

Carpenter X Carpenter Y Carpenter Z

31. If Carpenter X and Carpenter Ywere to make a chair togetherhow many days would theytake ?(A) 1 day (B) 4 days(C) 3 days (D) 2 days(E) None of these

32. What is the total number of daysthat Carpenter Z will take tomake one piece each of all thefour items together ?(A) 32 days (B) 24 days

(C) 1 159 days (D) 1 1

32 days

(E) None of these

33. If Carpenters X, Y and Z were tomake a table together how manydays would they take ?(A) 4 days (B) 3 days(C) 1 day (D) 2 days(E) None of these

34. In how many different ways canthe letters of the word ‘STRESS’be arranged ?(A) 360 (B) 240(C) 720 (D) 120(E) None of these

35. The radius of a circular field isequal to the side of a square fieldwhose perimeter is 784 feet.What is the area of the circularfield ?(A) 107914 sq. ft.(B) 120736 sq. ft.(C) 107362 sq. ft.(D) 127306 sq. ft.(E) None of these

PD/November/2010/950

Directions—(Q. 36–40) Study thegiven table carefully to answer thequestions that follow—

Number of People Staying inFive Different Localities and the

Percentage Breakup of Men,Women and Children in them

Percentage

Locality Total No.of People Men Women

Chil-dren

F 5640 55 35 10G 4850 34 44 22H 5200 48 39 13I 6020 65 25 10J 4900 42 41 17

36. What is the total number of menand children staying in locality Itogether ?(A) 4115 (B) 4551(C) 4515 (D) 4155(E) None of these

37. The number of women styaing inwhich locality is the highest ?(A) H (B) J(C) F (D) G(E) None of these

38. What is the total number ofchildren staying in localities Hand I together(A) 1287 (B) 1278(C) 1827 (D) 1728(E) None of these

39. What is the respective ratio ofnumber of men staying inlocality F to the number of menstaying in locality H ?(A) 517 : 416 (B) 403 : 522(C) 416 : 517 (D) 522 : 403(E) None of these

40. Total number of people stayingin locality J forms approximatelywhat per cent of the total numberof people staying in locality F ?(A) 81 (B) 72(C) 78 (D) 93(E) 87

41. The respective ratio of thepresent ages of a mother anddaughter is 7 : 1. Four years agothe respective ratio of their ageswas 19 : 1. What will be themother’s age four years fromnow ?

(A) 42 years (B) 38 years(C) 46 years (D) 36 years(E) None of these

42. The compound interest earnedby Suresh on a certain amount atthe end of two years at the rate of8 p.c.p.a. was Rs. 1,414·4. Whatwas the total amount that Sureshgot back at the end of two yearsin the form of principal plusinterest earned ?(A) Rs. 9,414·4(B) Rs. 9,914·4(C) Rs. 9,014·4(D) Rs. 8,914·4(E) None of these

43. Three friends J, K and L jogaround a circular stadium andcomplete one round in 12, 18 and20 seconds respectively. In howmany minutes will all the threemeet again at the starting point ?(A) 5 (B) 8(C) 12 (D) 3(E) None of these

Directions—(46–50) Study the following tables carefuly and answer thequestions given below—

Number and Percentage of Candidates Qualified in a CompetitiveExamination

Number of Candidates Appeared in a Competitive Examination fromFive Centres over the Years

Number

Year Centre

Mumbai Delhi Kolkata Hyderabad Chennai

2001 35145 65139 45192 51124 373462002 17264 58248 52314 50248 489322003 24800 63309 56469 52368 514062004 28316 70316 71253 54196 523152005 36503 69294 69632 58360 554922006 29129 59216 64178 48230 573652007 32438 61345 56304 49178 58492

Approximate Percentages of candidates qualified to appeared in theCompetitive Examination from five centres over the years

Percentage

Mumbai Delhi Kolkata Hyderabad Chennai

12 24 18 17 9

10 28 12 21 12

15 21 23 25 10

11 27 19 24 8

13 23 16 23 13

14 20 21 19 11

16 19 24 20 14

44. 4 men can complete a piece ofwork in 2 days. 4 women cancomplete the same piece of workin 4 days whereas 5 children cancomplete the same piece of workin 4 days. If 2 men, 4 womenand 10 children work together, inhow many days can the work becompleted ?(A) 1 day(B) 3 days(C) 2 days(D) 4 days(E) None of these

45. The speed of a boat when travel-ling downstream is 32 kms./Hr.,whereas when travelling up-stream it is 28 kms/hr. What isthe speed of the boat in stillwater ?

(A) 27 km/hr.(B) 29 km/hr.(C) 31 km/hr.(D) Cannot be determined

(E) None of these

PD/November/2010/951

46. Approximately what was thedifference between the numberof candidates qualified fromHyderabad in 2001 and 2002 ?(A) 1680 (B) 2440(C) 1450 (D) 2060(E) 1860

47. Approximately what was thetotal number of candidatesqualified from Delhi in 2002 and2006 together ?(A) 27250 (B) 25230(C) 30150 (D) 28150(E) 26250

48. In which of the following yearswas the difference in number ofcandidates appeared fromMumbai over the previous yearthe minimum ?(A) 2004 (B) 2006(C) 2007 (D) 2002(E) None of these

49. In which of the following yearswas the number of candidatesqualified from Chennai, the maxi-mum among the given years ?(A) 2007 (B) 2006(C) 2005 (D) 2003(E) None of these

50. Approximately how many can-didates appearing from Kolkatain 2004 qualified in the competi-tive examination ?(A) 13230 (B) 13540(C) 15130 (D) 15400(E) 19240

Answers with Hints

0

0

PD/November/2010/954

Essay Contest

Economic Realities Determine a Political Order—Naveen Shekhar

“In the social production whichmen carry on they enter into definiterelations that are indispensable andindependent of their will, theserelations of production correspond toa definite stage of development oftheir material forces of production.The sum total of these relations ofproduction constitutes the economicstructure of society—the real foun-dation on which rises a legal andpolitical superstructure and to whichcorrespond definite forms of socialconsciousness. The mode of produc-tion in material life determines thesocial, political and intellectual lifeprocess in general… With the changeof the economic foundation theentire immense superstructure ismore or less rapidly transformed.”

—Karl Marx in his book‘A Contribution to the Critique of

Political Economy’ (1859)

It wouldn’t be gainsaying that‘economic realities determine apolitical order’—this statement has alot of merit, in my surmise. Ingeneral, there is unanimity on the fact

Naveen Shekhar

that the politicalsystem functionswithin an ecologyof other systems ofhuman interactionnamely— social,economic and reli-gions. And Marxistspredominantly areof opinion that economics is the baseof society and political system. As pertheir opinion, the state is a productand manifestation of the irreconcili-ability of class antagonisms. Once theclasses came into being it was naturalthat their divergent interests wouldlead to disputes and clashes amongthem. To protect and safeguard theproperty interest of the dominantclass, the institution of state wascreated, they explain. FrederickEngels writes this way as, “The State,then, has not existed from all eternity.There have been societies that didwithout it, that had no idea of thestate and state power. At a certain

stage of economic development,which was necessarily bound upwith the split of society into classes,the state became a necessity awingto this split……” In this way, we findthat even the evolution of the statewas perceived emanating from theeconomic attributes of the society.

And there is also the concept of‘revolution’, in case polity doesn’tadjust itself as per the changingeconomic system. It is worthy toquote Karl Marx here—“Wheneversocial and political institutions fail toadjust themselves with the changingeconomic system then there is alwaysthe possibility of a revolution.” To bemore precise, the political orderwould have to take into considerationthe economic realities existing at thattime and would have to change itselfaccordingly.

If we study the pages of historywith some specific considerations,what some call as ‘MaterialisticConception of History’, the situationbecomes crystal clear. As per thisconception, “the ultimate causes of allsocial changes and political revolu-tions are to be sought, not in theminds of men in their increasing intoeternal and truth justice, but inchanges in the mode of productionand exchange; they are to be soughtnot in the philosophy but in theeconomics of the period concerned”(Engels).

Globally, we have various typeof political orders existing today.And it’s not surprising that all havebeen the upshot of, and influencedby, the economic realities presentthere. For example, the underdeve-loped societies are unable to breakthe vicious circle of their structuralunderdevelopment without a socialrevolution, due to one reason oranother. Therefore, in the third world,the formal state systems are almosteverywhere republican in character,while their real political systemsare nearly always authoritarian. Thestate in a developing society has toundertake central planning owing to

the economic factors; but the politicsof planning necessitates an autho-ritarian state structure, not parti-cularly concerned with the observanceof parliamentary norms. Experienceshave showed that the state in a thirdworld country, except in revolu-tionary circumstance, formulates itspolicies by adjusting the interest of amodernising bourgeoisie with thoseof a conservative, traditional land-owning class.

We have a good example of ourown country, India. When we becameindependent, the economy was verymuch in a wretched condition.Populace was steeped in poverty andunemployment. Besides, there was anilliterate and unskilled labour force.Alongwith, Static agriculture withsemi-feudal relations, we had a lessdeveloped industrial sector andinadequate infrastructure in the formof poor transportation and commu-nication, energy and power, bankingand finance and what not. So, Indiahad to adopt “planning as a lever ofsocial and economic change.” PanditJawahar Lal Nehru borrowed theconcept of socialism from the SovietUnion but he also regarded thedemocratic values of the capitalistsociety a big necessity for the fullgrowth of a just society. Thus, thecountry adopted what many call as‘democratic socialism’. Socialistpolitical order was indispensablebecause it was the demand of thesociety that there must be redistri-bution of income in favour of thelabouring classes of the society, aswell as there must be check onconcentration of economic power infewer hands.

Likewise in the state in a deve-loped capitalist society, parliamen-tary democracy is maintainedgenerally, since it’s established byconstitutional authority and basedupon ‘economic law of market’. Thegovernment follows policies whichare either conservative or moderately

Continued on Page 956

PD/November/2010/955

Devolution of More Power and Resources tothe States will Accelerate National Progress

Debate Contest

Against—Dr. S. Purvaja

India has a federal system ofgovernment with a strong unitarybias. Article 1 of the Constitutiondescribes India as a ‘Union of States’.

Dr. S. Purvaja

This is because, theIndian Federation isnot the result of anagreement amongstates as in the caseof the United Statesof America. Thedivision of territoryinto States is purelyfor the sake of administrative con-venience. In the present juncture,India is facing myriad problems;Naxalism in the east, unrest in theKashmir valley, bomb blasts andterrorist attacks in major cities andseparatism in various parts of thecountry. A strong government atthe centre is a pre-requisite to tacklesuch issues. Increasing devolution ofpower to the states may compromisethis.

In the context of economicdevelopment, India has still a longway to go; 40% of children go to sleepon an empty stomach, 40% of patientscannot afford hospital treatment,there is a shortage of 25 millionhousing units and many of ourgovernment schools and hospitals arein a very poor-condition. Concretesteps with a pan India view have tobe taken to remedy this deplorablesituation.

Wide economic disparities existamong the various states of India.Some states like Maharashtra, WestBengal, Gujarat fare better in terms ofState Domestic Product which is anindicator of state income, while Keralaand to some extent Tamil Nadu haveperformed well in human develop-ment. Backward states like Bihar,Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh lagbehind considerably, both in thegrowth of state income and humandevelopment. Infact, the state Dome-

stic Product of Bihar showed a nega-tive annual average growth rate of0·7% from 1991-92 to 2002-03. Libera-lisation and globalisation haveassigned a greater role to the privatesector, in the economic developmentof the country. Multinational com-panies, however, prefer to invest onlyin the already developed states forreasons of better infrastructure,which widens the rift further.

The demand for a separate stateis being raised in various parts of ourcountry on the basis of allegeddiscrimination by the central or stategovernments, economic neglect orhaving a distinct language or culture.The much debated ‘Telengana’ issuewhich had its beginning in the 1950shas reared its ugly head in recenttimes. Similar Protests for a separatestate of ‘Vidarbha’ from Maharashtra,‘Uttarakarnatak’ and ‘Kodagu’ fromKarnataka, ‘Tulu Nadu’ from Keralaand Karnataka, ‘Mithila’ from Bihar,Bodoland’ from Assam, and ‘VindhyaPradesh’ from Madhya Pradeshcontinue. Delhi and Pondicherry too,have raised the demand to elevatetheir states to that of a full-fledgedstate.

The states, on the one hand raisethe demand for more resources fromthe centre, but, on the other hand failto curb their extravagance, especially,on their Public Sector Undertakings.The State Public Sector Under-takings are a huge drain on the states’revenue. The main culprits in thisregard are the State Electricity Boards,State Road Transport Corporationsand Irrigation Works which areheavily subsidized by the stategovernment. The State ElectricityBoards, particularly make the biggestlosses. Power is supplied at a pricemuch lower than the cost incurred forits production and distribution andmany a time, is given free of cost toagriculture. Only rich farmers gainout of this. The state governmentsunder pressure from farmers’ lobbiesand vote bank considerations,

conveniently turns a blind eye to allof this.

Terrorist groups including the AlQaeda, Lashkar-e-Toiba, Taliban andothers operate from the soil ofPakistan and Afghanistan. Repeatedrounds of bilateral talks with Pakistanhave failed to find a solution to curbthe terrorist activities from across theborder. The sensitive ‘Kashmir issue’continues to be a thorn on India’sside. China changes its hue everynow and then. Infiltration along theBangladesh border continuesunabated. Cross-border problems,such as these pose a grave threat toour national security.

Keeping in view, the economicconditions, regional disparities,divisive tendencies and extra-vagance of the state governments,granting more power to the statesmay aggravate the situation andderail the development process. Astrong government at the centre witha holistic vision geared towardsaccelerating the economic growthwhile ensuring balanced develop-ment of all segments of the popula-tion and different regions of thecountry, national security unity andintegrity is the need of the hour.

The existing system of gover-nance is more appropriate in thepresent conditions. The centralgovernment retains and controls theimportant portfolios of defence andexternal affairs and also has thepower to deploy its forces in thestates whenever there is a threat tothe law and order situation in a state.According to the article 249 of theConstitution, apart from the exclusiveright to legislate in the subjects of theUnion list, the centre can, in thenational interest, legislate on the statesubjects also. Central laws prevailover the state laws with regard to theconcurrent list. In addition, article356 empowers the proclamation of‘Presidential rule’ in the states in casethey fail to comply with the direc-tions given by the centre. These pro-

PD/November/2010/956

visions are made in the Constitutionto maintain a unity of purpose andcoordination of the working of thecentral and state governments. Whilethe structure of the Indian govern-ment is federal at normal times, whena national emergency is declaredunder article 352, it assumes a unitarycharacter in order to deal with theextraordinary circumstances. TheParliament determines the amount offinancial resources to be distributedto different states according to theirneed through the system of grants-in-aid. The states can also make useof the National Development Council,which has representatives from boththe central and the state govern-ments, to convey their views to thecentre.

Thus, although the concept ofautonomous states seems to be anattractive proposition from aregional point of view, a strongcentral government is the bulwark onwhich the fabric of regional gover-nance needs to be woven Such acentre, ideally should have a parentalapproach towards its constituentstates. While the states generally arefree to enjoy their ‘autonomy’, duringcrises, the centre should step in, in aresponsible and synergetic manner toresolve conflicts and restore nor-malcy. Therefore, a powerful centralgovernment is a sine qua non fornational growth and prosperity anddevolution of more power to thestates may be a step in the wrongdirection. P.Darpan

Continued from Page 928

72. Which festival of Lahaul isparallel to Diwali ?(A) Chothang(B) Halda(C) Chakhar(D) Yatu

73. Which Mandi ruler constructedPrashar temple at (at Prashar) in1346 A.D. ?(A) Ajbar Sen(B) Ban Sen(C) Joginder Sen(D) Shyam Sen

74. Dr. Rajendra Prasad MedicalCollege, Tunda was establishedin—

(A) 1994-1995(B) 1990-1991(C) 2000-2001(D) 1996-1997

75. Norah Richards (the writer andpainter) lived in—(A) Manali(B) Dharamsala(C) Andretta(D) Shimla

Answers

P.Darpan

Continued from Page 954

reformist. Moreover, in developedsocialist societies, the state is orga-nised as a pyramid—like structure ofsoviets based on the principle of‘democratic centralism’. The state islegitimated by rationalised authorityderived from a formal Constitutionand based upon ‘economicallygrounded ideology of communism-socialism’ as interpreted by the Com-munist Party.

If we see from another angle werealise that the liberal parliamentarystate and the fascist military state inthe third world are linked with thestructure of their underdevelopmenton account of their economic depen-dence on the developed capitaliststates, as Paul Baran puts it. Baranrightly says, “The principal impactof foreign enterprise on the deve-lopment of the underdevelopedcountries lies in hardening and

strengthening the sway of merchantcapitalism, in slowing down andindeed preventing its transformationinto industrial capitalism. Whatresults is a political and socialcoalition of wealthy compradors,powerful monopolists, and largelandowners……”

ConclusionUndoubtedly, economic realities

determine a political order. Engelswas right when he once said, “Inevery historical epoch the prevailingmode of economic production andexchange, and the social organisationnecessarily following from it, formthe basis upon which it is built up,and from which alone can beexplained the political and economiclife of that epoch.” All the politicalorders present in today’s world,undoubtedly, are influenced by theeconomic attributes concerned. Theyhave to change themselves as perthe changing economic system. It’snot surprising that many politicalorders, predominantly in developingsocieties, have seen drastic changes inthe wake of economic globalisation.

P.Darpan

Topic : Economic Realities Deter-mine a Political Order.

Essay Competition

Winners

First Prize Winner

Second Prize Winner

Third Prize Winner

Ms. Ajanta RoyBirbhumWest Bengal–731 101

Concentric Quiz(World History Special)

First Prize Winner

Aayush RathiB-404, Raj Rudram, Gokuldham,Goregaon (E), MumbaiMaharashtra–400 063

Deeksha PantPithoragarhUttarakhand–262 501

Debate Competition

Topic : Devolution of More Powersand Resources to the States willAccelerate National Progress.

Against the Topic

Answers

RESULTS

Second Prize Winner

Quiz Contest

Third Prize Winner

Winners

Shourya Gupta120/199, Lajpat NagarKanpurU.P.–208 005

PD/November/2010/957

Madhumita ChaudhuriKolkataWest Bengal–700 051

Naveen ShekharAt ‘Millennium Sweet Hut’Malviya Chowk, MahadevaSiwanBihar–841 226

Dr. S. PurvajaBangaloreKarnataka–560 013

Vikash KumarS/o Sri Satya Narayan YadavLaxmisagar,Sadhugachhi (in front of DurgaMandir), DarbhangaBihar–846 009

Hints

PD/November/2010/958

CONCENTRIC QUIZ(World Geography Special)

1. During which period did thedomestication of plants andanimals take place ?

(A) Paleolithic period

(B) Mesolithic period

(C) Neolithic period

(D) Dark Age

2. Spring equinox falls on—

(A) March 21

(B) June 21

(C) September 23

(D) December 22

3. A broad channel where thewaters of a river and a seamingle is called—(A) a delta(B) an estuary(C) a harbour(D) a strait

4. The people of which country areknown as Magyars ?(A) Hungary(B) Slovakia(C) Austria(D) Romania

5. The breed of sheep whichproduces the best quality ofwool is—(A) Kutchi(B) Merino(C) Chokla(D) Mogra

6. Which one of the followingregions is called as rust belt ofJapan ?

(A) Northern Honshu

(B) Southern Honshu

(C) Shikoku Islands

(D) Kyushu Islands

7. There are rich fishing groundsoff the coast of Peru and Chilefor the reason of—

(A) Shallow continent shelf(B) Convergence of cold andwarm currents

(C) Upwelling of water fromdeeper layers(D) Flow of warm oceancurrents

8. Agriculture involving bothcrops and livestock is called—(A) Intensive farming(B) Extensive farming(C) Mixed farming(D) Double farming

9. Laterization process forms—(A) a layer rich in minerals(B) a layer rich in iron contents(C) a layer rich in living orga-nisms(D) a layer rich in calcium

10. Ergograph relates to—(A) Relative humidity and rain-fall(B) Temperature and rainfall(C) Climate and growing seasonof crops(D) Rainfall and winds

11. The extensive coffee plantationin Brazil is called—(A) Fazendas(B) Trasil(C) Corrals(D) Estancias

12. A natural region has the simila-rity of—(A) climate and natural vegeta-tion(B) climate and occupation(C) soil and drainage(D) economic base and naturalvegetation

13. What are Cadastral maps usedfor ?

(A) To show the boundaries offields and buildings(B) To show urban areas(C) To demarcate land usepattern(D) To demarcate wasteland

14. Non-commercial pastoral nema-dism is a way of life in the—

(A) Velds of South Africa

(B) Steppes of Mongolia

(C) Prairies of Canada

(D) Australian downs

15. The climate around Bikaner canbe described as—

(A) Mediterranean type

(B) Semi-arid Steppe

(C) Hot desert

(D) Tropical Monsoon

16. Hunting and fishing is the mainoccupation of the people livingin—(A) Equatorial regions(B) Polar regions(C) Temperate grasslands(D) Semi-desertic regions

17. The largest number and widestvariety of plants and animalswould be found in—

(A) Tropical grasslands

(B) Tropical forests

(C) Temperate forests

(D) Temperate grasslands

18. Blond hair and blue eyes are thedistinctive features of the—

(A) Alpine race

(B) Mongolian race

(C) Nordie race

(D) Mediterranean race

19. Who said, “Man Commandsnature by obeying her” ?

(A) E. C. Semple

(B) Jean Brunhes

(C) F. Shrader

(D) R. E. Dickinson

20. Which one of the followingecosystems is known as theLand of Big Games ?(A) Selva(B) Savannah(C) Prairie(D) Taiga

P.Darpan

Age.................. Academic Qualification..........................

Competition examination for which preparing

.............................................................................................

● How would you rate our magazine on a scale of 1 to 5 ?

● Topics/Features you would like to see in forthcoming issues .........................................................................................

.........................................................................................

Pratiyogita Darpan

Last date for sending November 15, 2010

Name Mr./Miss/Mrs. .......................................................

Full Address .......................................................................

..............................................................................................

..............................................................................................

State ........................... Pin Code No.

PD/November/2010/959

Rules and Regulations

■ All students or those appearing in competitive examinations can take part in this contest.■ Candidates taking part in quiz contest will necessarily have to send their entries by a fixed date. Entries are to be

sent by ordinary post. Please mark your envelope 'Quiz–Pratiyogita Darpan' on the top left hand side.■ Answers given only on the Entry Form of the magazine will be admissible.■ In the form there are four squares against each question number. Contestants should put a Tick ( √ ) in the square

for the answer they think is correct. Giving more than one answer to a question will disqualify it.■ Contestants should essentially write the number of questions they have solved.■ Marks will be deducted for wrong answers.■ The candidate sending the maximum number of correct answers will be given Rs. 800 as first prize. Next two

candidates after that will get Rs. 600 and Rs. 400 as second and third prize respectively. If there are more than onecandidate eligible for a prize, the amount will be equally distributed among them.

■ The decision of the editor will be final and binding in all cases, and will not be a matter for consideration of anycourt and no correspondence will be entertained in this concern.

■ Names of prize winners of Concentric Quiz alongwith the answers will be published in next issue of PratiyogitaDarpan.

■ Pratiyogita Darpan reserves the right to terminate or extend the period of quiz, or to accept or reject any or all theentries at their absolute discretion without assigning any reason.

■ Pratiyogita Darpan is not responsible for any postal delays, transit losses or mutilation of entries.■ Last date for the receipt of the entries of CONCENTRIC QUIZ in the office of Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11A, Swadeshi

Bima Nagar, Agra–282 002 (U.P.) is November 15, 2010.

ANSWER FORM

Q. No. A B C D Q. No. A B C D

1. 11.

2. 12.

3. 13.

4. 14.

5. 15.

6. 16.

7. 17.

8. 18.

9. 19.

10. 20.

(World Geography Special)

I have read and understood the rules of ConcentricQuiz of Pratiyogita Darpan and agree to abide bythem.

...................................

(Signature)

PD/November/2010/961

1. Which portfolio was held byDr. Rajendra Prasad in theInterim Government formed inthe year 1946 ?(A) Defence(B) External Affairs and Com-monwealth Relations(C) Food and Agriculture(D) None of the above

2. Who was the Speaker of the FirstLok Sabha ?(A) Hukum Singh(B) G. V. Mavalankar(C) K. M. Munshi(D) U. N. Dhebar

3. Who was the Chief Justice ofIndia when Public Interest Liti-gation (PIL) was introduced tothe Indian Judicial system ?(A) M. Hidayatullah(B) A. M. Ahmadi(C) A. S. Anand(D) P. N. Bhagwati

4. According to the NationalHuman Rights Commission Act,1993, who amongst the followingis appointed its Chairman ?(A) Any serving Judge of theSupreme Court(B) Any serving Judge of theHigh Court(C) Only a retired Chief Justiceof India(D) Only a retired Chief Justiceof a High Court

5. Which one of the following state-ments is correct ?(A) The Constituent Assemblyof India was elected by theProvincial Assemblies in the year1946(B) Jawaharlal Nehru, M. A.Jinnah and Sardar VallabhbhaiPatel were members of theConstituent Assembly of India(C) The First Session of theConstituent Assembly of Indiawas held in January, 1947(D) The Constitution of Indiawas adopted on January 26, 1950

6. The Ninth Schedule to the IndianConstitution was added by—(A) First Amendment(B) Eighth Amendment(C) Ninth Amendment(D) Forty Second Amendment

7. The Dinesh Goswami Committeerecommend—(A) the Constitution of Statelevel election commissions(B) list system of election to theLok Sabha(C) government funding ofparliamentary elections(D) a ban on the candidature ofindependent candidates in theparliamentary elections

8. Corporation Tax is—

(A) levied and appropriated bythe States

(B) levied by the Union andcollected and appropriated bythe States

(C) is levied by the Union andshared by the Union and States(D) levied by the Union andbelongs to it exclusively

9. If in an election to a StateLegislative Assembly the candi-date who is declared electedloses his deposit, it means that—

(A) the polling was very poor

(B) the election was for a multi-member constituency

(C) the elected candidatesvictory over his nearest rival wasvery marginal

(D) a very large number ofcandidates contested the election

10. The basic structure theory of theConstitution of India impliesthat—

(A) certain features of theConstitution are so essential to itthat they can not be abrogated

(B) fundamental rights can notbe abridged or taken away

(C) the Constitution cannot beamended except in accordance

with the procedure prescribed inArticle 368(D) the preamble of the Consti-tution cannot be amended for itis not part of the Constitutionand at the same time representsits real spirit.

11. Prohibition of discrimination ongrounds of religion etc. (Article15 of the Constitution of India) isa Fundamental Right Classifiableunder—(A) the Right to Freedom ofReligion(B) the Right against exploita-tion(C) the Cultural and Educa-tional Rights(D) the Right to Equality

12. Magna Carta—the charter ofRights was issued by King Johnof England in—(A) 1315 (B) 1215(C) 1420 (D) 1208

13. The Karpoor Chandra KulishInternational Award is associa-ted with—(A) Sports(B) Journalism(C) Literature(D) Business

14. The top sports award of Indiais—(A) Arjun Award(B) Dronacharya Award(C) Rajiv Gandhi Khel RatnaAward(D) None of the above

15. Peter Zumthor is a famouspersonality who is associatedwith—(A) Literature(B) Architect(C) Journalism(D) None of the above

16. The term Aryan denotes—(A) an ethnic group(B) a nomadic group(C) a superior race(D) a speech group

Edited, Printed and Published by Mahendra Jain for M/s Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-2 and Printed byhim at Pratiyogita Darpan Printing Unit, 5 & 6 Bye Pass Road, Agra.

17. In eye donation, which of thefollowing parts of eye is utilized ?(A) Iris(B) Lews(C) Cornea(D) Retina

18. The number of countries thetropic of Capricorn passesthrough the subcontinent ofSouth America is—(A) Four (B) Five(C) Six (D) Three

19. The third largest river in theworld is—(A) Volga River(B) Yangtz River(C) Danube River(D) Congo River

20. The territorial jurisdiction ofGuwahati High Court does notcover—(A) Assam(B) Manipur(C) Sikkim(D) Arunachal Pradesh

21. Which of the following is situatedon Seine River ?(A) Paris(B) Karachi(C) Stalingrad(D) Yangoon

22. Another name of RDX is—(A) Cyanohydrin(B) Dextran(C) Cyclohexane(D) Cyclonite

23. The song Amar Sonar Banglawhich inspired the liberationstruggle of Bangladesh and wasadopted as the National Anthemof Bangladesh was written by—(A) Rajni Kanta Sen(B) Dwijendralal Ray(C) Mukunda Das(D) Rabindranath Tagore

24. The Pulitzer Prize is associatedwith—

(A) Environment Protection(B) Olympic Games(C) Journalism(D) Civil Aviation

25. Rahmatullah Cup is associatedwith—(A) Lawn Tennis(B) Chess(C) Badminton(D) Bridge

26. Which of the following types isused by computed tomographyemployed for visualisation ofinternal structure of humanbody—

(A) X-rays

(B) Sound Waves

(C) Magnetic Resonance

(D) Radio-isotopes

27. Who among the following wrotethe book Bahubivah ?

(A) Raja Rammohan Roy

(B) Ishwar Chand Vidyasagar

(C) Pandit Rambai

(D) Rabindranath Tagore

28. The number of High Courts inIndia is—(A) 31 (B) 21(C) 25 (D) 24

29. Athlete’s Foot is a desease causedby—

(A) Nematode(B) Fungus(C) Bacteria(D) Protozoa

30. The primary function of theFinance Commission in India isto—

(A) Distribute revenues betweenthe centre and the States

(B) Prepare the Annual Budget

(C) Advise the President onfinancial matters

(D) Allocate funds to variousministers of the Union and theState Governments

31. Who among the following wrotethe Communist Manifesto alongwith Karl Marx ?

(A) Emile Durkheim

(B) Friedrich Engels

(C) Robert Owen

(D) Max Weber

32. Antigen is a substance which—(A) Lowers body temperature(B) Destroys harmful bacteria(C) is used to treat poisoning(D) Stimulates formation ofantibody

33. Ljublijana is the capital of—(A) Slovenia(B) Morocco(C) Egypt(D) Macedonia

34. A noise level of 100 decibelswould correspond to—(A) Just Audible Sound(B) Ordinary Conversation(C) Sound from a noisy street(D) Noise from a machine shop

35. Where are Shevroy Hills located ?(A) Andhra Pradesh(B) Karnataka(C) Kerala(D) Tamil Nadu

36. Which one of the following isprinted on a commonly usedfluorescent tubelight ?(A) 220 K (B) 273 K(C) 6500 K (D) 900 K

37. The headquarters of WorldTrade Organisation is locatedin—(A) Geneva(B) Paris(C) Washington(D) New York

38. Where is the volcanic mountainMt. St. Helens situated ?

(A) Chile

(B) Japan

(C) Philippines

(D) United States of America

39. World Press Freedom Day isobserved on—

(A) May 3 (B) May 8(C) May 11 (D) May 9

40. Padraig Harrington is a famousplayer of—

(A) Chess (B) Golf

(C) Cricket (D) Badminton

[For Answer See Page 953]